Full text of "Records of the Geological Survey of New South Wales"

See other formats

This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project 
to make the world's books discoverable online. 

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject 
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books 
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover. 

Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the 
publisher to a library and finally to you. 

Usage guidelines 

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the 
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to 
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying. 

We also ask that you: 

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for 
personal, non-commercial purposes. 

+ Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine 
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the 
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help. 

+ Maintain attribution The Google "watermark" you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find 
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it. 

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just 
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other 
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of 
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner 
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe. 

About Google Book Search 

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers 
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web 



at |http : //books . google . com/ 



Gfs- f)u /V 



HARVARD UNIVERSITY 




LIBRARY 



OPTHB 



Museum of Comparative Zoology 



n 



DEPARTMENT OF MINES AND AGRICULTURE, SYDNEY. 



RECORDS 



GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF NEW SOUTH WALES, 



VOL. lA'. 



1894-98. 



\ 



SYDNEY : CHARJLES I'OTTER, GOVERNMENT PRlNlffiK, 



IS»6. 
llo 175-95-6 ^ 



oA 






/ i 

I 



JUN 10 1896 



CONTENTS. 



PAOB 



I. — On the Discovery of Coal under Oremorne, Sydney Harbour, with 
Plates I and II ; by T. W. E. David, B.A., F.G.S., Professor of 
Geology, Sydney University, and E. F. Pittman, A.R.S.M., 
Government Geologist ... ... ... ... ... ... 1 

II. — Ck)lumnar Structure in Quartz-Felspar Porphyry at Mount Hope, 
Co. Blaxland, New South Wales ; by John B. Jaquet, A.R.S.M., 
Geological Surveyor, and George W. Card, A.R.S.M., Curator 

and Mineralogist 8 

III. — Description of a proposed New Genus of Rugose Coral {MueophyU 
lum\ with Plates III and IV ; by R. Etheridoe, Junr., Palae- 
ontologist and Librarian 11 

lY. — Mineralogical and Petrographical Notes, No. 2 ; by George W. 

Card, A.R.S.M., Curator and Mineralogist 19 

V. — Willyamite — a New Mineral from Broken Hill ; by E. F. Pittman, 

A.R.S.M., Government Geologist ... ... ... ... ... 21 

VI.— On a Vertebra from the Wellington Caves, with Plate V ; by W. S. 

Dun, Assistant Palaeontologist and Librarian ... ... ... 22 

VII. — On the Occurrence of an Auriferous Raised-beach at the Evans 
River, Co. Richmond, New South Wales; by G. A. Stonier, 
F.G.S., Geological Surveyor 25 

VITI. — On the Occurrence of a Pteronites {P, PUtmani, sp. nov.) in the 
Spirifer Sandstone of Warrawang, or Mount Lambie, near Rydal, 
with Plate VI ; by R. Etheridoe, Junr., Palaeontologist and 
Librarian ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 28 

IX.— On Fuller's Earth from Wingen ; by George W. Card, A.R.S.M., 

. Curator and Mineralogist 30 

X. — Palaeontologia Novae Cambriae Meridionalis — Occasional Descrip- 
tions of New South Wales Fossils, No. I, with Plate VII ; by 
R. Etheridoe, Junr., Palaeontologist and Librarian ... ... 32 

XI. — On certain Coal and Shale Lands in the Capertee Valley District, 
embraced within the Parishes of Ben Bullen, Coco, Airley, 
Morundurey, XJmbiella, Goongal, and ClanduUa, in the County 
of Roxburgh, and Marangaroo, in the County of Cook, New South 
Wales ; by J. E. Carne, F.G.S., Geological Surveyor 39 



IV CONTENTS. 



PAOB 



XII. — On the Occurrence of an Oleandridium in the Hawkesbury Sand> 
stone Series, with Plate VITI ; by R. Ethebidge, Junr., Palaeon- 
tologist and Librarian ... . . ... ... ... ... 49 

XIII. — Notes on the Occurrence of Diamonds at Bingera ; by G. A. 

Stonier, F.G.S., Geological Sur\'eyor 51 

XIV. — The Idiographic Carvings at Cockle Creek, Cowan, with Plat« IX ; 

by R. Ethebidge, Junr., Paleontologist and Librarian ... 57 

XV. — On the Artificial Method of Lighting the Jenolan Caves ; by 

W. S. Leigh, Superintendent of Caves 66 

XVI.— The Australian Geological Record for the Year 1893, with 
Addenda for 1891 and 1892 ; by R. Ethebidge, Junr., Paljeon- 
tologist and Librarian, and W. S. Dun, Assistant Paleontologist 
and Librarian ... ... ... ... ... ... ,.. 68 

XVII. — A Tabular List of the Bores and Water Augers put down by the 
Department of Mines and Agriculture, New South Wales, and 
mentioned in the Reports of the Department ; by W. S. Dun, 
Assistant Paleeontologist and Librarian ... ... ... ... 1 00 

XVIII.-. On the Geological Structure of the Wyalong Gold-field ; by E. F. 

Pittman, A.R.S.M., Government Geologist 107 

XIX. — On a Trachytic Rock from the Coonabarabran District, with 
Plate X; by George W. Card, A.R.S.M., F.G.S., Curator 
and Mineralogist ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 115 

XX. — Notes on the Occurrence of Monotreme Remains in the Pliocene 
of New South Wales, with Plates XI and XII 3 by W. S. Dun, 
Assistant Palaeontologist and Librarian ... ... ... ... 118 

XXI. — Notes on the Geology of the Auriferous Gravels occurring in the 
Upper Portion of the Shoalhaven Valley, New South Wales, 
with Plate XIII ; by J. B. Jaquet, A.R.S.M., F.G.S., Geological 
Surveyor ... 126 

XXII.—- Mineralogical Notes, No. 3 ; by George W. Card, A.R.S.M., 

F.G.S., Curator and Mineralogist 130 

XXIII. — On the Occurrence of a Stromatoporoid, allied to Lahechia and 
Hosenellay in the Siluro-Devonian Rocks of New South Wales, 
with Plates XIV -XVI ; by R. Etheridge, Junr., Curator, 
Australian Museum ... ... ... ... ... ... 134 

XXIV. — On Blue Dolomite in Lode-Quartz ; by George W. Card, A.R.S.M., 

F.G.S., Curator and Mineralogist -^ 140 



CONTENTS. 



PAGE 



XXY. — On the Cretaceous Formation in the North- Western Portion of 
New South Wales ; by E. F. Pittman, A.II.S.M., Government 
Geologist 143 

XXVI. — On the Occurrence of a Plant in the Newcastle or Upper Coal- 
measures possessing Characters both of the Genera Phylloiheca^ 
Brong., and Cingularia^ Weiss, with Plates XVII-XIX ; • 
by R. Ethsridge, Junr., Curator of the Australian Museum... 148 

XXVII. — ^On some Rock-specimens from the Auriferous Granite at Tim- 
barra ; by George W. Card, A.R.S.M., F.G.S., Curator and 
Mineralogist 154 

XXVIII.^-Petrological Notes on two Andesites associated with Auriferous 
Deposits in New South Wales, with Plate XX ; by J. B. 
Jaquet, A.R.S.M., F.G.S., Geological Surveyor 158 

XXIX. — An undescribed Coral from the Wellington Limestone, with 
Plates XXI and XXII ;^by R. Etheridge, Junr., Curator of 
the Australian Museum ... ... ... ... ... ... 160 

XXX. — On a supposed Sulpho-Carbonate of Lead from the Australian 
Broken Hill Consols Mine, Broken Hill ; by P. T. Hammond, 
Field Assistant 163 

XXXI. — On Additional Aboriginal Rock-Carvings on the French's Forest 
Road, near Bantry Bay, with Plates* XXIII and XXIV ; by 
W. S. Dun, Assistant Palieontologist 167 

XXXII. — The Australian Geological Record for the year 1894, with 
Addenda for 1891 to 1893; by R. Etheridge, Junr., Curator 
of the Australian Museum, and W. S. Dun, Assistant Palseon- 
tologist ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 168 



INDEX TO VOL. lY. 

Actinostroma, 136. 

Andalasite from Tumberumba River, 130. 
Anderson W.— Geology of Shoalhaven River, 128, 129. 

Andcsite— at Parkes, 158; at Blayney, 159; at Sofala, 159; at Lucknow, 159; at Mitchell's 
Creek, 159. 

Angas, 6. F. — On Aborisinal carvings, 59. 

Anglesite— At Broken Hill, 163-166 ; New South Wales Localities, 166. 

Artesian Water— In North-western Districts, 143-148. 

Atherton, T. W.— Lavendulan from Carcoar, 132. 

,, Mispickel in Volcanic tiiff, 20. 

AvicidopecUn limi/ormUf 35. 

„ Sowerbyi, 36. 

Augite-Ande^ite — Lucknow, 159. 
Auriferous Gravels— Slioalhaven River, 126-129. 

Bacchus Marsh — SdUzoneura, 33. 

Bantry Bay— Rock-carvings, 167, 168. 

Basalt— Capertcc Valley, 47 ; Bell's River, 128. 

BceUriccUf 140. 

Bdlerophan micrompkaluSf 36. 

Blngera — Diamonds from, 51-56. 

Blayney — Andesite from, 159. 

lk>bbin— Rock-carvings, 67. 

Bora Ceremony, 60-65 ; among Coast JUur/i/ifj, 60 ; among Tutmurriny, 61. 

Bores, Diamond Drill, 100-106. 

Broken Hill— Mimetito, 20 ; Covellite, 20 ; Willyamite, 21 ; Iodide of Silver, 131 ; Marshite, 

131 ; Anglesite, 163-166. 
Bullock Creek— Jjower Carboniferous Rocks, 25. 
Bulvui-Baukany 62. 
Burragorang— Rock -carvings, 62. 
Caledonite, 165. 
Cammersgal, 65. 
Camp Creek Bore, 3. 

Canadian Lead— Fossils from, 118-126 ; Geology of, 120. 
Capertee Valley, 39-48. 

Carcoar— Copper Uranito, 20 ; Lavcndulan, 132. 
('ard, (;. W.— Mineralogical and Petrolo^cal Notes, No. 2, 19 ; On Fuller's Earth from 

Wingen, 30; On a Trachytic Rock from the Coonabarabran District, 115; 

Mineralogical Notes, No. 3., 130; On Blue Dolomite in Lode-quartz, 140 ; On some 

Rock-specimens from the Auriferous Granite at Timbarra, 154. 
„ and Jac^uct, J. B.— Columnar Structure in Quartz- Felspar Porphyry, at Mount 

Hope, County Blaxland, New South Wales, «. 
Came, J. E. — On certain Coal and Shale Lands in the Capertee Valley District, embraced 
within the Parishes of Ben Bullen, Coeo, Airlic, Morundurey, Umbiella, Goongal, and 
Clandulla, in the County of Roxburgh, ancl Marangaroo, in the County of Cook, 39. 

Central Mine, Broken Hill, 20. 

ChonophyUum, 12, 15-17. 

Ciwi/w/aria— Structure of, 151 ; Relations with Phyllothtca, 152-154. 

Clarence Coal-measures, 25. 

Clarke, W. B.— Coal under Sydney, 1. 

Coal— Analysis of Cremome Coal, 6 ; under Sydney, 1 ; Capertee Valley, 41-47, 

Cockle Creek— Rock-carvings, 57-65. 

Collins, J.— Description of Bora, 64. 

Consols Mine— Broken Hill, 20. 

Coonabarabran— Trachyte from, 115. 

Cope's Creek — Diamonds, 52, 55, 56. 

(>)pper— Emmaville, 20; uranitesfrom Carcoar, 20, 21. 



Vm INDEX. 

Covellite— Broken Hill, 20. 

Cowan Creek — Idioffraphic Carvings, 67-66. 

Cremorne — Coal under, 1 ; Bore ^o. 1, 4 ; Bore No. 2, 5 ; Strata passed through in Bore, 5 ; 

Composition of Coal obtained, 6 ; Temperature in Bore-hole, 7 ; Sagtnopieri» tcdUiburoidat, 

34 ; Schizoneura, 32, 33. 
Cretaceous — North- western New South Wales, 143-148. 
Cuneo, W. A. — Rock -carvings in Burragorang Valley, 65. 
Curran, J. M. — Augite porphyry, 159. 

Dangelong, 11. 

Daramulun, 60-63. 

David, T. W. E.— Age of Gulgong Lava Flow, 120. 

,, and Pittman, £. F. — On the Discovery of Coal under Cremorne, Sydney Harbour, 1. 
Dawson, R. — Account of Corroboree, 61. 
Dent's Creek — Bore, 3. 
De Vis, C. W .—Ornithorhynchua agilis, 119. 
Devonian— Mount Lambie, 28 ; Capertee Valley, 40 ; Fossils, Capertee Valley, 45 ; Blue Hock, 

48 ; North-western New South Wales, 144. 
Diamond— Euriowie, 20 ; Bingera, 51-66 ; Duckmaloi River, 132. 
Biprotodon— Wellington Caves, 22-25 ; Vertebra, 23-25. 
Dolomite— Mitchell's Creek Goldmine, 140, 141. 
Duckmaloi River — Gem-sand, 132, 133. 

Dun, W. S. — On a Vertebra from the Wellington Caves, 22 ; Notes on the Occurrence of Mono- 
« treme Remains in the Pliocene of New South Wales, 118 ; A Tabular List of the 

Bores and Water-augers put down b^ the Department of Mines and Agriculture, 

New South Wales, and mentioned in the Reports of the Department, 100 ; Ou. 

Additional Rock -carvings on the French's Forest Road, near Bautry Bay, 167. 
,, and Etheridge, R., Junr. — The Australian Geological Record for the Year, 1893, 

with Addenda for 1891 and 1892, 68; The Australian Geological Record for the 

Year 1894, with Addenda for 1891-93, 168. 

Echidna aeuUcUa, 121-123. 
„ OwttUy 119. 

ro6iMto, 119, 121-123, 125, 128. 

Eisenkiesel — from Fairfield, 19. 

Emmaville— Epidote Rock, 20. 

Emu — Carving of, 58. 

Entolium— Mirari Limestone and Somerton, 35, 36. 

Epidote Rock— Emmaville, 20. 

Etheridge, R., Junr. — Description of a proposed new Genus of Rugose Coral (MucophyUum), 
II ; On the Occurrence of a Pteroniies {P. PiUmani, sp. nov.) in the Spirifer 
Sandstone of Wairawang, or Mount Lambie, near Rydal, 28 ; Palseontologia Nov«e 
Cambrise MeridionaHs, 32 ; Fossils from Capertee Valley, 47 ; On the Occurrence 
of an Oleandridium in the Hawkesbury Sandstone Series, 49 ; Gulgong Lead Fauna, 
121 ; On the Occurrence of a Stomatoporoid, allied to Labechia and Boeeneliay in the 
Siluro- Devonian Rocks of New South. Wales, 134 ; On the Occurrence of a Plant 
in the Newcastle or Upper Coal-measures possessing Characters both of the Genera 
/'hy/lolfieca, Brong., ana Gingularia, Weiss, 148 ; An Uudescribed Coral from the 
Wellington Limestone, 160. 
„ and Dun, W. S.— The Australian Geological Record for the Year 1893, with Addenda 
for 1891 and 1892; The Australian Geological Record for the Year 1894, with 
Addenda for 1891 to 1893, 168. 

Euriowie— Diamonds, 20. 

Eurite— Surface Hill, 156, 157. 

Evans River — Auriferous Raised-beach, 25 ; Minerals contained in sand, 26. 

Fairfield — Eisenkiesel from, 19. 

Felspar — Porphyry, Mount Hope, 8 ; Crystals from Warrumbuuglo Mountains, 116. 
Fifield— Platinum, 130, 131. 
Flying Fox— Rock -carving, 58. 
Flying Squirrel — Rock-carving, 59. 
Eraser, J. — Explanation of Daramulun^ 63. 
Freshwater, Manly — Oleandridium, 49. 

Fuller's Earth— Wingen, 30-32 ; Analysis, 30 ; Occurrence, 30 ; Uee, 31 ; Occurrence in 
England, 31, 32. 

Galton, F.— Rock-carvings in Sarawak, Go. 
Garland, C. L., 20. 
Gem-sand— Oberon, 132, 1.33. 



INDEX. ix 

Genowlan Shmle Compuiy — Se*m, 42, 43. 
Geological Reoord— For 1893. 68 ; for 1894, 168. 
Gippa, W. R. L.— Rocka from Warmmbangle Monntains, 115. 

Gold— In Raised-beftches, 25-27 ; Shoalhaven Auriferous Drifts, 126-129 ; on Bomite, 131 ; 
on Gypsum, from Western Aurtralia, 131 ; in Cretaceous Rocks, 147 ; in Granite, 
154-158. 
OonintUes micromphcUus, 36, 37. 
Gosford — OUandrklium, 49-51. 
Granite — ^Capertee Valley, 47 ; Shoalhaven River, 127» 128 ; Auriferous, from Timbarra, 

154-158. 
Green way, C. — Meaning of Daramulufit 63. 

Gnlgong— Canadian Lead, 118-126 ; Geology, 120, 121 ; Deep Lead Fossils, 121. 
<ruthrie, F. B. — Examination of Blue Dolomite, 141. 
(jypsum— Gold on, 131. 

Hammond, P. T. — On a Supposed Sulpho-carbonate of Lead from the Australian Broken Hill 

Consols Mine, Broken Hill, 163. 
Hatton's Corner^ Mwopky Hum, 18. 
Hawkesbnry Series, 5 ; Capertee Valley, 47. 
Hay, R. D., 67. 
Heathcote— Bore, 3. 
Heer — Inflorescence of Phyllatheea, 153. 
Henson, J. B. — Phyllotheea from Newcastle, 149. 

Holt-Sutherland— Bore No. 1, Botany, 2; Bore No. 2, 2 ; Bore No. 3, Dent's Creek, 3. 
Homblende-andesite — Sofala, 159. 
Horton T. — Auriferous (vranites, 154. 
Uowitt, A. W.— Bora Ceremonies, 62, 63. 
Hume wood — MucophyUnm, 18. 

Idioffraphic Carvings— Cowan, 57-65 ; Bantry Bay, 167, 168. 
Iodide of Silver— Broken Hill, 131. 
Iron, Oolitic — Pooncarrie, 134. 

Jaquet, J. B.— Notes on the Geoloey of the Auriferous Gravels occurring in the Upper Portion 
of the Shoalhaven Valley, New South Wales, 126; Petrological Notes on two 
Andesites associated with Auriferous Deposits in New ^uth Wales, 158 ; 
Anglesite from Thackaringa, 166. 
,, and Card, G. W. — Columnar Structure in Quartz-Felspar Porphyry, at Mount 
Hope, County Blaxland, New South Wales, 8. 

Jenolau Caves — Klectric Lighting, 66, 67 ; Tryplattma trellingtonennSf 162. 

Jeraeil Ceremony, 61. 

Johnston, R. M. — Sagenopf^ris satiftburokleH, 34. 

Jubilee Mine — Wiudeyer, 20. 

Kamilaroi, 63, 64 ; Totems of, 64. 
Kerosene Shale— Capertee Valley, 42-46. 
Koko Ranges — Cretaceous Sandstone, 145. 

Labechia, 137-139. 

„ {Cyslitttroma) Donnellii, 134-140. 

,, ohioensiA, 135, 137. 

,, 9iylophora, 136. 
Lanarkite, 165. 
Lavendulan- Carcoar, 132. 
Leadhillite, 164, 165. 

Leigh, W. S.— On the Artificial Method of Lighting the Jenolan Caves, 66, 67. 
Lepidodendron awtrale, Bingera, 55 ; Major's Creek, 127. 
Lithgow Valley Colliery— Section of Seam, 42. 
Liveri>ool— Bore, 4. 

Liversidge, A.— Andesite from New South Wales, 166. 
Lower Cretaceous— Fossils, 146. 
Lucknow — Augite-andesite, 159. 

Magnesia-zinc-alum— New England, 133. 

Major's Creek - Devonian Kocks, 127. 

Marangaroo— Conglomerate, 41 ; Section, 45, 46 ; Kerosene Shale, 46. 

Marshite— Broken Hill, 131. 

Martins, C— Humerus of Monotremes, 125. 

M'Coy, Sir Y.—Srhisoneura at Bacchus Marsh, 33 ; Phyllotheea, 149, 150, 152-154, 

Mimetite— Broken Hill, 20. 



X . INDEX. 

Mincaye, J. C. H.— Analyses of Cremorne Coal. 6; Willyamite, 21 ; Trachyte, llfi; AnHa- 
luaite, 130: Flatinum from Fitield, 131; PSckeringite, 133; Magnetm-zinc-aluiu, 13.'i ; 
i^uriferous Granite, 157 ; AQglesite, 164. 
Mirari Limestone, 36*. 
Mispickei — In volcanic tuff, 20. 

Mitchell's Creek— Pyroxene-andesite, 159 ; Blue Dolomite, 140, 141. 
Monotremes — PI locene, 1 1 8- 1 26. 
Monte Christo Mine — Biogera, 53. 
Moore Bank — Bore, 4. 
Moore Park — Bore, 2. 
Moui^t Browne— (ieology, 147. 

,, Hope— Felspar-porphyry, 8 ; Geology, 19. 

„ Lambie — PteroniUs^ 28, 29. 

,, Manama — Cretaceous, 144. 

,, Marsden — Kerosene Shale, 44. 

,, Victoria — Pickeringite, 133. 
MucophyUiim — Relations to cognate genera, 18 ; M, crcUeroides, IS ; Localities in New South 

Wales, 18. 
Mueller, F. von— Gulgong Lead Flora, 121. 

Narrabeen— Bore, 4 ; Beds, 5 ; Schtzoneura, 33 ; SagenopUris aalishuroides, 34 ; Western equiva- 
lents of Narrabeeu Beds, 47. 

Newcastle— Coal-measures, 6. 

New England— Magnesia-zinc-alum, 133. 

Newington — Bore, 2. 

NgalaJbal, 62, 63. 

Nicholson, Sir Chas. — Carvings at Port Jackson, 60. 
,, H. A. — Remarks of Stromatoporids, 134-137. 

J^oto^AerJMm— Wellington Caves, 23, 

Oberon— Gem-aand, 1.32, 133. 
Oleandridium leivtricuhforme^ 49-61. 

,, temiintrve^ 50. 

,, stenonenron, 50. 

„ vittaUum^ 50. 

Oo.7<»p— Cape York, 61. 
Oolitic Iron — Pooncarrie, 134. 
Omphyma, 15-17. 
Opals— White Cliflfa, 148. 
Opossum — Carving of, 58. 
Omithorhynchus atjilis, 119. 

„ analmv8y 124, 125. 

„ maximus, 119, 12^126. 

PaliBozoic Rocks— North-western New South Wales, 143-148. 

Palti Dance, 61. 

Parkes — Andesite, 158. 

Pegmatite— Surface Hill, 156. 

Permo-Carboniferous — Cat>ertee Valley, 41-47. 

Ptmopecten^ 35. 

Phyllotheca aiutraJiH, 33. 

„ Nookeri, 33. 

„ ramosat 33. 

,, — Newcastle Coal-measures, 148-154 ; Observation on Stems, 149 ; Leaves, 149, 150 ; 
Peltate Leaves, 150, 151 ; Relations' with Citigularia, 152-154. 
Pickeringite — Mount Victoria, 133. 

Pittman, E. F.— On the Geological Structure of the Wyalong Goldfield, 107 ; Willyamite— a 
New Mineral from Broken Hill, 21 ; On the Cretaceous Formation in the North- 
western portion of New South Wales, 143. 

„ and David, T. W\ E.-r-On the Discovery of Coal under Cremorne, Sydney Harbour, 1 
PUtiuum— Fifield, 130, 131. 
Pooncarrie — Oolitic Iron, 134. 

Power, F. D.— Blue Dolomite from Talbot, Victoria, 141. 
Proechidna Bruijnii, 122, 123. 
Proltcanitetf^ 37. 

PUronites Pitttnani — Mount Lambie, 28, 29. 
Ptycaphyllum— Structure, 12, 14, 16-18. ' 



INDEX. XI 

PtyehophyUum pcUeUcUunif II. 
Pyroxene-andesite, 159. 

Quartz-felsite— Shoalhaven River, 128. 
Quedong, 18. 

Raised-beach— AurUerous, 25-27. 

Ramsay, K P. — Fossils from Canadian Lead, 118. 

Renault, B. — Inflorescence of PkyUothtcaj 153. 

Rienits, H. G. — Pickeringite from Mount Victoria, 133. 

Kock-carvings— Cowan Creek, 57 ; Bantry Bay, 167, 168. 

Rose Bay — bore, 4. 

i?o«^ne^— Structure, 139. 

Sagenopteriit salisburoides, 34. 
Sandbergoeercu, 37. 

Sarawak — Carving of Human Figure, 65. 
SchisoMura — From Cremorne Bore, 32, 33- 

,, OondwanetuUf 33. 

Schmalhausen, J. — Structure of Phyllotheca^ 153. 
Scrope's Ranse — Geology of, 144. 

Serpentine— Hingera, 56; Athunga, 56; Tarn worth, 56. 
Shepherd's Hill -Plant Bed, 149. 
Sherzer, W. H., 12. 

Shoalhaven River— Auriferous Gravels, 126-129. 
Silver, iodide, 131. 

Smith, G., 20. 21. v 

Sofala— Hornblende-andesite, 159. 
Solitary Creek, 29. 
Somerton— i^/ito/iiim from, 36. 
South Copper Mine, 8. 
Spirifira dwjuncta, 48. 

,, dtwdecimcostata, 34, 35. 
Stonier, G. A. — On the Occurrence of an Auriferous Raised-beach at the Evans River, County 
Richmond, New South Wales, 25 ; Notes on the Occurrence of Diamonds at 
Bingera, 51. 
Sturt's Stony Desert. 146. 
Surface HUl— Granite, 155^158. 
Susannite, 168. 

T<miopUri9 CarrtUhersif 51. 

Talbot— Bine Dolomite at, 141. 

Tambaroora — Volcanic tuff from, 20. 

Taylor, J. —Examination of Felspar, 116. 

Tertiary Fossils — Bingera, 54. 

The Peak— Limonite, 146. 

Thew, W. — Discovery of Monotreme Remains, 118. 

Tibooburra — Geology, 147. 

Timbarra— Auriferous Granite, 154-158 ; Geology of, 155. 

Topaz — Duckmaloi River, 132. 

Torbernite— Carcoar, 20. 

Trachyte— Warrumbungle Mountains, 115-117. 

Tripolite—Warrumbungle Mountains, 116. 

Ti-yplaama voeUingtonettig, 160-162. 

„ cequabUiSt 161. 

Tumbarnmba—Andalusite from, 130*. 
Turquoise — Wagonga, 20. 

Ulmannite — South Australia, 22. 

Upper Cretaceous, 144, 145, 148. 

Upper Devonian, 48. 

Upper Marine Fossils— Capertee Valley, 48 ; Rocks, Capertee Valley, 41. 

Upper Silurian— Ko Ko Ranges, 145 ; Mount Browne, 147; The Peak, 147. 

Uralite, 169. 

Uren, W.— Marshite from Broken Hill, 131. 

Volcanic Tuff— Containing mispickel, 20. 

Wagonga — ^Turquoise from, 20. 
Wailvnm Tnhe—Baiamai, 64, 66. 
Warrumbungle Mountains— Rocks from, 115-117. 



XU INDEX. 

Water Augers— List of, 100-106. 

Waterhouse, J.— 35, 36, 37. 

Weiss, C. E. — Remarks on Cingularia, 151-154. 

Wellington Caves— Vertebra of Diprofodon from, 22-25 ; Tryplanma tteUhigtontfms, 160 

West Australia — Gold on Gypsum, 131. 

White Cliffs-Opals, 148. 

Wilkinson, C. S.— Geology of Gulgong, 120. 

Willyamitc— From Broken Hill, 21, 23. 

Windeyer — Volcanic tuff from, 20. 

Wingen— Fuller's Earth from, 30-32: 

Wiraijuri—Bora Ceremonies, 61, 62. 

Wondo Shale Mine, 44. 

Woodford— Blue Dolomite from, 141. 

Woodstock— Gold on Bornite from, 131. 

Zaphrentidse, 17. 

Zigno— Remarks on Phyllotfieca, 153. 
Zircon— From Duckmaloi River, 1.32. 
ZygomaturuM- From Wellington Caves, 23. 



DEPARTMENT OF MINES AND AGRICULTURE, SYDNEY. 






GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF NEW SOUTH WALES, 



VOL. IV, PART I. 
1894. 

CONTENTS. 



SYDNEY : CHARLES POTTER, GOVERNMENT PRINTER. 

11a 68—94 1894. 

[Is, 6cL] 



Page. 



I. — On the Discovery of Coal under Cremorne, Sydney Harbour, with 
Plates I and II ; by T. W. E. Datid, B.A., F.G.S., ProfesBor 
of Geology, Sydney University, and E. F, Pittmak, 
A.B.S.M., Government Geologist ... ... ... ... 1 

IL — Columnar Structure in Quartz-Felspar Porphyry at Mount Hope, 
Co. Blaxland, N. S. Wales ; by John B. Jaquet, A.E.S.M., 
Geological Surveyor, and Geoeoe W. Ca^bd, A.E.S.M., Curator 
and Mineralogist ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8 

III. — Description of a proposed New Genus of Bugose Coral (Muco- 
phyllum) with Plates III and IV; by E. Ethkbidge, Junr., 
Palaeontologist and Librarian ... ... ... ... ... 11 

IV. — Minera]ogical and Petrological Notes, No. 2 ; by George W. Cabd, 

A.E.8.M., Curator and Mineralogist ... ... ... ... 19 

V. — Willyamite — a New Mineral from Broken Hill ; by E. F. Pxttman, 

A.E.S.M., Government Geologist 21 

VI. — On a Vertebra from the Wellington Caves, with Plate V ; by 

W. S. Dun, Assistant PalsBontologist and Librarian 22 

Vn. — On the Occurrence of an Auriferous Eaised-beach at the Evans 
Eiver, Co. Eichmond, N. S. Wales ; by G. A. Stonieb, F.G.S., 

Geological Surveyor 25 

Vni.— On the Occurrence of a Pteronitei (P. Pittmani, sp. nov.) in the 
Spirifer Sandstone Of Warrawang, or Mount Lambie, near 
Eydal, with Plate VI ; by E. Ethebidge, Junr., Palaeontologist 
and Librarian 28 

IX.— On Fuller's Earth from Wingen ; by Geobgb W. Cabd, A.E.S.M., 

Curator and Mineralogist 30 

X. — Palaeontologia Novae Cambriae Meridionalis — Occasional Descrip- 
tions of N. S. Wales Fossils, No. 1, with Plate VII; by 
E. Etheridge, Junr., Palajontologist and Librarian 32 



AUG g 1894 

DEPARTMENT OF MINES AND AGRICULTURE, SYDNEY, 



RECORDS 



or THX 



GEOLOGICAL SUEVEY OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 



Vol. IV.] 1894. [Part I. 



I. — On the Discovery of Coal under Cremorne, Sydney Harbour: 
by T. W. E. David, B.A., RG.S., Professor of Geology, 
Sydney University, and E. F. Pittman, A.R.S.M., Govern- 
ment Geologist, 

[Plates I and II.] 



J. — Introduction. 

These ia eyidence to show tbat as long ago as 184i7, the late Bev. W. B. Clarke 
belieyed in the existence of coal underneath Sydney, for in his evidence given in 
that year before the Select Committee of the Legislative Council on " Coal 
Inquiry," he eaid : " If we take a dip of only one degree from Newcastle to the 
south, and from Ulawarra to the north, the synclinal curve will meet at the 
entrance to Broken Bay, which is exactly half way (the extremity probably of the 
minor axis) at a depth of 4,680 feet — the depth of the coal seams if continuous,** 

Of late years the existence of coal under Sydney has been regarded by local 
geologists as almost a certainty, the only point in connection with it upon which 
there was any divergence of opinion being the depth at which it was likely to 
occur. The relation of the coal seams at Newcastle to those at BuUi was reported 
upon by one of the Authors in 1890*, and two theories as to the probable sequence 

•Vide Report by T. W. £. navid, B.A.| F.G.S., Geological Surveyor. 4nn. 10^. Dept. Mines/or 1890 [1891], 
p. 234-235. 



2 Becords of ike Oeological Survey of New South Wales. [vol. it. 

of the Permo-CarboniferouB rocks under Sydney were diacuased, and it is satis- 
factory to note that the theory then put forward as the most probable one has 
been substantially proved to be correct by the discovery of the BuUi seam in the 
diamond drill bore at Cremorne, lately finished under the supervision of Mr. 
"W. H. J. Sleo, the Superintendent of Diamond Drills. 

II. — Details of Bores near Sydney, 

Quite a number of diamond drill bores have, within the last fourteen or fifteen 
years, been put down in or near Sydney with the object of proving the depth at 
which coal actually occurs. The following is a list of these bores in the order in 
which they were completed : — 

(I.) The Newington Bore. — This was put down under the supervision of Mr. J. 
Coghlan,at Newington, on the Parramatta Eiver,in 1878. This bore was abandoned 
at a depth of 1,812 feet without reaching coal. The chocolate shales were penetrated 
(according to Dr. J. C. Cox) at a depth of 1,100 feet. Scales of native copper 
were observed in the shales in this bore in 1878 by Mr. J. Waterhouso, M.A., but 
their horizon is probably considerably higher than that of the cupriferous tuffs 
proved in some of the later bores. 

Previous R€/erehces.--C, S. Wilkinson, Ann. Rept Dept. Mines for 1878 [1879], p. 155. 
8. L. Bensusan, Journ. R. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1878, XII., p. 254. 
T. W. E. David, Proc. Austr. Assoc. Advt. Sci., 1888 [1889], I., 

p. 275. 
T. W. E. David, Trans. Geo!. Soc. Austr., 1888, 1., Pt. 3, pp. 8.3-89. 
J. C. Cox, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1881, V., Pt. 3, p. 274. 

(2.) Ilolt-Sutherland Bore, No. 1 (Bo(any).—MT. J. Coghlan.— Tliis bore was 

abandoned in 1879 at a depth of 2,193 feet without having readied coal. The 

chocolate shales wore penetrated at a depth of 880 feet. 

Prephua Be/erences,^Aun. Kept. Dept. Mines for 1879 [1880], p. 208. 
Mineral Products, 2nd Ed., 1887, pi. 6. 

(3.) The Moore Park Bore, — Was put down by IMr. J. Coghlan at a spot about 
half a mile southerly from the southern end of Bourke-street, and was abandoned 
in the year 1880 at a depth of 1,860 feet without reachiug coal. The site was 
about twenty feet above sea level. The chocolate shales were struck at a depth 
of 1,04.3 feet. 

Previous Ffferencee.—C. S. Wilkinson, Ann. Rept. Dept. Mines for 1880 [1881], p. 241. 

J. C. Cox, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales 1881, V., Pt. 3, pp. 273-280. 
R. Etheridge, Jnur., Geol. Survey N.S. Wales, Pal. Mem., No. 1., 
1888, pp. 1-4. 

(4-.) Holt-Sutherland Bore, iVb. 2 {Botany), — Mr, J. Coghlan, — On account of 
a broken boring tool becoming fixed in the bottom, boring operations were relin- 
quished at a depth of 1,875 feet without coal being struck. The Authors arq 
not aware of any previously published references to this bore. 



.PAiT L] David— PiTTMAjT: Coal under Oremome. 8 

(6.) The Camp Creek Bore, — This bore was also put down hj Mr. J. Coghlan 
near the site where the Metropolitan Coal Company subsequently sank their main 
shaft at Helensburgh, on the lllawarra Bail way line. The height of the site 
above sea lerel was 836 feet. The chocolate shales are here seen at the surface 
on the side of the range. The bore was completed in 1884, and was successful 
in reaching a seam of coal twelve feet thick at a depth of 846 feet. 

Frcviaua E^ertncts.-^C. S. Wilkinaon, Ann. Rept. Bept. Mines for 1884 [1886], pp. 151-152. 
J. Mackenzie, Ann. Bept. Dept. Mines for 1888 [1889], p. 146. 

(6.) The Heatheoie Bore, — ^This was completed in 1886 under the supervision of 
Mr. W. H. J. Sleo, Superintendent of Diamond Drills. The site of this bore was 
opposite Mount Westmacott, and near the Waterfall Station, on the lllawarra 
Bailway line. The site was four hundred and sixty-seven and a-half feet above 
Boa level. The total depth bored was 1,686 feet, and two seams of coal were 
reached, viz., the upper seam four feet eight and a-half inches thick, at a depth of 
1,513 feet, and the lower seam six feet one inch thick, at a depth of 1,577 feet 
9 inches from the surface. The chocolate shales were struck at a depth of three 
hundred and seven feet from the surface. At depths of 1,065 feet and 1,072 feet 
tuffftceous shales containing scales of metallic copper were met with. A total 
thickness of seven inches of these shales were observed to be cupriferous. 

Prtviw Rt/erences.—Ann, Bept. Dept. Mines for 1885 [1886], p. 176. 

T. W. £. David, Ann. Bept. Dept Mines for 1867 [1888], p. 154.. 
T. W. E. David, Proc. Austr. Assoc. Advt. Sci., 1888 [1889], I., pp. 

277, 281, 282, 288. 
T. W. E. David, Trans. Geol. Soc. Austr., 1888, I., Pt. 3, pp. 82-89. 
R. Btheridge, Junr., Geol. Survey N. S. Wales, FaL Mem., No. 1, 

1888, pp. 1, 4. 

(7.) HoU'Stttherland Bore^ Ifo, 3 (Bent's Creek), — ^This bore was completed in 
1887 under the supervision of Mr. W. H. J. Slee, Superintendent of Diamond 
Drills. The site of the bore was one hundred and thirty-two feet above sea level, 
and the total depth reached was 2,307 feet from the surface. The chocolate shales 
were struct at 787 feet, and two seams of coal were reached, the upper seam (four 
feet two inches thick) at a depth of 2,228 feet, and the lower (five feet three 
inches thick) at 2,296 feet 6 inches from the surface. At a depth of l,764i feet 
scales of metallic copper were met with in tuffaceous shales, the latter being first 
strack at a depth of 1,729 feet. 

/Vfriotts i?e/crc«CM.— Ann. Rept. Dept. Mmes for 1883 [1884], p. 197. 
Ann. Bept. Dept. Mines for 1886 [1887], p. 189. 
C. S. Wilkinson, Ann. Rept. Dept. Mmes for 1887 [1888], p. 139. 
T. W. E. David, Ann. Rept. Dept. Mines for 1887 [1888], pp. 158-154. 
T. W. E. David, Proc. Aiistr. Assoc. Advt. Sci., 1888 [1889], I., p. 276. 
T. W. K David, Trans. Geol. Soc. Austr., 1888, 1., Pt. 3, pp. 83-89. 
R. Etheridge, Junr., Geol, Survey N. S. Wales, Pal. Mem., No. 1, 
1888, pp. 1-4, 



4 Beeards of ths Oeological Survey of New South Wales. [tol. iv. 

(8.) The Narraleen Bore.— Thi% was put down bj Mr. J. Coghlan, to the west 
of Narrabeen Lagoon, about seven miles north of Manly Beach. The bore was 
abandoned at a depth of about 1,985 feet, without having reached coal. The site 
of this bore was about five feet above sea level. The chocolate shales were struck 
at a depth of three hundred and seventy-nine feet six inches, and the horizon of 
the cupriferous tufEs at 1,715 from the surface. 

PrevUma Befirences.—C. S. Wilkinson, Ann. Kept. Dept. Mines for 1885 [1886], p. 130. 
C. S. Wilkinson, Ann. Kept. Dept Mines for 1887 [1888], p. 137. 
C. S. Wilkinson, Ann. Rept. Dept. Mines for 1889 [1890], p. 198. 
R. Etheridge, Jnnr., GeoL Survey N. S. Wales, Pal. Mem., No. 1, 

1888,' pp. 1-4. 
T. W. E. David, Ann. Rept. Dept. Mines for 1890 [1891], pp. 233, 

235-237. 

(9.) The Bose Bay Bore. — Mr. J. Coghlan put down this bore on the Cooper 
Estate, at Eose Bay, Sydney Harbour. Owing to the bore becoming blocked by a 
broken tool, operations were abandoned in 1888, the coal not having been reached. 

The Authors are not aware of any previously published references to this bore. 

(10.) The Liverpool Moorehank Bore, — Mr. J. Coghlan also started this bore, 
and carried it down to a depth of 1,485 feet, and it was subsequently finished under 
the supervision of Mr, W. H. J. Slee, Superintendent of Diamond Drills. The 
height of the site above sea level was about forty feet, and the total depth of the 
bore was 2,601 feet 6 inches. Three seams of coal were reached, the upper (one 
foot five inches thick) at a depth of 2,493 feet 6 inches, the second (one foot four 
inches thick) at a depth of 2,507 feet 7 inches^ and the lowest (six feet six and a 
half inches thick) at 2,583 feet 4 inches from the surface. 

Previous Be/erences.'-Ann. Rept. Dept. Mines for 1889 [1890], pp. 136, 148. 
Ann. Rept. Dept. Mines for 1890 [1891], pp. 138, 149. 
T. W. E. David, Proc. Austr. Assoc. Advt. Sci., I., 1888 [1889], p. 288. 
R. Etheridge, Junr., Geol. Survey N. S. Wales, PaL Mem., Ko. I., 

1888, pp. 1-4. 
T. W. E. David, Ann. Rept. Dept. Mines and Agric. for 1891 [1892], 

pp. 244-245. 

(11.) The First Cremorne Bore, — This important bore was put down at Bobert- 
son's Point, Cremorne, Sydney Harbour, under the supervision of ]tfr. W. H. J. 
Slee, Superintendent of Diamond Drills. The site of the bore was fifty-four feet 
above sea level, and the total depth reached was 3,095 feet from the surface. The 
chocolate shales were struck at a depth of 943 feet 4 inches, and at a depth of 
2,801 feet 9 inches, a seam of coal, which proved to be seven feet three and a half 
inches thick, was reached. The coal, however, was found to have been charred or 
partly converted into coke owing to the intrusion of two dolerite dykes. Previous 



PABT 1.] 



Datid — ^PiTTMAK : Goal under Oremorne. 



to reacliiiig the coal seam the bore passed through two masses of dolerite, and a 
subsequent examination of the land in the yicinity of the bore revealed the course 
of the two dykes at the surface. 

Previous References,— Ajqsu Kept. Dept. Mines for 1890 [1891], p. 16a 

Ann. Rept. Dept. Mines and Agric. for 1891 [1892], p. 152, and diag. 11. 

(12.) The Second Oremorne Bore, — After the course of the two dolerite dykes 
referred to aboye had been carefully determined, the site for the second Cremome 
bore was chosen (by one of the Authors), as far away from both of them as the 
limits of the available land would allow.* This site was distant about forty chains 
in a direction north forty-six degrees west from the first bore. The height above, 
sea level of the site of the second bore was one hundred and forty-three feet. 
Boring operations were commenced in July, 1S92, under the supervision of t&r, 
W. H. J. Slee, Superintendent of Diamond Drills ; and on the 9th l^ovember, 
1893, a fine seam of coal, ten feet three inches thick and free from any alteration 
by contact with dykes, was penetrated. The depth of the bore from the surface 
to the roof of the coal-seam was 2,917 feet. 

The following is a generalised section of the strata passed through in the bore : — 



Thlckneu. 
feet inches. 



Xriaano ^ 

I 



NarrabeenBeds., 



9 / Hawkesbury Sandstones 1,020 

(a) Chocolate shales 163 

(6) SaDdstones, shales, and con- 

glomerates, with Thinn/eldia, 
pkenopteris (new species), 
Macrotamiopleris, Odontop- 
teris, Sagenopteris, Schtzo- 

neura, 9,nd Sstheria 1,112 

(c) Tuffaceous, dark green, gritty 
shales, — ^horizon of the cu- 
priferous tuff of Holt-Suther- 
land (Dent's Creek) and 

Heathcote Bores 

Sandstones, shales, and con- 
glomerates, with concretions 
of clay ironstone from 2,868 

to 2,899 feet 660 

Oalseam 10 

Clay, shale, and mudstone, with 

Vertebraria 1 



Depth, 
feet, inches. 

1,020 6 
1,184 



2,296 6 



id) 



Permo-Carboniferous, 



Newcastle 
Series 



60 6 



9 



2,357 



2,917 
2,927 3 

2,929 



The following is a descending section of the seam :— 

Roof— clay shale. ft. in. 

Coaly clay shale 1 

Splint coal, somewhat inferior, with minute veins of calcite 8 

Coal, splint and bituminous, of good quality 2 10 

Band, oark brown clay shale, adhering firmly to coal 0^ 

Coal, splint and bituminous, of good quality, the last three inches 

rather soft and bituminous 6 H 

Coal, soft, bituminous, a trifle clayey Sj 



10 3 



Floor— Black carhonaceous clay shale, containing impressions of Vertebioria. 
* Vide Ann. Ropt. Dept. of Mines and Agric. for 1882 [1893], pp. 100-110. 



d Beeordi of the Oeohgieal Survey of New South Walei, [vol. it. 

IIL—Oomposifion of the Cremome ChaL 
The following proximate analyses were made by Mr. J. C. H. Mingaye, F.C.8., 
Analyst and Assayer to the Department of Mines, of samples from different parts 
of the seam under Cremome. 

No. 1. — Average sample from first eighteen inches below the eight inches of coal 

with calcite veins. 

Hvffroftcopic moisture *95 

VoUtile hydrocarbons 17*30 

Fixed carbon 71'76 ( p , ftQ.A5 0/ 

ABh 10-30 I r*"' ^^ ^ 



10000 
Salpbur, *706 %. Speci6o gravity, 1*207. Ash, reddish tinge, flocculent. One pound of thU 
al will convert 12*7 poands of water into steam. 



No. 2. — Average sample from the next eighteen inches. 

BysroBcopio moisture *70 

Volatile hydrocarbons 17*80 

Kr*!?":::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::;::: ^l'^ \ ^^'^' ««> % 



100-00 
Sulphur, *562 %. Specific gravity, 1 '305. Ash, reddish tinge, flocculent One pound of this 
coal will convert 13*3 pounds of water into steam. 

No. .'). — ^Average sample from the next fourteen inches. 

Hygrosoopio moisture '80 

Volatile hydrooarbons 16*90 

100 00 
Sulphur, -617 %. Specific gravity, 1 -308. Ash, reddish tinge, flocculent. One pound of this 
coal will convert 12*0 pounds of water into < 



No. 4. — Average sample from the next fourteen inches. 

Hygroscopic moisture '70 

Volatile hydrocarbons 17*05 

A^.":^;;;;;;:;:;;;;.:;;;:;:;::::^ I}^ I ^>-. ^^^ % 

100*00 
Suli>hur, -802 %. Specific gravity, 1*374. Ash, reddish tinge, flocculent One pound of this 
coal will convert 12*9 pounds of water into steam. 

No. 5. — Average from the next fourteen inches. 

Hygroscopic moistuFe -65 

Volatile hydrocarbons 17*96 

i^J!:!:?!:;;::;::;;;;:;;:::::::;^^ Ii;2^ t ^^^' «^-'^ ^ 

100*00 
Sulphur, -878 %. Specific gravity, 1-373. Ash, reddish tinge, flocculent. One pound of this 
coal will convert 1^1 pounds of water into steam. 

No. 6. — Average sample of the lowest fourteen inches of the seam. 

Hygroscopic moisture '45 

Volatile hydrocarbons 18*45 

100*00 
Sulphur, -686 %. Specific gravity, 1 '362. Ash, reddish tinge, flocculent. One pound of this 
coal will convert 13 '2 pounds of water into steam. 



^Axx L] Di-TiB— PiTTMAJT : Ooal under Onmwme. 7 

The mean of the foregoing six analyses gires the average composition of the entire seam as 
follows : — 

Hygroscopic moiatare *66 

VoUtile hydrocarbons , VJ'bl 

E."!^::::;::::;:::::::::::::::^ IS^} ^^^ «-77 % 

100-00 

Mean percentage of sulphur "724 

Mean specific gravity 1*346 

Mean calorimetric value 13*00 

The aggregate thickness of the coal represented by the above analysee does 
not equal the total thickness of the coal as given in the section of the seam, because 
some of the core was reduced to powder and lost during the boring operations. 

It is eTident from the above that the Cremorne se^m consists of good coal 
especially suitable for steaming purposes, and that it is rather superior to the 
lUawarra or Southern coal, particularly in regard to the percentage of ash. 

The temperature at the bottom of the bore was ascertained by one of the 
Authors, the apparatus employed being so constructed as to protect the thenno-' 
meters from the great pressure due to the depth. When the experiments were 
made the lowest portion of the bore was found to be obstructed by caving, but at a 
depth of 2,788 feet the temperature was observed to be 07^ f ah. If the mean 
annual temperature of Sydney be taken as 68°, and if the stratum of invariable 
temperature be assumed to be fifteen feet below the surface, this result will be 
found to be equal to an average increase of L° Fah. for every eighty feet of 
descent, and at this rate the temperature of the earth's crust at the depth of the 
coal seam would be 99*8° Fah. It may, however, be noted that the experiments in 
connection with the temperature were made in a bore, the site of which was nearly 
one hundred and fifty feet above sea level, and as the working shaft of the colliery 
will probably be sunk at a spot very much closer to high-water mark the actual 
temperature of the coal seam is likely to be quite 1° less than that deduced from 
the experiments. 

The ascertained temperature is much more favourable than could reasonably 
have been anticipated, as the average rate of increase of temperature in different 
parts of the world is 1° for every sixty-three feet in depth, and there is every 
reason to expect that, with the aid of the most modern ventilating appliances, the 
temperature of the coal workings under Sydney harbour will bo reduced to about 
80° Fah. 

The positions of the different bores referred to in this paper are shown on 
PI. IT, and the approximate dips of the chocolate shales, the cupriferous 
tuffs, and the coal seam are given in t>vo sections (PI. i), viz., from Camp 
Creek northerly to Narrabeen, and from Liverpool north-easterly and easterly to 
Cremorne. The position of Wyong Creek is also shown, immediately to the north 
of which chocolate shales, similar to those of Narrabeen, outcrop in the railway 
cuttings. 



a SeeorJs of the Geological Survey of New Souih Wale$» [vol. it. 

II. — Columnar Structure in Quartz-Felspar Porphyry at Mount 
Hope, Co. Blaxland, N. S. Wales : by John B. JAauEx, 
A.R.S.M., F.G.S., Geological Surveyor, and George W. Card, 
A.R.S.M., F.G.S., Curator and Mineralogist. 



About a mile diBtant, in a westerly direction from the South Copper-mine, in the 
vicinity of Mount Hope, a low hill, composed of quartz-felspar porphyry, is to be 
found intruding (?) clay-slates, which can be observed in some places at its base. 
The whole of the upper portion of the boss is marked out by joints into a system 
of hexagonal columnar blocks, and, in some places, owing to unequal denudation 
having occurred, the columns so exposed stand out above their neighbours. The 
greatest observed height of these columns above the general surface of the bill 
was six feet, while the width of the faces varies between one foot and eighteen 
inches. Some of them, as a result of weathering, have assumed rudely-pointed 
terminations. 

From a description given by Mr. Cawse, General Manager of the Mount Hope 
Copper-mine, it would seem as if columns exhibiting a " cone-in-cone " structure 
could be seen at one time, but now every instance of this structure appears to 
have been effaced. During the period when the copper mines were being exploited 
on a large scale, and a considerable population was resident at Mount Hope, boys 
from this town were accustomed to resort to this hill and wedge out the columns 
with crowbars in order to watch them roll down its sides ; the base of the hill is 
now strewn with the broken remains of columns sacrificed in this manner. 

A subsequent examination of the prominent hill which overlooks from the west 
the township of Mount Hope, and is distant from it about a mile and a half, 
showed it also to consist of the porphyritic rock, with a system of hexagonal 
jointing. 

The district was traversed in 1876* by the late Mr. Lament H. Young, 
A.E.S.M., G-eological Surveyor, and, according to the information supplied by him 
and charted on the G-eological Map of the Colony, the porphyry covers a large 
area of country in the vicinity of Motint Hope. 

The time at the disposal of the observerf for the purpose of investigating the 
relations existing between the sedimentary and igneous rocks was very limited ; 
hence the Authors of this paper do not think they are warranted in speaking 
definitely as to whether the latter is intrusive or otherwise. However, if the 

• Ann. Bept. Dept. Mines N.S. Wales for 1880 [1881], pp. 259-268. 
' t The rock was examined in the field by only ode of uie Authors. 



PABi 1.] Jaqitet — Cabd: Mount Hoj>e^ 9 

detailed deBcription of the rock, which is given hereafter, be referred to, it will be 
seen that, after consolidation, many of its component minerals have undergone 
considerable alteration, and these changes are of such a nature as could only have 
taken place at some depth beneath the earth's surface — they are not those that 
might reasonably be expected to result from weathering. Thus it would seem 
that the rock does not represent a much altered lava-flow of, comparatively 
speaking, recent origin ; and, moreover, the fact that it has an acid composition, 
and is found over a large area, militates against any such hypothesis. 

Where hexagonal jointing has been observed in rocks which undoubtedly 
represent consolidated lava-flows the longer axis of the columns are always 
arranged in a direction normal to the surface of cooling. Now, in the case under 
description, the columns are vertical, while the slates found as before mentioned 
at the bottom of one of the porphyry hills, . and all the sedimentary rocks of 
Palaeozoic age observed in the district, dip at a high angle ; therefore, if, while 
denying the intrusive origin of the rocks, we admit, in order to satisfy the 
requirements which its altered condition demand, that it is an ancient lava-flow 
from which a vast amount of superincumbent rock has been removed by 
denudation, then it must have been poured out after the formation and subsequent • 
upheaval of the Falssozoic rocks had been effected. Mr. Lament H. Young 
assigned a Devonian age to the slates. * 

Examined microscopically, the rock is seen to consist of a greyish base — which 
gives to it a prevailing grey tint, lighter on weathered surfaces — interbedded in 
which are many porphyri tic crystals of felspar, quartz, and a soft blackish mineral. 
Quartz is present in the form of numerous glassy blebs. Felspar is very abundant; 
it is uniformly white in colour, and sometimes shows good cleavage-faces with a 
vitreous lustre ; some of the crystals are of very considerable size. A very close 
connection is sometimes evident between the felspar and the soft blackish mineral 
referred to above. This latter occasionally forms complete pseudomorphs with 
approximately rectangular outlines. The rock is occasionally traversed by thin 
veins of calcite. The mean of several determinations made by the Curator's 
Assistant, Mr. L. F. Harper, gave a specific gravity of 2'65. 

Two thin-sections have been prepared from the specimens available. A micro- 
BCopic examination shows the base to be completely micro-crystalline, and to 
consist very largely of what is perhaps quartz. Microlites of what appears to be 
white mica occur occasionally. A sort of micropegmatitic structure is sometimes 
noticeable (Slide 428t), in which an angular fragment of quartz often constitutes a 
nucleus to a circular area which, to a large extent, extinguishes simultaneously 
with it. These areas may, perhaps, be analogous to spherulites. 

• L06. eit, p. 280. • 

t The numbers are those under which the inicroaoope-slides are registered in the Collections of the Oeological 
Survey of N.S. Wales. r -• -• 



10 



Beeords of ihs Geological Survey of New South Wdlee. [vol. it. 



Quartz, — This occurs as large, very much broken, often idiomorpbic crystals, 
and as small angular fragments scattered through the base. The larger masses 
contain numerous glass-inclusions — some with fixed bubbles — and are also 
trayersed by cracks along which numerous minute cavities are arranged. Slide 
431 shows an inclusion of a mineral with pleochroism in green and white. There is 
no trace of undulatory extinction. The corrosion by the magma has been so yery 
intense as to remind one of the similar phenomenon common in many rhyolites. 

Felspar, — ^This mineral frequently occurs as idiomorpbic crystals in which the 
characteristic faces of orthoclase are sometimes well-marked. Both simple and 
compound twinning may be noticed, but kaolinisation has usually advanced so far 
as to obliterate all such structures. A considerable development of epidote has 
gone on at the expense of the felspar. Greenish alteration products, in some 
cases apparently of a chloritic nature, are common. In one case a passage into 
what appears to be a white mica occurs. 

In each section there is an instance of a fragment of felspar showing secondary 
growth. In one case (Slide 429) , as shown in the figure, a rounded grain has 
added to its substance on all sides. Both newer and older portions are much 
kaolinisedy the latter rather more than the former as might be expected. A 
narrow comparatively unaltered zone surrounds the kernel. Twin-lamellation is 
present ; sometimes traversing the whole crystal from end to end, at others occur- 
ring only in the newer or the older portion and stopping abruptly on reaching the 
line of demarcation between them. A development of epidote has taken place in 
both portions. 




Crystal of felspar in which two periods of growth are indicated. Certain of the twin- 
planes are seen to terminate on the line of division between the two portions. Patches of clear 
epidote are developed in places, and there tis much cloudiness resulting from decompositioii. 
Drawn from Slide 429, as seen between crossed nicols by an inch objective. 



?ABT 1.] ETHESIDeB: MrOOfHTLLUH. 11 

It would appear from this that, at an early stage in the history of the rocic, it 
was subjected to conditions which were favourable to the separation of felspar; 
The kernel, rounded by prior corrosion, resumed its growth and added consider^ 
ably to its bulk. Subsequently conditions of strain resulted in the development 
of twin-lame)]ation which afEected both parts of the crystal indifferently ; slight 
breaks in continuity (probably of a physical nature) at the boundary between the 
two portions sometimes determining the linear extension of the lamellie. The 
whole crystal partakes of the alteration resulting from the action of the chemical 
agencies that have given rise to the development of kaolin and epidote. 

In another instance (Slide 428) a crystal of felspar appears to have added to its 
bulk along two of the edges. As before, a development of kaolin and epidote 
occurs in poth portions, but the twinning phenomena are absent. 

Oreen alteration products. — These are abundantly developed, and appear to be 
of a chloritic nature. They occur as minutely fibrous aggregates with a more or 
less radial structure scattered through the rock, or as compact pseudomorphs 
sometimes intimately associated with epidote and felspar. They are, if at all, 
very feebly pleochroic, and generally polarise in mottled neutral tints.* Occasion- 
ally patches of a pale brown pleochroic mineral (mica?) occur, and there is idso 
a passage into what may be white mica. Closely associated with these green 
products IB, here and there, a pale brown structureless mineral with a high 
refractive index, somewhat resembling sphene. It gives very vivid polarisation 
tints, and generally has an opaque yellowish product developed on it. This 
substance is also associated with epidote. 



III. — Description of a Proposed New Genus of Rugose Coral 
[Mucophyllum) : by R. Etheridge, Junr., Palaeontologist and 
Librarian. 

[Plates III and IV.] 



J. — Introduction. 

Atf OKasT the corals of Silurian age recorded in lists of New South Wales fossils 
is Flychoplyllum patellatum^ Schl., and this reference has been confirmed by the 
late Prof. De Koninck, who describedf a specimen from Dangelong. 



"* The sections ore veiy thin. 

f Foos. P»L Nouv.-aaUes dn Sad, Pt 1, 1876, p. 11. 



12 jReeords of the Qeological Survey of 2few South Wales. [vol. it. 

Ptychophyllum pafellatufn has neyer come under my notice, but a coral 
xesembling it in general appearance, althougli differing considerably in minute points 
of structure, is met with in moderate quantity at several localities; this it is 
proposed to describe as Mueophyllum crateroidei. 

I have derived much assistance in unravelling the structure of this coral by 
reading a paper by Mr. W. H. Sherzer — "A Eevision and Monograph of the 
Genus OhonophyUum*^* — in which the relations of the last named, Omphyma and 
JPiychophyllumy and their delimitation, is fully discussed. His remarks are freely 
quoted. The difficulties attendant on a study of this group to one situated as the 
Writer is, far from typical specimens for comparison, and the more important 
works of reference, have not been lessened by the comparatively recent proposal 
on the part of Mr. G. Lindstromf to merge Ftychophyllum in Streptelasma, 

I purpose giving first a description of the Australian coral, and then com- 
paring its structure with its nearest allies Omphyma and Piychophyllum, Sherzer's 
researches rendering it necessary to say but little about Ohonophyllum. 

II. — Structure of MucopnTLLUM — Oen, nov. 

tn outward appearance Mueophyllum resembles Ftychophyllum^ both possessing 
the same short mushroom-shaped sub-pedicillate corallum. The latter is briefly 
turbinate below with a short truncated base gradually expanding upwards and 
outwards, with gently curving concave sides, to a more or less circular periphery 
(PI. iir, Fig. 1). The upper surface is reflected to form either a horizontal or 
slightly outwardly curving expansion, giving to the whole corallum the appear- 
ance of a low-arched umbrella or mushroom, excavated in the centre, and gradually 
thinning off to the edge. This edge may be quite sharp and fine, or at times ia 
substantially thick. 

In one example the corallum immediately before approaching the edge is a 
quarter of an inch in thickness. 

The size is variable, but specimens have been observed nearly five inches in 
diameter. The exterior of the corallum below the periphery is enveloped in a 
thin epithecal covering, and anchoring tubular roots are given off at intervals. 

The thin epithecal covering hardly seems to amount to a true epitheca, and 
presents fine closely abutting concentric lines, which ride over but do not obliterate 
the costse. Here and there one of these concentric lines is stronger and almost 
assumes the appearance of a lamina. At times, immediately around the circular 
periphery, they become festoon-shaped, and correspond to the imbricate corallum 
edge. The radii on the under-surface agree in position with the septa, and 

* BulL GeoL Boc. America, 1892, III, p. 263. 

t Richthofen'8 Beitrftgo Pftl. Chiim, 1888, IV Abhandl., p. 66. 



jpAET 1.] Ethbbidob: Mucophxlltjm. 18 

correspond to the re-entering angles of the festooned edge, and are therefore 
^' costas" as distinguished from *^rug»/' when occupying a position on the exterior 
surface of the corallum equal to the interseptal spaces. 

The tubular roots, or radicif orm processes, are prolongations of the body structure 
proper and not merely epi thecal outgrowths (PI. iv, Figs. 1, 6). They ar^ 
hollow, of variable length, but one has been observed as much as one and a half 
inches long. Asa rule, however, they become broken short ofF, and leave brief 
wartlike bases to represent the point of outgrowth. Their walls (PI. iv, Pig. 5) 
present the same ^emi-opaque laminated appearance as the body structure of the 
corallum. This is shown in PL iv. Fig. 5 as a very delicate wavy lamination 
extending from the body substance of the coral into the process. We further 
learn, from this section, that some at least of these radiciform outgrowths were 
traversed by diaphragms, two of which are visible, one high up at its junction 
with the coral proper, and the other near the apex of the process. The latter is 
one that has clearly not yet attained full development, being rounded and blunt at 
its termination. The thickest of the objects apparently issuing from the coral is 
not an anchoring process, but the section of a Crinoid stem. The long tube at 
right angles to the latter, on the upper left hand of the figure, lying free, illustrates 
the length to which these processes sometimes attain. 

Mucophyllum possesses a wide open centre to the calico (PI. in, Fig. 2, PI. rv 
Figs. 2 and 3), insensibly expanding into the horizontal disc-like portion without 
the intervention of any thickened rim or line of demarcation. The wall of the 
calice slopes gently inwards (PI. iv. Fig. 3), and the floor is practically flat (PI. 
Ill, Fig. 2), and formed by the uppermost tabulum. In the figured specimen, one 
of our best, this measures one inch in longest diameter, whilst the width of the 
entire corallum surface, in this instance, is three inches. As I have before said, 
the " disk " is horizontal and flat, such, for instance, as in PI. iir. Fig. 2 j or 
occasionally it may be gently convex,*or the convexity may be restricted to that 
portion immediately surrounding the calice centre. The turbinate base beneath 
the calic6 floor varies greatly in height, being sufficiently deep in some to accomo- 
date several tabulae (PI. iv. Fig. 8), or so restricted as to be represented only by the 
uppermost tabulum, or at the most two tabulse, which in the former case practically 
constitutes the truncated base, and reduces the corallum of Mucophyllum to an 
iufundibuliform expansion of stereoplasmic matter. 

The septa (PI. iii. Fig. 2, PL iv. Figs. 2 and 4) are from seventy-five to eighty 
in a full grown specimen {i.e., in the only species known), of one order, equi- 
distant and simple, radiating outwards from the bottom of the calice to the 
circular scalloped periphery, where they correspond to the re-entering angles. 
These septa manifest themselves on the '^ disc," not as upstanding lamellae, but as 
impressed grooves, and do not impinge on the surface of the central tabulate area 



1* 'Becords of tie Qeologieal Sufpeif of New South Walee, [vot. iv. 

but 0top short at its margin ; there is, therefore, no twisting or formation of a 
spurious columella (PL m, Fig. 2). In only one instance out of a large number 
of specimens has any deviation from this been noticed, and in this case a very few 
septa were seen to pass for a short distance inwards and then disappear in the sub- 
stance of the floor. In thin sections (PI. iv, Fig. 4), they are seen to be exceedingly 
delicate and minutely fluctuating lines, and only in a single instance has any trace 
of secondary thickening been observed, and then to a very slight extent. In 
this particular case they are split along the centre as if separating into two 
laminsD. In one septum that has remained entire, a very faint dark line is traceablo 
in the centre — the primordial septum — and it appears to be along this that fracture 
has taken place. Oh the other hand, other similarly thickened septa in the same 
thin section do not show this line. 

A short but well marked slightly pyriform fossula exists, containing a single 
septum, possibly the cardinal, and rather longer than the others. The septa must 
be regarded as primordial, for not the slightest trace of a secondary thickening 
has been noticed in any of them, with the exception mentioned above. 

Simple transverse dissepiments have been observed in the lower portion of the 
corallum only (PL iir, Fig. 1), around the base, but in no single instance have they 
been seen extending outwards and upwards. They aro simple transverse bars 
dividing the intorseptal loculi hereabouts into rectangular spaces.' 

On the exterior oE the corallum the interseptal spaces are somewhat angular 
around the corallum periphery, but become flatter, and ultimately concave, as tbo 
edge of the disk is receded from (PL iv, Fig. 3). 

The tabulae are never numerous, usually straight and generally delicate, and with 
the exception of the uppermost one forming the floor of the calico are either 
complete or incomplete. There are only three and six respectively in our most 
tabulate specimens. In the best vertical section I have succeeded in obtaining, 
the tabula) are thickened, becoming of the same solid homogeneous nature as the 
substance of the corallum, and not apparently thickened by a deposition of 
secondary matter^ in fact they seem to be one with the former, although there is 
no subdivision of this stereoplasmic mass into layers corresponding with the 
tabul», as if the latter represented successive polyp-cups after Edward and. 
Haime*8 conception of Ftyohophyllum, 

There seem to be hardly recognisabje traces of a proper wall, all that is seen in 
sections is a very delicate thin peripheral line. This can scarcely be looked upon 
as a theca, for it does not seem to be the result of the commingling of the proximal 
ends of the septa. It also follows the outline of the radiciform projections. 

The tissue forming the entire corallum is composed for* the most part of a 
homogeneous semi-opaque calcite. It fills the whole of the interseptal spaces or 
loculi, and does not appear to be broken up into a vesicular 8truet\jir?uptil quite at 



fXBX 1.] ETHXBIsaS: MuCOFHTLLtTM. 15 

the base of tbe corallam. In yertical sections taken at right angles to the course of 
the septa, the latter can be traced in their primordial condition without any trace of 
a secondarj* thickening, and a similar state of things is exhibited by thin sections 
parallel to the plane of the disk. The only formation risible is a secondary 
dendritic crystallisation of a slightly darker colour than the general mass of the 
tissue. This crystallisation follows the line of each septum, and in a vertical 
section parallel to the septa appears as a delicate arborescent branching, not 
unlike the dendritic manganese of landscape marble. In the sections formerly 
referred to, taken at right angles to the septa, it is not so apparent; but in those taken 
in the plane of the disk, or horizontal to the growth of the corallum (PI. it, Fig. 4), 
the interseptal spaces are filled with innumerable dots or specks of a dark colour, 
and small tufts, probably the cut edges of the arboroscent branching. Until this 
feature is thoroughly grasped, this crystallisation leads to the idea that one is 
dealing with veritable structure. 

Ill, — Connate Genera. 

1. CnoiroPHTiiHrM. — Edwards and Haime (Brit. Foss. Corals, Pt. 1, lutrod., 
1850, p. kix). The characteristic form of this genus is conical, turbinate, or 
patellate, varying to cono-cylindrical. The successive peripheries, or outer 
calicular margins, become horizontally expanded, and often reflexed, but there are 
no radiciform or root-like processes.* There is no true wall, but a simple protective 
epithecal covering. The calice is either shallow and basin-like, or deep, and the 
floor is flat. The primary septa near the centre of the calice are thin and lamellar, 
but gradually thicken towards the periphery of each polyp-cup, and form convex 
broad bands of complex structure, each septum consisting of a series of upwardly 
convex superimposed delicate layers, with granular or spinulose processes developed 
on the upper surface, to aid in the support of each septum. It was the peculiar 
but misunderstood structure of these lamellar septa that originally gave rise, 
says Mr. Sherzer, to the description of complete tabulro, and superimposed and 
invaginated separate cell-cups. There is no true columella, but the principal septa 
extending to the calice centre, become more or less twisted. Neither are there any 
true tabulae, nor yet a fossula, but the centre of the corallum below the calice 
is occupied by irregular transverse "leaflets" representing the tabulae. Dis- 
sepiments were developed in the outer narrow interseptal locuh*, becoming fewer 
and more open towards the calice. In Ghonophi/llum, the position of the inter- 
septal loculi is outwardly marked by the narrow longitudinal grooves on the thin 
epithecal covering. 

2. Omphtma. — Eafinesque and Clifford (Ann, Sci. Phys. Bruxelles, 1820, 
v., p. 235). In this genus the form of the corallum resembles the last, with a 
similar protective epitheca, and no true wall, deposited in " fine encircling bands or 

• Shetzct, Bull. OeoL Spc, Americft, 1892, HI, p. 258. 



16 Records of the Oeological Survey of New South Wales. [vol. it. 

ridges/' the stroDg radiciform processes being direct continuations of tlie l)odj 
substance, as in Mucophi/Uum, In Omphyma the corallum is made up of super- 
imposed '^cell-cups/' represented in the infra-calicinal portion by horizontal 
tabulae. The septa, unlike those of Ohonophyllum, are formed by infoldings of the 
cell-cups, or extended tabuls, and forming sharply crested, or angular lamellae, 
without subsidiary supporting growths, which terminate at the calice margins, and 
rarely impinge on the central tabulate area. In consequence of this, there is not 
even a spurious columella. Four fossulao are usually present, but one is often 
more distinct than the others. Sherzer states that the septa and interseptal locuU 
are not clearly differentiated from one another as in Chonophyllum^ and the 
Bugosa in general, but the position of the latter is externally defined by broad 
longitudinal bands. 

Omphyma may, therefore, according to Sherzer, be distinguished from 
Ohonophyllum^ by the following points : — 1. Presence of strong radiciform processes. 
2. Presence of broad, well-developed tabulae. 3. Infolding of the cell-cups to 
form sharply crested or angular septa. 4. Absence of supporting processes. 5. 
Coarse, subvesicular structure of the interseptal cavities. 6. Ghenerally broad, 
smooth, central tabulate area. 7. Presence of one or more f ossulae. 8. The broad 
costal bands representing the interseptal cavities. 

3. PTTcnoPHYLLtTM. — Edwards and Haime (Mon. Brit. Fobs. Corals, Pt. 1, 
Introd., 1850, p. Ixix) . From the writings of those who have studied Ftychophyllum^ 
Messrs. Edwards and Haime, Eoemer, Dybowski, Sherzer, and others, it appears that 
the corallum is generally similar in appearance to the two preceding genera, and, 
like Omphyma^ possesses anchoring protuberances, whilst the margins of the cell- 
cups are strongly reflected. The formation of the latter, and the radial infoldings 
of the septa are similar to the structure of Omphyma^ but as in Chonophyllum^ the 
septa extend to the centre of the tabulate area and are there twisted, forming a 
false columella, and an elevation on the floor, but the septa are not supplied with 
spicular, or other supplementary appendages. The epithecal covering is strong and 
persistent, and the broad bands externally developed correspond to the interseptal 
loculi. The central area is usually strongly tabulate, and the dissepimental vesicles 
are coarse, as in Omphyma, There is a single f ossula, and the position of the septa 
externally is indicated by the fine longitudinal grooves visible on the epitheca. 
Edwards and Haime believed that the twisting of the septa distinguished this genus 
from Chonophyllum, but Sherzer has shown* that an equal amount of intermingling 
takes place in the latter. 

According to the last-named authority, Pfychophyllum is distinguished in detail 
from ChonopJiyllum by the followiug'characters : — 1. The more persistent epitheca, 
and occasional radiciform processes. 2. Well-developed tabulae throughout the 
central area. 3. Cell-cups forming sharp or angular septa by their radial infoldings. 

• Bull. Soc QooL SoG. America, 1892, III, p. 270. 



PABT 1.] Ethx&idoe: Mucophtllum. 17 

4. Absence of supporting growths. 6. PaJse columella, 6. Coarse subvesiculap 
structure of the interseptal loculi. 7. Generally distinct fossula. 8. Longitudinal 
bands upon the epitheca, corresponding to the interseptal loculi. 

Ftyehophyllum may be essentially distinguished from Omphyma i-^l. By the 
formation of a false columella. 2. Absence of a clear central tabulate area. 3. 
One fossula, instead of generally four. It, therefore, follows that Ftyehophyllum 
is more nearly related to Omphyma than it is to Ohonophyllum. 



IV.^The Selations o/* Mucophtllum. 

We may now enter on the relations of Mueophyllum to the three genera just 
discussed. It resembles all three in the invaginated reflex-margined corallum, 
which represents one of their "cell-cups;" but so far as my researches have 
extended there is no repetition of these " cell-cups,'' nor are there any external 
accretion ridges as in Omphyma. The structure appears to be absolutely homo* 
geneous, and the body of the corallum does not seem to be made up of successire 
tabular out-growths. The septa are wholly linear-lamellar, without either the 
complex structure of Chonophyllum^ or the outwardly angular form of Ftyehaphyl- 
lum and Omphyma^ and I have quite failed to detect any radial infoldings. There 
is no Tesicular tissue in the outer portions of the interseptal loculi, but the whole 
is filled with a dense structural homogenity. On the contrary, the only dissipi- 
ments yisible are around the turbinate base in Mueophyllum. A thin epithecal 
covering is present, as in Omphyma and Fiychqphyllum^ and the broad external 
longitudinal bands represent the interseptal loculi, and are therefore practically 
analogous to the costte of other Eugose corals. Anchoring processes are unques- 
tionably present, as in both Ftyehophyllum and Omphyma; and, similar to the 
former, and probably also the latter, these are out-growths of the body substance, 
and not merely thecal or epithecal developments. 

The septa stop short at the central tabulate area, and there is no trace of a 
spurious columella. Herein, therefore, our proposed new genus is likened to 
Omphyma, and differs from the. other two. The tabul» in the central infracali- 
cular area are well developed, although at times incomplete, again a departure from 
Ohonophyllum^ and I have quite failed to detect any prolongation of them between 
the septa to assist in forming an interseptal vesicular structure. One fossula only 
is present, thus allying our coral to Ffychophyllum, and separating it from both 
Ohonophyllum, in which there is said by Sherzer to be none, and from Omphyma 
with its four fossuls as a general rule. The presence of the cardinal septum in 
the fossula is a decided feature of the Zaphrentidee. 



18 Eecordi of the Oeohgieal Survey of New South Walee, [tol. it. 

In conclnBion Mucophyllum maj be said to bo, in general terms, an Omphyma 
of one cell-cup possessing linear septa and a single fossula ; or a Ptychophyllum 
of one cell-cup, without a spurious columella, and with no projection on tbe central 
tabulate area. 

F. — Qenerie and Specific Oharacten. 

MucoPHTLLUM* — Oeit, nov. 

Gen. Char. — Corallum simple, of one cell-cup, large, patelloid, somewhat 
turbinate below, with root-like radiciform processes, which are prolongations of 
the body substance, and not developed from an epitheca or theca. Calice basin- 
like, with strongly reflected margins, no proper wall visible, but a thin epithecal 
covering; costsB present. Septa simple, numerous, not formed by lamellar 
infoldings. Interseptal loculi free, simple, dissepiments only in the lower 
portions, around the truncate [base. Spurious columella absent. Fossula single, 
large, containing one or more cardinal septa. Tabulae complete or incomplete, 
well developed, and sometimes thickened ; intertabular loculi narrow, subvesicular 
at times. 

MUCOPHTLLVM CBATEB0IDE8 — Sp. nov. 

Pis. III. and IV. 

Sp, Char, — General characters as in the genus. Corallum attached, attaining as 
much as four and a half inches in diameter, and one and a quarter inches in height, 
edge of the calicular disk scalloped ; radiciform processes irregularly scattered, 
attaining one and a quarter inches in length. Calice moderately deep, sides 
gradually curving outwards, the distal portions forming a more or less horizontal 
expansion. Septa from seventy-five to eighty', thin, delicate, fluctuating, very 
rarely thickened, and then only slightly so; fossula short, containing one 
septum, the cardinal. Central tabulate area wide. 

Ohs, Mucophyllum crateroidea in a very characteristic fossil at certain horizons in 
rocks at present assumed to be Upper Silurian. I believe it to be the Pfychophyllum 
pafellatum mentioned by the late Professor de Koninck, an assumption grounded on 
the fact that his description of the supposed Australian fossil is nothing more 
than a slightly free rendering in French of Edwards and Haime*s diagnosis t of 
the British form of that species. At any rate, a Ptychophyllum pure and simple, 
has not yet come under my observation from any Australian locality. 

Loc, and Horizon, — Hatton's Corner, Tass Biver, near Tass (T. W, E, David, 
^c.) ; Hume or Bowning Series. Old Lime-kiln Bidge, Humewood, near Yass 
( W, S. Leigh and B, Ether idge, Junr.) ; Hume or Bowning Series. Quedong, 
Delegate Eiver, Co, Wellesley (O. OwW<?n)— Upper Silurian. 

~^ ■ — ■f ." ^. L ' . • • • r . ■ ■ - P 

* 6 n^Kiif, ft mushroom. 

t Mod. Brit Fobs. Corals, 1854, Pt. 5, p. 291. 



PAET 1,] Cabd : Min, and Pet Notes,— 2. 19 

IV. — Mineralogical and Petrological Notes, No. 2 : by George W. 
Card, A.R.S.M., F.G.S., Curator and Mineralogist. 



I. — Contents, 

1. Eisenkiesel from Fairfield, Drake. 

2. CoTellite from Broken Hill. 

3. Epidote-rock containing metallic copper from Emmaville. 

4. Mimetite from Broken Hill. 

5. Turquoise from Wagonga. 

6. Mispickel in volcanic tuff from "Windeyer and Tambaroora. 

7. Diamond from Euriowio. 

8. Copper-TJranit© (Torbemite) from Carcoar. 

11, — Minerahgieal Notes, 

1. Eisenkiesel from Fairfield^ DraJce^ New England, — Deep-red in colour, and 
apotled with numerous opaque-white globular patches. Those patches vary in 
diameter up to a millimetre ; they are somewhat aggregated together and some- 
times single, and a cavity often occurs in the centre. Sometimes the white 
material merely constitutes a rim to a nucleus of brown. In addition to these 
gpots there are a number of irregular cracks and cavities lined with colourless 
crystalline quartz. The stone takes a good polish, presenting a handsome appear- 
ance closely resembling jasper. 

Under the microscope [Slide 4i0] it is found to consist entirely of crystalline 
quartz; the individuals being of considerable size, and intergrown with one 
another. Scattered through the mass is a red dust to which the colour of the 
rock is due. The outlines of earlier crystals, marked by liues of impurities, may 
Bometimos be detected. The silica surrounding such crystals polarises in an 
irregular manner, suggesting that it may once have existed in chalcedonic form. 
The white markings are found to consist of aggregations of particles of quartz, 
which give rise to very irregular polarisation effects. 

By reflected light a pattern, traced by opaque-whito bands in a manner com- 
parable to the " fortification '* structure noticeable in certain agates, is brought 
out. The outlines of earlier crystals, just referred to, work into these patterns. 
"Within the area marked off by the pattern a number of rings, also bounded by 
white bands, are sometimes present. 

Under favourable conditions of working it is possible that something might be 
4one with this rock should it be found to exist in any quantity. 



20 Beeordi of the Oeohgical Survey of New South Walei, [vol. iv. 

2. Oovellite from Broken Sill. — From the Consols Mine, per Mr. Q. Smith. 
Earthy in texture, and of an indigo-blue colour. Intimately associated with 
massive and crystalline cerussite. It is traversed by veins of cerussite to such an 
extent as to render it almost impossible to get a pure specimen of the copper 
mineral. The latter gives off sulphur readily on heating, and is very fusible. 
Copper reactions are readily obtained. 

3. Bpidote-rock containing metallic copper from JSmmaville, — A very hard 
compact rock, of the usual yellowish-green colour, with small specks of native 
copper scattered through it. Examined with the microscope (Slide 441) it is 
found to consist principally of colourless and pale yellowish-green epidote, the 
spaces between the crystals being filled with quartz, which is sometimes traversed 
by bundles of colourless acicular crystals radiating from the edges of the epidote. 
Broken and cleavage-fragments of epidote are included in the quartz. A number 
of crystals of a purplish colour, and probably augite, also occur. An assay (1372/93) 
gave traces of gold and silver. 

4. Mimetite from Broken Sill, — ^An old specimen labelled " Central Mine." 
The mimetite occurs with chloro-bromide of silver on ironstone and ferruginous 
kaolin. The crystals have the usual prismatic habit, and sometimes attain a length 
of three millimetres. Colour, brown. 

6. Turquoise from Wagonga — Presented by Mr. C. L. Garland. Pale-blue 
in colour, occurring in veins of about 3'5 millimetres in width. This is believed 
to be the first recorded occurrence in New South Wales. 

6. MispicJcel in Volcanic Tuff from Windeyer and Tamharoora. — Collected by 
Mr. T. "W. Atherton. At the Jubilee Mine, Windeyer, the mispickel occurs in 
nodules presenting a plumose structure when broken across. By comparing a 
number of specimens the nodules are found to be in reality large crystals built up 
of curved fibres. In a similar rock from Tambaroora, the mineral occurs in large 
plate-like crystals. 

7. Diamond from Euriowie, — Presented by Mr. Paulson, and believed to come 
from Euriowie. Length, five millimetres. The crystal consists of the hexakis- 
tetrahedron. It is straw coloured, and somewhat chipped and flawed. Specific 
gravity, 364. 

8. Qopper-TJranit^ (Torhernite) from Oarcoar, — Collected by Mr. T. W. 
Atherton from the Carcoar Cobalt Mines. It is found adhering to an igneous 
rock in the form of groups of square plates. These plates are very uniform in 
size, averaging about a millimetre in length of side. In colour it is emerald-green. 



PABT 1.] PlTTMAN : WiLLTAMITE. 21 

in lustre pearly, and very micaceous in appearance. The quantity available was 
very small, so that a satisfactory examination could not be made. The following 
results have been obtained : — 

A yellow precipitate on adding ammonic-molybdate to the nitric acid 
solution. 

An occasional copper-green colouration to the blow-pipe flame. 

A green microcosmic-salt bead in O.F. and B.F., the colour being perhaps 
somewhat darker in O.F. 

Water doubtful. 

A small flake, examined between crossed nicols, gave straight extinctions. No 
satisfactory interference-figure could be obtained. The occurrence of this mineral 
in New South Wales has not been previously recorded. 



V. — ^Willyamite — a New Mineral from Broken Hill : by E. F. 
PiTTMAN, A.R.S.M., Government Geologist. 



TowABDS the latter end of last year Mr. George Smith, at that time Assistant 
Manager, now General Manager of the Australian Broken Hill Consols Mine, 
discovered what he judged to be a new mineral, associated with dyscrasite in a gangue 
of calcite and siderite, at a depth of one hundred and fifty feet (vertical) in that 
mine. He forwarded a specimen of it to me, and stated that he had found it to 
contain antimony, sulphur, and cobalt. At my request complete duplicate analyses 
were made of the mineral by Mr. J. C. H. Mingaye, F.C.S., Analyst and Assayer 
to the Department, who found its composition to be as follows : — 

No. 1. No. % 

Sb 66-85 56-71 

Co 13 92 13 84 

Ni 1388 13-44 

Fe trace. trace. 

Ou minute trace. minute trace. 

Fb miuute trace, minute trace. 

S 15 64 15-92 

9979 99-91 

The formula, which corresponds almost exactly with these analyses, is Co S, 
Co Sba ; Ni S,, Ni Sbj, the mineral being a sulph-antimonide of nickel and 
cobalt. A sulph-antimonide of nickel (ulmannite) is already known, and in 
Dana's " System of Mineralogy," one specimen of it is mentioned as containing 



22 Becords of the Geological Survey of New South Walen. [vol. it. 

106 per cent, of cobalt. Ulmannite has been found in South Australia, but 
never, so far as I am aware, in this Colony. The presence, however, of such a 
large and apparently constant percentage of cobalt in the Broken Hill mineral 
seems to justify its recognition as a new species, and I have accordingly given it 
the name of WiUyamite (pronounced Willy-ah'-mite), after Willyama, which is 
the official name of the Broken Hill township, and which, in the language of the 
Aborigines, means ^^ a hill with a broken outline." 

The following are the physical and pyrognostic characters of WiUyamite :— <%*/em 
of orystallisation — Isometric. Cleavage — Cubic, perfect. Fracture — Uneven, 
brittle. Hardness — About 5*5 Specific gravity (mean of a number of exptriments) 
— 6 87. iM^frtf— Metallic. Colour — Between tin-white and steel grey. Streak-- 
Greyish-black. In the closed tube, and next to the assay, yields a dark red 
sublimate, which is orange-coloured in cooling, and this is surmounted by a faint 
white sublimate. In the open tube decrepitates, yields antimonial and sulphurous 
fumes ; near the assay the white sublimate shows in fern-like forms. Before the 
blowpipe on charcoal fuses readily to a globule, which boils and emits sulphurous 
and antimonial fumes. With borax glass gives at first the cobalt-blue colour, but 
after oxidising all the cobalt the nickel reaction is obtained. Decomposed by 
nitric acid with separation of antimony trioxide. 



V[. — On a Vertebra from the Wellington Caves : by W. S. Dun, 

Assistant Palaeontologist and Librarian. 

[Plate v.] 



I.— /« troduction . 
The specimen about to bo described was found by Mr. James Sibbald, Keeper 
of the "Wellington Caves, in the calcareo-ferruginous cave breccia of No. 4 Cave, 
in 1892, together with a large number of remains of extinct marsupials. The 
specimen is so well preserved that it was thought that a short description and 
figure of it would be of use for purposes of comparison. The vertebra is clearly 
one of the cervical region, and its great size separates it from any known 
extinct marsupial, except Diprotodon, Noiotherium* Euowenia^ Fhascolonus^ and 
JBalorchestes. From the form, which is described later on, it will be seen that 

I* « ^ includeunder this eronoric name ZygomaturuSy which is considered by Mr. De Via. and was likewise by the 
late Gerard Krefft, to be separate from Ifotctherium in opposition to the opinion of the late Sir K Owen. Fot ft 
dvjcussion of this subject, sec B. Lydekker, Ann. Mag. Nat. Iliist., 1880, iii (6X pp. 140-152 



PABT 1.] DcK 2 Vwtebra from WelUngUm Oaves, 23 

the reference of it to FhaicolonuM or Faloroheites^ members of the families 
Fliascolomjidffi and Macropodid® respectively, is out of the question, and the only 
known genera to which it can belong are Diprotodon^ Noiotheriwn^ and Uuotoeuia^ 
At present Euowenia is known from remains of the jaw only, so that the relations 
of the bone in question to the latter cannot be entered into at the present time, 
Eomains of Diprot^dan are fairly common in the Wellington Caves, indeed it was 
there that Sir Thomas MitchoU obtained the specimens on which the genus was 
founded.* Pemains of Nbtotherium do not seem to have been so common, no 
specimens having as yet been devcribed from these caves. The late Ikfr. C. S. 
Wilkinson mentions Nototherium Mitckelli^ N, Victori0^ and N, Krefftii aa 
occurring there,t but I am not acquainted with the source of his information. The 
late Mr. Gerard Krefft, Curator of the Australian Museum, in his report on the 
specimens of vertebrate remains collected under the supervision of the late 
Professor Thompson and himself in 18G9, % gives the following items under the 
head of Z^fgomaiurus — part of a second upper molar, and a right upper premolar-^ 
and adds, " Thero is in the Museum collection a splendid series of fossil remains, 
indicating at least two new species of the above genus, but as the list comprises 
Wellington specimens only, they are not enumerated here."§ He makes no 
mention of Nototherium (in the restricted ^ense) in this report as occurring at 
Wellington. As far as the vertebrae of Nototherium are concerned I am only 
acquainted with Sir Bichard Owen's description of the atlas, so that the only 
vertebra with which it can be absolutely compared is that of Diprotodon auetrdlie ; 
and, as will be shown later on the evidence seems to be sufficiently strong to refer it 
to Diprotodon. 

IL— Description, 
The vertebra is well preserved, portion of the neural spine and parts of the trans- 
verse processes being the only portions destroyed. Sufficient of the neural spine is 
preserved to show that it was directed backwards with a slight curve, and is slightly 
compressed in a lateral direction. The articular surface of the anterior zygapophysis 
is not so elongated as in Macropus^ and is perfectly flat, and not slightly curved as 
in that genus ; it is only very slightly inclined from behind forwards, not to a 
great degree as in Phaseolarctoe, The posterior zygapophysis is somewhat larger 
than the anterior ; the inner border is slightly raised and continues to the base of 
the diapophysis. The surface of the posterior zygapophysis is slightly lower than 
that of the anterior and does not slope inwards to such an extent The lower 
portion of the neural arch — the neurapophysis of Owen — gives rise to a fairly thin 
but well-developed diapophysis, which, together with a strong parapophysis, enclose 
the very well developed vertebraterial canal, and join to form the transverse 

* Three Expeditions into the Interior of Eastern Australia, &o., II, pp. 962-368, t. 91, f. 1 and 2. (8vo. London, 

t Hin. Prod. N. S. Wales, 2nd Ed., 1887, p. 90. 
" ~ " •- e-sofN. - ■ 



t Exploration of the Oaves and Rive's of N. S. Wales <tfinat€8, Boports, 4kc) N. S. WalM rL Pai ec^ 132— A« 

-'-lO. (Foil " ■ ~ 

eit. p. 9. 



1882, pp. 8-13. (Folio, Sydney. By Authority). 
iLoe. - 



2lr Becords qf the Qeologieal Survey of New South Walee. [vol. it. 

process, the remains of whicli sliow it to have been directed posteriorly. The 
centrum is ellipsoidal in shape and slightlj bi-concaye, and in its shortness seems 
to be far removed from the MacropodidsB, and to approach more nearly to the 
Phascolomjidfld. There is a well-marked yenous opening on the upper surface of 
the centrum. The anterior aspect of the neural arch shows considerable roughening 
at the base of the neural spine, and there is a well-marked hollow immediately 
over the hinder border of the anterior zygapophysis. There is no sharply-marked 
ridge along the aspect of the neural spine. Viewed posteriorly, one point that is 
very noticeable is the well-marked groove between the centrum and the base of 
fche neurapophysis, and which was pointed out by Sir Bichard Owen as being so 
vrell developed in Diprotodon australis* — the " conjugational foramina " ; this is 
present though less marked on the anterior side. On the median line between the 
fcwo posterior zygapophyses is a well-marked ridge arising from the ledge that 
Forms the posterior of the summit of the neural canal. This ridge is only faintly 
continued along the neural spine. The sides of the neural arch slope forward. 
Just in front of the right posterior zygapophysis, on the inward slope of the neural 
arch, is a well-marked depression which does not occur on the other side. The 
vertebra gives the following measurements in millimetres : — 

Centrum, length 34 

„ depth, anterior face 64i 

„ width 70 

Neural canal, height 25-6 

„ width 50 

Vertebraterial canal, width 16 

9) depth ... ••• ••• ••• ••• ... 13 

Neural arch, thickness 28 

Neural spine, thickness at 28 mm. from neural canal 22 

„ „ antero-posterior 265 

Posterior zygapophysis, length 35*5 

„ „ breadth 80-5 

Anterior „ length 81'5 

„ „ breadth 29*5 

On the whole the general characteristics of the vertebra lead to the conclusion 
that it belongs to Diprotodon, most propably D. auetralis, Owen. Nothing as yet 
is known of the vertebr® of Diprotodon minor, Huxley ,t or D. longieepg. M*Coy, J 
the jaws alone of these two species being known. A comparison of the figures of 
this specimen with those given by Sir Bichard Owen of the third cervical vertebra 
of Diprotodon australis§ will show great agreement in every respect except that 

• Phil Trant., 1870, p. 642. 
• t Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., 1862, XVni, pp. 42^-427. 
X Prod. Pal. Vict. 1876, Dec. 4, pp. 7-11. 
« Phil. Tiang., 1870, t idiv, flg. 4 ; Fow. Mam. Austr., 1877, t 20, flg. 4« 



FABT 1.] Stonieb : Auriferoui Saised-beach. 25 

of size, whicli is moat probably due to difference of age or of Bex of tbe individuale 
to which thej belonged. The description and woodcut also given* agree with that 
of our specimen, with yery slight exception, for instance in the slight lateral com- 
pression of the neural spine, which does not prevail in the type specimen. The 
form and inclination of the neural spine and the general form of the vertebra 
as seen in a side view show it to be more like the third cervical as figured in 
the above-mentioned woodcut than either the fourth, fifth, or sixth, so that it 
seems safe to refer to that position in Diprotodon^ leaving the specific determination 
in abeyance. 



VII. — On the Occurrence of an Auriferous Raised-beach at the 
Evans River, Co. Richmond, N. S. Wales : by G. A. Stonier, 
F.G.S., Geological Surveyor. 



The Evans Siver, known locally as the Little Biver, is in the north-eastern 
portion of N. 8. Wales, and rises behind the township of Woodbum, Parish of 
Siley, Co. of Eichmond, fiowing to the east into the Pacific Ocean. On its 
northern bank there is a wide, somewhat fan-shaped, flat which extends to the 
Bichmond Biver aild is formed partly of freshwater alluvium (the rich agricultural 
soil of the district), and partly covered by blown sand. To the south-west there is 
an extensive development of sandstones and shales of the Clarence Coal-measures, 
considered to be of Triassic age; at the mouth of the river the sandstones, &c., 
with a boss of f elsite, form a large headland, but coming south along the coast the 
rock is lost under a covering of blown sand which occupies, at a distance of three 
miles from the river, an area somewhat lozenge-shaped, and measuring nearly three 
miles in its greatest breadth and seven miles in length, as far as examined. The sand 
is arranged in lines of dunes, one of which reaches one hundred and thirty feet in 
height and forms a range of hills a couple of miles in length ; others are in the 
form of ridges and eminences separated by swampy flats. The area is bounded 
on the west by sandstones of the Coal-measures and on the east by the ocean 
beach, while at Bullock Creek, about the centre of the formation, a small inlier 
of slate of Lower Carboniferous (?) age makes its appearance. 

Gold has been obtained along the coast for many years from Port Macquarie to 
the Queensland Border, and at the Evans Biver is now being obtained from (1) 
present sea-beach, (2) a slightly raised sea-beach, (8) '* back terrace " (probably a 
raised sea-beach). The first named consists only of the streaks of black sand 

« Phil. Tnnt., 1870, p. 642, (iff. 6 ; Fow. Mam. Aostr., 1877, p. SIS, flff. 6. 



26 Beeordt of the Qeological Survey of New South Walei. [tol. it. 

which are usually worked by beach-fossikers. No« (2) occurs immediately at the 
back of the beach, which is narrow and inclined and often covered by surf ; the 
deposit, which has been worked in patches for about two miles, is covered by drift- 
sand varying in thickness from three to sixteen feet. As none of the claims were 
working the pay-dirt, there was no opportunity for measuring its thickness ; some 
patches have been very rich— »one small claim yielded one thousand ounces of 
gold — and although there are several months of work practically in sight for two 
or three claims, the bulk of the gold has been won. 

The " back terrace " (3) has been recently found, and the discovery has opened 
up new possibilities for mining in the district. The deposit, which consists of 
black sand and is probably an old sea-beach, is situated a quarter of a mile inland 
from the coast, and is about six feet above ordinary high-water mark. It has 
been traced for some four miles in length, and, though doubtless continuous at one 
time, it has been denuded and now occurs as outliers^ covered by blown sand up to 
twenty-feet in thickness. Eour of these patches have been discovered, and one of 
them has been proved to be a couple of hundred yards in length, but the others 
require to be further tested before their length can be measured. The black sand 
varies from one to five feet in thickness with a decided dip seawards, and is 
generally thickest in the centre, slightly tapering off at the sides. Under the 
microscope it is -seen to consist of minute grains of quartz and a little topaz with 
fine specks and pellets of ilmenita (titanic iron), gold, tin, platinum, osmium, 
iridium (possibly other platinoid metals), a little magnetite, limonite, and Bmall 
garnets (?) ; occasionally a few flat sandstone pebbles occur, the largest usxially 
found measuring one foot by eight inches by two inches ; the colour of the sand 
varies from whitish-grey to black. The quartz grains are opaque and white with a 
large sprinkling of pieces of rock crystal [ a few show traces of crystalline facets, 
but most of them are well-rounded, some resembling in shape the pencil- tourmaline 
common in the New South Wales diamond-drift. As a rule the black sand rests 
upon and at the sides passes imperceptibly into a white sand, which consists 
ehiefly of fine and well rounded quartz grains, and overlies a consolidated^ in 
places quite hard, peaty sand representing probably an old land surface, as do 
mftny similar sections in the eeolian deposits about Sydney. Ko attempt has been 
made to prove the formation below this hard sand-rock. 

The gold, which is exceptionally pure, and brings £4 2s. dd. per ounce, is very 
fine, and appears to be free from *'rust"; most of the Specks are somewhat 
shotty, but there is also a certain proportion of float-gold. 

The platinum is of steel-grey colour, and occurs as minute flat specks with a 
metallic lustre, and of a more or less longitudinal section, occasionally turned up 
at the edges. Osmium, iridium, and probably other platinoid metals are 
found, but in varying proportions. Tin has been found in minute grains and of 
small percentage. 



PABT 1.] SxONiSB: Auriferous Bawd-beach, 27 

The method adopted for saring gold has hitherto been of the simplest kind, but 
there is a likelihood that an attempt will be made to concentrate and separate all 
the marketable minerals. The claims are worked only for gold, and those whicb 
are fayourably situated are returning more than wages ; other claims have failed 
to pay, partly because the gold is somewhat patchy and parUy on account of 
the expense entailed when the stripping, some twenty-five feet, has to be raised 
to the surface, and the construction of a tail race is impossible. 

The three deposits to which reference has been made are the only ones that 
have been yet discovered, but there is much speculation as to the existence of 
other beaches, and with the evidence all along the coasts of New South Walea and 
Queensland of elevation at various times, it is but fair to conclude that there may 
be further traces of old beaches ; the evidence of subsidence is not so conclusive, 
but the formation cannot be considered to have been proved until the bed-rock has 
been touched at carefully selected sites. Owing to the quantity of water which 
may be met with, and the thickness, some forty feet in places, of loose sand to he 
sunk through, it will not be an easy matter to put down shafts to the bed-rock ; 
the work would be more easily performed with a sludger. 

The difference in value between the beach and terrace gold is interesting ; the 
former brings £3 16s. Od. and the latter up to £4 2s. 3d. per ounce, so that it w 
likely that there are two sources from which the gold has been derived. The late 
C. S. Wilkinson* states that at Ballina the gold and platinum have been deriv^ 
from the denudation of a sheet of basalt, which has been proved by bulk crushings 
to be f^uriferouB. At the Evans Biver some of the gold may have come from 
basalt, although the Ballina sheet does not appear to extend so far south ; another 
source may readily be found in quartz veins traversing slates, which make only a 
small outcrop on the field, but are largely developed in parts of adjoining districts. 

A further reference will be published in the " Annual Beport of the Depart- 
ment of Mines and Agriculture for 1891." 

•AniL Beport Dept Warn N. & W^ot for 1880 (IS^J, p. SOa 



28 Beeords of the Geological Survey of New South Waleg. [yol. it. 

VIII. — On the Occurrence of a Pteronites (P. Pittmaniy sp. nov.) in 
the Spirifer Sandstone of Warrawang, or Mount Lambie, near 
Rydal : by R. Etheridge, Junr., Palaeontologist and Librarian. 

[Plate VI.] 



J. — In troduciion, 
Ths comparatively meagre fauna HitHerto found associated with the Mount Lambie 
Spirifer Sandstone renders any augmentation yaluable, more particularly when 
the addition is in comparatively large numbers. The only MoUusca so far pub- 
lished from this horizon are Spirifera disjuncta, Bhynehonella pleurodon* 
and *' Fectefiy Orthisy Murchisonia, Modiola,^*f the two first named being very 
common and characteristic. I now desire to place on record the occurrence of a 
well marked shell, resembling in some respects the genus Avieulopinna^ Meek, but 
more especially Pteronites, McCoy. This, it is proposed to name Pteronites 
Pittmanij in honour of tho Government Geologist, who, in company with Professor 
T. W. E. David, collected the specimens. 

IL— General Description. 
The fossils occur as casts of the exterior, .not impressions in the strict sense of 
the word. The shell is transversely elongated, pinnaform, sub-compressed, with a 
straight hinge line, or cardinal margin, extending the entire length of the shell. 
The ventral edge is obliquely sloped from the anterior end downwards, and in- 
sensibly passes upwards into the posterior edge, which in its upper course becomes 
slightly emarginate. The bodies of the valves are most convex — but not greatly so 
over any portion of their surface — in a line drawn immediately from the umbones 
towards what would be the posterior ventral angles, but the convexity is confined 
to the anterior thirds of these lines. The cardinal margin in each valve is quite 
straight, and at its outer termination forms at the junction with the posterior 
edge an acute point. The anterior end is small, but very well defined, lobe-like, 
and acutely pointed; the posterior end in each valve becomes flattened. The 
umbones, as distinguished from the beaks, :|: are convex, and raised slightly above 
the level of the cardinal margin. The sculpture consists of numerous concentric 
lamin», becoming emarginate on the posterior end, following the outline of its 
edge. They become coarser towards the ventral margin, and there are always a 
few very well-marked along its whole length. There are no radiating costse. 

No traces of internal structure are ajiparent, except on two specimens. On one, 
a slight and delicate thickening along the cardinal margin is apparent, and on 

• De Koninck, Foas. Pal. ^ouv.-OaUes du Sud, Pt 2, 1876, pp. 96 and 100. 

t a S. WUkinaon, Oeol. Map of the Districts of Hartley, Bowenfels, Wallerawang, and Rydal, 1875, Ref. note 
11 {Dept. Minet, Sydney, 1876;. 

} I retain tho word " beaks" for the immediate apices of the umbones 



FABT 1.] Ethsbidge: Ptebonites. 29 

another, what may be a cast of the posterior muscular impression, as a small 
circular eminence on that region of the posterior end, where this scar should 
occur. I have not succeeded in establishing the presence of a byssal sinus. 

Ill— '.Generic Affinity. 
Three genera are open to discussion in this respect, Fteronites, Aviculopinna, 
and Fahsopinna, It entirely agrees with M*Coy's definition of Fteranites,* except 
in the rather more pronounced anterior end, and absence of a byssal sinus. With 
Aviculopinna it accords perfectly in outline, closely resembling the little American 
A. amerieana, Meek,t but is unlike the Oerman A. pinnaformisy Geinitz, Bp.,{ 
which does not possess an emarginate posterior end, but exhibits radiating cost®. 
On the other hand, in outline it is equally akin to Pteronites angustatui^ M'Coy,§ 
of the Irish Carboniferous Limestone, but the latter is a much more slender shell, 
has a smaller anterior end, and no posterior emargination. FteroniteM latus, 
M'Coy, may also be cited as a somewhat similar shell. The truncate anterior end 
in Hairs Pakeopinna, such as P.Jlahella** of the Chemung Oroup, at once separ- 
ates our fossil from that genus. But of all the forms with which I am acquainted, 
Pteronitei profundus, Hallff appears to be the nearest ally, eyen to the small 
pointed anterior end. Pferanita Pitfmani, however, is not so deep a shell from 
the cardinal to the ventral margin, and is proportionately more transversely 

elongated. 

IV. — Specific Diagnosis, 

Pteronites Pittmani — Sp, nov. 

(Plate TI.) 

8p. Char, Shell transversely elongated, pinnaform ; cardinal margin straight, 

extending the whole length of the shell ; posterior slope somewhat convex towards 

the anterior, and shading ofE into the posterior end. Ventral margin carving 

obliquely downwards and insensibly passing into the posterior margin, which is 

shallowly emarginate above. Anterior end small, lobe-like, pointed ; posterior 

end flattened. TJmbones convex, raised slightly above the cardinal margin. 

Apparently no byssal sinus. Posterior muscular impression (?) small, circular. 

Sculpture of concentric lamina?, parallel to the margin, becoming convex below, 

but no radiating costse. 

Ohs, Named in honour of Mr. E. F. Pittman, A.E.S.M., Government Geologist 
of New South Wales. The nearest ally is Pteronites profundus, Hall, of the 
Chemung Group of North America (Upper Devonian.) 

Ror. and Localily. — Solitary Creek, at Femgrove, near Warrawang, or Mount 
Lambie, near Eydal, Co. Cook (JS. F. Pittman and T, W. E. DflrrW)— Spirifer 
Sandstone, Upper Devonian. 

• Synop. Garb. Lime, Fow. Ireland, 1844, p. 81. ' , 

t Hayden's Final Report Oeol. Survey E. Nebraska, 1672, p. 197, t 9, f. 12, a-d. 

t Dyas, Heft, 1. 1861, 1. 14, f. 1-4. 

f Loc eU.^ p. 81. 

♦• PaL N. ifork, 1884. V. Pt I. No. 1, t 25, f . 18. 

ft Pal. N. York, 1884, V. Pt. I, No. 1, t, 32, f. 26-27. 



30 Becords of the Geological Survey qf New South Wales. [vol. rv. 

IX. — On Fuller's Earth from Wingen : by George W. Card, 
A.R.S.M., F.G.S., Curator and Mineralogist. 



A BAHPLE of unctuous claj from Wingen has been found to possess the charac- 
teristics of Fuller's Earth. "When received the clay was verj wet and soft, but 
not plastic. It dried verj slowly in the air and became friable. The colour may 
be described as yellowish-green ; when moderately heated it becomes colourless, 
finally fusing to a green glass. The lustre of a cut surface is shining. It does 
not adhere to the tongue. Under water it softens and falls down, and can then be 
used with excellent effect for cleansing purposes. The general appearance is 
somewhat suggestive of some of the material obtained from Bedfordshire, England. 

An analysis (2894/93) of an air-dried sample, made by the Assayer and Analyst 
gave results as follows : — 

Moisture 13-73 

Combined water » 6*45 

Silica ; 50-61 

Alumina , 19*35 

Ferric oxide 8*55 

Ferrous oxide nil. 

Manganous oxide » nil. 

Lime „., 1*37 

Magoesia 8*24 

Potash -92 

Soda -47 

Phosphoric anhydride trace. 

Sulphuric anhydride nil. 

99-69 

Mr. Tom S. Walsh, of "Wingen, has kindly supplied the Author with the 
following particulars as to the mode of occurrence of the deposit. A bed of sandy 
clay, containing plant-impressions, is succeeded by a very thin (three inches) 
band of carbonaceous clay, underljing which is the Fuller's Earth. The earth 
constitutes a bed varying from thirty-two to thirty-six inches in thickness and 
very nearly horizontal. Another thin band of carbonaceous earth succeeds, and is 
followed by sandstones. The clay crops out on the bank of a small stream ; the 
sample was taken close to the outcrop. 

As this appears to be the first recorded occurrence of Fuller's Earth in New 
South Wales, a few remarks will be offered on its uses and sources of supply. 

The importance of the earth for the cleansing of cloth from grease was at one 
time so great that its exportation from England was prohibited by Act of Parlia- 
ment.* 

* ** Tho British Legislature, therefore, have, from the days of Charles I., gruarded against the exportation of it 
under severe penalties." Journey from Chester to London hjr Thomas Pennant, 1611. (Quoted by Mr. A. C. 0, 
Cameron— Proc. Ocol. AsvoCt XII, p. 980, footnote.) 




PABT 1.] Caeb : FuUer'M Harth. 81 

It is now made use of in a yariety of other ways ; in the cleansing of many 
articles ; in the preparation of ultramarine ; in the manufacture of various toilet 
and curative articles ; and, more particularly, in the clarification of lard, for which 
purpose a large quantity is exported to America. 

The action of Fuller's Earth upon water is of considerable importance. As 
will be referred to below, the water used in Somersetshire for washing the crude 
earth is found to be softened and purified. The water thrown out by the beds ia 
Bedfordshire is similarly affected. The villagers throw blocks of it into their 
wells, and it is stated* that it is also carried to the Fen District to be used as a 
filter for clarifying the peaty water. 

The following table, compiled from the 'Mineral Statistics of the "United 
Kingdom,' gives the quantities raised in England in 1891 and 1892, with the 
value at the mines : — 

1891. 1892. 

r 

TOUB. 

Bedfordshire 
Somersetshire 
Surrey 

It will be noted that the price varies from one to two pounds per ton ; but the 
market is said to be controlled by a " ring." 

During a recent visit td the Bedfordshire Mines the Author obtained the 
following information. 

The beds of Fuller's Earth occur in the Lower Greensand formation of the 
Cretaceous Series ; they are about ten feet thick and are sinuous in section — ^nearly 
horizontal, but not straight. Eegular mining operations are carried on, the 
galleries being extensively timbered. "When raised the clay is dried in kilns and 
pulverised by an American " Cyclone " mill. The beds are alternately yellow and 
blue in colour. 

At Midford, in Somersetshire, the Fuller's Earth occurs in the Fuller's Earth 
formation of the Jurassic Series, and is from four to seven feet thick. The 
colour is yellow at the outcrop and blue beneath. It is worked by galleries driven 
into the hill-side. The process of preparation for the market differs here from 
that employed in Bedfordshire. *^ The raw earth .... is ground up (in a 
' pug-mill ') with about three times its own bulk of water. The compound, known 
as * slurry ' is then turned into a series of little tanks or * catch-pits,' and while 
the finer Fuller's Earth remains in suspension the coarser particles sink to the 
bottom. The liquid, which still contains some impurities, is then allowed to run 

f Proc. Qeol. Aasoc, XII, p. 800. 



82 Eecords of the Qeohgieal Swrvey of New South WaUe. [tol. iv. 

into a long earthenware drain, laid underground, which convejB it to the works 
more than half-a-mile distant. Here the turbid water flows into a long shallow 
trough called a * maggie/ and the coarser particles still contained in it subside and 
are caught by a series of little wooden steps placed across the bottom of the 
trough. By these processes the Fuller's Earth is purified. It is now run into 
large tanks, and the suspended earth is allowed to settle gradually ; while the 
surface water that is drained off is said to be rerj soft, pure and drinkable. 
These operations take about thirty days, and now a damp, clayey mass remains in 
each tank. This material is removed to a large drying shed, where, by means of 
a furnace and hot-air flues, it is thoroughly dried, and is then ready for the 
market."* 

At Nutfield, in Surrey, the beds also occur in the Lower Oreensand, and are 
about twelve feet thick. As in Bedfordshire and Somersetshire, the colour is blue 
and yellow. 

A number of analyses of Euller*s Earth have been made, and full details of 
them for Bedfordshire and Somersetshire will be published shortly in *■ Memoirs of 
the Qeological Surrey of Oreat Britain.' These show that the detergent properties 
of the earth are not dependent upon composition, but must be related to its 
mechanical condition. The blue and yellow varieties are, speaking generally, 
equally valuable. 

X. — Palaeontologia Novae Cambriae Meridionalis. — Occasional 
Descriptions of New South Wales Fossils, No. i : by R, 
Etheridge, Junr., Palaeontologist and Librarian. 

[Plate VII.] 

UvDEB this title it is intended to give, as opportunity offers, brief notes on 
fossils found in New South Wales. 

I. Further Traces of Schizoneuba. 
PI. VII, Fig. 1. 
The fragmentary plant represented in PI. VII, Figs. 1 and 2, is regarded as 
a possible confirmation of the occurrence of Schizoneura in our lower rocks 
of Triassic age. The other possible reference is to Fhyllotheea, but the 
balance of evidence seems to be in favour of the former genus. The speci- 
men consists of a transverse section of a circular stem, with portions of two 
leaves and traces of the base of a third given ofE in a verticillat« manner. Each of 
the lanceolate leaves is split after the manner of Schizoneura, a feature that was 
not apparent in my figuref of the Bulli specimen. This has, however, been 
excellently explained by O. Feistmantel in the case of the Indian S. gond- 
wanensU. It may be contended that as Schizoneura possesses but two leaves 

*Proc. Geol. Assoc., XIII., pp. 126-1Z7. 

t Records Geol. Survey N. S. Wales, 1883, III, Pt. 8, p. 74. 



PAST 1.] Ethbbipgs: Pal, Nov(B Caml. Merid, 83 

opposite one another,* and there are traces of three in our example, the latter 
cannot be well referred to the Indian genus. Yet, on reference to other figuresf 
of Peistmanters, it will be seen that when the leaves are broken up into their 
component parts they assume a yerticiUate appearance, forming a series of strap- 
shaped segments radiating from the entire periphery of the stem, and thereby 
assuming the position represented in PL VII, Pig. 1. This would be naturally 
increased if these leaf -portions in 8, gondwanenHi were pressed from above down- 
wards, as in the present case. The chief factor against the reference of this fossil 
to Sckizoneura lies in the absence of the distinctly marked wide-apart yeins. 

Taming now to Piyllotheea, we may remark that in P. australii, Brong., the 
leaves are long, linear, and pointed, and it is quite possible that the next form but 
one is identical with this. In P. ramoBa^ McCoy, the leaves forming the free edges 
of the sheaths are very numerous, fine, and short % ; whilst in P. Haoheri^ McCoy, 
they are, although equally plentiful, long and proportionately fine and narrow§. 
Moreover in all these species, each leaf is provided with a central mid-vein. This 
delicacy of the leaves seems to be an almost universal feature of Phyllotheea, 
Without, therefore, insisting on the identity of our plant fragment with Sohizoneura^ 
I think it well to regard it as such for the present, and in some degree confirmatory 
of my former determination. 

The specimen is of more than ordinary interest from its occurrence at a much 
higher horizon in the unproductive beds between the uppecmost coal seam of the 
Upper Coal Measures and the Hawkesbury Sandstone in the Second CremoTue 
Bore, Shell Cove, Port Jackson, at a depth of one thousand two hundred and 
seventy-four feet six inches. In other words, in a portion of the olive-green shales 
of the Narrabeen Series. Collected by Mr. E. F. Pittman, A.B.S.M. 

Sir P. McCoy has called my attention to an oversight in my remarks on 
Sckizoneura awiralis in connection with determinations of his own, for which I 
express regret. In his * Beport on the Palaeontology of the Geological Sorvey [of 
Victoria] for the year 1891,' he mentions his recognition of Lower Triassic rocks 
of Bunter Sandstone age, at Bacchus Marsh, in the following words : — " Per this 
determination I have only a few fragmentary examples filled with comminuted 
plant remains from a newly discovered bed, just under the famous Oangamopteris 
sandstone of Bacchus Marsh. . . . One of the plant fragments seems clearly 
to indicate a Sckizoneura^ and if this determination be borne out by additional 
specimens, which should be procured, the indication will be the addition to the 
Greological Map of Victoria of the Lower Trias formation, or Bunter Sandstein," 
&c.|| It will be observed that the specimens are spoken of as comminuted. 

• PaL Indica (GoDdwaiiA Flora), 1880, III, No. 2, Pt 1, t 4a. 

t /Md, t. 7a, f. 2, &c. 

X Ann. Mag. Nat Hist, 1847, XX, t 11, f. 2. 

ft Ann. Mag. Nat Hist, 1847, XX, 1 11, f. 4, 6. 

§ Ann. Beport Sec}-. for Mlnee Vict for 1891 [1892], p. 80, 



M Beeords of the Geological Survey of New South Wales, [toi. it. 

2. Sagekoptebib (?) in the Narraheen Series. 
Sagenopteris salishuroideSy Johnston P 
PI. VII, Figs. 2 and 8. 
Sagenopteris salishuroides, Johnston, Proc. R. Soc. Tas. for 1886 [1887], p. 170. 

„ Johnston, Syst. Ace. Geol. Tas., 1888, t. 28, f. 4 and 4a. 

Sagenopieris (/*) salishuroides, Feistmantel, Uhlonosn6 titvary v Tasm&nii, 1890, 

p. 100, t. 9, f. 1, la. 

Ohs, — Mr. B. M. Johnston has figured this plant, and Feistmantel has copied 
his figures, under two forms — a palmate or flabellate entire frond, and a similar 
shaped leaf broken up into four rather cuneate lobes, with a distinctly Sagenop- 
teroid venation. The plant represented in PI. YII, Figs. 2, displays a leaf of the 
first order with an entire margin, and in Fig. 3, one more or less segmented, with 
the edge further subdivided. The degree of variation shown in Johnston^s figures 
will, I believe, admit the present leaves within his species. The venation seems 
identical, the nervules springing from two or three prominent nerves at the base of 
each leaf, and then anastomosing to form a delicate mesh. In Fig. 8 the leaf ib 
attached to a stem that is prolonged upwards, but is not absolutely continuous with 
the higher portion, giving off two terminal leaves or pinnules, similarly veined. The 
attachment of the main leaf is a definite one, and as the smaller wedge-shaped 
leaves are similarly reticulated, they are presumed to be one and the same. If 
this plant really be a Sagenopieris, the form of the frond, so far as preserved, 
forces on us a somewhat different conception of the method of attachment of the 
pinnules and branching of the stem to that usually met with in the genus. 

The specimen was collected by Mr. E. F. Pittman, A.E.S.M., from the same 
locality and series as the last fossil, at a depth of one thousand four hundred and 
ten feet to one thousand four hundred and seventeen feet six inches. 

3. Sfieipeba duodecimcostata, McOog. 

PI. VII, Figs. 4-8. 

Spirifera duocecimcostata, McCoy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1847, XX, p. 234, 1. 17, 

f . 2 and 8. 
Spirifer duodecimeostatus, Dana, Wilkes' TJ. S. Explor. Exped., 1849, X (Geol), 

p. 684, Atlas., t. 2, f . 1, a and b. 
Spirifer duodecimcostaius, De Koninck, Foss. Pal. Nouv.-Galles du Sud, 1877, 
Pt. 3, p. 254 (eaclfgs,) 
05#.— An opportunity is afforded me o£ figuring the almost complete form of 
this species, and its surface sculpture. The general characters have been 
Bufiiciently well described by Profs. McCoy and De Koninck. In the first place 
it will be noticed (PL VII, Fig. 5.) that the area is very wide, triangular, extending 
the whole length of both valves, and is transversely striated and vertically lined, 



[PABT 1.] Btubbidok : Pal Nova Oamh. Merid. 36 

The fiflsare is very large and widely triangular. The surface bears numerous 
imbricating lamina) of shell growth, wide apart above, but following one another 
with great rapidity towards the front. The surface of the lamina? is occupied by 
innumerable wary microscopic concentric lines, and these are crossed by equally 
plentiful and delicate radiating lines (PI. VII, Fig, C), both on the costsB and in the 
intercostal spaces, producing the finest possible reticulation. Over the whole was 
a thin epidermal covering of a fibro-punctate rugose nature, consisting of very 
minute elougately tear-shaped pustules (PI. VII, Figs. 7 and 8). 

We are indebted for the original of Figs. 4 and 6 to Mr. John Waterhouse, M.A., 
Inspector of Schools, who obtained it from the hard nodular concretions of the 
Upper Marine Series, struck in the Maitland Colliery Co.'s Shaft, near Farley, 
Co. Northumberiand. The surface ornament is drawn from an example collected 
by Mr. J. A. Wall, from the Upper Marine Series at Gerringong, lUawarra. 

4. Additional Evidence of Ektolium. 
QenuM JSntoIiumy Meek, 18G5. 
PI. VII, Fig. 15. 

Eniolium^ Meek, Pal. California, 1865, App. i, p. 478. 

„ Meek, IIayden*s Final Seport, Gbol. Survey Nebraska, 1872, p. 189. 

„ Etheridge fil., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1878, p. 80. 
Vernopeeten (pars), Hall, Pal. N. York, 1885, V, Pt. 1, No. 2, pi. VII. 
Enlolium^ De Eoninck, Ann. Mus. B. Hist. Nat. Belg., XI (Faune Calc. Carb., Pt. 
5), 1885, p. 240. 

„ (JPernopecten), Etheridge fil., Geol. Pal. Queensland, 1892, p. 264. 

OhM, In common with other observers I have always used the name Eniolium 
for this group of shells (Pl.VII.,Fig.l5), but Professor James Hall has endeavoured 
to show the identity of Meek's genus with Pemopeclen, Winchell, in his remarks 
cit^d above. Without entering on all the details of the subject, there lucidly set 
forth, it will be sufficient to say that WinchelFs type, Aviculopeeten Umiformis, 
White and Whitfield (non Morris), in addition to its other peculiarities, bears a 
series of every minute crenulations on the hinge-plate. But the shell selected by 
Meek as the type of his genus, Feefen demissuSf Phill., is devoid of these crenula- 
tions, although in other respects agreeing with A, limiformis. Hall remarks that 
in the latter the crenulated hinge-plate is " often obscure or concealed, and the 
crenulations are easily abraded by friction." I have never seen such a structure 
on any of the numerous European examples of Entolium that have passed through 
my hands, nor on the limited number of Australian — and Professor De Koninck's 
evidence was clearly similar, for he says that Fernopecten seems to differ from 
Entolium — " by the existence of a series of tubercles along the cardinal margin " 
(=hinge-plate of Hall). Either, therefore, Hall's view of the rapid abrasion 



86 Records of the Oeologial Survey of New South Wales. vol. it, 

of these crenulatioiis is correct, or we have, following Meek and De Koninck, 
two distinct types, one with, and the other without a crenulated hinge-plate. 
This is, at present, m j opinion, and leaving the final solution to those in possession 
of more satisfactory material, I tentatively retain Entolium for shells similar to 
Fecten demissus, Phill., and Aviculopecten Sowerbii, M*Coy, the British types. 
This is perfectly justifiable until the latter and their Australian brethren hare 
been proved, which at present is not the case, to possess the crenulations of 
JPemopecten, 

We are acquainted with this genus from two localities in Now South Wales, both 
in the Carboniferous, or at any rate, in rocks believed to fall into this series. 

The figured valve (PI. VII., Fig. 15) is oval, longer than broad, narrowing towards 
the cardinal margin and slightly oblique. The ears are nearly equal, horizontal, 
and not elevated above the umbone ; the ligamentary pit shallow, but the 
transverse furrows in the ears are not visible. The surface is covered with fine 
concentric and very numerous lines, but no radiating lines or cost®. 

In general form the present shell approaches £. aviculatum^ Geinitz, sp., and 
E, Sowerhii^ M'Coy, sp., more than any others, except that the ears are not 
elevated-conate, for possibly it is a right valve. To some extent also it resembles 
E, coloratum, De Kon. It was collected from the Carboniferous beds of Somerton, 
Co. Parry, by Mr. Charles Cullen, of the Geological Survey of N. S. Wales. 

The second example of Entolium is also a single valve, with the ears slightly 
elevated ; the umbo small and delicate ; the impressions of the long diverging 
teeth well preserved, dividing off the well-fiattened sides of the valve. The thin 
papyraceous test boars fine, numerous, concentric lines as usual. This example 
was found by Mr. J. Waterhouse, M.A., in the Mirari Limestone, Dungog Boad, 
nineteen miles from West Maitland, Co. Durham. I refrain, in anticipation of 
additional material, from applying a specific name to these shells. 

5. Furthei* Structure of Goniatites miceomphalus, Morris, sp. 

Ooniatites (JProlecanites ?) micromphalus, Morris, sp. 

PL YII., Figs. 9-14. 

Bellerophon micromphalus, Morris, Strzelecki's Phys. Descrip. N. S. Wales, &c., 

1845, p. 288, 1. 18, f. 7. * 

„ Dana, Wilkes' U.S. Explor. Exped., 1849, X (Geol.), 

p. 708, t. 10, f. 6, a & h. 

Goniatites micromphalus, De Koninck, Foss. Pal. Nouv.-Galles du Sud, 1877, Pt. 8, 

p. 339, t. 24, f . 6. 

Obs. — Although more than one good description of the form of this species has 
appeared, yet so far as I know, the surface sculpture has not been described, nor 
have the septa been noticed. Several excellent specimens collected by Messrs. 
David and Waterhouse enable me to supply this deficiency to some extent. 



Ethebioge : Pal. Nova Oamb. Merid. 37 

The old growth stages are usually well showu in G, tnicromj^halus, aud judging 
from the backward re-entering angles in the middle line, the latter appear to have 
been much more acute in the younger than the older state, and to have become 
more openly curved as age progressed until, in that condition attained by one of 
the specimens now before me, the lip displays only a feeble sinuosity. 

The sculpture consists of microscopic spiral and transverse lines, breaking the 
surface into a series of the smallest squares, presenting, when magnified, the 
appearance of a toothed or rasplike surface. The sutures are moderately close, 
but in no instance is the shell sufficiently clear of its cover to expose the lobes and 
saddles of an entire suture, but the accompanying figure (PI. VII, Fig. 12) will 
convey an idea of the form and general appearance of these interesting details. 
Eoth the lobes and saddles are nearly similar in shape, broadly sagittif orm, or some- 
Tvhat club-shaped (sub-pyriform). As the ventral lobe is not visible the section to 
which this species belongs cannot be determined with certainty, but -probably it 
falls within Hyatt's Frolecanitid^B, and may be referable either to SandhergeroeeraSy 
Hyatt,* or Prolecanitesy Mojsisovics. t The first is equal to the section Linguati 
of the Bros. Sandberger, and the latter to the Lanceolati of the same authors, or 
JEquales of Beyrich. On the other hand our shells have not a large umbilicus as 
in SandbergeroeeraSf and the surface is not smooth as in ProlecaniteM. On the 
whole, and omitting from consideration the ventral lobe, they seem to come nearer 
to the latter. The lobes and saddles have quite the appearance of Goniatifes 
Hendowi, Sby., X &^^ ^* Mcrpentinusy Fhill., § both Carboniferous species, and 
now referred to this section. One other pecularity exists in this Goniatite, the 
existence of a more or less oval scar, visible when the sculpture layer has been 
removed from the shell. This always occurs on the back, or ventral side, just above 
the penultimate growth stage, or false mouth. It has the appearance of a gradual 
peeling ofE of successive layers of shell structure, and is present in several 
examples. It must therefore have some structural significance. 

The present specimens of G. micromphalus were obtained from the Upper 
Marine Series (hard calcareous concretions), at the Maitland Colliery Co.'s Shaft, 
near Farley, and the Melbourne Coal Co.'s Shaft, at Eichmond Vale, near East 
Maitland, by Frofessor T. W. E. David, B.A., and Mr. J. Waterhouse, M.A. 

• Proc. Boston Soc. Nat Hist for 1882-83 [1884], XXII, p. 333. 

t Itnd, p. 836. 

t Phillips, 111. < 

f Ibid, t 20,/. 48-50. 






PLATE I. 

Fig. 1. North and south section, from Camp Creok Bore to Narrabeen Bore, 
across the Sydney Basin. 

Fig. 2. North-east and east section, from the Liverpool Bore to the second 
Cremorne Bore. 

Scale — Horizontal, 4 miles to 1 inch ; vertical, 800 feet to 1 inch. 
Plate reduced to two-thirds of the above scale. 



if-' 



7 






si 

i 



PLATE II. 

Plan showing position of Bores in the Sydney District. 
Scale — 4i miles to 1 inch. 



i 









5^^ 



^ 



V 



2J 




PLATE III. 



Mucophyllum crateroides, JEth.jfil. 

Fig. 1. The corallum seen from the truncated base, exhibiting the costiBy fim- 
briated edge, &c. 

Fig. 2. The calice, showing the septa, fossula, and bare central tabulate area. 
Drawn from nature by Mr. F. T. Hammond. 



Recokds—Qeol Survey, N.S-Wales. Vol. IV, 



Plate III. 




P.T. Hammond.del. 



Heliotype. 



PLATE IV. 



Mucophjllum crateroides, Eth.JiL 

Fig. 1. The corallum seen Erom the base, yiiih remains of the radiciform pro- 
cesses. 

Fig. 2. The calice partially filled with matrix. 

Fig. 8. Section of a small corallum, displaying thickness of the walls and tabula?. 

Fig. 4. Horizontal section, showing tsQ simple fluctuating septa — x 7|. 

Fig. 5. Vertical section of a portion of the corallum with one of the hollow 
radiciform processes, tabulate — x 7^. 

Drawn from nature by Mr. P. T. Hammond. 



RecoKoa-jQEOL. Survey. M.S.Waub. Vol. IV. 



Plate IV. 




P. T. HAmmond, del. 



Ueliotype 



PLATE V. 



Diprotodon, sp. 



Fig. 1. Third cervical vertebra, anterior aspect. 
Fig. 2. Do do posterior aspect. 

Drawn from nature bj Mr. P. T. Hammond, one-balf natural size. 



Hecords—Qeol Survey, N.S.Wales. Vol. IV, 



Plate V. 




P.T. Haramond,del. 



Heliotype. 



PLATE VI. 



Pteronites Fittmani, Eth.JiL 

Pig. 1. Two indhiduals of medium size. 

Fig. 2. A specimen that. has attained maximum growth. 

Fig. 8. Anterior end of a smaller example. 

The drawings all represent left vahes, and show the acute anterior ends, the 
concentric laminaB, and intermediate fine stria?. 

Drawn from nature by Mr. P. T. Hammond. 



Hecohds-Geol. Survey, N.S-Wales. Vol. IV. 



Plate VI. 




P. T. Hammond, del. 



Heliotyoe. 



PLATE VII. 

Schizoneura (?) sp. 

Fig. 1. Cross section of a stem and portions of three leaves. 

Sagenopteris salisburoides, Johnston ? 
2. Leaf or pinnule with partly scalloped, partly broken margin. 

An entire pinnule attached to a stem, with smaller pinnules aboTC. 

Spirifera duodecimcostatus, McOoy. 
View of the dorsal valve, and ventral umbo. 
View of conjoined valves, area, and fissure. 
Surface sculpture magnified. 
Sculpture of the epidermal layer, natural size. 
The same more highly magnified. 

GK)niaiites (Prolecanites ?) micromphalus, Morris, 

Fig. 9. Side view of a full grown individual. 

Fig. 10. Similar view of a smaller specimen showing the umbilicus. 

Fig. 11. The same seen from the back, or ventral side, showing the slightly 
emarginated lips, and the oval scar above the penultimate growth stage. 

Fig. 12. The lobes and saddles. 

Fig. 18. The oval scar on the back or ventral side. 

Fig. 14. The sculpture magnified. 

Entolium, sp. 
Fig. 16. Valve, probably the ief t, seen from the interior. 

Drawn from nature by Mr. P. T. Hammond. 



Fig. 


2. 


Fig. 


3. 


Fig. 


4. 


Fig. 


5. 


Fig. 


0. 


Fig. 


7. 


Fig. 


8. 



ReooitD9^E0L 8unv£Y, N.S.Waub. Vol IV. 



Pun ill. 




FTJ/amnt^HM^ del. 



PHOTO-LITHOQRAPHED AT THE GOVT. PRINTING OFFICE, 
SYDNEY, NEW SOUTH WALES. 



CATALOGUE OF MINING MAPS 



PUBLISHED BT TME 



EPARTMENT OF MINES AND AGRICULTURE, SYDNEY, NEW SOUTH WALES, 

-Aul'iaili, 1894- 



To be obtained at the Department of Mines and Agriculture, Sydney, and at the Warden's Office in the Mining District 

in which the land represented on the map or plan is situated. 

Is. per sheet is the uniform price. 



MINING DISTRICTS. 



..ri-h, or part of. 



Mining District.* 



Gold-field. 



Parish, or part of. 



Mining District 



Gold-field. 



•«. r.>mbie(partoO 

• . ■ng- (]»art of) .. 

• .»c do .... 

rt 

rta 

iry 

j\ 

• • (town of)..... 
:M-on 

.I'lide 

■ ti»art oO .... 

•.'.ifJjV 

• ,. ipart of) .... 

. a 

-A 

, rri^m 

, Noli« 

. iba (port of).. 
.!j,cun 

: a::ora 

.,..♦ .-It 

(l^rtoO-. 

. ■ > l>owns 

r.iTi.,'t*o(partoQ 
- (part of) 

! i -nee 

.'iia 

>vtrre ,.. 

.-.ra 

^ vru 

1 'o (t^art of) . 
. ' 1 

■shcrtth 

-•-•nric 

.j-Ji;ra(partof). 

_:• (r'artof) ... 

•" ^ , . 

•..h 

. i Anil 



Tumut and Adelong 

do do 

Peel and Umlla 

Madgee 

Albert 

do 

Tumut and Adelong . . 
Albert 

do 

Peel and Uralla 

New England 

Bathurst 

New England 

Bathurst 

New England 

Peel and Uralla 

Hunter and Macleay . . 

Albert 

Clarence and Richmond 

Peel and Uralla 

Tumut and Adelong . . 

New England 

Clarence and Richmond 

Tambaroora, and Turon, 

and Mudgee. 
Peel and Uralla 

do do 

Bathurst 

New England \ 

Albert 

New England 

Bathurst 

Southern 

do 

do 

Hunter and Macleay . . 
Peel and Uralla 

do do 

New England 

Bathurst 

New England 

Albert 

Peel and Uralla 

Tambaroora and Turon, 



do 
Albert . . . 
Bathurst . 
Albert . . . 



do 



Umaralla. 

Adelong Creek. 

Swamp Oak and Niangala. 

Albert. 

do 
Black Range (partlyX 
Albert. 

do 
Tingha. 
Emmavillo (partly). 

Boorook and Lunatic. 
Caloola Creek (partly). 
Enmiaville (iiartly). 
Tingha. 

Albert. 
Orara. 

Molonglo (partly). 

Tweed and Richmond Rivers 

(partly). 
Turon River (partly). 

Bingara (partly). 

do do 

Oberon. 

Boorook and Lunatic. 
Albert. 
Enimavllle. 
Benereo (jiartly). 
Dromedary. 



Barrington and Glouceeter. 
Bini^ara. 

do 
Emmaville. 

Emmaville. 
Albert. 

Macquaric River, Stony Creek, 

and Ironbarks 
Wellington. 
Albert. 

Mulgunnia and Abercrombie. 
Albert. 



Bookookara (pt. of) 
Do do .. 

Booloombayt 

Boona 

Do East 

Do West 

Boonoo Boonoo (pt. 
oO. 

Boorook 

Boranel 

Bowman 

Boyd 

Brangalgan 

Branxton 

Bray 

Bringellet (part of). 

Broatlmeadows 

Broulec (& Tomago) 

Brundah 

Buangla (part of) . . 
BulloDjfong do ... . 

Binubaldrj' 

Bundar 

Buudawarrah 

Do (part of) 

Burke 

Burra , 

Burrandong 

Do (part of) 

Burrill 

Byjerkemo 

Byng 

Byiigrano 

Cadg^cr 

Calafat 

Callanyii (part of) . . 
Caloola (part oO • • • • 

Canowindra 

Carroll (part of) .... 

Caixo 

Do (part of) .... 

Ca^tlcton 

Cataract (part ©0 • • 

Cathcart 

Cavendish 

Cessnock 



New England Boorook and Lunatic 

do do do do 

Hunter and Macleay ... Gloucester. 

Cobar Began. 

do do 

do do 

New England Boorook and Lunatic 



do do I 

Hunter and Macleay . . 

New England 1 

Peel and Uralla i 

Tumut and Adelong . . I 

Hunt43r and Macleay . . I 

Albert { 

Bathurst j 

Clarence and Richmond 

Southern , 

Lachlan , 

Southern 

Tumut and Adelong .. 

Lachlan 

New England 

Lachlan 

do 

Southern 

Cobar 

Tambaroora and Turon, 



do 



do 



Lachlan 

Albert 

Bathurst 

Albert 

Southern 

Tumut and Adelong , . 

New England 

Albert 

Bathui-st 

Tambaroora and Turon. 

Laclilan 

do 

Bathurst 

New England 

Albert 

New England 



Hunter and Macleay 



do do 

Gloucester. 
Enmiaville. 

Bourke, Cooper, Dowling, and 
Oipps. 

Albert 

Caloola Creek. 
Boyd or Little River. 
Mogo (partly). 
Tj-agong Creek. 
Yalwal. 

Molonglo (partly). 
Tyagonjy' Creek. 
Enmiaville (partly). 
Teniora (partly), 
do do 

Bogan. 

Macquarie River, Stony Creek, 

Ironbarks, and WeUmgton. 
Macquarie River, Stony Creek, 

and Ironbarks. 
Bogan. 
Albert. 

Bvng (partly). 
Albert. 

Gulph (partly). 
Adelong Creek. 
Boorook and Lunatic 
Albert. 

Canowindra (partly). 
Wellington. 
Cargo and Canowindra. 
Carjfo. 

Turon River and Kirkconnell. 
Boorook and Lunatic (partly). 
Albert. 
Timbarra and Boorook and 

Lunatic. 



^^^^^f MINING DUmaClB-^viim^^ ^i^^| 


^H i-Htmh, f*t IKFt nt 


mtiin^ VitmuL 


Ui)\>i Mr If I. 


hkTidi, «r fuel Of. 

J 




fltitfftiid, ^1 


rr do . 


?N>ttl 9ttt! 1 ^n!f « , 


r »fitiit#rf|»rtly), 


fJffMtfjwrf, i«r) 


ATTtfH ,-...., 


.4!fT*r« ^^1 










... * .... 




r^rtk. 


Iil6n)(«k^?t 


'ifui Arl»l4>t»! 


1 


, 




^^ 


Of^^nf-m 


•Tl . 


^1 


c 
c 






..ili|.fH.j..it..fi 




1 




'.r.t 




tittrttA'Ti.ri 


. Til .,,..,,.. 


^^^1 




MWinvoAturon, 


M*rifimi;l4^ fHincrj Srt«?n*y 


ttoJf 


"irpiu*,. 


^^^1 








r»o , 




I 


i 
c 

f ' 

r 




I -ok mtd Lujifttk. 






^^^H 


fi 


ttxim&iidTuruH. 


^^^^^^1 


C': 




^^r(r*rtlyV 






1 > li^^^^^ 


ri! 










S Lll liilUi^^ ^^^^1 


Ci.. 


1 uron.^ 


Vi til{x}nttip.. 






^^^1 


CV.r- ■ 




\Ur,iiu,r\i itUir.miwf (;r»*-f 


J.- 




^H 


CujTftlonu 1 




. 




^H 


Curt luntjcnc . . 




I'-'^m- 


, J»/r." ^- ^ . :t.. 




'.t.r^niATin ^H 


t'wrrotki , 










^^^H 


r»»/fnrtrtoii unrtor) 




u* m\ut. 


' Jlnifvllie Eiit 


' .Llld AJfilOir 


^^H 


Itttiijcrnt d*j 






1 JoaLifJn, ... 


HI - 


^^^H 


l^Atby . 


uia I FiOl* 


Il^ 






^^^H 


I>«rr» lltrrm 


4n 


. ajt» t#*rtly)k 






^^^H 


rw. ij. 


do . 


i. ija 






^^^H 


t^ r- - 


■■ ■• rt ,.,..,,*..,,.,., 


AJWrV 


, Ivi^luntlNk 




^^^H 


ti't. 




do 


' t£lMllbl» 




^^^H 


Ih,--, 


»™iri^!»! '"^'i. 




, Kbk 




^^^1 


Difi.A^m 


lilt 


lltii«m 


1 Uii- - . 




^^H 


U» (pirt 


da 


f|» 


1 Urr' 




fJKUIUI Ok ^^M 


Dum^n ^i 


F:ML:Urx.l 


Rtihttia.^ lllii. 






1'hi.Tiw irnTt : ' ^^H 


(^■,. 




r««IC 


Lewi* 




^^^H 


r-i 






I^U (IKfcrtOf) 




^^^^^^M 


t 


. r , - . . , « 


.ta. 


UdmUli... 


•ir* .. !rr,. 


' ' "* il^'S^^^^^^^^I 


£1 


4.M) Vimllm 


•^^U'itt^f^ 


1 Lnnui (imrt Of) . 


PMiBiiaiTf^ui.. 


tM' S^^^^H 


tr^. 


ft ........ 


■ rt. 






^^^^^^^^^1 


IHJ 


' rtnil Ucftl1» 


^ Hi^AT K;Ktmi«itin. 


<p*rt nf) 


rift do 


^^H 


KikiUk 


■inint 


r Cr?4tk •Wfl KifkcOfiTiii' 




WlKSit 


^^^1 






.tU\ L 


, .'L*lt iin_ 


f.««jll[ttB 


^^^H 


rttmiTia 








ttimiwr«iiil UwiJi^ 


^^M 


ffu»<*ef^ (j*r» 




*i)k (partly^ 




f-wAlAfi 


tiOM ^H 


Riiimijr 




kM.l T»*v tr»>i. 


...,-. ....r,... . 


t^fluir*! 


^^^H 


rn 




■ siotini 




v,-.^ r.i... ''...:... 


^m 


r 


, f . . , ,, 


ru^rHy). 


M ,rti(, 




''.'^i^^nxl^WtiH 


FL.^ 


Knt*Utui 








^^^1 


IWi*» 




V 4--hi«ji, W.-I 


Mv-.i i- ,. .. . 




^1 


lk» ti--. 


::_-.:. L.:-j. . 


uonb«jrki. »r>'i 


\r, f 




^1 




,rt 6f) .;, 


r<mtM^»o<krk ^> 


Albert 






Ont»r .... 


^^^1 


i>»fm*ny«j do 


Ikthuf»t 


tly)^ 


fi^rtoo;;.. 


AlWt... 


^^^1 


f^%isef 


d" 




4o .,.. 


lfiu%*ii . 




«h. ,,. ,, 




^^1 


Ofti|«#« (>i»n mH 


Th ijti 1^^ iftCbil AjIkI 1 " 


r««lt (|i»»iljr^ 


4j^«61! 


4» Oa 


. ^^^^^^1 


OmiPi^tt't Vnr 


- • . ri . . ,, 


ttid QOoofetN^^ 




40 d.. 


'^^^^1 


iit^hnuth ,. 


■M.lf« . 






^.,»u. I. , ). 


, :^-.i.^....a*it«f)**. 


Vt«t»iuf Ur/ 




Iki (|MUI uf^. 


d«l 


Sii*.frtJT*ig?t ip*ii\^% 


MoorkAte ..... ..,, 




^H 


^Ilrf^iv drt 


If «i<r Kngjbi^ 


l|tMjisiUuili« 


1 



flUO 0ISTBICM — f»«icioa4^. 



DWrU i 






A.£*3^ir 



•MStJkL 



ifi»rxQ« (pinijjL 






Pjifiih^ or |Mift ot. 



Cittittny Jit. 

Siuirutmt* will AWrmm^ 

Llw-i ItAot- ff«rt]> ), 



(klMIi L»t) 



irinlfiy l)t«^i-t. 



♦ iftfcf-flf-St, 






t1. 



PmI| dv 



udul {LUj«r. 






^itrk And Titt tror (p«itl ^ 



::ll*f. 



-rTi4i«i«flll(S liliHT^ 



OA 





• 1 ul LiuiAtk (|iikrtJ \ 


.,. 


..'.^iikft. 




tlUliiftrtJyJ. 




-if, Jmuw, Mill 


AJhtTl, 


r^iMrOkli. 







I?:: 



Tr.f.- 

T 



I'hUmtcIUI (part on 
Vadoa do 

'lu do 



i-m 

r Aftd JlACle^v 






HflrtJvl. 






mmlitr 






a>nii 



.r*t , . . . 






W»«iuiroo . 



iti^wjil BkiJc HUJ^ 



A(t|Pli»^ IJ^t**k sjad UusidAgaJ. 



\V.. 

Wyli« 

Vftlwkl Cpkrt ol I 

Iki j«onto 

Vmrn^law ,*.. 

VouriijE ipurt of) < 
V0«di* -. 

Do (|«H of) 



: ... it Aiiil Atlelmi^' 

Albert 



..n4 t imiU, 



WtJIUierton, 

k.J.:.,r.,,v,l .1,, 



AlWn. 
Tiinlittrm. 

A4*.lniiK l>**lf 



^'4rk tml Tm^troc 



^nd Ur»1lA 






l^aclilftEi . 
ito 



.1, 



JUOXOOIOAI/ 






ri'v 



Map iHawinit Mkttml Arwa d i^<rw South WaJ^« St.. ^ Ui 1 indi. 

Geci 



I hi 









Uet'l ► -■■ ' ....,.,. ,., .... , M,.,.^ 

tik#|^ MAf> tiidwittg Ucuiogioai ^Wurtid boiH'i^tdU Peak It ill and Tttiiutigk}', by WUltam AlMltriMii, l6uAi* 



This Milling Artot 18^1, witf 



ej rUBLlOATH^NS 

•'111, 



ii. 1' 



i. r 



ItlHSIU I 

I, M 



I Uiliiuiif ?— f Owt t»f print. 1 



Mititoiiui or TJi« OisoLtKnoAL SeKvxt tir Nkw Sooth Wax,*^. 



♦ U.. \. ...-..* ..l.L 



ifoaU Till Mifiiri)^ filntnct, W T, W, K Uavhl, B.A., Fj 
IjOcb nx\4 Uarnwr HAtig<^^ ♦Xfmor.il Dielil, Nvw l^nutH Wu. 



) 



1 In I T1 vertebrate FftUim of the llawkcAburyAViiUiaiiiAtta Series oC New South VValct^ l*v P^it- 1 1 1 
ntolagiMt ia tlifi Geological il^urvcy of Ktw 8oul]i VVdeii^ jiiul iViutrnliAii Mni^iiir 



I 


11' 


okMfy. 

<■ Inv 
11 


M 


I 




3. 


f ; 





Or. CdUHtikiit^n, Btaim vuu KUiugil^u 



5. .^ 




>., < ,-^ 1;, a 1 
tb« AuKtr 


. Parti. I mil 11 . hy IL 1 




i IV, Ft L (Hytinuy, IHiH .) 



RKPOR ns 



iOLOGlCAL minS OF NRW SOUTH WALES, 

VUL. IV, I'AltJ 11. 

1894, 



CONTENTS. 



am m the Harkeftbury 

VIH J by a. KTHKHrDOE, Juor'« 

I ii»ii ... ..» *»* *. . 
■ if Of^mfinds at Biuj^a; b) 

^ ... . ... - . . ^ kf CWan, vrtth PiMe IX i 



49 

Til 



iOd W. iS^ Dcsr^ Atfiiidiatil Fa]«K»nta]ogitrt and 

f|»^ Bi»rw unil Wiit4*r Aii»ff»rt ptit down f»jr tlie 

:!.mi 

Ltjii L*bi*iU'itia ,,. ... „, 

ti of the Wy{il«mi^Gol«iJtold j by E* F. 



08 

KM) 
107 






J 



DEPARTMENT OF MINES AND AGRICULTURE, SYDNEY. 



RECORDS 



OF THS 



GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 



Vol. IV.] 1804. [Part II. 



XL — On certain Coal and Shale Lands in the Capertee Valley 
District, embraced within the Parishes of Ben BuUen, Coco, 
Airley, Morundurey, Umbiella, Goongal, and ClanduUa, in 
the County of Roxburgh, and Marangaroo, in the County of 
Cook, New South Wales: by Joseph E. Carne, F.G.S. 
Greological Surveyor. 



J. — Fhyiical Qeography. 
Ths country examined embraces the well-known features of the Blue Mountain 
scenery — ^high precipitous escarpments of sandstone with sloping flanks of clay 
shales, walling in valleys, some narrow and confined, others opening out into large 
amphitheatres, such as the Capertee Yallej. In these denuded low-lying areas, 
isolated outliers of the sandstones and shales — such as G^enowlan, Airley, and 
Crown Mountains — stand out like islands. 

The Capertee Valley is drained by the Capertee Eiver and its tributaries, Coco 
and TTmbiella Creeks, and minor channels. The flow is eastward into the 
Hawkesbury Siver, and it is along the course of the former river that the Colo 
Valley railway trial survey has been run to avoid the ascent of the Blue 
Mountains. 

The general fall of the country is to the north-east. 



40 Records of the Qeological Survey of New South Walee. [vol. it. 

IL — Qeneral Qeology, 

Devonian, — ^The basal rocks exposed in the area in question consist of quartzites, 
slates, sandstones, and limestones of Devonian age. The quartzites and sandstones 
vary in texture from fine to coarse grain, and are fossiliferous in bands which are 
recognisable by the gossany fretted appearance of the outcrop, resulting, probably, 
.from the precipitation of the iron oxide by the organic matter, and subsequent 
removal of the lime covering of the marine mollusca, the remains of which are 
abundant. 

The only trace of a fossil flora discovered in these rocks, in the limited time 
available for search, was an indeterminable cast of a small stem. 

The slates, particularly near the limestones, have a schistose character, and are 
nearly vertical. No traces of organic remains were found in them so far as 
examined. 

The limestone occurs interbeclded in the slates and quartzites. The main bed 
strikes — with the former rocks — across the valley in a N.N.W. direction. Eising 
in a high precipitous bluff near Mount Stewart, on the eastern boundary of the 
Parish of Groollooenboin, Co. Cook, it passes close to Crown Mount on the 
.north-east side, thence through the north-eastern corner of the Parish of Coco, 
County Roxburgh, and under the Morundurey and Genowlan Mountains, making 
again at the surface in the Parish of Clandulla, on the north-west. The maximum 
thickness of the bed is about two-thirds of a mile. The total width of the 
exposure of Devonian rocks is about three miles. 

In addition to the main belt of limestone numerous narrow beds occur at 
intervals in the quartzites and slates. 

The quartzites and slates contain numerous small quartz veins, and it is probable 
that it was from this source that the gold was originally derived which was worked 
some years ago in the small patch of alluvial in Nuggety Gully, near the north- 
east corner of the Parish of Coco, or possibly from the degradation of a granite 
intrusion in the Devonian rocks, as in the case near Eydal described by the late 
Mr. C. S. "Wilkinson*; but in either case the occurrence of gold inNuggety Gully 
is not likely to extend beyond the small patch alluded to. 

Near the limestone belt between the ten and twelve mile marked trees on the 
road between Capertee and Glen Alice, a narrow gossan leader occurs which is 
said to have yielded a small quantity of gold and silver. 

The Devonian sedimentary rocks crop out also in Gallagher's Creek, about 
two and a half miles from Capertee, on the Glen Alice Eoad, and again near 
Airley Turret, both localities in the Parish of Coco. In the Parish of Clandulla, 
west of Portion 70, on the line of strike of the main belt in Goollooenboin, 
Devonian slates crop out in a small creek falling into Main Swamp. 

• Min. Prod., N. S. Wales, 2nd Ed., 1887, p. 02. 



PAJiT 2.] Cabne : C6al and Skale Landi. 41 

FermO'Carhoniferoui {Upper Marine Group!) — ^Besting unconformably upon the 
upturned edges of the Devonian strata are beds of mudstones and shales filled with 
large boulders and pebbles of the underlying quartzites, and occasionally of granitea 
The base of these beds is coarsely conglomeratic, and is especially character- 
ized by the size of the quartzite erratics. The upper beds are mudstones with 
more sparsely distributed rounded boulders and pebbles, and fine shaly sandstones, 
which present a marked concretionary structure in places. The top bed of the 
series consists of a thin bed of clay shale. The thickness of the Upper Marine 
beds in the Capertee Valley ranges from three hundred to five hundred feet. 

Excellent sections, showing an unconformable junction with the underlying 
Devonian rocks, occur in the range just north of Mount Stewart, in the Parish of 
Goollooenboin, and in a creek falling into Main Swamp, between Portion 70 and 
the ''Qap" in the Main Dividing Eange in the Parish of Clandulla. 

The Tipper Marine beds form the surface over most of the low-lying land in the 
Capertee Valley. 

Fresh Water Coal-Measures. — The base of the Presh- water Coal Measures in 
the Western Coal-field has been fixed by Prof. T. W. E. David at the level of, 
and including a bed of coarse gritty conglomerate, named by him '* Marangaroo 
Conglomerate," because of its development in the vicinity of Marangaroo. This 
bed appears to be chiefly developed along the south-western margin of the Coal 
Measures between Lithgow and Capertee. It forms a marked escarpment along 
the southern fall into the Capertee Valley. Where it appears as the surface rock, 
the ground is covered with rounded white quartz-pebbles. The arenaceous and 
quartz-pebbly character of this conglomerate readily distinguishes it from thef 
raudstone and quartzitic boulders and pebbles of the Upper Marine Qroup upon 
which it rests conformably. 

Above this conglomerate are the shales and fine-grained sandstone beds which 
form the actual coal-bearing horizon of the Permo-Carboniferous formation in 
the Western Coal-field. 

The shales are marked in places by conspicuous cherty bands, and thin layers 
of ironstone — the so-called " clay band" ore of the above coal-field. The iron-ore 
has a peculiar concretionary and prismatic structure, no doubt due to the infiltra- 
tion of iron salts into joints and shrinkage cracks resulting in a thin shell of 
ferric oxide enclosing a clayey kernel. 

The shales are highly f ossiliferous, the characteristic forms of the Australian 
Permo-Carboniferous fiora, Olossopteris, Vertehraria, and Phyllotheca — being 
present in great abundance. 

The coal-bearing beds of this region are believed to be identical with the New- 
castle division of the Permo-Carboniferous Formation. They are confined to the 
elevated areas forming the table-lands, ranges, and isolated mountains \ and their 



42 Eeeards of the Geological Survey of New South Wales, [tol. iv. 

highest limit is clearly defined hj the commencement of the slope into the vaUeys 
directly beneath the precipitous sandstone escarpment. Their lower termination 
yi the valleys, or rather on the slopes, is generally well marked by the absence of 
a loose shaley material, and the beginning of the characteristic yellowish clayey 
soil, with loose boulders and pebbles, formed from the weathering of the under- 
lying Upper Marine beds. 

The following section of the coal seams in the Lithgow Valley Coal-field, measured 
by Mr. J. Mackenzie, F.Q.S., Examiner of Coal-fields, in the Lithgow Valley Coal 
Shaft, will serve as a guide to the area under description, as the coal seams in 
question extend into it in the same relative positions, but with varying thicknesses : — 

ft. in. 

10 Alluvium. 

20 SandBtone. 

4 Coal. 

20 Simdstone. 

13 6 Coal with a number of clay bands. 

159 Shales, sandstones, &c. 

1 Coal. 

7 6 Shale and fireclay. 

5 Fireclay. 
1 Coal. 

37 6 Friable shale with ironstone bands. 

32 4 Sandstone and shale. 

7 CoaL 

4 Indurated clay full of Vertehraria, 

10 Grey sandstone and conglomerate with coal pipes. 

10 6 Coal with bands (Lower Lithgow seam). 

The lowest coal seam — which is given in detail in Mr. Mackenzie's section — ^is tho 

one worked in the Lithgow Valley Collieries. 

As stated above, these seams extend into the area in question, and will doubtless 
have a value there in the future which they do not now possess. The special 
importance attaching to these seams at the present time is the occurrence in them 
of numerous and wide spread patches of petroleum oil cannel coal (Kerosene 
Shale). Though the known deposits in and near the Capertee Valley are of a 
lower average quality than those of Hartley and Joadja, yet in view of tho 
anticipated early exhaustion of the latter, they must ere long come into prominence. 
It is indeed probable that the chief supply of shale will in the future be drawn 
from this and neighbouring localities to the north and east. 

The principal shale mine, and the only one as yet from which the product is being 

sent to market, is the Genowlan Shale Company's, in the Parish of Airley, about 

seven miles north of Capertee Eailway Station. The following section of the 

seam in the working tunnel was measured by Mr. E. F. Fittman, Government 

Geologist^ &c. : — 

ft. in. 

1 8 First quality kerosene shale. 

3 Splint coal. 

5 Siecond auality kerosene shale. 

6 Inferior oottom shale (discarded). 

6 Fine-grained sandstone. 

2 Ironstone band (carbonate of iron). 

4 Bitominoas coal. 



PAST 2.] Gabite : Coal and Shale Lands. 48 

The seam has an excellent roof and floor, and is worked by undercutting in the 
six-inch sandstone band, which yields readily to the pick. The shale, being very 
jointed, is easily broken down without explosiyes. 

The six-inch bottom shale is at present discarded because of its inferiority as 
compared with the upper portion of the seam. 

In the adjoining lease on the north, Foster and Party are driying a tunnel in 
the same seam. 

The gap, through which the G^nowlan Company's road passes to the surveyed 
Glen Alice and Capertee Eoad, divides the elevated coai-bearing tract in the Parish 
of Airley from a similar but larger area in the adjoining Parish of Morundurey. 
The northernmost extension of the latter is known as Genowlan, and the eastern- 
most as Morundurey Mountain. The mineral leases in force cover the whole of 
the productive measures in both parishes. Across the gully from the Genowlan 
Company's tunnel the shale seam is stated to have been traced into the Genowlan 
Mountain ; but prospecting operations are not at present being carried on. 

In an ascent of the range forming the eastern boundary of the Parish of 
G-ollooenboin, County Cook, and near Mount Stewart, on a line bearing about south- 
south-east from Genowlan Mountain, the perished outcrops of three coal seams 
were noted, one of which carried undoubted decomposing shale. From barometric 
measurement the latter corresponds with the Genowlan Company's seam. No 
prospecting has been done at. this point. 

The next most important deposit is in Corbett's Lease, M.L. 20, Parish of 
Gindantherie, County Cook. The seam occurs on the south side of the naryow 
gorge — ^locally known as " The Gully " — through which the Capertee River flows 
east of Glen Alice, at about twenty-three miles from Caperfceo Railway Station. 

A tunnel has been driven into the seam for about eighty feet, but, for some 
unaccountable reason, not at right angles to the outcrop. The shale for the first 
half at least of the distance averages two feet in thickness without bands, but it 
has thinned at the faces to about one foot three inches. The following is the 
analysis of a sample selected by myself : — 

Hygroscopic moisture 00'65 

Vo&tile hydrocarbons, ke, 68'40 

Fixed carbon 11*60 

Ash 19-45 

100-00 

Specific gravity 1-168 

Sulphur 1-304% 

In the same parish the shale has been proved by Mr. I. Wall about three and a 

quarter miles to the south-east on the northern fall into the Wolgan River, north 

of Portion 25, in the Parish of Barton, County Cook. It has also been proved 

about four and a half miles to the south-west by Mr. C. Knoblanche, south of 

Portion 9, in the Parish of Gindantherie. 



44 Seeordi qftle Geological Suri^ey of New South Wales. [vol. it. 

The occurrence of Kerosene Sliale in the localities mentioned, yiz., Corbett's 
Lease, Messrs. Wall and Knoblanclie's discoYeries, and near Mount Stewart — 
previously described — practically proves its persistence under the whole of the 
table-land in the Parish of Gindantherie, between the Capertee and "Wolgan Bivers, 
though with what degree of uniformity of grade prospecting alone can show. In 
view of the above provings, the whole of the land in the parish mentioned has been 
recommended as a mining reserve. It may perhaps be added that it is practically 
worthless for any other purpose. 

The Wondo Shale Mine, situated about one mile from Glen Alice Homestead, 
on the north-west, at the end of a high range trending west, is at present being re- 
opened under the management of Mr. Inch. Trial shipments are being obtained 
from an old tunnel in the east end of the range. The following is a section 

measured at the face of the working : — 
2 in. Clay. 

8 Id. First qnality shale (see analysifl). 
8 in. Inferior splint. 
6 in. Second quality shale. 
2 in. Coal. 

The top eight inches of shale is the only portion of the scam at present being 

prepared for shipment. The following analysis of a sample selected will reveal its 

quality, the low percentage of ash being remarkable for the shale of this district: — 

Hygroscopic moisture 00*25 

Volatile hydrocarbons, &C. 75*55 

Fixed carbon 15*85 

^sh 8*35 

100*00 

Specific gravity 1*072 

Sulphur 0*642% 

I was informed by Mr. Inch that an analysis showing 85 per cent, of volatile 
matter has been made from the seam. The extension of prospecting operations in 
the leases under Mr. Inch's management may reveal a thickening of the top band 
of shale, or an improvement in the lower portion of the seam ; otherwise it is 
questionable whether such a thin marketable portion will pay to work, especially 
in view of the twenty three miles cartage by teams. 

At Mount Marsden, in the Parish of ClanduUa, near Bogie Station, a tunnel was 
driven some time since in. what is known as Morrison's Old Lease (now Campbell's) . 
About eleven feet nine inches of coal and bands are exposed, and judging from 
the lumps at the tunnel mouth a shale seam a few inches thick occurs in it ; but 
from the weathering and soakage in the sides of the tunnel, I was not able to dis- 
tinguish it from the coaly material. An analysis of a sample selected from the 
surface heap gave the following results : — 

Hygroscopic moisture 2*55 

Volatile hydrocarbons, &c 67*60 

Fixed carbon 22*70 

Ash 17*60 

"ioo-oo 

Specific gravity 1*239 

Sulphur 0*686% 



PABT 2.] 



Cxssrg ; Ooal and Shale Lands. 



45 



A section of the entire 


seam exposed in the tunnel was 


measured 


approximately, 


as follows : — 


ft. 
1 


I 
1 

2 

2 


4 


in. 

3 Coal. 

U Band. 

Coal. 

Band. 

Coal. 

3 Band. 

CoaL 

li Band. 

Coal (to floor of tunnel). 







On the eastern slope of the main dividing range near " The Gap/' due west of 
Mount Marsden, loose fragments of shale were found, though the scam was not 
discoTered in situ owing to the heavj coyerin^ of alluvial and debris^ and the 
absence of anj extensive drainage erosion. The perished outcrops of two small 
coal-seams were, however, noted. 

Though, as before stated, no description was contemplated of any of the land 
under examination embraced by the Geological Map of Hartley, Bowenfells, 
"Wallerawang, and Rydal, yet in view of the subsequent prospecting of the shale 
seams at Marangaroo noted thereon, it will perhaps be advisable to add the results 
of a recent examination made in connection with Mr. E. P. Fittman. 

The coal and shale seams occur just north of the Marangaroo Eailway Tunnel, 
and have been prospected to a considerable extent by trenching on the outcrop of 
ihe lowest seams, and by two funnels in the upper seams on the east face of ridge 
and one on the west, though work is not at present being continued. 

The following sketch section showing the sequence of strata from the com- 
mencement of the Marangaroo Tunnel on the east side of the ridge may prove of 
interest : — 




46 Becordi of the Qeologieal Survey of New South Wales. [vol. iv. 

The main tunsel in tlie upper shale-bearing seam exposes the following section, 
meaeured by Mr. E. F. Pittman : — 

Sandstone roof, 

ft. in. 

7 Goal. 

2 Inferior Bhale. 

6 Coaly-shale. 

5 Second class shale. 

9 Inferior shale. 

1 5 Coaly-shale. 

3 Second class shale. 

4 Clay-shale. 

1 Coaly-shale and bands. 

A second section in a tunnel near by was measured with the following result : — 
ft. in. 

Dirty coal. 
5 Inferior shale. 
5i Dirty coal. 

1 Clay band. 

1 2 Coal and bands. 
10 Inferior shale. 

About five feet above the main tunnel a small opening has been made in the top 
coal seam exposed in the ridge. 

The most recent prospecting is a tunnel on the western fall of the ridge, 
exposing a seam giving the accompanying measurements : — 
ft. " in. 
1 Bands of shale and shale bands. - 

3 Clay band. 

1 7 to 2 ft. Kerosene shale — inferior — (No. 1 sample). 

Oi Clay band. 

1 Kerosene shale— inferior— (No. 2 sample). 

The analyses of the samples selected from the two bands of shale are yery dis- 
appointing as will be seen from the results here given : — 

No. 1 sample. No. 2 sample. 

Hygroscopic moisture 2*74 2*03 

Volatile hydrocarbons, etc 36*64 28*84 

Fixed carbon 8*28 10*89 

Ash 62-34 68-24 

10000 lOODO 

In connection with the occurrence of petroleum oil cannel coal, or kerosene 
shale, there appears to be a prevailing opinion amongst the miners engaged in 
working it, that a seam will pinch under a heavy covering ; in other words, when 
the workings extend beyond the sloping country on the side of a valley into and 
beneath the high sandstone cap of the mountain, ridge, or tableland, the shale will 



PJLBT 2.] CABisriE: Ooal and Shale Lands. 47 

thin out. However much past workings may appear to support this yiew, there can 
be no real ground for such a belief, inasmuch as the oue time extension of the heavj 
sandstone covering over all the intervening valleys, must be apparent to even the 
most casual observer of the corresponding 'features presented by similar horizons 
in opposite mountain faces. The present surface configuration being due to 
denudation long subsequent to the deposition of the strata containing the shale 
and the material forming it, the comparatively recent removal of a portion of the 
oyerburden could have had no conceivable effect upon the thickness of the seam. 

Hdwkeshury Series. — ^The sandstone beds which form the summits of the elevated 

areas in the Capertee Valley District, and which present vertical cliff faces to the 

valleys, are the lowest beds of the Hawkesbury (Triassic)* Series, and should, perhaps 

be termed " Narrabeen '* beds, in strict accordance with the latest division of the 

series into — 

C Wianamatta Shales. 

Hawkesbury Series < Hawkesbury Sandstone. 

( Narrabeen beds. 

Probably a detailed examination may reveal thin cappings of the Hawkesbury 
Sandstone proper on points of extreme elevation. 

The Narrabeen beds are characteristically developed at Narrabeen, near M&n]j, 
from which they derive their name. Here the beds are of considerable thickness, 
though probably thinner than at Cremome Point, Port Jackson, where a thickness 
of 189G feet 6 inches is recorded in the diamond drill bore recently put down.* 

The Narrabeen rocks at Cremome consist chiefly of chocolate shales with 
greenish-grey and white sandstones and beds of tuffaceous material, but in the 
Western Coal-field beyond Lithgow the arenaceous beds predominate almost to 
the exclusion of the argillaceous. 

Eruptive Bochs, — In only one instance was an eruptive rock, of more recent 
date than the Freshwater Coal Measures, observed in the area examined. 

In the railway cuttings south of Ben Bullen, between the 119 and 191f mile 
pegs, granite is seen forcing up with it on either side rocks of Devonian age — the 
latter showing considerable alteration by the contact. For some distance the 
marine beds are filled with large boulders and fragments of the granite. 

In the road cutting in the G-enowlan Gap an apparently small basaltic dyke is 
revealed, and rendered noticeable by the porcellanised condition and prismatic 
form imparted to the clay shales on the line of contact. The occurrence of basalt 
on the top of Airley and Oenowlan Mountains has been recorded by Mr. Mining 
Surveyor Seaver in his report on Kerosene Shale at Capertee.f 

* Vide Notes on the Cremorne Bore, by Prof. T. W. E. David, B.A., F.G.S., and Mr. £. F. Pittman, 
A.K.8.M.— i/^imm. JR, Soe. N, S, Watet/tn- 1898 [1894], XXVH, p. 448. 
t Ann. Bept. Dept. Mines N. S. Wales for 1883 [1884], p. 28. 



4tS Becords of tTie OeoloyiGol Survey of New South Wale I, [tol. iv. 

IIL — Falccon iology, 

Devonian {Marine). — Mr. E. Etberidge, Junr., PalsDontologist to the Geological 
Survey, has identified the followiog forms amongst the fossils collected in the 
Devonian rocks ahout three hundred yards south-east of D. M. McLean's Homo- 
stead on Portion 60, Parish Goollooenboin, County Cook : 

Spirifera disjuncta, J. de O, Sby, 

Nuculana sp. (of a Carboniferous facies). 

Bivalves (too indistinct for determination). 

From the Limestone Bluff, known as " Blue Eock," near Mfc. Stewart, in the 
same parish : — 

Syringopora, 2 sps. 

Stromatopora. 

Amphipora. 

Athyris. 

Fermo-Carhoniferous {Upper Marine Group), — From about thirty chains west of 
the north-west corner of Portion 80, Parish Goollooenboin. 
Martiniopsis subradiata, Q, B. Sby. 
Spirifera vespertilio, G. B. Shy, 
Goniatites or Bellerophon. 
Fenestella. 

Ma)onia (small species). 
Small bivalves (difficult of determination). 

The occurrence of Upper Marine fossils in situ was noted in Portion 71 of the 
same parish, on the road to Glen Alice. 

The following note by the Palaeontologist is worthy of attention : — '* A very 
interesting fact is foreshadowed by this small collection. At McLean's Homestead 
Spirifera dixjuncta occurs in a decomposed rock. In New South Wales this species 
is confined, so far as we know, to the Upper Devonian, but in Victoria occurs in 
the Middle Devonian (Buchan Limestone). It is but reasonable, therefore, to 
regard the McLean Homestead beds as referable to one of these two horizons. 
Interbedded with this deposit, Mr. Came states, is the blue limestone containing 
corals, akin, although I do not at present say identical, with species occurring in 
the thick Cave Limestones. If we provisionally retain these beds as Upper 
Devonian, from the known range of Spirifera disjuncfa with us, we have presented 
the interesting fact of tho occurrence of coral limestone in them, a point that 
I, for one, was not previously acquainted with. Good results would probably bo 
obtained by a further search at these places." 



PiuBT 2.] Etheeidos: OrJeandridium. i& 

XII. — On the Occurrence of an Olcandridium in the Hawkesbury 

Sandstone Series : by R. Etheridge, Junr., Palaeontologist 

and Librarian. 

[Plate VIII ] 



J. — Introduction, 
The present addition to the Hawkeabury Sandstone Flora is known from two 
localities, occurring at both under similar geological conditions. The leaves, 
about to be described, are previsionally referred to Oleandridium, Schimper, from 
their shape and distinctly petiolate nature, for the fructification, on whicb Schimper 
appears to have chiefly diagnosed his genus, has not been observed. 

The first specimens were collected by Mr. C. Cullen, Collector to the Geological 
Survey of New South Wales, at the Bail way Ballast Quarry, Gosford, the locality 
that has yielded fish remains so plentifully, described by Mr. A. S. "Woodward. 
The leaves were neit obtained by Mr. B. Dunstan at Freshwater, near Manly, and 
he has been kind enough to present specimens to the Departmental Collection. 
In both instances the leaves occur in a bed of shale, intercalated in the Hawkes- 
bury Sandstone, certainly in one case, and probably so in the other. 

II. — Specific Description. 

OLEAWDHTDITrM LEIfTEICITLirOBME, Sp. flOV. 
PI. VIII, Figs. 1-3. 
8p. Char. — Leaves simple, elongately lanceolate, or boat-shaped, broad in the 
centre, attenuating both towards the apex and base, petiolate, and apparently more 
or less coriaceous ; apex obtuse to a variable degree, but never acute ; petiole long 
and strong ; margins entire, and not waved, gently curved from base to apex ; 
midrib broad and strong near the base, rapidly decreasing upwards to a fine vein ; 
secondary veins rather variable in . number in a given space, but generally about 
three in the space of one millimetre, issuing from the midrib at an oblique angle, 
but without any change in the direction of their course ; seldom dichotomous, but 
when so once only, and then near the midrib. 

Obg, — The only variability I have noticed consists in that of the width of 
the leaf, as compared with its length, and in the degree of obtuseness of the 
apex. As regards the first point extremes may be seen in PI. VIII, Figs. 1-3 ; 
and as to the second Figs. 1 and 3 afford a good illustration, for the apex of Fig. 2 
is incomplete, and would, if perfect, be narrower, and not so rounded. The largest 
specimen seen (PL VIII, Fig. 1) is five and three-quarter inches long, by one inch 
wide at the centre of the leaf. The smallest perfect leaf observed (PI. VIII, 
Fig. 8) is three inches long by half an inch wide. 



60 Records of the Geological Survey of New South Wales. [tol. iv. 

The lanceolate or almost boat-shaped form is a very characteristic feature, and 
seems to vary but little amongst a large number of specimens, the more club- 
shaped outline of Fig. 2 arising from a cause before explained. The margins are 
always entire, and never waved. The petiole is also another important feature in 
O, lentriculiforme, its length assisting to impart the peculiarly graceful outline 
characteristic of these leayes. In one instance (Fl. YIII, Fig. 2) the petiole 
amounts to one-third the entire length of the leaf. The midrib, although gradually 
tapering to the apex as a very thin vein, is quite persistent. The nervation appears 
to be characteristic of the species, especially as regards another plant to be noticed 
hereafter. The secondary veins do not issue from the midrib at an acute angle 
and then break ofE into the horizontal, but on the contrary, they leave the midrib 
at an acute angle and continue in the same direction to the margins. Few of them 
appear to be furcate, but when so dichotomy appears here and there at irregular 
intervals. The bifurcation may take place near the midrib, it usually does so 
in fact, but instances have been noticed where it occurs near the centre of each 
wing of the leaf. So far as observation has gone the bifurcation is unifurcate in 
respective veins. 

We may now compare the leaves of 0. lentriculiforme witTi those of some of its 
allies. 

Oleandridium vittatum, Brong , sp.,* possesses a much longer and more slender 
leaf, with a widely separated secondary neuration. The latter agrees, however, 
with the veins in the present form, in being sparsely furcate. Feistmantel's 
figures t of O. vittatum illustrate the loug very broadly strap-shaped outline of 
its leaf even better than Brongniart*s, and also the irregularity of the furcation. 
Another European species, O. tenuinerve, Brauns, sp.,:j: bears a general resem- 
blance to the Australian, but is less ovoid, and much more lingual. Nathorst's 
Swedish figures § of this plant exhibit an equally long, but more slender petiole. 
Another Swedish species, O. ohtusum, Nathorst,|| is distinguished by its regularly 
strap-shaped outline, with an emarginate obtuse apex. Were it not for the very 
fine lengthened petiole this would almost fall into the genus Angiopteridium. An 
equally narrow strap-shaped form is O. Beyrichii, Schenk,^ also with an obtuse 
and emarginate apex, thus dilEering from our plant in precisely the same 
characters as O. obtusum. 

The nearest ally of O. lentriculiforme with which I am acquainted is O. sfen- 
oneuron, Schenk.** Unfortunately Schenk's illustration is that of an imperfect 
leaf, but so far as its characters can be made out it appears to be a close ally of 
our plant. 

• Hist. Fobs. Vcg., 1828, I, p. 263, t. 82, 1. 1-4. 

f Pal. Indica (OoDdwana Flora), 1876, II, Pt. 1, p. 15, t. 1, 2, and 12. 

Z Sohenk's Foes. Flora Qrensch., 1868, Atlas, t. 26, f. 3 and 4. 

§ Floran vid Bjul., 1878, 1, Pt. 1, t. 7, f. fl. 

n Ibid, t 8, f. 7, 9, 10, 18. 

t Beitriige Flora Vorwelt, Heft 4, t. 8, f. 6-7a. 

*• Foas. Flora Orensch., 1868, Atlas, t. 25, f. 5 and 6. 



PJLBT 2.] Stokieb: Diofnonds at Bingera. 61 

The outline and neuration of O, lentriculiforme will serve to diBtinguish it from 
the Australian Tcsniopterit Carrutherai, Ten. Woods,* but until the base of the 
latter is known, to say nothing of its fructification, it will be impossible to place 
it correctly in its genus. Notwithstanding that numerous figures of the leaves bf 
this plant have been published by Feistmantel and others, no complete illustration 
has appeared, so far as I know ; nor am I acquainted with a perfect example in 
collections. It is always represented as a broad-linear, more or less parallel - 
sided, long, Angiopteridium-like leaf, with the secondary veins constantly furcate 
near the mid-rib, arising from the latter at a very acute angle, and then directed 
outwards towards the margin, at an oblique, although less acute angle. These 
veins are seldom horizontal, as stated both by Tenison Woods and O. Eeistmantel. 
This fact is apparent both in the original figure of Mr. Garruthers and in Dr. 
Peistmantel's. Under these circumstances I can but regard the two Australian 
plants as distinct. 

Zoc. and Horizon, — The specimens obtained by Mr. GuUen are from a bed of 
shale in the Bailway Ballast Quarry near the Qosford Station on the Northern 
Hail way. The f ossiliferous shale lies near the base of the section as then exposed, 
but at the top of a group of flaggy hard sandstones. The section revealed by the 
neighbouring Ourimbah bore " renders it doubtful whether the bed belongs to the 
lower portion of the Hawkesbury Sandstone or to the upper portion of the 
Narrabeen Shales," t conformable members of our Triassic System. 

Mr. Dunstan's examples of O. lentriculiforme were obtained in shale and shaly- 
sandstone at Preshwater, about one mile and a quarter miles north of Manly, 
"being the second point on the coast-line north of Manly Ocean Beach." J 
This horizon is in the Hawkesbury Sandstone. 



XIII. — Notes on the Occurrence of Diamonds at Bingera 
(Bingara) : by G. A. Stonier, F.G.S., Geological Surveyor. 



A KEPOET of the discovery of a supposed volcanic pipe on the Melbourne and 
Bingera Diamond Mining Company's property has recently afforded an oppor- 
tunity for an examination of the latest developments in some of the Bingera 
deposits. The latter have been known for a number of years to be diamantif erous, 
and have been reported upon officially by — 

(1.) E. F. Pittman, Ann. Eept. Dept. Mines N. S. Wales for 1881 (1882), 
p. 141. 

• Proc. Linn. Soc N. S. Wales^ 1888, VIII, p. 117. 



• Proc. Linn. Soc N. 8. Wales, 1888, VIII, p. 117. 

t David, Mem. QeoL Survey N. S. Wales, Pal. Series, Na 4, 1890, p. \iil. 

i DuDstan, Joura. R. Soo. N. S. Wales tor 1888 [1884], XXVII, p. 878. 



52 Records of the Qeological Surtey of New South Wales. [yol. rr. 

(2.) C. S.^Wilkinson, Ann. Eept. Dept. Mines N. S. Wales for 1886 (1887), 
p. 89. 

(3.) W. Anderson, Ann. Eept. Dept. Mines N. S. Wales for 1887 (1888), 
p. 156. 

These reports, as well as two on N. S. Wales diamonds* and Professor Liversidge's 
work,t have been freely used in the preparation of the following notes. 

The deposits which have many characteristics in common with, but are, never- 
theless, distinct from the Cope's Creek (Inverell, N.S.W.) drifts, are auriferous as 
well as diamantiferous, and are developed chiefly within an equilateral-triangular area 
of three square miles in the Parishes of Bingera and Derra Derra, County Murchison, 
about five miles west-south-west from the township of Bingera, and two hundred 
and eighty miles from Sydney in a direction a few degrees west of north. Bingera 
is situated on the Gwydir (or Big) Eiver, which is a main stream in the north- 
western fall of the Colony, and flows in a north-westerly direction for six miles 
below the township, where it receives, as a tributary, the Horton (in the early days 
known as the Big) Eiver, which latter branches off in a southerly direction. A 
well-marked range 1,200 to 1,400 feet above Bingera divides the waters of the 
streams above their junction ; the water-parting is sharply defined in places, but 
near the diamond mines the range is flat-topped, having a width of nearly two miles, 
and breaking off precipitously on each side ; the mines are situated on the north- 
eastern fall and close to the range, which, with a spur, encloses them somewhat in 
the form of a horse-shoe. 

The deposits consist of gravels and sands of Tertiary age (with unimportant 
Pleistocene and Eecent redistributions^ now occurring chiefly, as far as has been 
proved, as outliers in ridgey country about five hundred feet above the main water- 
courses ; for the most part they are loose and easily mined, but in places becoming 
compact with occasionally thin beds of a hard ferruginous quartz conglomerate; some 
are undoubtedly of fluviatile origin, but it is not clear that other portions are not 
littoral deposits. Several instances occur on the field where there appears to be 
neither outlet nor inlet for the drift — they may possibly represent deep waterholes 
in the old channels. 

The pebbles contained in the gravels are waterwom, subangular, and angular, 
the majority being well rounded ; they vary in size from a half to six inches, 
averaging about two inches w^ith occasional boulders up to two feet in diameter, 
and are composed chiefly of a red jasperoid claystone, jasper, and black siliceous 
mudstone with quartz of various kinds, felspathic quartzit^, pale greenish grey 
siliceous shale, altered claystone, and other altered sedimentary rocks, rarely a 
felspar porphyry, a variety of small gemstones and minerals and stifi* whitish-grey 
clay boulders, the proportion of the different rocks varying in each separate deposit. 

• Etheridge, Junr., and Danes, Ann. Kept. Dept Mines N. S. Wales for 13S7 [1883], p. 42. h. Atkinson. 
md., p. 46. 

t Minerals of N. S. Wales, 1888, p. 285. 



PAST 2.] Stonieb: Diamonds at Bingera, 53 

The drifts have a maximum thickness of sixty-five feet ; they cannot, however, 
be averaged, nor can the average thickness of the diamond-bearing portion be 
ascertained until the deposits are more opened out. At Craddock's Claim (M.L. 
126) it is proposed to work ten feet of the drift ; at M.L. 139, fifteen feet is con- 
sidered to be diamantiferous ; and at the Monte Christo, where only two feet six 
inches was taken by the previous leaseholders, Captain Sogers has opened two 
drives, showing four, and from four to nine feet respectively of wash-dirt, from a 
shaft thirty-six feet deep in a portion of the ground previously untested. The 
diamantiferous wash, not including that which is covered by basalt and not yet tested, 
coyers a superficial area of about two hundred acres, and although in the rich patches 
diamonds are plentiful and astonishing prospects can be obtained, it is exceptional 
for a large body of wash to contain an average of more than one to one and a half 
carats to the load, and much of the drift will not yield a carat to the load. In 
some of the claims the gems are fairly distributed, but in others they are confined 
to layers about nine inches thick, separated by a variable and inconstant amount 
of drift which is absolutely valueless. In one instance five of these layers occur 
in a face of seven feet of drift. The layers cannot be relied upon for even a few 
feet, but may cut out unexpectedly, and, when close to a sidling, have been found 
to rise with the bed-rock, until, instead of being horizontal, they have acquired a 
steep dip. The diamonds are found to be accompanied almost invariably by small 
fragmentary gemstones (sapphires, zircons, <fec.) and well-worn " pencil'* tourma- 
lines ; as a rule " morlops," small rounded siliceous pebbles with an exceptionally 
high degree of polish and composed of black siliceous mudstone and jasper of 
various colours, are also present. 

The diamonds are small and average five to the carat (the average varies on 
different parts of the field from three to seven) running up to twenty to the carat, 
with not more than one per cent, of carat stones in a general parcel, and in some 
cases five per cent, of three-quarter carat and ten per cent, of half carat stones ; 
the largest yet found was considered to be three and a half carats, but actually 
weighed two and one-eighth carats — it was flawed and not of value. At Inverell 
larger stones are found than at Bingera ; one was obtained which weighed seven 
and a-half carats.* As a rule more than fifty per cent, are straw-coloured, and of 
the diamonds exhibited at the Indian and Colonial Exhibition in 1886, thirty-three per 
cent, were colourless with one per cent, of " rejections." They are harder than 
the Cape gems and hence take longer to polish, but in brillfancy and refractive 
power the New South Wales stones surpass the African, and one cut in London 
in 1886 is stated to have been as fine a brilliant as it was possible to obtain from 
any part of the world. About one per cent, of the stones are found almost 
perfectly crystallised with flat facets, the remainder having curved, rounded, and 
fractured (eight per cent ?) faces often pitted, and it would appear possible that 

• C. & Wilkinson, Ann. Bept. Dept. Mines N. S. Wales for 1887 (1888) p. 43. 



5li Records of the Geological Survey of New South Wales, [vol. rv. 

a small percentage are travelled fragments of gems mucli larger than any yet found 
in the deposits themselves. Mr. B. Etheridge, Junr., states that the Inyerell gems 
which he carefully examined in London were all crystallised and that none of the 
faces were abraded. 

The gold on the western portion of the field is fine and flaky, with fine specks 
somewhat cubical in shape and sometimes coated with " rust," and occasionally 
quartz specimens; it is said to be worth £4 2s. per ounce. Well-worn 
pieces of six and seven dwts. occur in the eastern drifts, and have a value of 
£3 14s. per ounce. Payable gold has not been discovered in the drifts themselves ; 
several recent re-distributions of the diamantif erous wash have paid wages in the 
past but are now worked out. Platinum (P Osmiridium) is also found, but not in 
sufficient quantity to encourage any attempt to save it. 

The diamantiferous wash rests upon a series of sands, clays, and ironstones, 
with occasionally thin layers of wash ; the formation is fossilif erous, and has yielded 
a small TTnio allied to TTnio Wilkinsoni, Eth. fil., the seeds JPlesiocapparis leptocely- 
phis and Fhymatocaryon Mackayiy 'F.y.M^,* and various leaves not yet determined. 
The clays, &c., occupy a large area, and have a maximum thickness of nearly four 
hundred feet, but as they were subjected to considerable denudation prior to the 
deposition of the diamantiferous wash, and the bed-rock also shows evidence of deep 
erosion, the thickness is very variable. To the south and west of the diamantiferous 
outliers, the clays are overlaid by basalt of which there are two distinct sheets separ- 
ated by one hundred to a hundred and twenty feet of fine gem sand with thin beds of 
clay and gravel, which is said to have yielded several small diamonds. The lower basalt 
has a maximum thickness of three hundred feet averaging about one hundred and 
fifty feet, and varies in width from a few hundred yards to nearly two miles, 
extending in a north-westerly direction for nine miles ; the upper sheet has a 
maximum thickness of three hundred and fifty feet, and has been denuded into 
large outliers. It is probable that the diamantiferous wash extends under the 
lower sheet of basalt, but independent of that wash and necessarily of an earlier 
geological age, a lead has been proved to exist between the clays and the bed- 
rock, and there is every reason to believe, from the occurrence of a high ridge 
forming probably one of the sidlings of an old channel, that it runs for a con- 
siderable distance. So far as can be ascertained the wash was perfectly barren 
where it was struck, but as the work is confined to two shafts, further prospecting 
operations are very necessary. In one of the shafts referred to a large body of 
wash was struck, consisting chiefly of pale greenish-grey laminated quartzite, 
altered mudstone, and siliceous sandstone, fairly well rounded and up to eight 
inches in diameter. The other shaft struck a thin layer of a fine well-worn quartz 
wash. 

^ R. Etheridge, Junr., Ann. Kept. Dept. Bfines and Agrio. N. S. Wales for 1891 [1892], p. 268. 



PABT 2.] Stovieb : Diamonds at Bingera. 55 

The bed-rock contains Zepidodendran ausirale, McCoy, and yarious marine 
shells not yet examined ; it consists of thin bedded mudstones, sandstones, and 
occasionally conglomerates, argillaceous and oolitic limestones and quartzites ; 
hard, thick-bedded, in some places massive, gritty tuffaceous and calcareous 
mudstones and sandstones passing into volcanic tuffs, and breccias with inter- 
bedded porphyrite (?). They are traversed by a number of veins of quartz and 
calcite (in places auriferous), and a few felspathic, somewhat brecciated, lodes, and 
are intersected by dykes of diorite, and occasionally basalt (?), and masses of 
felspar-porphyry, and, to the east and south of the township of Bingera, by 
serpentine and a coarse ternary tourmaline granite. These rocks will be more 
fully described on completion of the microscopic slides. 

The future of the diamond industry at Bingera depends largely upon the 
discovery of a matrix, and the exploitation of the basalt range. That the deposits 
in which the diamond occur are totally dissimilar to the Kimberley pipes there has 
never been the least reason to doubt, but the question as to whether the diamonds 
have not been derived from a formation which bears some resemblance to that of the 
Kimberley pipes is still unsettled. That the diamonds were formed in the drifts is 
held by several writers on the subject, and the late Mr. Norman Taylor* con- 
sidered that at Cudgegong, in the Western District of N. S. "Wales, where there 
are drifts of two ages, the diamonds were formed in the older and distributed 
into the more recent drift. The late Mr. C. S. Wilkinson held the same view at 
one time, but after an extended examination of the various diamond deposits in 
the Northern District he suggested that '' if the Tertiary drifts be not the original 
matrix of the diamond, possibly its source may be in the metamorphosed 
Carboniferous or Devonian beds, where they have been intruded by granite and 
porphyry "t. Prof. T. W. E. David, whom the Author of this paper accompanied 
on a visit to the Cope's Creek diamond mines in 1891, came to the conclusion that 
the Cope's Creek (».«., Malacca, Bound Mt., Ac.) diamonds were probably derived 
from the tourmaline granite. 

At Bingera there are two drifts, but the older drift has not been found up to 
tlie present time to contain diamonds, and it does not appear to be at all probable 
that the gems have been formed in situ ; as, however, they are found in a pipe of 
picrite-porphyry (Stelzner) at Kimberley, and altered peridotites occur in New 
South Wales, why should not a pipe have been formed in this country also ? The 
occurrence of a pipe mass on the diamond field at Mittagong, New South Wales, 
has been already noted by the late Mr. C. S. WilkinsonJ, and it would appear 
likely that prospecting operations will prove that this " pipe-dyke " mass contains 
diamonds. So far as my observations have extended, the volcanic breccias of the 

♦ Oeol. Mag., 1879. VI, p. 467. 

t Ann. Bept. Dept Mines N. S. Wales for 1887 [1888], p. 187. 

X Ann. Kept. Dept. Mines N. S. Wales for 1890 [1891], p. 210. 

B 



66 JSeeords of the Oeologieal Survey of New South Wales. [tol. rv. 

Bingera district, already obserred, belong to a series of contemporaneous submarine 
tuffs interbedded with sediments of probably Carboniferous age. Hitherto, so far as 
can be ascertained, no definite trace of yolcanic breccias of later age have been 
observed in the district, although it is of course highly probable that rocks of that 
description may occur in the neighbourhood of the original sources from which 
the basalts covering the diamantiferous gravels flowed. It is obviously impossible, 
however, that the diamonds in the drifts could have been derived from any volcanic 
pipe of later age than the diamond-bearing gravels, and as the basalt is younger 
than the gravels, the diamonds must probably have been formed from plotonic 
action in some eruptive rock older than the basalts overljing the diamond drifts. 
Of these there are two varieties — 

1. Serpentine. 

2. Tourmaline granite. 

That the serpentine (an altered peridotite) was formed earlier than the diamond 
drift, and therefore may have been the source of the diamonds, is rendered probable 
by the presence of numerous pebbles of red jasper in the diamantiferous gravels, 
the jaspers having been chiefly formed by the intrusion of the serpentine into the 
Carboniferous sedimentary rocks. This serpentine belt can be traced almost 
without a break from Attunga, near Tamworth, to within a few miles of Warialda, 
a distance of ninety miles; jaspers are found, sometimes in large masses, for 
nearly the whole distance at the junction of the serpentine with the sedimentary 
rocks. 

That the tourmaline granite is older than the diamantiferous gravels is obvious 
from the amount of detrital material derived from it, and found in the diaman- 
tiferous gravels at Cope's Creek, near Inverell. 

There are also possible sources in the Carboniferous tuffs — ^there can be no 
doubt that they are older than the gravels — ^and in basalts somewhat older Ihan 
the diamantiferous gravels, but of the existence of such basalts no evidence has yet 
been obtained. 

The question is by no means settled, and although there would appear to be no 
reason why one of the sources should not be found near Bingera, the recent work 
on M. Ls. 9, 47, and 134 (the property of the Melbourne and Bingera Diamond 
Mining Company) has failed to disclose it. 



PABT 2.] Ethvbiboe: IHogrophie Oarvwgt, 67 

XIV. — ^The Idiographic Carvings at Cockle Creek, Cowan : by 
R. Etheridge, Junr., Palaeontologist and Librarian. 

[Plate IX.] 



J. — Introduction. 

Mt first acquaintance with tliese carvings arose from a brief note and sketch by 
Mr. S. Dalrymple Hay, of the Crown Lands Department, and Forest Banger, 
published in the " Suryeyer.*'* Mr. Hay was kind enough to conduct Mr. G. H. 
Barrow and myself to the locality. 

These carvings are without doubt the most interesting that have yet come 
under my notice, for amongst them are portrayed the figures of the woman and 
the Emu, objects that played no insignificant part in the mythology of our east 
coast Blacks, as I hope to show in the sequel. Not only do these possess this 
important bearing, but even the posture of the male figures is suggestive of 
those assumed by the wizards in some of the ceremonial magic dances performed 
during the Bora ceremony. 

11. — Locality, 

The carvings occur on the rounded table of sandstone usually selected as an 
appropriate site at a place called Bobbin, close to which runs the old track. The 
sandstone table is immediately at the head of a gully running into the left-hand 
branch of the head waters of Cowan Creek, and known as Cockle Creek, in the 
Parish of Gordon, Co. Cumberland. The table runs nearly in a north and south 
direction, and is so much overgrown with scrub, like the whole of the surrounding 
area, that, could this be cleared away, no doubt additional figures would be 
exposed to view. The unfrequented and retired nature of the spot has probably 
contributed to the excellent state of preservation of most of the carvings, and 
rendered their delineation comparatively easy. 

III.— The Figures. 

As a rule carvings of this description are clustered together, but in the present 
instance this is departed from, and the figures occupy an extended line, following 
one another in tolerably rapid succession, in the order displayed on Mr. Hay's 
sketch. There were at least fifteen recognisable figures at the time of our visit, the 
following being the most important— an imposing male figure (PI. IX, Fig. 15), 
with arms raised above the head, and the legs bowed, girt vrith the belt of 
manhood, and exhibiting not only the eyes^a very unusual addition to these 
carvings — but also a series of radiating lines from the crown of the head, and 

« The Journal of the Intt. Sorveyon N. S. Wal«0, 1802, V, Na S» p^ ISI 



58 Becards of the OeoUgical Survey of New South Wales, [tol. iv. 

with the fingers correctly represented. The figure is in all six feet two inches in 
height, and both as to correctness of drawing and detail is a great advance on 
similar representations in preriously recorded cases. Lying next to this, and with 
one leg thrust across the man's thigh, is the undoubted figure of a woman (PI. IX 
Fig. 14), also with the arms extended upwards, and the legs, instead of being 
gathered up under the body, extended outwards. Here again nature has been 
faithfully copied in that the pendulous mammsd of the female aborigine are 
correctly represented. This is also the case in the figure of the second woman 
(Fl. IX, Fig. 5). In this instance the feet are wanting and only one hand is 
present, whilst in the former case (PI. IX, Fig. 14) one foot is shown. Wlyit 
is, however, particularly interesting in this representation, is the peculiar heart- 
shaped body placed above, but unconnected with the head. The female figures 
are respectively three feet six inches high (Fl. IX, Fig. 14) and three feet 
five inches (PI. IX, Fig. 5). An imperfect outline (Fl. IX, Fig. 2) is also intended 
for a human figure, with the arms outstretched, and a more or less bird-like head, a 
repetition of one of the outlines seen at Bantry Bay. 

I can offer no solution of the two globular bodies resting on the shoulders of 
Fig. 2. In Fl. IX, Fig. 4, is seen a well formed leg two feet long, bent at an angle 
not infrequently seen in some of the dances practised by the Aborigines. Fig. 3 
is again an extraordinary representation, and unless it be intended for a Flying-fox 
(JPteropu9)y I canitot offer any other explanation. It is three and a half feet high, 
and the terminal prolongations, or legs, are only punctured on the surface of the 
rock, as if the execution of the figure had been suspended before completion. 

Next to the human figures, however, the most interesting and important are the 
large feet (PI. IX, Fig. 13 a and 5), of which there are three on the sandstone 
table. Those here copied are about one foot in length, and occupy between the 
fore extremity of the one, and the hinder point of the other, a space of seven feet, 
thus leaving five feet of a stride between them. Feet are occasionally seen in 
pictorial drawings met with in Cave-shelters, such for instance as those on WoUombi 
Creek figured by Mr. P. T. Hammond,* but this is the first instance I have met 
with amongst Idiographic Carvings. 

Figs. 6 and 8 are representations of the Emu. The largest (Fl. IX, Fig. 6) is 
six feet long, and the other (PI. IX, Fig. 8) is three feet ten inches. The attitudes 
are different, one standing erect, with the neck outstretched, the other bending 
down as if in the act of feeding. Near them is placed a smaller bird (PI. IX, Fig. 
7) of irregular proportions. 

Amongst the remaining delineations is probably what is meant for an Opossum 
(PI. IX, Fig. 10) nearly four and a half feet long, occupying a position, as near as 
possible, one foot from the male and female figures, contiguous to one another (PI. 
IX, Figs. 14 and 15). The tail, however, is somewhat short for this animal. Eight 

^ Beoordt GeoL Survey N. S. Wftles, 1892, II, Pt 4, 1. 16. 



PABT 2.] Ethekidoe: Idiographic Oarvitigs. 59 

feet beyond this lies a Elying-squirrel (JPetaurus) about two feet four inches long 
(PL IX, Fig. 9)y the lines no doubt being intended to portray the membranous eipan- 
• sion between the limbs, and the change in colour of the fur on these " wings.'' 
The next figure in order of interest is that of an Iguana (PI. IX, Pig. 1), seven feet 
three inches in length. 

The smallest object (PL IX, Fig. 12) is probably an Echidna^ resembling that 
seen at Bantry Bay, Middle Harbour,* and is not far from the same size, both 
being about one foot six inches long. "^ 

The last figure to be noticed (PI. IX, Fig. 11) is unquestionably a dilly-bag, or 
rather basket, three feet nine inches long, the nearly circular mouth and the lines 
representing the " staking " and " siding " of the basket work showing this. 

Three very important points are to be noticed in the study of this group of 
carvings, viz., the entire absence of representations of (o) fish, (h) shields, and (c) 
the kangaroo, either one or the other, and sometimes all three, having been noticed 
at most of the other localities. 

IV, — Posaihle Interpretation. 

In entering on this debatable portion of the subject it may not be out of place 
to quote a few remarks of one who, in his day, must have paid considerable 
attention to these carvings, as he did, indeed, to all other matters connected with 
the Aborigines. I refer to the late Mr. George French Angas, who saysf — 
" Eelative to these tracings or carvings upon the flat surfaces of the rocks of 
projecting headlands their uses or intentions are now only legendary. The natives 
say that * blackfellow make them long ago,' and to convey an idea of antiquity 
they hold up their fingers and hands, elevate the face, shut the eyes, and say — 
* murrey-murrey long time ago.' They agree in stating that the tribes did not 
reside on these spots,- assigning as a reason * too much dibble-dibble walk about.' 
. . . . They also state that these places where the carvings exist were all 
sacred to the doctors and conjurors, and were in fact 'koradjee' or priests' 

ground As the whole of these carvings represented indigenous 

objects, and above all the human figures in the attitudes of the corroboree 
dances, no other conclusion can be drawn, but that they were of native 
origin." In a former communication on this subject, when ascribing to Dr. 
A. Carroll and myself the only attempted explanation of these carvings, I had 
overlooked this passage of Mr. Angas*, but perhaps its obscure method of 
publication may be pleaded in excuse. His remarks, however, based on the evidence 
of the early natives, that these were " kooradjee or priests' ground," is pretty 
conclusive on the subject. Sir Charles Nicholson^ was of much the same opinion 
as to their great antiquity, for when describing carvings on the site of what is 



* Records Geol. Survey N. S. Wales, 1890, II, Pt. 1, t. 2, f. 6. 

t Waugh's Austr. Almanac for 1858, p. 58. 

I Joum. Anthrop. Inst Gt. Brit. & Ireland, 1880, IX, p. 81. 



60 Eecordi of the Geohffical Surtey of New South Wales . [tol. it. 

now Middle Head Battery, Fort JackBon, he based his opinion on the amount of 
erosion undergone, depth of superincumbent soil, and growth of large trees, also 
that the old natives could [or would] not give an account of them. 

I may remark, that in seeking for an explanation of these carviugs, I have made 
free use of Messrs. A. "W. Howitt and J. Fraser's graphic descriptions of the Bora 
ceremony, considering that it was amongst these peculiar observances, that an 
interpretation was to be found. In the case of the former writer, it is chiefly to 
the practices of the associated Murring that I refer, viz., to the Wolgal of the 
Upper Murray, Murrumbidgee, and Tumut Bivers ; the Ngarego of the Maneroo 
Table-land ; the Theddora of Omeo and the Mitta Mitta River ; the Covai-Murring 
from Malkgoota Inlet northwards to the Shoalhaven Biver; and the Wiraijuri, 
Lower Murrumbidgee as far as Hay.* These five tribes, or perhaps more cor- 
rectly speaking tribal groups, represent a social aggregate, namely a community 
bound together, in spite of diversity of class system, by ceremonies of initiation, 
which, although they vary slightly in different localities are yet substantially the 
same, and are common to all.t It is to the ceremony of the coast tribes, known 
aa the Kuringal that reference is now more particularly made. 

I need not repeat the arguments used in a former paper^ on this subject, but 
will only add a few further remarks on the male figures supposed to represent 
DaramulUn or Baiamai, and then take up those not observed in previously recorded 
carvings. The position in which the male figures are represented is a very 
characteristic one of some of the magic dances, i,e. dances forming an integral 
part of the Bora, and differs from those commonly seen at ordinary corrobories, 
when the arms and legs are, as a rule, simply extended, and not the former 
raised above the head, and the latter more or less doubled up under the body. 
Howitt remarks§ that, amongst the associated community already referred 
to, at one side of the Bunan circle, where the initiators tooth is knocked out, ^ the 
figure of DaramulUn is cut on some large tree, in the attitude of dancing the 
magic dance." By the Coast-Jfi/mwy, the figure of this spirit-god, who presided 
at the Bora^ is moulded in earth. In the pantomimic representations accompany- 
ing a portion of the ceremony the " Bock Wallabies " is performed, and in the 
attendant dance the '^ legs are kept somewhat apart, and at each jump the knees 

are somewhat bent at the same time the arms, hanging down, are 

swung io and fro across the body ; this is the whole step and action." || It will be 
observed that here the arms are kept hanging down, but the upward gesture 
shown in our carvings both of man and women is that by which this community 
of peoples silently indicate the dreaded spirit or Great Master, BaramulUn.^ This 

• Jouni. Anthrop. Inst. Gt. Brit. & Ireland, 1884, XIII, pp. 186 h 483. 

t JWd, p. 488. 

t Beoorda Geol. Survey N. S. Wales, 1898, III, Pt 8, p. 82. 

S Loc. eU. p. 447. 

I Howitt, JourD. Anthrop. In^t Gt. Brit, and Ireland, 1884, XIII, p. 440. 

t /Wd, p. 442 



PABT 2.] Ethbbeoge: Idiogtaphie OarvifigB, 61 

arm-raising also took place on the part of the Tutnurring, or initiates, during the 
corresponding ceremony, or Jeraeil of the neighbouring Kumai Tribe, in South- 
east Gippsland.* The bent position of the leg is also assumed in some ordinarj 
corrobories and was termed by the late Surveyor-General Mitchell the " corroboreo 
jump."t He says, speaking of the performers — " until each imperceptibly warms 

into the truly savage attitude of the * corrobory jump ' the legs 

striding to the utmost the arms raised and inclined towards the 

head." Mr. B. Dawson, at one time Chief Agent of the Australian Agricultural 
Company, who saw this doubling up of the legs at Port Stephens, compares]; it 
very happily to the movement in the " limbs of a pasteboard harlequin when set in 
motion by a string.'* On the other hand the position of the legs, merely extended, 
as seen in the carvings at Bantry Bay (Middle Harbour), Flat Eocks (near Maoly), 
Berry's Head, and in the present female figure (PI. IX, Fig. 14) is by far the 
commonest one assumed in ordinary dances. It was so with the Hunter and Isis 
Biver Blacks,§ amongst the associated Murring^ and is exhibited in the Palti dance, 
BO beautifully illustrated by Angas in his magnificent work on South Australia. || 
It also forms the frontispiece to the second volume of Lt.-Col. Mitchell's "Three 
Expeditions." 

With regard to the head appendages or halo represented in the chief male 
figure (PI. IX, Fig. 15), it may be intended for the head-dress of a headman (so- 
called ^' chief ") only, and by analogy intended to convey an idea of the high 
position occupied by the prototype of the figure represented by the carving. 
Head-dresses of this description are not unrecorded in Aboriginal literature. 
Omitting the problematical drawings published by Sir G-. Grey, in N. W. 
Australia,^ and lately deciphered, in all probability with a great deal of truth, by 
the Ber. T. Mathew,** I may refer to the head-dress figuredft by the late B. B. 
Smyth, consisting of a framework of sticks and cockatoo feathers. This is called 
Oage9y and is used in corroboree at Cape York. Mr. W. T. Wyndham mentions 
that in the Ucumhle tribe of New England, the old men in corroboree i^viigoora or 
^* glory " on their heads. This is the down of the Mullion or Eagle-hawk. ;]:{ 

Now as to the huge footprints. In the Wiraijuri tribe, along the Murnimbidgee 
Biver, preceding the extraction of the initiate's tooth, amongst other things, " a 
strip of bark is taken spirally from a large tree down to the ground. This repre- 
sents a path from the sky to the earth, down which DaramulUn descended." §§ 
My reading is that the large footprints (PL IX, Figs. 13 a and h) are simply an 
extension of this idea, and are intended to represent the footprints of DaramulUn 

• Ibid, 1886, XIV., p. Wl.footnoU. 

t Three Expeds. Interior E. Australia, 1888, 11, p. 5. 

X Present State of Australia, 1830, p. 61. 

f Joum. Anthrop. Inst. Gt. Brit and Ireland, 1878, YII, p. 255. 

I 8. Australia Illustrated, 1846, Pis. 15 and 24. 

% North-west and Western Australia, fto. 2 vols. 8vo. London, 1841. 

M Joum. R. Soc. N. S. Wales for 1889 [1800], XXIII, pp. 414-417. 

ft Aborigines of Victoria, 1878, 1, p. 280, f. 82. 

XX Joum. B. Soo. N. S. Wales for 1B89 [1890], XXIH, p. 88. 

f§ Uowitt, Joum. Anthrop. Inst. Ot. Brit, and Ireland, XIII, p. 452, /oot note^ 



62 Records of the Geological Survey of New South Wales, [vol. iv. 

after be threw his tomahawk at the Emu, during the descent from the sky * As I 
have elsewhere pointed out,t in a Rock-shelter in the Burragorang Valley hand- 
prints are depicted which the old Blacks of the vicinity informed Mr. Maurice 
Hayes, of Queagong, Burragorang, and my informant, were those of their Deity, 
made when on a visit to earth. Here we see a modified continuity of the same 
idea travelling inland from tribe to tribe. 

There is an intimate relation between the figures of the Emus and those of the 
women. Daramuliln had two wives according to the traditions of the associated 
peoples already referred to,:^ ^^^ " duality " Ngalabal, This name, according to 
Mr. Howitt, is derived from ngalal, a sinew, " in reference to the sinewy legs of the 
Emu, which is Ngalabal, and from hal, a dual affix." In that portion of the Bora 
ceremony, termed the Ngalabal-dance, Daramuliln*s two wives, the "duality" 
Ngalabal, " are seen to cross the bora circle, glide from the forest past the fire, and 
to disappear in the gloom beyond."§ This dual woman is not confined to the 
Murring association, but it is represented in the Kumai Tribe; of S. E. Gippsland, 
by the female duality Bulun'Baukan,\\ occupying much the same position in their 
mythology. 

Howitt remarks — " I use this word * duality ' as the only one I can think of 
which expresses the peculiar conception of the supernatural being 'Balum-baukan.' 
Two Baukans are always spoken of, but at the same time as if inseparable, and 
haying one son, Bulum-tut, common to both."^ In the Woi-worung Tribe, the 
dual wife, Ngalabal, is represented by the two wives of Bungil (the star Pomal- 
haut).** At the conclusion of the ceremonies when, after the extinction of the 
magic fire, the processions returned to the camp, and the outline of Daramuliln 
was moulded in earth by the old men in the attitude of the magic dance, two 
dances took place, one to the word Daramulitn, the other to the word Ngal^bal.ff 
1 have given these extracts from Mr. Hewitt's graphic descriptions with the view 
of showing how intimately the postures assumed in our Idiographic Carvings are 
associated with the details of known ceremonies, and to account for the presence 
of the female and male figures, and that of the Emu. 

The intimate connection between the figures of the woman and Emu is also 
demonstrated by some of the tribal food restrictions. The novices are confined to 
certain forms of sustenance, amongst other things Ihey may not eat of the Emu, 
" for this is Ngalabal, the wife of Daramuliln, and at the same time the "woman." J J 

• See Records OeoL Survey N. S. Wales, 1893, III, Pt. 8, p. 85. 

t Records Austr. Mus., 1898, 11, No. 4. 

X Howitt, Journ. Anthrop. Inst. Qt. Brit and Ireland, XIII, p. 460. 

ilbid, 

I Howitt, loc. eU., 1886, XV, p. 415, /oot fwU, 

** Howitt, Joe. eU., 1884 XIII, p. 452. 

tt Howitt, Joam. Antbrop. Inst Gt Brit, and Ireland, 1884, XIII, p. ibi, footnote, 

II Ibid, p. 450. 



PABT 2.] Ethkbidoe : Idiographic Oarvinys. G3 

In at least one set of earrings, that at Bantrj Bay, we have seen the outlined 
figure of a large tomahawk. The most distant of the associated peoples, the 
Wiraijuriy moulded this weapon as one of their representative objects in the 
JBora, and which, the initiates were informed was thrown bj DaramviHn after the 
Emu, as he descended from on high.* As a portion of the same idea, our local 
Blacks, I believe, outlined the footprints of the Emu, to be seen in a few rare 
instances on some of the sandstone tables. These imprints are supposed to have 
been made when the Emu was endeavouring to escape from the Spirit-god. The 
Wiraijuri also moulded the figure of the bird itself, where it fell after the 
tomahawk was thrown. 

This veneration for the Emu extended much further north than Fort Jackson, 
for amongst the Hunter and Isis Bivers Blacks a naturally-bent tree was selected 
near the head of the recumbent prone figure, also moulded by them. On the bent 
tree were cut prints of the Emu's feet, and along it was carried a stuffed bird as 
if treading in the footmarks.f 

In a similar manner to the derivation of Ngalabal by Howitt, Dr. John Eraser 
has sought to explain the word DaramuliLn, In the Kamilaroi legends he informs 
us " Dhar seems to have a twofold aspect, and hence the miilun in his name may 
be the word hulla, ' two.' "J 

It is, therefore, by applying the Bora customs of the associated Murring^ as 
depicted by Howitt, that I seek to explain the introduction of the female figure, 
accompanied by that of the Emu, amongst these carvings, and this is supported by 
the fact that the former figures and those of the men are represented in the 
attitude of the dance, probably one of the magic dances. 

Dr. Frfuser's derivation of the word Daramulitn has already been given. In a 
later publication,§ he believes the first syllable Dara, or Dhara, to have its source 
in " dara^ dri, a very old language root meaning to protect." According to the 
Bev. C. Greenway,|| however, TurramUlun [iDaramulUn'} means in the Kamilaroi 
language, " leg on one side only," " one legged." Now we know that the Kamilaroi 
organisation existed over a very large portion of Northern New South Wales. Can 
this derivation applied to DaramulUn be in any way connected with the conception of 
the large single leg (PI. IX, Pig. 4) of our present carvings? It is quite unconnected 
with any of the other figures, and there is the bare possibility that its representa- 
tion is an effort on the part of the local " doctor "-sculptor to convey the Kamilaroi 
conception of the dreaded spirit, as the more perfect male figures are believed by 
the writer to express those of the tribes further to the south, possessing Murring 

• Ibid, p. 462. 

t RkUey, Kamilaroi and other Atutr. Languafres, 1875, p. 156. 

X Joum. R. Soo. N. S. Wales, for 1891 [1892J, XXV., p. 275. In a letter kindly communicated to me by Dr. Fraser, 
the latter remarks : " It is clear to mo that Dafwrndllin was a dual divinity, somewhat the same way as Castor and 
Pollux, and that he is the representative of Baiamai in the work of creation, and in communicating with men. 
The Wiradhari dialect calls him Darawirffal, from Wirffolt the tree in the form of a rainbow, which growd out of 
his thigh." 

f Aborigines of N. S. Wales, 1882, p. 19. 

I Joum. Anthrop. Inst Ot. Brit, and Ireland, 1878, VII, p. 242. 



64 Records of the Qeologioal Survey qflTew South Wales, [yol. it. 

organisation. No doubt the Hawketburj Tribes must haye been influenced to 
some extent at least bj the traditions on both sides of them, bearing in mind that 
the Kamilaroi cult, strictly speaking, seems to hare reached its southern limit at 
or about Maitland on the Hunter Biver.* 

Of the dilly-basket (PL IX, Fig. 11) I am not at present able to offer any 
explanation. 

The only suggestion I am able to propose for the bird-like object (PL IX, Fig. 3) 
is that it is intended either for a Flying-fox, or an Eagle-hawk. This bird was 
in some tribes the representatives of a totem subdivision within one of the class 
systems, but the Coast- Jfurrm^, '^had, however, with male descent lost the class 
divisions, and the totems only remained as magical names."t There is the possibility 
that it may have remained amongst our Blacks in this sense. 

The Iguana (PL IX, Fig. 1) and the Opossum (PL IX, Fig. 10) were also totem 
names, but as so little seems to have been preserved connected with the inner 
organisation of the Port Jackson and neigbouring tribes, I merely throw out 
these remarks as suggestions. It may, however, be pointed out that Dr. J. Fraser 
has recently figured J a tree from the upper circle of a Bora ground in N. S. Wales, 
on which the figure of a large Iguana was carved, accompanied by two male figures, 
one with the arms elevated. 

I may, perhaps, be allowed to anticipate criticism by indicating the one weak 
point in the deductions I have drawn from these carvings. Lieut. -Ool. Collins, in 
his " English Colony in N. S. Wales," the only work giving a reliable description 
of the Bora ceremonies, or any ceremonies at all, of the Port Jackson Tribes, 
represents them as taking place in open glades of the woods. Collins merely 
illustrates the more openly performed scenes in the ceremonies, and there is no 
internal evidence to show that he was present at all of them. In fact, from 
the well-known reluctance on the part of the Blacks all over the Continent, 
to admit the White to a participation in their mysteries, we may conclude with 
tolerable certainty that he was not. However, be this as it may, we have every 
reason to believe that as far as they go, Collins' depictions are most faithful 
representations of what he saw in those early days. 

V, — DUtrihution of the Carvings, 

We at present know comparatively little about the distribution of these carvinge, 
except in our own immediate district. As the coastal area is left behind, the place 
of these rock-sculpturings seems to be taken by Idiographic Drawings. At the same 
time Bidley in describing§ the rites of the Wailmun Tribe, says that on one of the 
stony ridges between the Barwon and Narran Bivers, is a hole in the rock shaped 
like a man, but two or threie times larger. In this the Blacks believed Baiamai 

• Howitt, Journ. Anthrop. Inst. Ot. Brit, and Ireland, 1889, XVIII, p. 83. 
t Howitt, Journ. Anthrdp. Inst. Ot. Brit. Ireland, 1889, XVIII, pp. 41 and 4& 
t Aboriffines of N. S. Wales, 1892, p. 16, 8rd plate. 
§ Kamilaroi and other Austr. iMogoaugea, 1875, p 1S6. 



PAET 2.] Ethbbidob : Mographic Oarviftys. 65 

used to rest himself, during his visits on earth. Mr. "W. A. Cuneo, of Thirlmere, 
faaa lately discovered caryingB in the Burragorang Valley, at Apple Grove, on 
the flat surface of a rock of the Permo-Carboniferous System. They consist of 
the figures of a fish and the Emu. If it be ultimately shown that these carvings 
are in a great measure confined to what may be called the Hawkesbury Basin, 
using this term in its most extended sense, the occurrence of them further inland, 
throughout the eastern portions of New South Wales, may perhaps be accounted 
for by what Mr. Howitt has well expressed by the term " by attendance," • 
i.e., the presence of those members of other tribes who were privileged, either by 
blood relationship, or knowledge of the mysteries in practice. Many similar 
ceremonies are believed by the same eminent authority to have extended over 
large areas. For instance, he lays down a northerly extension by a line drawn 
through what is now Sydney to the Lachlan Biver, down the latter to Balranald,t 
and of course southwards to those tribes abeady mentioned. He has, to my mind, 
conclusively shown that the Coast Murring attended the Boras of the KdtUngal^ 
or "Sea coast people," and of the Kurial or "Northern people." The Bora of 
the Coast Murring called the Kuringal may be taken as the type of this large 
community. 

Whatever may have been the origin of these carvings, it is interesting to be able 
to locate them chiefly within the territory of the two principal tribes inhabiting 
the Fort Jackson District — the Oammerragal on the north, and the Oweagal on 
the south of the estuary. 

The Oammerragal, or people of Cammerray or " North Shore," were a numerous 
and powerful tribe, extending from North Head to the Lane Cove Eiver, north to 
the Hawkesbury, and thence eastwards to the coast again. { The Gweagal, or 
people of Gwea, on the contrary, possessed the country from the south shore of 
Fort Jackson to away beyond Botany Bay.§ Collins tells us that the Cammerragals 
attended the Bora\[ of the neighbouring sub-tribes, and possessed the exclusive 
right of knocking out the initiate's tooth. According to Howitt, the suffix ^aZ 
means those " of " or " belonging to " — thus the Coast Murring applied the word 
Kdtungal to all other peoples located on either side of them, in one direction into 
Gippsland, and in the other beyond Sydney.^ It is a noteworthy fact that by far 
the most interesting groups of carvings are found in the country of the Oammerragal. 

GK)ing still farther afield, it is remarkable to find that even in Sarawak (North 
Borneo) representations of the human figure exist on rocks. Mr. F. Galton 
mentions the sprawling figure of a man carved in high relief on a large rock, and 
of the natural size, face downwards.** 

• Joorn. Arthnropi Inst Ot Brit. Mid Ireland, 1884, XIII, p. 484. 
t Ibid. p. 485. 

X Hon. R. HiU, Notes on the Aborigines of N. 8. Wales (Chicago Exposition, 1808X 1802, p. 1. 
f Collins, English Colony in N. S. Wales, 1804, p. 368. The Hon. O. Thornton locates this tribe on the north 
and south shores of Botany Bay Uiotea on the Abongxnet qf N. S. Wale* {Chicago Exposition, 1898X 1892, p. 7. 
I Or, as it was there called, the Yoolanah (Thornton, loc. eit.) 
% Howitt, loc. eU. 1886, XV, p. 418. 
•• Joum. Anthrop. Inst. Qt. Brit, and Ireland, 1892, XXI, p. 282. 



66 Becords of the Geological Survey of New South Wales, [vol. iv. 

XV. — On the Artificial Method of Lighting the Jenolan Caves : 
By W. S. Leigh, Superintendent of Caves. 



Feom the time of the discovery of the Jenolan Caves in 1841 up to 1868, the year 
in which they were reserved and brought under Government control, the most 
primitive of lights, viz., the torch and candle, seem to have been in general use 
for illuminating purposes. This means of lighting is responsible for the many 
smoke-discoloured patches noticed on the walls and ceilings of the older caves at 
Jenolan, and perhaps more so at the other principal cave centres, viz., Yarrango- 
billy, Wombeyan, and Wellington, where visitors had more of a free hand for a 
longer period. Curiously enough, these smoke patches mostly occur at those 
places in the caves where it has been found necessary during an inspection to call 
a halt ; for instance, at the mouth of a narrow, intricate passage, or at the top of 
a steep declivity, where a portion of the party would be kept waiting while the 
leaders made headway. 

This means of lighting would certainly give one an idea of the size of a cavity, 
but it remained for the later introduction, the magnesium lamp, to more efEectually 
present to view the stalactitic adornments or beauty of a cave. In fact, as a means 
of illuminating any out-of-the-way nook or cranny, where the light has to be 
concentrated on one particular spot, this lamp even surpasses the latest introduc- 
tion, the electric light. For general purposes however, by reason of the large area 
its rays will pierce, and being smokeless, a great consideration in an ill- ventilated 
cave, the electric light is certainly an improvement on anything yet introduced. 

Electricity was first adopted as an illuminating agent at Jenolan, in the then 
principal cave, the " Imperial," in January, 1887. The motive power was a six- 
horse vertical engine, connected to a small dynamo capable of lighting twenty-five 
incandescent lamps, arranged in circuits of that number throughout the cave ; it 
being only necessary for the guide, on reaching the end of a circuit, to switch on 
to the next, and so on. This means of lighting proving a success, the question of 
its extension naturally arose, but as the existing motive power would be inadequate, 
it was decided, on the suggestion of the late Government Geologist, Mr. C. S. 
Wilkinson, P.G.S., Ac, to substitute water in lieu of steam for driving the 
dynamo. For this purpose advantage was taken of the never-failing supply and 
fall afforded by the underground river at Jenolan, by means of which ample power 
would be made available for all requirements, and the lights, in addition to being 
more constant, would be run on a far more economical basis. 

An underground river rises to the surface about fifty feet below the northern 
entrance of the Grand Arch, near the junction of the Cave and McEwan's Creeks, 
at the rate of about one thousand gallons per minute. From this point, where it 



PABT 2.] Leigh : Lighting the Jenolan OaDes. 67 

is dammed, it is carried in wrought-iron pipes, twenty-two inches in diameter,* 
supported by concrete piers, a distance of six hundred and seventy feet, along the 
bed of Cave Creek, to the top of the first waterfall, a gradual fall of ten feet 
being allowed in this distance. As a further sheer fall of thirty-five feet to the 
bottom of the water-fall was obtainable, and this head of water alone being quite 
ample, the turbine water-wheel was erected in a bend of the creek at the bottom, 
thus a total fall of about fortj-five feet from the dam was secured. 

The turbine, one of Messrs. James Leffel and Co.'s Ten-inch Improved, is en- 
closed in a globe casing, the inlet being fifteen inches in diameter. The wheel is 
connected to a vertical spindle and now runs at a speed of eleven hundred revo- 
lutions per minute, the diameter of the pulley being regulated by that of the 
hundred-light Crompton Dynamo, to which it is connected direct by belt gearing, 
the dynamo requiring a speed of one thousand two hundred and sixty revolutions 
per minute. 

With a circuit of one hundred incandescent lamps, the turbine exerts a force of 
about ten horse power, but in regular practice, in order to ensure the best results, 
the dynamo is not taxed to its full strength, a margin being allowed, which is 
effected by slightly reducing the number of lamps in the circuit. 

As the flow of water through the turbine can be regulated to a nicety, its running 
has proved far more regular than that of the original motive power, the steam 
engine, consequently the lights have been much steadier, and in fact more brilliant. 

Considering the difference in cost of generating steam in the one case and 
making use of running water in the other, also the great saving in labour in respect 
to the latter, we may conclude that the adoption of water as the motive power at 
Jenolan has answered most satisfactorily. 

I may add, that having ample power at disposal, the extension of the electric 
light into the Lucas Cave has been decided upon, in fact the work is now nearing 
completion. 

Another dynamo being required, it was found necessary to re-arrange the 
machines in the turbine house. Instead of driving direct from the turbine, as 
formerly, the two machines, the " Crompton " and the new " Western *' dynamos, 
vnll be driven by means of counter shafting, the former for the Imperial and the 
latter for the Lucas Cave. In addition to the ordinary incandescent lamps, 
with which the passages will be lighted, six arc lamps will also be erected in the 
liucas Cave, arranged so as to light up the large chambers. 

By reason of the spaciousness of this cave, the arc lights will produce a novel 
and striking effect, and be the means of making an inspection of it quite as inter- 
esting as that of any cave at Jenolan. 

* These pipes were kindly sapplled by the Department of Public Works, they having formerly formed ixirt of 
those in use for the Sydney Temporary Water Supply. If ordered specially, a pipe of smaller diameter woula have 
answered this purpose. 



68 Secords of the Geological Survey of New South Wales. [vol. iv. 

XVI.— The Australian Geological Record for the Year 1893, 
with Addenda for 1891 and 1892 : by R. Etheridge, Junr., 
Palaeontologist and Librarian, and W. S. Dun, Assistant 
Palaeontologist and Librarian. 



L—Becordfor 1893. 
Aechibald (J. W.) — Origin and Distribution of Gold and Platinum, N. Coast 
BeacHes, N.S.W. [No.] I. Austr. Mining Standard, 1893, IX, No. 230, 
p. 193 ; [No.] II, Ibid, No. 232, p. 230. 

Akoall (P.) — ^The Beport on the Bendigo Gold Fields. Engineering and Mining 
Journal, 1893, LVI, No. 13, p. 314. 

Atkikson (W*) — ^Magnetic Iron in South Australia. Austr, Mining Standard, 
1893, IX, No. 233, p. 234. 

AvsTBALiA — ^Hakdbook — ^Tbo Australian Handbook [Gordon and Gotch], Ac, 
for 1893. [The Phys. Structure and Geology of Australia, pp. 116-119. 
N. S. Wales, Geological Formation, p. 135 ; Mining, pp. 139-140. Victoria, 
Geology, p. 220 ; Mining, pp. 224-225. South Australia, Geology, pp. 308- 
809 ; Mining, pp. 312-313. Northern Territory, Mineral Sesources, pp. 351- 
852; Physical Geography and Geology, pp. 353-357. Western Australia^ 
Geology, p. 366 ; Mineral Besources, pp. 307-369. Queensland, Geology, pp. 
386-387 ; Mineral Eesources, pp. 390-391. Tasmania, Geological Formation, 
p. 441 ; Mineral Besources, pp. 443-444.] 

AirsTEALASiAif Assoc. Any. Science : — 

Eeports of Committees. Froc. Austr. Assoc, Adv. Sc/., 1893, lY, pp. 200-249. 

Committee No, 1. Seismological Phenomena in Australasia, pp. 200-229. 

Committee No. 2, The Tides of the Coast of South Australia, pp. 230-232. 

Atxbs (H.H.) — Pi^esident's Address to the Australasian Institute of Mining 

Engineers. Austr. Mining Standard, 1893, IX, No. 281, p. 201. 
B.:— 

Wismuth in Australien. Zeit. Frakt. Oeologie, 1893, Heft 6, pp. 240-241. 
Platin-Lagerstatten bei Broken HiU. Zeit. Frakt. Geologie, 1893, Heft 8, pp. 

322-323. 
TJeber die Kohlenfelder yon Neu-Sud- Wales. Zeit. Frakt, Oeohgie, 1893, 
Heft 11, p. 442. 

Baibksdalb — Mining Districts about Bairnsdale (Vic). Boggy Creek. Austr. 
Mining Standard, 1893, IX, No. 242, pp. 876 ; IX, No. 246, p. 426 j IX, No. 
268, p. 673. 



PABT 2.] 'RriLKRwa^—'Djm : Gt€ohffieal Beeord, IB9B. 69 

Bakxb*s Cbxbk— The Baker's Creek Odd Mine. Auttr. Mining Standard, 1893, 
IX, No. 256, p. 563. 

Ball (B.) Et.— The ABtronomical Explanation of a Glacial Period. Proc, Austr. 
Auoc. Adv. Sei., 1893, lY, pp. 260-266. 

Babkla (R.)— The Silver Lodes of Zeehan. Auttr. Mining Standard, 1898, IX, 
No. 266, p. 716. 

BjLBBiEB Bakges — ^Mining at the Barrier. Atutr. Mining Standard, 1898, IX, 
No. 260, p. 479. 

Bathubst (N.S. W.)— Bed Hill and Sugarloaf, Bathurst (N.S. W.) Auitr. Mining 
Standard, 1893, IX, No. 231, pp. 201-205. 

Bbabdslst (G.P.) :— 

A Nickel Discovery on the West Coast of Tasmania. Auitr. Mining Standard, 

1893, IX, No. 246, p. 435. 
The Zeehan and Dundas Smelting Works, Tasmania. Trans. Am. Inst. Mining 

Engineers, 1892-93 [1893], XXI, pp. 575-588. 

BbvDIOO: — 

The Bendigo Gold Field. Austr. Mining Standard, 1898, IX, No. 234, pp. 

246-246. 
The Origin of the Bendigo Saddle Beefs. Austr. Mining Standard, 1893, IX, 
No. 243, pp. 391-392. 

BiOGS (A.B.) — The Tasmanian Earth Tremors. Free. Austr. Assoo. Adv. Sci. for 
1892 [1893], IV, pp. 258-269. 

Bbokek Hill : — 

Beport of Board appointed to inquire into the Prevalence and Prevention of 

Lead Poisoning at the Broken Hill Silver-Lead Mines, to the Honorable 

the Minister for Mines and Agriculture, y. S. Wales Leg. Council 

Papers, 1892-93, c ]33— A, pp. 120, map. (Polio, Sydney, 1893. By 

Authority). 
Sulphides — Treatment of Sulphides at Broken Hill. Engineering and Mining 

Journal, 1893, LVI, No. 13, p. 322. 
The Broken Hill Mines. Austr. Mining Standard, 1898, IX, No. 218, pp. 

22-23. 
The Broken Hill Mines. A Chat with Dr. E. D. Peters. Austr. Mining 

Standard, 1893, IX, No. 245, p. 420. 
Broken Hill Proprietary Mine. The Surface Works. Austr. Mining 

Standard, 1893, IX, No. 242, p. 380 ; IX, No. 244, pp. 40(MO7. 

Brooestead (Tas.) — ^Tin Deposits Brookstead Estate, Tasmania. [No.] I., Austr. 
Mining Standard, 1898, IX, No. 227, pp. 147-148. [No.] II. Ibid, No. 229, p. 
177. 



^^ Beeorda of the Oeohgieal Survey of New South Wales. [vol. it. 

BuBEA BuEEA— The Burra Burra Eush. Austr. Mining Standard, 1893, IX, No. 
237, pp. 292-293. 

Caltkbt (A. P.)— Western Australia and its Gold Pields. Pp. 61, with map. 

8vo., London, 1893. 
Caed (G. W.) :— 

Progress Eeport of the Curator and Mineralogist. Ann. Sept. Dept Mines 

andAgric, N, 8. Wales for 1893, pp. 126-128. 
On a Sand from Bingera. Records GeoL Survey N, S. Wales, 1893, III, Pt. 

4, pp. 111-115. 
Mineralogical and Petrological Notes, No. 1. Records Geol, Survey N. 8, 

Wales, 1893, III, Pt. 4, pp. 124-128. 
On Celestine from the Neighbourhood of Bourke. Records Geol. Survey If.S. 

Wales, 1893, III, Pt. 4, pp. 201-203. 
Cabue (J. E.) :— 

Progress Eeport by Mr. J. E. Came, Geological Surveyor. Ann. Rept. Dept. 

Mines and Agric. N. S. Wales for 1893, pp. 112-116. 
Eeport on Iron Deposits. Colliery Guardian, 1893, LXVI, No. 1705, p. 370. 

Chabtehs Towees (Q.)— The Victory Gold Mine, Charters Towers, Q. Austr. 
Mining Standard, 1893, IX, No. 223, p. 91. 

Clabe (D.) — Minerals of Eastern Gippsland. Proo. Austr. Assoc. Adv. Set. for 
1892 [1893], IV, pp. 285-289. 

Clabkson (T.)— The Sulphide Question. [No.] 1.— Austr. Mining Standard, 1893, 
IX, No. 227, p. 150. [No.] H. Ibid, No. 228, p. 162. 

Coal Miitbs. — Progress Eeport from the Select Committee on the Coal Mines 
Eegulation Bill ; together with the Proceedings of the Committee, Minutes 
of Evidence, and Appendix. JV. S. Wales Leg. Council Papers, 1890, No. 
c 109-A, pp. 116, plans, <fcc. (Folio, Sydney, 1891. By Authority.) 

CooHLAW (T. A.)— The Wealth and Progress of New South Wales, 1893. 
[Geological Formation, Mines and Minerals, pp. 48-85.] 8vo. Sydney, 
1893. By Authority. 

CooLOABBiE — ^The Discoverers of Coolgardie. Austr. Mining Standard, 1893, IX , 
No. 262, pp. 668-659. 

CossMAN ( — ) — Gastcropodes. Annuaire Oeologique Universelle, Sfc, 1891 [1893], 
VIII, Fasc. 4, pp. 709-751. [Eocene Gasteropoda of Australia, pp. 723-724.] 

Cbaio (A. W.) and Wilsmoee (N. T. M.)— Note on an Examination of Water 
from Lake Corangamite, Victoria. Proe. Austr. Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1892 
[1893], IV., pp. 270-272. 

Cbemobne — Cremome Bore. Austr. Mining Standard, 1893, IX., No, 262, pp. 
659-660. 



FABT 2.] Ethebidoe — ^DuN : Qeologtcal Becordy 1898. 71 

Cbotdok (Q.) : — 

The Croydon Ooldfield. Austr. Uininy Standard, 1893, IX, No. 2 19, pp. 33-^« 

The Ophir Block, Croydon. Austr. Mining Standard, 1893, IX, No. 221, p. 61. 

The True Blue G.M. Company. Austr. Mining Standard, 1893, IX, No. 224, 
p. 103. 

Da^lmobtok— Dalmorton (N.S.W.)— -4i«/r. Mining Standard, 1893, IX, No. 229, 
p. 175. 

DA.TID (T. W. E.) :— 

Section C. — Geology and Palsdontology. Address by the President [On 
Volcanic Action in Eastern Australia and Tasmania]. Froe. Atutr. 
Assoc. Adv. Sci.for 1892 [1893], IV, pp. 64-81. 

Note on the Occurrence of the Mineral Sphene (Titanite) in the Granite from 
the Water-works Tunnel, Bathurst. Froc. Linn. Soe. K, S, Wales for 
1893, VIII (2), Pt. 1, pp. 44 and 126. 

Beport on Cremome Bore, No. 2. Ann. Eept. Dept. Mines and Agrie. N. 8. 
Wales for 1S9S, ^. 69. 

Beport on taking the Temperature in No. 2 Borehole, Cremome Point. Ann. 
Sept. Bept. Mines and Agric. N. 8. Wales for 1893, pp. 71-72. 

Datid (T. W. 'EL)— Tide Pittman (E. P.) 

Datid (T. W. E.) and Pittman (E. E.)— On the Occurrence of Lepidodendron 
ttitstrale (?) in the Devonian Bocks of New South Wales. Beeords OeoL 
Survey N. 8. Wales, 1893, III, Pt. 4, pp. 194-201, pis. 17-19. 

Dawkh^s (W. B.)— The Coalfields of New South Wales. Trans. Manchester 
Geol. Soc, 1892-93 [1893], XXII, Pts. 4 and 5, pp. 160-178, map and 
sections. Beprinted Austr. Mining Standard, 1893, IX, No. 234, p. 246 ; No. 
235, pp. 361-362. 

Denisok Town (N.S.W.)— Denison Town Silver Field (N.8.W.)— Austr. Mining 
Standard, 1893, IX, No. 225, p. 122. 

DEiWAirT (J.)— Ft<fo Tatb (E.) 

DoLFiTSS (G. F.) — Foraminif feres. Annuaire Oeologique Universelle, ^c, 1891 
[1893], Vin, Ease. 4, pp. 844-862. [Fahularia Howehini, Schlumberger, 
from Eocene of S. Australia, p. 852.] 

Dbakb (P. M.) :— 

Mount Stewart Beduction Works, Leadville, N.S.W. Engineering and 
Mining Journal, 1893, LV, No. 10, p. 225. 

The Beduction Works of the Mount Stewart Lead and Silver Mining Com- 
pany, Leadville, New South Wales. Trans. Am, Inst, Mining Engineers, 
1892-93 [1893], XXI, pp. 874-876. 
c 



7J2 BecQrdi of the Oeological Survey of New South Wales. [tol. it. 

DuK (W. S.) :— 

On Palatal Bemains of Paloreheitee azael, Owen, from the Wellington Gayes 

Bone-deposit. Records GeoL Survey If. S. Wales, 1893, III, Pt. 4, pp. 

120-124, pi. 16. 
A Locality Index to the Eeports of the Geological Survey of N. S. Wales, 

from 1875 to 1892 inclusive. Records Oeol. Survey IT. S. Wales, 1893, 

in, Pt. 4, pp. 164-194. 

Dun (W. S.)— FtVfo ETHEBroaB (E., Junr.) 

DuKSTAir (A. J.)— Mount Lyell and District (TsM.)^Austr. Mining Standard, 
1893, IX, No. 247, p. 462. 

East (J. J.) — A New Mineral from the Greenbushes Tinfield (W.A.) Austr. 
Mining Standard, 1893, IX, No. 233, p. 284. 

Ethbbidgb (B., Junr.) : — 

Annual Eeport of the PalsBontologist for the Year 1893. Ann. Bept. Dept. 
Mines and Agric. N, S. Wales for 1893, pp. 128-131. 

On the Occurrence of a Plant allied to ScJiizoneura, in the Hawkesbury 
Sandstone. Records Oeol. Survey If. S. Wales, 1893, III, Pt. 3, pp. 74-77, 
pi. 13. 

On the Occurrence of Trigonia semiundulata, M*Coy, in New South Wales, 
and its significance. Records Oeol. Survey If. S. Wales, 1893, III, Pt. 4, 
pp. 115-117. 

On Further Traces of Meiolania in New South Wales. Records Austr. Mus., 
1893, II, No. 4, pp. 39-41. 

Geological and Ethnological Observations made in the Valley of the WoUon- 
dilly Eiver, ab its junction with the Nattai Eiver, Counties Camden and 
Westmoreland. Records Austr. Mus., 1893, II, No. 4, pp. 40-64, pis. 12 
and 13. 

On the Occurrence of Beekite in connection with Fossil Organic Semains m 
New South Wales. Records Austr. Mus., 1893, II, No. 6, pp. 74-76, 
pi. 16. 

Ethehidqe (E., Junr.)— F*Jtf Leigh (W. S.) 

Ethebidge (E., Junr.) and Dtrw (W. S.) : — 

The Australian Geological Eecord for the Tear 1891. Records Choi. 
Survey If. S. Wales, 1893, ni, Pt. 3, pp. 86-109. 

The Australian Geological Eecord for the Year 1892, with Addenda fur the 
Tear 1891. Records Oeol. Survey If. 8. Wales, 1893, III, Pt. 4, pp. 
132-153. 



PAST 2.] Ethebidgb— DuF: Oeoloffieal Seeorif IB93. 73 

FOBBES (H. 0.) :— 

The Chatham Islands : their relation to a former Continent. JB. Oeo^r. 
Soc, Suppl Papers, 1893, III, pt. 4. 

Beyiew Antarctica. A suppoBod former Southern Continent. Ifatural 
Science, 1893, HI, No. 17, pp. 5^57. 

Floods in Queensland. OeograpTiical Journal, 1893, 1, pp. 239-242. 

The Great Barrier Beef of Australia. Oeographical Journal, 1893, It, pp. 
640-545. 

Fbaseb (M. a. C.)— Western Australian Year-Book for 1892-93. 8yo. Perth, 
1893. By Authority. [Mineral Eesources, pp. 190-243.] 

GABiBiJj)! Gold Mebtb— The Garibaldi Gold Mine (N.S. Wales). Austr. 
Mining Standard, 1893, IX, No. 218, p. 20. 

Geikie (J.) : — 

The Geographical Development of Coast Lines. Froc. JR. Oeogr. Soe. Austr. 
(Q'land Branch) for 1892-93 [1893], YIII, pp. 13-17 ; Bull. Am. Geogr, 
Soe., 1892, XXIV, No. 3, pp. 414^18 ; Froe. R. Oeogr. Soc, 1892, 
XIV, pp. 639-657. 

Opening Address to Section E, Geography, at the British Association, 1892. 
Nature, 1892, XLVI, pp. 348-865. [Australia, pp. 354-355.] 

Glacial Actioit (Austbalian Alps) — Discorery of Glacial Action in the 
Australian Alps. Froc. B. Geogr. Soc. Austr. {Vict. Branch) for 1892 [1893], 
X, p. 146. 

Glacial Actiok (Tasmaitia) — Glacial Action in Tasmania. Froc. B. Oeogr. 
Soc. Austr. {Vict. Branch) for 1892 [1893], X, p. 148. 

GOEDOir AJTD GOTCH — Vidc AUSTAALIAX HaITDBOOK. 

GoTDEB (G. A.) :— 

Analysis of a Sample of Mount Jagged Black Iron Ore. Ann. Beport 8. 
Austr. School Mines, ^c.,for 1892 [1898], p. 149. 

Analysis of a JSample of Muscotite from the Macdonnell Banged. Ann. 
Beport a. Austr. School Mines, If c, for 1892 [1893], p- 150. 

Analyses of Spring Waters of South Australia [Lake Eyre Basin]. Ann. 
Beport S. Austr. School Mines, ^c.,for 1892 [1893], pp. 161-163. 

Abstract of Beports on Samples assayed, indicating the Metals found or 
Minerals determined. Ann. Beport 8. Austr. School Mines, 8[o.,for 1892 
[1893], pp. 154-169. 

Betum of Assays made during 1892 of Samples received for Assay at the 
Assay Department, School of Mines and Industries [of South Atistralia]. 
Ann. Beport 8. Austr. School Mines, tfc^for 1892. [1893], pp. 170-195. 



74 Eecords of the Geological Survey of New South Walet. [tol. ly. 

Gbeenwat (T. J.) : — 

Treating Sulphide Ores at Broken Hill, N.S.W. Engineering and Mining 

Journal, 1893, LVI, No. 20, p. 499. 
The Sulphide Problem. The Soast Seduction Process at the B. H. Junction 

Company's Works. Austr, Mining Standard, 1893, IX, No. 253, pp. 

523-524. 

Gbboobt (A. C.) :— 

The Brisbane Eiver Floods of 1893. Froc, B. Geogr. Soc. Auatr. {Q'land 
Branch) for 1892-93 [1893], VIII, pp. 34-38 ; Geographical Journal, 
1893, II, p. 370. 

Notes on the Oeographical Conditions of the Catchment Area of the Brisbane 
Biver; the Floods, and their Origin. Froc. B. Geogr, Soc, Austr. 
(Q'land Branch) for 1892-93 [1893], VIII, pp. 54-58, map. 

HaIiL (T. S.) — ^Notes on two recently described Fossils from Gteelong. Geelong 
Nat,, 1893, II, No. 7, pp. 3-5. 

HAifiLTOir (A. &.) — [Photographs of a Fossil Tree in situ in the bank of American 
Creek, Mt. Kembla, Illawarra, &c.] Froc, Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales for 1892 
[1893], Vn (2), Pt. 8, p. 844. 

Habt (T. S.) — Notes on the Eocks of Brighton and Moorabbin, and the surround- 
ing Districts. Vict Nat, 1893, IX, No. 10, pp. 156-159. 

Hawbt (J.) : — 

Croydon (N. Q.)— The Work of 1892 : Pt. I. Austr. Mining Standard, 1893, 
IX, No. 223, p. 95 ; Pt. II. Hid., No. 224, p. 104. 

Croydon, N. Q. Austr. Mining Standard, 1893, IX, No. 241, p. 363 ; 
No. 242, p. 378. 

Hbdley (C.) : — 

On the Eelation of the Fauna and Flora of Australia to those of New Zealand. 
Natural Science, 1893, III, No. 19, pp. 187-191. 

The Bange of Plaeostglus ; A Study in Ancient Geography. Proc. Linn. 
Soc. N. 8. Wales for 1892 [1893], VII (2), Pt. 3, pp. 336-339 ; Ann. 
Mag. Nat. Hist, 1893, XI (6), pp. 435-439. 

HlLLGBOTE : — 

The Hillgrove Mines. No. 1— Austr. Mining Standard, 1893, IX, No. 221, 
p. 60; No. II, Ibid., No. 222, p. 76 j No. Ill, ibid., No. 223, p. 96. 

The Eleanora Gold and Antimony Mine. Austr. Mining Standard, 1893, 
No. 252, p. 507. 

HoTDE (G. J.) — Note on a Badiolarian Bock from Fanny Bay, Port Darwin, 
Australia. Quart. Joum. Geol. Soc, 1893, XLIX, Pt. 2, pp. 221-226, pi. 5. 



PABT 2.] Ethebtdge — DvK : Oeologieal Record^ 1893. 75 

HowcHnr (W.) :— 

Notes on the Government Borings at Tarkannina and Mirrabuckinna, with 
Special H«ference to the Poraminifera observed therein. Trafis. B. Soe. 
S. Austr. for 1892-93 [1893], XVII, Pt. 2, pp. 846-349. 

[Lower Jaw of Fossil "Wombat from the bed of Ljndoch Creek, S. Australia.] 
Trant. B. Soe, S. Amir, for 1892-93 [1893], XVII, Pt. 2, p. 860. 

[On Igneous and Metamorphic Bocks, and Diorite from G-ranite Island, Port 
Victor, and the Bluff, Encounter Baj. TranB, B. Soe. 8. Austr, for 
1892-93 [1893], XVH. Pt. 2, p. 868. 

[^Ryahtielia from the Silurian Bocks of the Macdonnell Banges.] Trans. B, 
Soe. S. Austr. for 1892-93 [1893], XVII, p. 365. 

Ho WITT (A. W.) — Notes on samples of Bock collected in the 180 Mine at Bendigo. 
Dept. IGnes Vict, Special Beports, 1893, pp. 8, plate. (Folio, Mel- 
bourne, 1893. By Authority.) 

HuTTOir (F. W.) :— 

On the Origin of the Struthious Birds of Australasia. JProe. Austr. Assoc, 
Adv. Sci.for 1892 [1893], IV, pp. 365-869. 

On Dinomis (?) Queenslatidia. Froc. Linn. Soe. N, S. Wales for 1898, VIII, 
(2),Pt.l,pp.7-10. 

I'Aksok (J. C.) — Columbian Exposition, Department E. — ^Mines and Mining. 
New South Wales. Colliery Guardian, 1893, LXVI, No. 1707, p. 468. 

Ingalls (W. A.) — The "Worid's Production of Gold. Engineering and Mining 
Journal, 1893, LVI, No. 25, pp. 591-592. 

Ibwin Bit ee (W. A.) — Views on the Irwin Biver, W.A. Austr. Mining Standard, 
1893, IX, No. 246, p. 436. 

Jack (B. L.) :— 

The Normanby Gold-field. Second Beport on, by the Govemment Geologist. 

Queensland Farl. Facers, 1893. C.A. 2, pp. 7, map. (Polio, Brisbane, 

1893. By Authority.) 
Bussell Biver Gold-field. Beport on, by the Government Geologist. Queens^ 

land Farl Fapers, 1893, C.A. 6, pp. 5, map. (Polio, Brisbane, 1893. 

By Authority.) 
Grass Tree Gold-field, near Mackay. Beport on, by the Government 

Gkologist. Queensland Farl. Fapers, 1893, G.A. 51, pp. 9, map. (Folio, 

Brisbane, 1893. By Authority.) 

Beport on Mount Morgan Gold Deposits (Beprinted for the Mount Morgan 
Gold Mining Company, Limited, from an Official Beport, '' ordered by the 
Legislative Assembly to be printed,*' 21st November, 1884.), pp. 5, sec- 
tions, plan, and map. (Polio, Brisbane, 1893.) 



7fl Eeeords of the Oeological Survey of New South Wales. [tol. iv. 

Jaqitbt (J. B.) :— 

Frogresa Seport by Mr. J. B. Jaquet, Geological Survejor. Ann, Bept.Dept, 

Mines and Agric, N, 8. Wales for 1898, pp. 118-119. 
Beport upon the Deposifc of Galena at Belconon, near Queanbeyan. Ann. 

JRept. Dept Mines and Agric. JV. 8. Wales for 1893, p. 119. 
Beport on Gold Find at Blayney. Ann. Bept. Dept. Mines and Agric. N. 8. 

Wales for 1893, pp. 119-125, with sections. 
Beport upon a Geological Examination of the Back Creek Gold and Silver 

Field. Ann. Bept. Dept. Mines and Agric. N. 8. Wales for 1893, p. 125. 
Beport upon a Deposit of Auriferous Drift at Queanbeyan. Ann Bept. Dept. 

Mines and Agric. N. 8. Wales for 1893, p. 120. 
The White Cliff Opal-field. Austr. Mining Standard, 1893, IX, No. 219, 

p. 32. 
Platinum Deposits at Broken Hill. Austr. Mining Standard, 1893, IK, No. 

220, p. 50. 

JoHHsoir (J. C. P.)— Does Gold Grow ? Austr. Mining Standard, 1893, IX, No. 
221, p. 61. 

JoHKSTOir (E. M.) — Handbook of Tasmania for the Year 1893, pp. 145, map, 
tables, &c. 8vo. Hobart, 1893. By Authority. [Minerals, pp. 9-12.] 

Katseb (H. "W.P.) — ^Mount Bischoff (Tasmania). Broc. Austr. Assoc. Adv. Sci. 
for 1892 [1893], IV, pp. 342-358, plan. 

Eebb's Cbbee GoLD-riELD. — Beport on the Caleula Mine. Austr, Mining Stan- 
dard, 1893, IX, No. 218, p. 17. 

KiBKLAKD (J. B.) — Occurrence of Gallium and Indium in a Blende from Peel- 
wood, New South Wales. Proc. Austr. Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1892 [1893], 
IV, pp. 266-267. 

Leigh (W. S.) :— 

Progress Beport by Mr. "W. S. Leigh, Superintendent of Caves. Ann. Bept, 
Dept. Mines and Agric. N. 8. Wales for 1893, pp. 133-134, 

Beport on New Cave, Jenolan Caves. Ann. Bept. Dept. Mines and Agric. 
N. 8. Wales for 1893, pp. 140-142, with plan. 

Beport on recently discovered Branches of the New Cave at Jenolan. Ann. 
Bept. Dept. Mines and Agric. N. 8. Wales for 1893, p. 142. 

Nptes on the Bosebrook Caves, near Cooma. Becords Oeol. Survey iV. & 
WaUs, 1893, III, Pt. 3, pp. 77-79, pi. 14. 

Leigh (W. S.) and Ethebidqb (B., Junr.)~£eport on the Caves in Cooleman 
Creek, Cooleman Plains, at the head-waters of the Goodradigbee Eiver ; 
with Notes on the Surrounding District. Ann. Bept. Dept, Mines and 
Agric. N. S. Wales for 1893, pp. 134-140. 



PAST 2.] ISftKarDQE^Dw: Oeolo^icalBeeordflBdd, 77 

Leigh's Creek. — ^Tbrough the Leigh's Creek Country. AuHr. Mining Standard^ 
1898, TX, No. 265, pp. 699-700. 

Lockwood-Chapple. — ^Tho Lockwood- Chappie Process. Atistr. Mining Standard, 
1803, IX, No. 224, p. 108. 

Lodes. — ^The Persistence of Ores in Lodes in Depth. Austr, Mining Standard. 
1893, IX, No. 228, p. 161. 

Lovis (H.)— On the Mode of Occurrence of Gold. Min. Mag, 1893, X, No. 47, 
pp. 241-247. 

LiT£B8D)GB (A.) — On the Presence of Magnetite in certain Minerals and Eocks. 
I'roc. Au9ir. Aisoc. Adv. Sci.for 1892 [1893], lY, pp. 206-302. 

MAiTLAin) (A. G.)— [The " Melanesian Plateau " of Mr. C. Hedley]. I'roc. B. 
Geogr. Soc. Aiufr. (Q' land Branch) for 1892-93 [1893], VlII, pp. 22-25. 

MsEziBOir (E. £.) — Besults of Tests made with different lengths of Stack Chain 
on the top of a Cage. Ann. Bept. Dept. Mine*. Vict, for 1893 [1894], p. 40. 

Mbudell (G. D.) — ^A Eide to Mt. Lyell. No. 1. Austr. Mining Standard, 1893, 
IX, No. 238, p. 302 ; No. 2. Ibid, No. 239, p. 317. 

McCoy (F.) Kt. — ^Beport on PalsDontology of the Geological Survey for the Tear 
1893. Ann. Bept. Dept Mines Vict, for 1893 [189i], pp. 18-19. 

" Miirs Ow5ee." — The Persistence of Ores in Depth. Austr. Mining Standard, 

1893, IX, No. 231, p. 203. 
Mikes Depaetkekt, Bjub^ake. Annual Eeport of the Under Secretary for 
Mines to the Honourable Eobert Philp, M.L.A., Secretary for Mines, including 
the Eeports of the Gold-fields Wardens, Mineral Lands Commissioners, 
Inspector of Mines, and Government Analyst, during the year 1893. 
Queensland Barl. Bapers, 1894, C.A. 22, pp. 148 and map. (Folio, Brisbane, 
1893. By Authority.) Containing, inter alia : — 

I. Sellheih, P.p., Under Secretary for Mines. Eeport of the Depart- 
ment of Mines, Queensland, for the Year 1898, pp. 5-31, with 
Appendices : — 

Total product for the year of auriferous quartz and alluYial mining; 
approximate estimate of the production of gold in Australia, New 
Zealand, and Tasmania during the year 1893; estimated yield of gold 
from alluvial and quartz mines since the year 1877 ; comparative 
statement of miners employed in gold-mining ; average yield per ton 
of auriferous quartz; gold-fielda revenue; number of min^n employed 
in gold-mining ; number of miners' rights issued ; number and area 
of gold-mining leases and applications ; number and arerage area of 
gold-field leases, and applications under Gold-fields Homestead Acts ; 
prices for crushing quartz and cement ; quantity and value of gold 
sent by escort ; estimated yield of gold ; quantity of gold exported ; 
yield of gold from quartz crushed ; total yield of reef gold ; total 
results from quartz-mining; machinery on gold-fields ; minerals other 
than gold. 



78 Beeord9 of the Oeologieal Survey of New South Wales, [tol. iv. 

Mines Defabtmeht, Bbisbake — continued. 

II. Shaekspeabb, J., Inspector of Mines, Northern Division. Notes on 

Steel-wire Eopes employed in Mines for Winding, ^., pp. 32-42, 

plans. 
ni. Waedens. Eeports of Gold Wardens for 1893, pp. 43-01. 
lY. MiNssAL GoMMissiOKEBS. Boports of Mineral Commissioners for 

1893, pp. 92-101. 
y. Fbtab, W. Annual Beport of the Inspector of Mines in the 

Southern District for the Year 1893, pp. 102-126, map. 
YI. Bekitett, J. Annual Beport of the Inspector of Mines in the 

Central District for the Tear 1893, pp. 126-130. 
YII. Shakssfeabe, J. Annual Beport of the Northern Inspector of 

Mines for the Year 1893, pp. 131-143. 
Yni. Gabvet, D. Annual Beport of the Inspector of Mines for the 

Etheridge and Croydon Gold-fields for the Year 1893, pp. 144-147. 

MmES Dspabtment, Hobabt. Beport of the Secretary of Mines for 1892-3, 
including the Beports of the Inspectors of Mines, the Geological Surveyor, 
the Mount Cameron Water-race Board, Ac. Tasmanian Pari, Papers^ 1893, 
No. 50, pp. 31, appendices, maps, sections, <fcc. (Folio, Hobart, L893. By 
Authority.) Containing, inter alia : — 

I. Belstead, p. Beport of the Secretary of Mines, pp. 5-9. 

II. Appendix, pp. 10-13. [Gold won during Years 1880-93 ; (Jold 

obtained from quartz during Years 1880-93 ; Quantity and Yalue of 
Coal raised during Years 1880-93 ; Tin exported from Tasmania during 
Years 1880-93 ; Number of Miners, 1880-93 ; Number and area of 
Leases held under the '* Mineral Lands Act " and " The Gold-fields 
Begulation Act " since 1888 ; Number and area of Leases in force, 
Ac, 1892-93; Net Beyenue from Mines; Dividend Tax paid by 
Gold-mining Companies ; Dividend Tax paid by Tin-mining Com- 
panies ; Dividend Tax paid by Silver-Lead-mining Companies.] 

III. Mine Maitagebs' Examikatiok, pp. 14-18. 

lY. CoMMissiONEBs' Bepobts, pp. 19-22. 

Y. MoNTGOMEBT, A. Beport of the Chief Inspector of Mines, pp. 23-24. 

YI. Habbison, J. Beport of the Inspector of Mines for Zeehan, pp. 24-25. 

YII. MoKTGOMEBT, A. Annual Beport of the Geological Surveyor, pp. 

26-26. 
YIII. DiAMOio) Dbills. statement of Work done, pp. 27-29. 

IX. Moxmr Cambbon Wateb-bace Boabd. Beport for the Year ending 
June 30th, 1893, pp. 30-3L 



PAST 2.] EtHSBiDas— Dun : Oeological Beeardy 1898. 79 

MiKBB DsFAETMEKT, HoBAET — continued, 
ApPSNDn : — 

[No. 1.] MoNTGOMSBT, A. Eeport on the Discovery of Tin Ore on the 

Brookstead Estate, pp. 5. 
[No. 2.] HoiTTaoMSBT, A. Beport on the Godkin Silver-mine, Whyte 

Siver, pp. 10, map. 
[No. 3.] MoiTTOOMEBT, A. Beport on Thureau's Deep Lead, near 

George's Bay, pp. 7, map. 
[No. 4.] MoiTTOOKSBT, A. Beport on the Tin Mines at the Blue Tier, 

County of Dorset, pp. 18, map. 
[No. 5.] MoNTOOMiBY, A. Beport on the Mount Lyell Mine, County 

of Montague, pp. 7. 
[No. 6.] MoKTGOMSBT, A. Boport on the Sandfly Coal-mine, pp. 7, 

plan. 
[No. 7.] MoNTGOMBBT, A. Boport on the Progress of the Mineral 

Pields of the County of Montague, pp. 37. 
[No. 8.] MoKTGOMBBT, A. Boport on the Country between Mole 

Creek and the Mount Dundas Silver Field, and on the Discovery of 

Coal at Barn Bluff, pp. 9. 
[No. 9.] MoKTGOMEBY, A. Boport on the Silver-bearing Lodes of the 

Scamander Biver District, pp. 8. 
[No. 10.] MoNTGOHEBT, A. Beport on the Pandora Copper Mine, 

pp. 2. 

MrNEs Depabthent, Melboubhe. — ^Annual Beport of the Secretary for Mines to 
the Honorable J. H. M'CoU, M.P., Minister for Mines for Yicturia, including 
Beports on the Working of Part III of Mines Act, 1890, Diamond Drills, 
&c., &c., Ac., during the year 1893. Victorian Farl Papers, 1894, No. 8284, 
pp. 59, maps, plans, Ac. (Folio, Melbourne, 1894. By Authority.) Con- 
taining, inter alia : — 

I. HowiTT, A. v., Secretary for Mines. Beport, pp. 7-14. 

II. MuBBAT, B. A. P., Government Geologist. Annual Beport for the 

Year 1893, p. 15. 
m. Nbivbebt, J. C, Analyst. Laboratory Beport, pp. lG-18. 
IV. McCoT, P. Beport on PalaDontology of the Geological Survey for 

the Tear 1893, pp. 18-19. 
y. PvLTOK, B. ; Natlob, 3, ; Coats, J. ; Babnes, B. Beport of the 

Board of Examiners for Engine-drivers for the Year 1893, p. 19, 
YI. BosALES, H. Instructions for Collecting Samples for Testing, p. 20. 
VII. MiKiKG Inspeotob's Genebaii Bkpobts for the Tear 1893, pp. 

21-26. 



80. Eecord9 ^ihe Geological Survey of New Soutl Wales. [tol. iv- 

MiNES Depabthent, MELBorBNE — continued. 

VIII. MnrnTG Machiitkbt, pp. 26-40, plans and sections. [Alves 
Concentrator and Separator; Alves Amalgamator; Triumph Ore 
Concentrator; Otis Amalgamator, Concentrator, and Separator; 
Johnston Concentrator ; Standard Amalgamating Pan ; Bilharz Con- 
centrating Machinery ; Chlorination Mill ; Austin's Patent Amal- 
gamator ; Concentrating Works ; Eobinson Eiffle ; Humphries* Con- 
centrator; Niagara Pulveriser; Orinrod and Carter Pulveriser; 
Davey's Bam Battery ; American Bull Pulveriser ; American Eock- 
breaker; Miller's Grinding and Mixing Mill; National Machinery 
Co.'s Crusher; Hick's Buddie^ loss in; Gallacher and Lang's Coal 
Washer; M'CuUoch's Air Compressor; Thunderbolt and Jageur's 
"Governor"; Electric Eock Drills; Dean Bros.' Pump; Walker's 
Detaching Hook ; Hodgkinson's Clip ; Clip for Incline Eopes.] 

IX. Mebkisoh', E. £., Inspector of Mines. Besults of Tests made with 
different lengths of Stack Chain on the top of a Cage, p. 40. 

X. BoBiKO. Synopsis of Boring Operations in search of Auriferous 

Leads and Eeefs, and of Coal Seams, for the year 1898, p. 41. 

XI. Stibling, J., Assistant Geological Surveyor. Seport on Diamond 
Drill Boring for 1893, pp. 41-51, plans. 

XII. Statistics. Statements Nos. 1-17, pp. 52-59. [Yield of gold 
from Alluviums and Quartz Eeefs in 1893 ; Total Yield of Oold ; 
Quantity of Gold received at Mint in 1893 ; Quantity of Gold Ex- 
ported in 1893 ; Average Yield of Gold per ton of Quartz crushed 
in Victoria in each Year of Decade ; Average Yield of Gold from 
Quartz and Alluviums ; Dividends for Year 1893 ; Number of 
Alluvial and Quartz Miners ; Salaries and Wages in Mining Districts 
in 1893 ; Quantity of Metals and Minerals other than Gold raised 
in 1893 ; Value of Metals other than Gold, Minerals, and Ores ex- 
ported from Melbourne in 1893 ; Persons injured in Mining, 1874- 
1893 ; Causes of Fatal Accidents ; Non-fatal Accidents, 1874-1893 ; 
Persons injured in Coal Mining ; Non-fatal Accidents in Coal 
Mining ; Amounts paid to Injured in 1893.] 

Mikes and AoBicrLTUBE Depabtmevt, Stsset — Annual Eeport of the Depart- 
ment of Mines and Agriculture, New South Wales, for the Year 1893. 
JV; S. Walei Pari. Papers^ 1894, No. 120, pp. 143, maps, plans, &c. (Folio, 
Sydney, 1894. By Authority.) Containing, inter alia : — 

I. Wood, H., Under Secretary for Mines and Agriculture. Annual 
Eeport, pp. 1-58. 



PABT 2.] BrmswDai— Dun : Oeologieal Beeordj 1898. 81 

Motes ajsi> Agbicultubb Depabtmbvt, Stbvbt — continued. 

U. Slsb, W. H. J., Chief Inspector of Mines. Annual Seport for the 
Tear 1893, pp. 69-61. 

1. Slee, W. H. J. Eeport on the Sherwood Mine, p. 61. 

2. Slbe, W. H. 3, Further Seport on the Burra-Burra G-old and 

Tin rushes, pp. 61-62. 
8. 8lke, W. H. J. Copy of a Beport on a Mine on the Bletchington 
Estate, Orange, p. 62. 

4. Slsb, W. H. J. Beport on the new rush at Yalgogrin, situated 

55 miles west from Barmedman, pp. 62-^. 

5. Sleb, W. H. J. Beport on the Burra Burra Qold and Tin Field, 

pp. 63-64. 

6. SiiEE, W. H. J. Beport on Gold-mining in the Farkes District, 

p. 64. 

7. Slee, W. H. J. Beport on the Mines situated in the Mount 

Hope and Mount Allen Districts, pp. 64-65. 

8. Slee, W. H. J. Beport on the new Gold and Tin discoveries at 

Burra-Burra, p. 65. 

9. Slee, W. H. J. Beport on the Bee Mountains, Billigoe, and 

Gobar Districts, pp. 65-66. 

III. Slee, "W. H. J., Superintendent of Diamond-drills. Beport on the 
working of the Diamond-drills for the Tear 1893, pp. 68-81, 
sections. Containing, inter alia : — 

1. Dxvu), T. W. E. Eeport on Cremome Bore, No. 2, p. 69. 
a. Sleb, W. H. J. Eeport on Cremome Bore, No. 2, pp. 69-70. 

3. MiKGAYE, J. C. H. Eeport on Analysis of Coal from the 

Cremome Bore, pp. 70-71. 
3. David, T. W. E. Eeport on taking the Temperature in No. 2 
Borehole, Cremome Point, pp. 71-72. 

lY. Mackenzie, J., Examiner of Coal-fields. Beport of the Examiner 
of Coal-fields for the Colony of New South Wales for the Tear 
1893, pp. 81-90. 

V. EowAN, J. The Half-yearly Eeport of the Inspector of Collieries 

in the Southern and Western Districts of the Colony of New South 
Wales, and Accidents therein for the half-year ending 80th June, 
1893, pp. 90-92. 

VI. Bow AX, J. The Half-yearly Eeport of the Inspector of Collieries 
in the Southern and Western Districts of the Colony of New 
South Wales, and Accidents therein, for the half-year ending 81st 
December, 1893, pp. 92-94. 



82 Beeords of the Oeological Survey of New South Wales. [vol. iv. 

MiNBS Ain) AoBictLTUBB Depabtmeut, Stditet— -co«^mw«J. 

VII. Dixon, J., Bates, T. L., Humble, "W. The Half-yearly Eeporfc on 
the Collieries in the Northern District of New South Wales, and 
Accidents investigated by the Inspectors of Collieries during the six 
months ending 80th June, 1893, pp. 94-97. 

VIII. Dixon, J., Bates, T. L., Humble, W. The Half-yearly Report 
on the Collieries in the Northern District of New South Wales, and 
Accidents investigated by the Inspectors of Collieries during the six 
months ending 81st December, 1893, pp. 98-101. 

IX. PiTTMAN, E. P. GTeological Survey of New South Wales. Progress 
Eeport for 1893 by the Q-ovemment Geologist, pp. 102-106, with 
sections. 

1. PiTTMAN, E. P. [Eeport on the Country in the Neighbourhood of 

Bowling Alley Point], p. 107. 

lA. PiTTMAN, E. P. Eeport on G-alena Lode, known as Meyer's Eeef , 
p. 107. 

IB. PiTTMAN, E. p. [Eeport on Site of Settlement at Pitt Town 
Common], p. 107. 

IC. PiTTMAN, E. P. [Eeport on Supposed Deposit of Gold on the 
Port Bourke Eun], p. 108. 

ID. PiTTMAK, E. P. [Eeport on a Geological Inspection of the 
Country between Byrock and Brewarrina], pp. 108-111, map. 

IE. PiTTMAir, E. P. [Eeport on Auriferous Eeefs on A. C. P., 
Portion 80, Ph. Pennel, Co. Bourke], pp. 111-112. 

2. Cabkb, J. E. Progress Eeport by Mr. J. E. Carne, Geological 

Surveyor, pp. 112-116. 

3. Stokikb, G. a. Progress Eeport by Mr. G. A. Stonier, Geo- 

logical Surveyor, pp. 116-118. 

4. Jaqust, J. B. Progress Eeport by Mr. J. B. Jaquet, Geological 

Surveyor, pp. 118-119. 

4A. Jaquet, J. B. Eeport upon the Deposit of Galena at Belconon, 
near Queanbeyan, p. 119. 

4iB. Jaqukt, J. B. Eeporfc on Gold-find at Blayney, pp. 119-125, 

sections. 
4C. Jaqubt, J. B. Eeport upou a Geological Examination of the 

Back Creek Gold and Silver Pield, p. 125. 

4D. Jaqitet, J. B. Eeport upon a Deposit of Auriferous Drift 
near QueanbeyaD, p. 126. 



PAJiT 2.] Ethkbidg»— Dun : Oeological Becord, 1893. 88 

Mutes and AowcrLTUBB Depabtmbnt, Bthv^i— continued, 

6. Cabd, G. W. Progress Eeport of the Curator and Mineralogist, 
pp. 126-128. 

6. Eth£bii)ge, B., Junb. Annual Beport of the Falaeontologist 

for the Tear 1893, pp. 128-131. 

7. Ethebidge, B., Junb. Annual Beport of the Librarian for the 

Tear 1893, p. 131. 

8. MiNOATE, J. C. H. Progress Beport by Mr. J. C. H. Mingaye, 

Analyst and Assayer, p. 132. 

9. Leigh, W. S. Progress Beport by Mr. W. 8. Leigh, Superin- 

tendent of Caves, pp. 133-134i. 

9A. Leigh, W. S., and Ethbbidge, B., Jukb. Beport on the 
Caves in Cooleman Creek, Cooleman Plains, at the head-waters 
of the Goodradigbee Biver; with Notes on the Surrounding 
District, pp. 134-140. 

9B. Leigh, W. S. Beport on New Cave, Jenolan Caves, pp. 
140-142, plan. 

9G. Leigh, AV. S. Beport gn Becently-discovered Branches of the 
New Cave at Jenolan, p. 142. 

Geological Map of New South Wales. Scale 16 miles to 1 inch. Compiled 
from the Original Map of the Bev. W. B. Clarke, M.A., F.B.S., from the 
Maps of C. S. Wilkinson, F.G.S., late Geological Surveyor in Charge, 
and from the work of the following Officers of the Geological Survey 
Branch of the Department of Mines : — E. F. Pittman, A.B.S.M., L.H.G. 
Toung, A.B.S.M., H. T. L. Brown, F.G.S.,T. W. E. David, B.A., F.G.S., 
W. Anderson, B. Etheridge, Junr., G. A. Stonier, F.G.S., J. E. Came, 
F.G.S., and J. B. Jaquet, A.B.S.M., F.G.S. 

Extracts from the Annual Beport of the Under Secretary for Mines, &c., for 
the Tear 1892. N. S. Wales Commissioners World's Columbian Ex- 
position, Chicago, 1893, 11a 78-93 A. pp. 85. (8vo., Sydney, 1893. 
By Authority.) 

Mdtgate (J. C. H.) :— 

Progress Beport by Mr. J. C. Ef. Mingaye, Analyst and Assayer. Ann* 
Bept. Dept. Mine* and Agrie. N. S. Wales for 1893, p. 132. 

Beport on Analysis of Coal from the Cremome Bore. Ann, Bept Dept. 
Mines and Agrie. If. S. Wales for 1893, pp. 70-71. 

Analyses and Notes on some of the Mineral Waters of New South Wales. 
Proc. Austr. Assoc. Adv. Sci.for 1892 [1893], IV, pp. 27G-279. 



84 Beeordt qfihe Geological Survey qflSfew South Wales, [tol. it. 

Mitchell (J.) : — 

Notes on the Occurrence of certain Fossils in previously unrecorded Locali- 
ties in New South Wales, with Bemarks on the Correlation of certain 
beds in the Newcastle and Illawarra Districts. Froc. Linn. 8oe. N. 8. 
Wales /br 1892 [1893], VII (2), Pt. 3, pp. 845-347. 

Note on the Fructification of Glossopteris. Proc, Linn. 8oe. N. 8. Wales for 
1892 [1893], VII (2), Pt. 8, p. 377. 

Note on the Discoyerj of a Bone Deposit, and on some of the Fossils found 
therein. Proc. Linn. Soe, If. 8. Wales for 1898, VIII (2), Pt. 1, pp. 
127-128. 

MoLEBWOBTH (F. H.)— The Treatment of Sulphides. Atistr. Mining Standard, 
1893, IX, No. 246, p. 434. 

MOFTGOICEBT (A.) : — 

Notes on a Carbonaceous Deposit in Silurian Strata at Beaconsfield, Tasmania. 

Proc. Austr. Assoc. Adv. Soi.for 1892 [1893], IV, pp. 321-327. 
Beport of the Chief Inspector of Mines. Ann. Sept. Dept. Mines Tas. for 

1892-93, pp. 23-24. 
Annual Seport of the Geological Survejor. Ann. Bept. Dept. Mines Tas. for 

1892-93, pp. 25-26. 
Beport on the Discoyerj of Tin Ore on the Brookstead E&tate. Ann. Bept. 

Dept. Mines Tas. for 1892-93, [App. No. 1], pp. 6. 
Beport on the Godkin Silyer Mine, Whyte BIyer. Ann, Bept. Dept. Mines 

Tas, for 1892-93, [App. No. 2], pp. 10, map. 
Beport on Thureau*s Deep Lead* near George's Bay. Ann. Bept. Dept. Mines 

Tas. for 1892-93, [App. No. 3], pp. 7, map. 
Beport on the Tin Mines at the Blue Tier, County of Dorset. Ann. Bept. 

Dept Mines Tas. for 1892-93, [App. No. 4], pp. 18, map. 
Beport on the Mount Lyell Mine, County of Montague. Ann. Bept. Dept. 

Mines Tas, for 1892-93, [App. No. 5], pp. 7. 
Beport on the Sandfly Coal Mine. Ann. Bept. Dept, Mines Tas. for 1892-93, 

[App. No. 6], pp. 7, plan. 
Beport on the Progress of the Mineral Fields of the County of Montague. 

Ann. Bept. Dept, Mines, Tas, for 1892-98 [App. No. 7], pp. 37. 
Beport on the Country between Mole Creek and the Mount Dundas Silrer- 

field, and on the Discovery of Coal at Bam Bluff. Ann. Bept. Dept. 

Mines Tas. for 1892-93 [App. No. 8], pp. 9. 
Bepott on the Silyer-bearing Lodes of the Scamander Biyer District. Ann. 

Bept. Dept. Mines Tas. for 1892-93 [App. No. 9], pp. 8. 
Beport on the Pandora Copper Mine. Ann. Bept, Dept. Mines Tas, for 1892- 

93 [App. No. 10], pp. 2. 



pi.ra 2.] ISnnaaXDQiii^Bjns : OeoJoffieal Beoordf ISOS. 85 

MoOBX (W. U.) — ^Magnetic Shoal near CoBsack, Western Australia. Proe» Auiir. 
Ajuoc. Adv. 8ci.for 1892 [1803], lY, pp. 416-418. 

MoBOAK (E* ^O — ^How I Discorered Mount Morgan. Austr, Mining Standard^ 
1893, IX, No. 234, p. 248. 

MouiTT Ltkll: — 

The Mount Ljell Mining Co. (Tas.) Auitr. Mining Standard^ 1893, IX, No. 
219, p. 86. 

Map of Mount Ljell (Tas.) Amir, Mining Standard, 1893, IX, Ko. 266, p. 

711. 
Mining and Eailwaj Company. Auttr. Mining Standard, 1893, IX, No. 266, 

pp. 713-714. 

Mouirr Stswast— The Mount Stewart Lead and Silrer Mine. Auitr. Mining 
Standard, 1893, IX, No. 217, p. 6. 

Mum (J. M.) — Gold Amalgamation at Yilgam ( W. A.) Auttr. Mining Standard, 
1893, IX, No. 228, p. 228. 

MvusAY (B. A. E.) — Annual Eeport of the Oovemment Geologist for the Year 
1893. Ann. Sept. Dept. Mines Vict, for 1893 [1894], p. 15. 

Newbkbt (J. C.) — Laboratory Seport. Ann. Bept. Dept. Minee Viet, for 1893 
[1894], pp. 16-18. 

"New Guiitea — Sir William Macgregor and the Islands South-east of New Guinea. 
Geographical Journal, 1893, 1, p. 274. 

New Kohifoob Mnrx — ^The New Kohinoor Gold and Silver Mine (N.S.W.) 
Austr. Mining Standard, 1893, IX, No. 220, pp. 46-47. 

New South Wales — Mining at the Columbian Exposition. The New South 
Wales Mineral Exhibit. Engineering and Mining Journal, 1893, LY, 
No. 21, pp. 487-488. 

New South Wales CoAiriiELns — Coal-fields in New South Wales. Joum. 
Iron and Steel Inst., 1893, XLIII, No. 1, pp. 227-228. 

New South Wales Mihsbal Pboducts — The Mineral Products of New South 
Wales. Colliery Guardian, 1893, LXY, No. ,1890, p. 907* 

Newtok (A.) — Palaeontological Discovery in Australia. Nature, 1893, XLYIII, 
p. 606. 

Newtoit (E. B.) — On the Occurrence of Chonetes Pratti, Davidson, in the 
Carboniferous Bocks of Western Australia. Seport Brit. Assoc, far 1892 
[1893], p. 725. 

NowA. NowA. (Yict.)— Nowa Nowa (Yic.) AuMtr. Mining Standard, 1893, IS, 
No. 247, p. 463. 



86 Eecords of the Geological Survey of New South Walei. [vol. it. 

Offices (G.) : — 

Excursion to Keilor [of the Victorian Field NaturaliatB* dub]. Vict Nat., 
1893, X, No. 2, p. 21. 

The Glacier Theory of the Alpine Lakes. Ifature, 1893, XLVIII, p. 198. 

Offices (G.) and Balfoub (L.) — "New (Conclusion. [Notes on Bacchus Marsh 
Boulder Bed]. Ifature, 1893, XLVIII, p. 342. 

Oldham (E. D.) .— 

A Manual of the Geology of India, &c. 2nd Edition. 8yo. Calcutta^ 1893. 
By Authority. 

[Australian Carboniferous Fossils in India, pp. 121, 132, 135 ; Coal 
Measures, pp. 198-209 ; Crioceraa auatrale in India, p. 286.] 

The Bacchus Marsh Boulder Beds. Mture, 1893, XLVIII, p. 416. 

Pambula— The Pambula Gold-field (N.S.W.) Austr. Mining Standard, 1893, 
IX, No. 260, p. 629. 

Petees (E. D.) :— 

Some Notes from Tasmania. Engineering and Mining Journal, 1893, LVI, 
No. 3, pp. 66-57. 

The Great Gold Strike in Western Australia. Engineering and Mining 
Journal, 1893, LVI, No. 9, p. 210 ; Austr. Mining Standard, 1893, IX, 
No. 257, pp. 683-584. 

The Coolgardie Gold-field in Western Australia. Engineering and Mining 
Journal, 1893, LVI, No. 18, p. 443. 

Beport on the Property of the Mount Lyell Mining and Bailway Company, 
Limited. 4to. Melbourne, 1893. 

The Mount Lyell Copper Mine. Austr. Mining Standard, 1893, IX, No. 225, 
p. 117. 

Notes on Mount Lyell (Tas.) Austr. Mining Standard, 1893, IX, No. 255, 
pp. 564-556. 

PETTI0BET7 (B.)— The Great Mercury Gold-mine. Austr, Mining St^mdard, 1893, 
IX, No. 231, pp. 203-204. 

Pine Csese (N. T.)— Pine Creek Gold-field. Austr, Mining Standard, 1893, 
IX, No. 218, p. 18. 

PiKNACLEB Mike. — Lixiyiation of Low Grade Silver Ores. Work at the Pinnacles 
Amalgamated Mme. Austr. Mining Standard, 1893, IX, No. 257, p. 581. 



PABT 2.] Ethebuqe— Dun : Geological Eeeord, 1893. 87 

PlTTMAir (E. F.) :— 

Geological Survey of New South Wales. Progress Eeport for 1893. Ann. 
Bept. Dept, Mines and Agric. N. 8. Wales for 1893, pp. 102-100, with 
diagram. 

[Beport on Site of Settlement at Pitt Town Common.] Ann. Bept. Dept. 

Mines and Agrie. N. S. Wales for 1893, p. 107. 
[Seport on the Country in the Neighbourhood of Bowling Alley Point.] 

Ann. Bept. Dept. Mines and Agrie. N. S. Wales for 1893, p. 107. 

Eeport on Galena Lode, known as Meyer's Beef. Ann. Bept. Dept. Mines 

and Agric. If. S. Wales for 1893, p. 107. 
[Beport on Supposed Deposit of Gold on the Fort Bourke Bun.] Ann. Bept, 

Dept. Mines and Agric. If. 8. Wales for 1893, p. 108. 
[Beport on a Geological Inspection of the Country between Byrock and 

Brewarrina.] Ann. Bept. Dept. Mines and Agric. If. 8. Wales for 1893, 

pp. 108-111, with map. 
[Beport on Auriferous Beefs on A.C.P. Portion 80, Parish Fennel, County 

Bourke.] Ann. Bept. Dept. Mines and Agric. If. 8. Wales for 1898, 

pp. 111-112. 
Geological Occurrence of the Broken Hill Ore Deposits. Engineering and 

Mining Journal, 1893, LV, No. 9, p. 199. 
N. S. Wales Coke. Austr. Mining 8fandard, 1893, IX, No. 217, pp. 8-9 ; 

Oollierg Guardian, 1893, LXV, No. 1686, p. 733. 

PiTTMAir (E. F.) and David (T. W. E.) — ^Note on the Occurrence of Lepidoden- 
dron in Upper Devonian Bocks at Mount Lambie, near Bydal, New South 
Wales. Proc. Linn. 8oc. N. S. Wales for 1893, VIII (2), Pt. 1, pp. 121-125. 

PiTTMAK (E. F.)— F»(ftf Datid (T. W. E.). 

PoTTEB (T. M.)— The Bendigo Saddle Beefs. Austr. Mining 8tandard, 1893, IX, 

No. 251, p. 494. 
Pow£B (F. D.) — ^Notes on the late Landslip in the Dandenong Banges, Victoria. 
Froc. Austr. Assoc. Adv. Sci.for 1892 [1893], IV, pp. 337-340. 
The Pambula Gold Deposits. Quart. Journ. Geol. 8oe., 1893, XLIX, Pt. 2, 

pp. 238-235. 
A Criticism [on the Origin of the Bendigo Saddle Beefs]. Austr. Mining 
Standard, 1893, IX, No. 243, pp. 392-393. 
QiTESKSLAKB— Geological Survey. Annual Progress Beport of the Geological 
Survey for the year 1892. Queensland Pari. Papers, 1893, C.A. 60, pp. 14, 
(Folio, Brisbane, 1893. By Authority.) Containing : — 

I. Jack, B. L. Beport of the Government Geologist [Coal Area near 
Cooktown; Charters Towers], pp. 1-4. 



68 JSecords of the Oeologieal Survey of New South Wales. [yol. it. 

QxTEENSLAJ^D — Geological Survey — continued, 

II. BAjn)8, W. H. Seport of the AsBistant QoTemment G-eologist 
[Ghympie Diamond Drill Bore No. 2 ; • Darkey Flat ; Traveston, 
Glastonbury, and Cooran; Hyalite in basalt near Cooran; Charteis 
Towers Gold-field; Cooktown District], pp. 4-10. 

III. Maitlakd, a. G. Beport of the Assistant Geologist [ChartcrB 
Towers Gold-field; Silyer Mines at Stockyard Creek], pp. 10-12. 

IV. Thompsoit, W. Eeport of the Mineralogical Lecturer, pp. 13-14. 

QnEENSLA.5D — Iron Industry. The Iron Industry of the British Colonies. Its 
Position and Prospects. [No. IX.] Queensland. Colliery Guardian, 1893, 
LXV, No. 1672, p. 77. 

Bamgitd (G.) — G^ologie. Asie et Oceanie. Annuaire OMoyique Universelle, 
Ac., 1891 [1893], YIII, Fasc. 3, pp. 538-588. [Victoria and New South 
Wales Geology, pp. 572-585]. 

Baitds (W. H.) — Geological Observations in the Cooktown District (Beport on, 
by the Assistant Goyernment Geologist), pp. 3, map. Queensland Pari 
Papers, 1893, CA. 33. (Folio, Brisbane, 1893.) 

Eedcastlb Mikes (Vict.).— The Eedcastle Mines (Vic.) Austr. Mining 
Standard, 1893, IX., No. 258, p. 597. 

UlCKAED (T. A.) :— 

Variations in Stamp Milling in Colorado, California, and Victoria. 12 mo. 
Sydney (n.d.) [? 1893]. 

The Bendigo Gold-field (Second Paper) ; Ore Deposits other than Saddles. 
I^ans. Am. Inst. Mining Engineers, 1892-93 [1893], XXI., pp. 686-713. 

Certain dissimilar Occurrences of Gold-bearing Quartz. Proe. Colorado Sci 
Soc., 1893, p. 23, plans, &c. 

The Persistence of Ores in Lodes in Depth. Engineering and Mining Journal, 
1893, LV, No. 3, pp. 51—52 ; Austr. Mining Standard, 1893, IX, No. 
245, p. 421. 

Variations in the Milling of Gold Ores. [No.] III. Clunes, Victoria. 
Engineering and Mining Journal, 1898, LV, No. 4, pp. 78-70; No. 5, 
pp. 101-102. [No.] V, Ballarat, Victoria. Ibid^ 1893, LV, No. 17, 
pp. 389-390 ; No. 18, pp. 416-417. [No.] VL The Ovens, Victoria, 
Ibid, 1898, LV, No. 23, pp. 534-535 ; No. 24, pp. 560-561; [No.] VII. 
Shoes and Dies. Ibid, 1893, LVI, No. 13, pp. 817-818. 

Beport on the Bendigo Gold-field. Engineering and Mining Journal, 1893, 
LVI, No. 10, p. 243. 



PAST 2.] 3rBSxn>Q^--J)jns : Oeolosieal JUcord, lH9a. 88 

SicajLBB (T. A.y-HHmiinued. 

The Beport on the Bendigo Oold-field. Engineering and Mining Journal^ 

1893, LVI, No. 14, p. 366. 
Clunes Milling. Aiutr. Mining Standard, 1893, IX, No. 230, p. 188. 
The Origin of the Bendigo Saddle Beefs. Auttr. Mining Standard^ 1893, IX, 
No. 262, pp. 656-667. 

EiYEBTBEB. — Notos on Methods at Birertree. Auitr. Mining Standard, 1898, IX, 
No. 282, p. 219. 

BoBEBTSOK (J. B. M.) — The Occurrence of Torbanite or Kerosene Coal in the 
Colony of New South Wales (Discussion). Tram. Mining Inst. Seoiland, 
1898, XIV, Pt. 7, pp. 124-126. 

BoMANOWBKT (O.) — XJeber die Gattung Stenopora Lonsdalei und eine neue Art 
Stenopara Lahuteni. Verhand. Bu$i. Kaiierl. Min, GnelL, 1891, XXVIII (2), 
pp. 169-194, pi. 6. 

BosALES (H.) — Instructions for Collecting Samples for Testing. Ann. Sept. Bept. 
Minee Viet., for 1898 [1894], p. 20. 

Boss (W. J. C.) :— 

On the Occurrence of Zepidodendron near Bathurst, N.S.W. Proe. Auetr, 
Assoc. Adv. Set. for 1892 [1893], IV, pp. 332-337. 

The Geology of Bathurst, N. S. Wales. Natwre, 1893, LXIX, No. 1256, p. 94. 

BoTHWELL (B. P.) — ^The Mineral Industry, its Statistics, Technology, and Trade, 
4&c. Statistical Supplement of the Engineering and Mining Journal. 8yo. 
New York, 1893. [Australia, pp. 20, 227, 311, 815, 330, 401 ; Australasia, 
p. 171 ; New South Wales, pp. 20, 191, 193, 194, 277, 311, 374, 376, 443 ; 
Queensland, pp. 172, 191, 194, 228, 413, 444 ; South Australia, pp. 195, 228, 
443, 444 ; Tasmania, pp. 191, 19l«, 228, 443, 444 ; Victoria, pp. 20, 172, 191, 
19]>, 227, 444 ; W. AustraUa, pp. 194, 195, 444] 

BuTHEBOLEV (Vict.) — ^Tho Butherglcu Field, [No.] I. Austr. Mining Standard, 
1893, IX, No. 251, p. 493 ; [No.] II. Ibid, IX, No. 252, p. 510; [No.] III. 
Ibid, IX, No. 252, p. 521. 

S. (A.)— Der Grosse Goldf und in West Australien. Zeit. Frakt. Oeologie, 1893, 
Heft 11, p. 4i2. 

Sach (A. J.) :— 

The Jarvisfield Mineral Water, Picton, New South Wales. Proe. Aitstr. Assoc. 
Adv. Sci.for 1892 [1893], IV, pp. 272-275. 

On a Sample of Cone-in-Cone Structure found at Picton, New Soolii Walen; 
Froe. Austr. Assoc. AJh. JSei. for 1892 [li08], IV, pp. 927-838. 



90 Becords of the Geological Survey of New South Wales. [vol. iv. 

Samuels (L. A.) — Origin of the Bendigo (Victoria) Saddle Eeefs, and the Cause 
of their Golden Wealth, with Illustrations, pp. 39. 8vo. Bendigo, 1893. 

ScHLTJMBEBGEB (C.) — Noto Bur les Genres Trillina et Linderina, Bull. Soc, OM. 
France, 1893, XXI (3), No. 2, pp. 118-123. 

Schmidt (A.)— Die Erzlagerstatten von Broken Hill und Bendigo in Neu Sud 
Wales. Zeit, Brakt, Qeologie, 1893, Heft. 7, p. 295. 

SiTAEESFEABE (J.) — Notes on Steel Wire Bopes employed in Mines for Winding, 
&c. Ann, Bept. Dept, Mines Queensland for 1893, pp. 32-42, plans. 

Shabfe (B. B.) — On the Zoo- Geographical Areas of the World, illustrating the 
Distribution of Birds. Natural Science, 1893, III, No. 18, pp. 100-108, with 
map. 

Skebt (J. S.) — ^Natural Gas and Mineral Oil under Sydney. Austr. Mining 
Standard, 1893, IX, No. 268, pp. 736-737. 

Sleb (W. H. J.) :— 

Beport on the Sherwood Mines. Ann, Bept. Dept., Mines and Agric. N.8. 

Wales, for 1893, p. 61. 
Further Beport on the Burra-Burra Gold and Tin Bushes. Ann. Bept. Bept. 
Mines and Agric. N.S. Wales, for 1893, pp. 61-62. 

Beport on a Mine on the Bletchington Estate, Orange. Ann. Bept. JD^t. 

Mines and Agric. N. 8. Wales, for 1893, p. 62. 
Beport on the New Bush at Yalgogrin, situated 55 miles west from Barmed- 

man. Ann. Bept Dept. Mines and Agric.\N.S. Wales, for 1893, pp. 

62-63. 
Beport on the Burra Burra Gold and Tin Field. Ann. Bept. Dept. Mines 

and Agric. N.S. Wales, for 1893, pp. 63-64. 
Beport on Gold Mining in the Parkes District. Ann. Bept. Dept. Mines and 

Agric. N.S. Wales, for 1893, p. 64. 
Beport on the Mines situated in the Mount Hope and Mount Allen Districts. 

Ann. Bept. Dept. Mines and Agric. N.S. Wales, for 1893, pp. 64-65. 
Beport on the new Gold and Tin Discoveries at Burra-Burra. Ann. Bept. 

Dept. Mines and Agric. N.S. Wales, for 1893, p. 65. 

Beport on the Bee Mountains, BiUigoe and Cobar Districts. Ann. Bept. 

Dept. Mines and Agric. N.S. Wales, for 1893, pp. 65-66. 
Beport [on] Cremome Bore, No. 2. Ann. Bept. Dept. Mines and Agric. 

N.S. Wales, fir 1893, pp. 69-70. 

Smith (G.)— The Occurrence of Dgscrasite at the A. B. H. Consols Mine. 
Austr. Mining Standard, 1893, IX, No. 236, p. 279. 



PABT 2.] Ethebidqe — ^DiTN : Oeohgieol Becord, 1893. 91 

Smith (H. G.) — [Barytes in the Hawkesbury Sandstone at Gosford.] Prae. 
Linn. See. N.S. Wales for 1892 [1893], VII (2), Pt. 3, p. 828. 

South Aubt&alia. — Magnetic Iron. Magnetic Iron in South Australia. Colliery 
Guardian, 1893, LXVI, No. 1700, p. 149. 

SpKircEB (W. B.) — Section D — Biology— The Fauna and Zoological EelationshipB 
of Tasmania — Address of the President. Froc. Austr. Assoc, Adv, 8ci,for 
1892 [1893], IV, pp. 82-124. 

Stslzxsb (A. W.) — Ueber eigenthumliche Obsidian-Bomben aus Australien. 
Zeitsch, Beutsehen Qeol. Qeselhehaft, 1893, pp. 229-319, pi. 6. 

Stibliko (E. C.) — ^Extract from a Letter concerning the Discovery of Diprotodon 
and other Mammalian Bemains in South Australia. Froc. Zool. Soe.^ 1893, 
Pt. 3. pp. 473-475. 

Stiblhtg (J.) : — 

Beport on Diamond Drill Boring for 1893. Ann. Sept. Dept Mines Viet, for 
1893 [1894], pp. 41-51, plans. 

Beports on the Victorian Coal-fields (No. 2). Bept. Mines Vict, Special 
Reports, 1892, pp. 16, maps, plates, &c. (Folio, Melbourne, 1893. By 
Authority.) 

Notes on the Brown Coal Beds of Victoria [Abstract of Paper read before 
Austr. Inst. Mining Engineers]. Austr. Mining Standard, 1893, IX, No. 
232, p. 218. 

StONIBB (G. a.) : — 

[Progress] Beport by Mr. G. A. Stonier, Geological Surveyor. Ann. Sept. 
Dept Mines and Agric. N,S. Wales, for 1893, pp. 116-118. 

On the Occurence of Basalt-glass (Tachylyte) at Bulladelah. Records Oeol. 
Survey X.S. Wales, 1893, III, Pt. 4, pp. 118-119. 

On the Occurrence of Leucite-Basalt at Cudgellico (Cargelligo). Records 
Qeol. Survey N.S. Wales, 1893, III, Pt. 3, pp. 71-74. 

Stbeich (V.) — Geology [Scientific Besults of the Elder Exploring Expedition]. 
Trans. R. Soc. S. Austr., 1893, XVI, Pt. 2, pp. 74-115, map, pis. 2-5. 

Stuabt TowN.—Stuart Town (N.S. W^ieB)— Austr. Mining Standard, 1893, IX, 
No. 220, p. 46. 

Stubtz (B.) — Ueber yersteinerte und lebende Seesterne. Verhand. Naturhist. 
Vereins. Freuss. Rheinlande, 1893, X, pp. 1-92, pi, 1. 
[Frotaster hrisingoides, Gregory, p. 19.] 

Swamp Oak— The Swamp Oak Field, N.S.W. Austr. Mining Standard, 1898, 
IX, No. 236, p. 278. 



92 Secordi of ike Qeologieal Survey of New South Wales. [tol. it. 

Tasmaitia.— Iron Induatrj. The Iron Industiy of the British Coloniei— Its 
Position and Prospects. [No.] X. Tasmanift. Oollieiy Gh$ardian,lS9SjJjX.Yy 
No. 1673, p. 112. 

Tatb (R.) :— 

The Gastropods of the Older Tertiary of Australia. Part IV (including 
Supplement to Part HI). Trans, JB. Sac. S, Austr. for 1892-93 [1893], 
XVII, Pt. 2, pp. 816-346, pis. 6-10. 

[The so-called Lias Limestone from the Cement Works at Brighton, S. 
Australia.] Trans. B. Soc. S, Austr, for 1892-93 [1893], XVII, Pt 2, 
p. 361. 

[A Species of JSuomphalus indicative of the Silurian Epoch, obtained far to 
east of the MacDonnell Eange.] OlVans. S, Soc, S. Austr, for 1892-93 
[1893], XVII, Pt. 2, p. 854. 

Tate (B.) and DkkITant (J.) — Correlation of the Marine Tertiaries of Australia, 
Part 1, Victoria — ^with Special Notes on the Eocene Beds at Spring Creek and 
at the mouth of the G^ellibrand Biver. Trans, B. Soc. S. Austr. for 1892-93 
[1893], XVII, Pt. 1, pp. 203-226, pi. 2. 

Til Golb-meld— The Tia Hirer Gold-field (N.S.W.) Austr. Mining Standard, 
1893, IX, No. 240, p. 333. 

Thomab (W. F. a.)-— The Western Silver Mine (Tas.) New Concentrating Plant. 
' Austr. Mining Standard, 1893, IX, No. 264, p. 689. 

Thompson (J. P.)— The "Melanesian Plateau": Notes on Mr. C. Hedley's Paper. 
Troc. R. Oeogr. Soc. Austr. (Qland Branch) for 1892-93 [1893], VIII, pp. 
18-22. 

Tbouessabt (E.) — Mammif6res. Annudire Geologique Universelle, ^c.^ 1891 
[1893], VIII, Pasc. 4, pp. 623-673. 
f Diprotodontia in Australia, pp. 668-669.] 

Vis (C. W. de) — Note on the Upper Incisor of Bhascolonus. Broc. Linn. Soe. 
N. S. Wales for 1893, VIU (2), Pt. 1, pp. 11-12, pi. 1. 

VoLKMAKN (B.) — Bin Besuch in dem Gebande fur Berg-und Hiittenwesen auf 
der Chicagoer Weltausstellung, [No.] II. Oest. Zeitsch, Berg^u^Hutten- 
wesen, 1893, XLT, No. 86, pp. 4:55-459. 
[Description of N. S. Wales Mineral Exhibits.] 

W. (V.)-— Mineral production yon Neu-Sud- Wales. Oest. Zeisteh. Berg-u. Suiten- 
wesen, 1893, XLI, No. 31, p. 896. 

Wallace (A. B.) :— 

The Glacier Theory of Alpine Lakes. Nature, 1893, XLVIII, p. 198. 
[Tasmanian Glacial Lakes.] 



PABT 2.] lETwari}&Sr--'Dvjs( I Oeolo^ieal Seeord, 1S93. 98 

Wi.LiJk.CE (A. E.) — eontinued. 

The Becent Qlaciation of Tasmania. Nature, 1898, XLIX, No. 1258, pp. 
3-4. 

Australasia, Vol. I. Australia and New Zealand. Stanford's Compendium 
of Qeography and Travel (New Issue). Syo. London, 1893. 
[Qeology, pp. 10-12, 83-110 ; Physical Geography, pp. 14-13 ; N. S. 
Wales Geology, pp. 220-231 ; Victoria Geology, pp. 276-279 ; S. Aus- 
tralia Geology, pp. 817-320 ; W. Australia Peatures and Geology, pp. 
334-341 J Queensland Geology, pp. 359-365 ; Tasmania Geology, pp. 
89&-898.] 

We5TWOeth Miwes — ^The Wentworth Proprietary Mines (N.S.W.) Au^tr. 
Mining Standard, 1893, IX, No. 247, pp. 450-451. 

West Australia — ^The Coolgardie Field. Austr, Mining Standard, 1898, IX, No. 
226, pp. 134-135. 

West Austbalia : — 

Gold-Mining in West Australia. The Tilgarn Division (Coolgardie). [No.] 
I, Au9tr. Mining Standard, 1893 IX, No. 251, p. 495 ; [No.] II. Ihid, 
No. 252, p. 505. In and About Dundas Hills. Ihid, No. 258, pp. 
526-527. Southern Cross, Tilgarn. Ibid, No. 254, pp. 538-639; 
No. 255, p. 551 ; No. 257, p. 583. Coolgardie. Ihid, No. 258, pp. 
593-69*. Bayley's No. 1, S. Ihid, No. 259, pp. 608-609 ; No. 264, 
p. 682; No. 265, p. 690. 

Mineral Fields. The Auriferous South. The Darling Banges. [No.] I. 
Ausir. Mining Standard, 1893, IX, No. 282, pp. 219-220 ; [No.] II. lUd, 
No. 234, p. 246; [No.] III. Ihid, No. 235, p. 362 ; [No.] IV. The 
Stirling Eange and Wongan Hill. Ihid, No. 286, p. 276 ; [.No.] V. The 
Green Bushes Tinfield. lUd, No. 238, p. 807 ; [No.] VI. Ihid, No. 
239, p. 818 ; [No.] VII. The N. W. Goldfields. Ihid, No. 240, p. 834 ; 
[No.] VIII. No. 241, pp. 347-348. 

White (W.) — Plan of Mining Leases, Charters Towers. Scale, 8 chains to 1 inch. 
Austr. Mining Standard, 1893, IX, No. 225, suppl. 

White Clippb— The White Cliffs Opal Field, N. S. Wales. Ausir, Mining 
Standard, 1893, IX, No. 245, p. 422. 

WiiiSOir (A.) — Excursion to the Ton Yangs. Qeelong Nat,, 1893, II, No. 7, p. 6. 
[Granite rocks]. 

WiLBOff (A. B. E.)--Mount Wellington [Tasmania]. Oeelong Xfat.^ 1893, III, 
No. 2, p. 7. [Eocks]. 



oil Eecords of the Geological Survey of New South Wales, [tol. it. 

Woodward (A. 8.) : — 

Further Notes on Fossil Fishes from the Karoo Formation of South Africa. 

Ann, Mag. Nat, Hist. 1893, XII (6), pp. 393-398, pi. 17. 
IDictgopgge, &c., of the Hawkesbury Sandstone]. 
Note on the Evolution of the Scales of Fishes, Natural Science^ 1893, lU, 

No. 22, pp. 448-450, woodcut. 
[.^holej^is from the Hawkesbury Series.] 

Tea (Vict.)— Mining near Tea (Vic.) Austr. Mining Standard, 1893, IX, No. 226, 

p. 185. 
Zeiller (R.) — Paleontologie V6g6tale. Annuaire Oeologique Universelle, ^c, 

1891 [1893], Vlli, Fasc. 4, pp. 865-908. [Annularia australie, p. 878; 

Glosftopteris, Oangamopteris, p. 878; Uquisetum in Hawkesbury Series, p. 878; 

Glossopteris in Brazil and Australia, p. 879 ; Fagm in Tertiary of Australia 

and New Zealand, p. 903.] 

11^ Addenda for 1891. 
AusTBALiA — Progress of the Marine Survey, North-west Coast of Australia. 

Froc. B. Geogr. Sac., 1891, XIII, pp. 298-299. 
Benton (W. E.) — [Eeport on Coal and Lignite Deposits of North G-ippsland.] 

Vict. B. Oomm. Coal, 1891, App. P, pp. 350-352. 
BaowN (H. T. L.) — Catalogue of Geological Specimens from Central Australia, 

collected by W. H. Tietkins. And Geological Sketch showing Section of 

Country westward from Mt. Sender in the MacDonnell Eanges, and from 

Erldunda westward to Lake Macdonald. Tietkins* Jburn, Oentr, Aust, JEx- 

ploring JEa^ped., 1889 [and 1891], pp. 82-84. 
Chewinos (C.) — Central Australia. Froc. B. Geogr. Soc, 1891, XIII, pp. 343- 

362. 
CuBBAN (J. M.) — A Contribution to the Geology and Petrography of Bathurst, 

New South Wales. Froc. Linn, Soo., N, S. Wales, 1891, VI (2), Ft. 2, 

pp. 173-234, pis. 14-18 
Duncan (J. W.)— J2tf Gippsland Brown Coal Trial. Vict. B. Gomm, Goal, 1891, 

App. BB, pp. 360-361. 
Ettlngbhauben (C. ton) : — 

Ueber fossile Banksia-ArtGD, und ihre Beziehung zu den lebenden. 8itz. 
Akad. Wissensch, Wien (Math, Naturto. CI,), 1891, XCIX Abth. 1, pp. 
476-490, pis. 1-2. 

Ueber tertiare Fagus-Axte^n der siidlichen Hemisphare. Anzeiger K, Akad, 
Wissensch. Wien, 1891, No. VII. 
Gippsland Beown Coal — ^Tabulated Bibliographical List of Victorian Coal 

Beports. Gippsland Carbonaceous Area (Brown Coal). Vict, B. Oomm. 

Coal, 1891, App. KK, pp. 377-380. 



PABT 2.] Ethsbiboe — DuN : Qeoloffieol JReeord, 1893. 95 

Habt CF.)— Western Australia in 1891. 8yo. Perth, 1891. [Geology, Mines, 
and Minerals, pp. 41-50]. 

Hectob (J.), Kt. — Eeport on Victorian Coal Measures. Viet B, Oomm, Ooal^ 1891 , 
App. A, pp. 327-328. 

Knight ( — ) and Von Bieben ( — ) — ^The Barrier Miner Business Directory of 
Broken Hill, containing Postal and Telegraphic Information, Statistics, a 
Besume of Mining Begulations, &c., &c. 8vo. Broken Hill, 1891. [Silver- 
ton, p. 60 ; The Mines of the Barrier, Ac, pp. 71-107]. 

Mackenzie (J.) : — 

Beport (No. 1) [1873] by John Mackenzie, F.a.S., [on the Coal at the Bass, 

GriflBth's Point, Kilcunda, Ac] Viet. B. Oomm. Coal, 1891, App. G, pp. 

332-334. 
Beport (No. 2) [1873] by John Mackenzie, P.G.S., [on Coal and Lignite in 

Crossoyer, Barrabool Hills, Winchelsea, and Loutit Bay Districts]. Viet. 

B. Comm. Coal, 1891, App. H, pp. 335-336. 

M'Neilage (W.) — [Beport on Trial of Brown Coal at Melbourne Glass-Bottle 
Works.] Vict. B. Oomm. Ooal, 1891, App. T., pp. 364-355. . 

MuLDEB (J. E.) — Geological Notes on the Boad to Birregurra. Oeelong Nat.^ 
1891, 1, No. 2, p. 3. 

MuBBAT (B. A. P.) :— 

Beport on the Becent Discovery of Coal on the Selection of T. W. Horsley, 
.at Jumbunna East. Vict. B. Comm. Coal, 1891, App. D, pp. 329-330. 

Eeport on the Becent Coal Discovery at Foster. Vict. B. Comm, Coal, 1891, 
App. E, pp. 330-331. 

The Carbonaceous Bocks of Victoria, with Addendum, 1883. Vict. B. Oomm. 
Coal, 1891, App. I, pp. 336-345. 

NewBEBT (J. C.) : — 

Beport on Two Samples received from the Coa} Commission and marked Nos. 

1 and 2. Vict. B. Comm. Coal, 1891, App. Q, p. 353. 
Copy of Beports, Nos. 93, 96, 99, 102, 105, 108, and 111. [Lignite.] Vict. 

B. Comm. Coal. 1891, App. S, p. 354. 
Copy of Beports, Nos. 94, 97, 100, 103, 106, 109, and 112. [Ammoniacal 

Liquor obtained from Gippsland Lignite.] Vict. B. Oomm. Coal, 1891, 

App. T, p. 354. 
[Beport on the Manufacture of Briquettes from the Lignite or Brown Coal 

of Gippsland.] Vict. B. Oomm. Coal, 1891, App. HH, pp. 370-371. 

Newbebt (J. C.) and MtmBAT (B.A.F.)— Besults of Tests by Experts. Vict. 
B. Comm. Coal, 1891, pp. 363-365. 



06 Recordi of the OeoUgieal Survsy qfNew South Walei. [yoi. it. 

BOBEBTSON (J. E. M.):— 

The Newcastle. Coal-field. Its Winning and Working. Froe. Norfkem 

Eng, Inst. I^. 8. Walei, 1891, 11, pp. 10-41. 
Our Coal-fields. Their Winning and Working. Proo, Northern Eng. Intf. 
JSr. S. Wales, 1891, 1, pp. 77-101. 

ScHLUMBERGEB (M. C.)— Description of a New Species of Fabularia, Tram. R, 
8oc. S. Austr.for 1890-91, XIV, pp. 346-34»9. 

SleK (W. H. J.) :— 

Progress Eeport on the Mines in the Cobar District. Ann. Bept. JDepf. 

Mines and Agric, N, S. Wales for 1891, pp. 149-150. 
Progress Beport on the New Burra Burra and Budgerj Mineral District. 

Ann. Sept. Dept Mines and Agric. N. 8. Wales for 1891, p. 149. 
[Beport on the Prospects of the Alectown Division of the Lachlan Gold-field.] 

Ann. Bept. Dept. Mines and Agrio. N. 8. Wales for 1891, p. 149. 

Steel (T.) — [Report on Gippsland Brown Coal.] Vict. B. Oomm. Ooal, 1891, App. 
* AA, pp. 357-359. 

Stibliko (J.) — Preliminary Beport on the Brown Coal Deposit at the Great 
Morwell Coal-mining Company's Shaft. Vict. B. Oomm. Ooal, 1891, App. 0, 
pp. 849-350. 

TiETKors (W. H.) — Journal of the Central Australian Exploring Expedition, 
1889, &c. Together with Map; List of Botanical Specimens described by 
Baron Sir Ferd. Yon Mueller, K.C.M.G., F.B.S., &q., and Professor B. Tate, 
F.L.S. ; also Catalogue of Geological Specimens, described by H. Y. I4. Brown, 
P.G.S., Govt. Geologist of South Australia ; with Geological Sketch of the 
Country passed over, pp. 84, 2 maps. (8vo., Adelaide, 1891. By Authority.) 

ViCTOBiA, BoTAL CoMHissiOK OK Coi.L. — ^Final Beport of the Boyal Commission 
appointed to inquire as to the best means of developing and promoting the 
Coal Industry of Victoria. With Appendices, pp. 380. Viet. Pari, Papers, 
1891, No. 178-14283. (Folio, Melbourne, 1891. By Authority.) 

Vis (C. W. de)— The Moa in Queensland. N. Zealand Joum. 8ei., 1891, I (2), 

No. 3, pp. 97-101. 
Waaobh (W.)— Palffiontologia Indica. Ser. XIII. Salt Bange Fossils. Vol. IV., 
Ft. 2, Geological Besults. Mem. Oeol. 8urveg India. (4to., Calcutta, 1891. 
By Authority.) 
[PlewroUtmaria nuda, Dana, p. 120 ; Conularia lavigata, Morris, pp. 123-124 ; Comdana 
tenuUiriata, McCoj, pp. 125-126 ; SanguinoUte*, cf. MUchellii, de Eon., pp. 127-128 ; 
S. Tenisoni, de Kon., pp. 128-129 1 Aviculopeeten ef. Umaformii, MonrU, p. 130; 
Spirifer vetperlilio, G. Bby, pp. 180-131 ; Jfar^'niopnf Darmm, Morrii, p]^. 131-132; 
Chonele9 eracowentis, Eth., pp. 132-133 ; Eurydesma, pp. 137-138 ; JS, globotum, 
Dana, pp. 138-140 ; E. elUpiicum, Dana, pp. 141-14i2 s E. ewdaium, Morib, pp. 142- 
143; (?) Maonia gracilis, Dana, pp. 143-144. Comparisons of Indian and Avar 
tralian Fermo-Carboniferous Systems, pp. 146-166, 162, 165-168, 207, 208, 234, 
236-239.] 



?ABT 2.] '^naxiDQi^^'DTiii : Oeolofieal Becard, 1B9S. 97 

Wajsmoiajss (C.) :— 

Beport on German and Victorian Brown Coal. Vict, 27. Oomm. Coal^ 1891, 
App. IT, pp. 366-367. 

[Report on Manufacture of Brown Coal Briquettes.] Vict. B, Oomm. Coal, 
1891, App. QG, pp. 3G7-369. 

WiLKJsnov (C. S.) — [EeportB on Coal Processes, Ac.] Vict. R. Comm. Ooal^ 1891, 
App. JJ, pp. 372-376. 

WrvKK (J. T.)— [Eeport on Illuminating Power of Gippsland Brown Coal.] 
Vict. B. Oomm. Goal, 1891, App. Z, p. 867. 

III.^Addenda for 1892. 

Bebgebok (J.) — Syst&me Permo-carbonifere. Annuaire G^logique Universel, 
Ac., 1891 [1892], VUI, Fasc. 2, pp. 187-205. 
[Homologies of Salt Bange Fauna with that of 19'ew South Wales, p. 201 ; Tasmania^ 
p. 202 i Queensland, p. 208.] 

Blaitdfobd (W.T.) and BLAimFORD (H. P.)— A Palaeozoic Ice Age. J^ature, 
1892, XLVII, p. 101. 

CASBrTHERS (J.) — Brief Beport on Country triangulated in Ererard, Musgrave, 
Mann, and Tomkinson Banges, and Deering Hills, during the Years 1888, 
1889, and 1890. 8. Austr. Pari. Papers, 1892, No. 179, pp. 1-3. (Folio, 
Adelaide, 1892. Bj Authority.) ; Proc. B. Qeogr. Soe.j 1892, XIV, pp. 
181-182; Joum. Manchester Geogr. &<?., 1891 [1893], VIII, Nos. 7-12, 
p. 335. 

Cabbuthebb (J.) — ^Brief Beport of Country triangulated south of the Everard and 
Musgrare Banges during the Tears 1891-92. 8. Austr. Pari. Papers, 1892, 
No. 179, pp. 3-4. (Folio, Adelaide, 1892. By Authority.) 

Cabub-Wilbon (C.) — Musical Sand. Lava in the Boumemonth Drift. Nature, 
1892, XLVI, p. 816. [Botany Bay sand]. 

Fboggatt ("W. W.) — ^Ancient Graveyards. With Notes on the Wellington 
Caves. N. 8. Wales Educational Gazette, 1892, 1, No. 9, pp. 185-187. 

GuLCiii Deposits (Victobia). — The Glacial Deposits of Victoria. Geelong 
Nat., 1892, II, No. 6, p. 7. 

Gbeoobt (J. E.) — ^A Large Meteorite from Western Australia. Nature, 1892, 
XLVII, pp. 90-92. 

Habgbeavbb (W. A.) — ^Victorian Glacial Deposits. Geelong Nat., 1892, II, 
No. 5, p. 1. 

HoLTZS (M.) — ^Narrative of an Exploring Tour across Melville Island, with 
Notes on its Botany. Trans. B. 8oc. 8. Austr. for 1891-92, XV, pp. 114-120 ; 
Proc. B. Geogr. Soc, 1892, XIV, p. 862. 



98 Records of the Geological Survey of New South Wales. [vol. it. 

HuELBrT (Q-. C.) — The Elder West Australian Expedition. Bull. Am. Qeogr, 
8oc., 1892, XXIV, No. 1, pp. 139-141. 

Jack (E. L.) — The Kangaroo Hills Silver and Tin Mines (Eeport by the Govern- 
ment Geologist). Queensland Pari. Fapers, 1892, C. A. 27, pp. 11, map. 
(Folio, Brisbane, 1892. By Authority.) 

EInioht ( — ) and Voir Biebeit ( — ). — ^The Barrier Miner Business Directory 
of Broken Hill. Containing Postal and Telegraphic Information, Statistics, 
a Eesum^ of Mining, Ac, Ac. (8vo., Broken Hill, 1892). [Turtle Slug, 
p. vi ; Broken Hill, p. 1 ; Mines of the Barrier, Ac, pp. 105-150.] 

Lendekfeld (E. von). — Australische Eeise. (8vo., Innsbruch, 1892.) [Notice in 
Nature, 1893, XLVIII, pp. 274-275.] 

Levebbieb (U.)— P6trographie. Annuaire Oeologique Uhiversel, Ac, 1891 
[1892], VIII, Pasc. 1, pp. 135-183. [Eruptive Eocks at Omeo, Vict., p. 175.] 

Lydeekeb (E.) — ^The Discovery of Australian-like Mammals in South America. 
Nature, 1892, XLVI, pp. 11-12 ; Mevue des Sciences, 1892, III, pp. 601-503. 

Muldeb (J. P.) — Possil Eocks [of the Barrabool and Cape Otway Eanges]. 
Oeelong Nat, 1892, II, No. 5, p. 6. 

New Guikea : — 

Upraised Coral Island off New Guinea. Frbc. B. Oeogr. Soc, 1892, XIV, 

p. 415. 
Visits to the D'Entrecasteauz and Trobriand Groups, South-East New Guinea. 
Proc. B. Geogr. Soc , 1892, XIV, pp. 327-328. 

O'Eeillt (J. P.) — The Pormer Connection of Southern Continents. Nature, 
1892, XLVI, p. 101. 

QuEBNSLAK3>— Geological Survey— Annual Progress Eeport of the Geological 
Survey for the Year 1891 (with a Geological map). Queensland Pari. 
Papers, 1892, C.A. 105, pp. 25. (Polio, Brisbane, 1892. By Authority.) 

Containing : — 

I. Jack, E. L. — ^Eeport of the Government Geologist [Broken Hill; 
Coal-bearing strata ; Moondilla Eush ; Coal near Warwick ; Talgsu, 
Thane's Creek, and Pikedale Eeef s ; Jibbenbar Lodes ; Kangaroo Hills ; 
"Withersfield Gems ; Mt. Victoria], pp. 1-13. 

II. Bands, W. H. — ^Eeport of the Assistant Geologist [Gympie ; Styx 
Eiver Coal-field; Callide Creek Coal; Kilkivan Cinnabar; 01sen*8 
and Johannsen's Caves ; Stanwell and District], pp. 13-19, with map. 

III. Maitland, a. G. — Eeport of the Assistant Geologist [Hughenden 
District ; Cooktown ; British New Guinea ; Townsville ; Laboratory 
Notes]. 



PAUT 2.] Ethebidos— DuK : Qeological Recordy 1893. 99 

BsAD (T. M.) — The Former Connection of Southern Continents. Nature^ 1892, 
XLVI, p. 77. 

RoBEBTSOK (J. E. M.) — The Coal-fields south of Sydney, New South Wales. 
Trans, Fed. Inst. Mining Engineers, 1892, IV, pp. 83-111. [Vide 
Joum. Iron and Steel Inst., 1893, XLIII, No. 1, pp. 227-228.] 

SoTHFLETZ (A.) — On the Permian, Triassic, and Jurassic Formations in the East 
Indian Archipelago (Timor and Eotti). BulL Qeol. Soc, America, 1892, 
III, pp. 14-15. 

RoTHPLETZ (A.)— Vide Wabd (L. F.) 

Slek (W. H. J.) :— 

Beport on the Billygoe Eush. Ann. Bept. Dept. Mines and Agric. N. S. 
Wales for 1892, p. 68. 

Eeport on the Gundagai Gold-field. Ann. Bept. Dept. Mines and Agric. N. 
8. Wales for 1892, pp. 68-69. 

Eeport on the Mines at Cobar and Nymagee. Ann. Uept. Dept. Mines and 
Agric. N. 8. Wales for 1892, p. 69. 

Eeport on Peak Hill Gold-field. Ann. Bept. Dept. Mines and Agric. IT. 8. 
Wales for 1892, pp. 61^70. 

Tbotteb (C.) — Some Notes on Eecent Exploration in British New Guinea. 
Froc. B. Geogr. Soc, 1892, XIV, pp. 788-796. 

"VVallacb (A. E.)— An Ancient Glacial Epoch in Australia. Nature, 1892, 
XLVn, pp. 55-56. 

Wabd (L. F.) — Discussion on the Permian, Triassic, Jurassic Formations in the 
East Indian Archipelago (Timor and Eotti). Bull. Qeol. Soc. America, 1892, 
III, p. 15. lOlossopteris flora.] 

Westebn Austbalta — Exploration in Western Australia. Froc. B. Geogr. Soc. 
1892, XIV, p. 24.3. 



100 



Beeords of the Oeohgieal Survey of New South Wales. [vol. iy. 



XVIL — A Tabular List of the Bores and Water- Augers put down 
by the Department of Mines and Agriculture, N. S. Wales, 
and mentioned in the Reports of the Department: by 
W. S. Dun, Assistant Palaeontologist and Librarian. 



This list has been compiled with the object of BystematifiiDg and simplifjing 
reference to the numerous Bores and Water-augers that have been put down from 
time to time bj the Department of Mines and Agriculture. 

There are many cases in which the information given is very meagre, and, as a 
rale, no attempt has been made to fill these blanks. For instance, in many of the 
Bores and Water-augers put down in the Cretaceous Basin of the north-western 
portion of the Colony, the Cretaceous beds are almost always overlaid by more or 
less thick Post-Tertiary deposits, so that in many cases it is almost impossible to 
say — ^from the bore journals — ^where the more recent deposits end and the Creta- 
ceous begin. This will account for the use of the term " Cretaceous ?," which 
signifies that no FalsBontological evidence of a definite character has been obtained 
from the bore in question. 

The plan adopted is the following : — (1) The name by which the Bore or Water- 
auger is generally known is given ; (2) the district or locality ; (3) the parish 
when stated ; (4) the county ; (5) the approximate geological horison and 
formations passed through ; (6) the depth in feet and inches ; (7) the purpose 
for which it has been put down ; and (8) the reference to the Beport from which 
the evidence is obtained. 

In the name column the numbers and letters are given as in the original 
references, but those in round brackets have been put in by myself. 



Name. 


LocaUty. 


Parish. 


Comity. 


Oeologioal Formation. 


Depth in 
teet,&o. 


Purpose 


Reference. 


A.A.Ck>.'8Platt'B 

Estate. 
Adamstown 

Allison's ..!!!! 

AnaBayd).... 
., (2).... 
., (8).... 

ADgledool(l) .. 

:: {l- 


PlaU'B Estate, New- 
castle. 
Adamstowo 

MunetCk.,HawkM^ 
bury River. 

Ana Bay 


NewcasUe.. 

II 
I* 
Patonga .. 

Tomaree .. 
II 
II 

Mundoo .. 

It 
II 

II 
fi 


Northum- 
berland. 

II 

Gloucester 
»i 

Finch .... 


Newcastle, or Upper, 
Goal Measures. 
II II • • 

Hawkesbury Sand- 
stone, Chocolate 
Shales. 

iBolian ; Carbonifer- 
ous; Porphyiy. 

.£oHan ana Carboni- 
ferous. 

JSolian ; Carbonif er- 
ous; Basalt, Serpen- 
tine. 

Poet-Tertiaiy 

II 

II 

II 

II 


1,049-0 

202-0 

77-6 

1,800-0 

818-1 

449-5 

1,213-1 

128-6 

54-0 

68-0 

58-0 

138-0 

400-6 


Coal .. 

II 
II • • 

11 •• 

Water.. 

II •• 

II 

II •• 


1879, pp^ S07, 

208. 
1885. p. leOL 

1883, p. isa 

1879. to fsoe p. 
1800, p. 157. 

1890, p. ue. 

1891, Diag. 10. 

1884,p.23(X 

1884, pw SSL 
1884, p. SL 
1884, p. 23S. 
1884, p. 2M. 
1884. p. 2SS; 

1885, p. 188. 






Sandridge Reserve, 
AngledooL 
II 
II 
II 
11 



PABT 2.] 



Duir : Borei amd WaUr-Augers, 1898. 



101 



Km 



Uoality. 



PHJib. 



OMUty. 



Gtologioal ForoMtioD. 



Depth In 
feet,*o. 



PiupoM 



Beferenoe. 



Appla-traeOnek 

Aniaca, Ko.1.. 

Nat.. 
„ No. 8.. 
„ No. 4. 

*f Now ft. 

u Nae. 
AahldADd ... 

B>Uimar«.l... 
- I- 

»> a . . . . 

Bwbet^OiMk. 
Barrignn, No. 1 
Banigoa ..*. 

"rS::: 



Arole-tret Crtek, 
▲rmlucn 



Berrima OoUiery 
Biqgmim a) •• 

Bla&OaUjr. 
BouriteO)... 



Buber^Cf«ek ... 
BMrigon Hokting. 



BeblioHoldii^. 
,, fmls. 

B. of 12 ml. ]p9g 
QiieeMlaiHlBoun- 
chry, E. of War- 
rego. 

BdaUe Holding. 

Benimft 

/OMi'FUIikBingMa 

Gaol Wei], Bingmm 
Cemeteiy VUt» B^- 

gam. 
Upper BingaiB . 



y, (4) 

» w 

„ (A) 

« (B) 

.. (B>)... 

:- fe 

.. (C) .... 

- CD) .... 

- (E) ..., 

„ (F) .... 

M (F«).... 

«, Noii.*.. 

Breakfast CNek. 



Enunaville 

18 m. W. of Bourke 

61 m. W. ol ftrnxko 



18 m. W. ol Bonrke 

il ML W. ol Bonrke 

61 m. 6 eh. W. of 

Bourka 
61 m. W. of Bourka. 



61|m.W.of 

18 m. W. ol Boorkip 

67 m. W. of BoukB 

76 mile-poit BoQito 
toWanaMing 
Road. 

M mileixxt Boorke 
to Wanaariiv 



lOli mUe-poit 

Bourke to 

Wanaariag Road. 
Boorke 



BreakftetCraak .. 



NawoMtta. 

Mnrmn- 
gundia. 



Marulan . 
Barrlgnn. 



Northum- 
berland. 
St. Vinoent 



Nortiimn- 
berkuid. 



Newoastle, or Upper 

Coal Meaauree. 
Poet-Tertiary and 
Qranite. 

-^ ♦» — . »♦ 
Poat-Ttortiary 



Biiigan 



Stiathbogia 
North. ^ 



Qoonery 



Gooneiy , 



Wai^.... 

Paroo 

EaatBonrka 
Peniith 



Aigyle... 
Culgoa... 



Irrara . 
Culgoa. 



Irrara .... 



Murehiaon 



Goo^ . . . . 
O a n d e r- 



Barrona 



Gander- 

booka. 
Barrooa 



Ounder> 

booka. 
Barrona .. 



Irrara .... 
Oowper .. 
Cumber^ 



Poat-Tertianr and 
Granite. 

Newoaatle, or* Upper 
Coal Measurea. 

BaUimoia Coal Mea- 
aureai 



Mittagong, or Upper 

Coal Meaauraa. 
Poat-Tertiaiy and Cra- 



Mittagong, or Upper 
Coal If eaaurea. 

Foat-TerUary and Ser- 
pentine. 

Poet-Tertiaiy 

Poet-Tertiar>' and Si- 
lurian? 

Granite 

DIorite 



Baaalt and Granite 

Poat-Tertiary and Cra- 
taoeouaf 

Poat-¥artiary..".. 



Poat-¥ertiary and Cra- 

taoeoua? 
Poat-Tertiary 



Poat-Tertiary and Cra- 
taceoua? 



Poat-Tertiaiy . . . . 

Poat-¥ertiaiy and 
Cretaoeoua? 



Poat-Tertiary ; Cn- 
taceous? and 
SUurian ? 

Hawkeabuiy Saad- 
atona. 



*681-8 

24-0 

84-6 
80-6 
7-0 

41*8 

41-6 
1,102>4 

661-8 

7M-6 
1,101-4 

670*0 

192-2 

746-0 

1,000-0 
1,008-0 



1,100-0 

02-0 

80-0 

47-0 
080 

117-2 
1400 
108-0 



Coal ., 



Gold' 
(UtUeX 



OmJ' 



74-6 


Tin... 


m-4 


Water. 


106-8 




80-2 


9» ■ 


84-0 




114-0 




lost) 




200-8 


H • 



104-0 

80-3 

84-8 

114t) 
108-0 
80O-8 

106-8 

646-0 

000-0 

821*7 

906-0 

1,407'0 

787-1 



1887. p. 189: 
1888, p. 217. 

1888, p. 198. 

Water.. 1888, p. 198. 

1801, App. 01 

„ .. 1891, App. 68. 
Water.. 1891,Ap|K82. 



Coal . 
Water 



Coal. 



1886, p. 109L 

1888, p. 216. 

1888, p. 216. 
1888, p. 2l6w 
1883, p. 21& 

1888, p. tl7. 



1888, 

1888, 

221 

1880, 



p. 217. 
pp. fSO, 



1880, p. 188; 

1891, App. 18. 
1887, p. 188. 

1f»7 n 1AQ* 



1891, App. 88. 

1888, p. 180. 

1886»p.l00. 

1880, p. 199. 
1880^ p. 200. 

1886, p. in. 
1886, p. 178. 
1886, p. 178w 
1888, p. 194. 

1888, p. 196. 

1888, p. 199. 
1888, p. 20a 
1888, p. 201. 
1888, p. 201. 
1883, pw 202. 

1883, p^ 208. 

1884, p. 828. 

fl884,p.228w 
11891, App. 16. 
1884, p. 224. 

1884, p. 226. 
1884, p. 226. 
1884, p. 227. 

1884, p. 228. 

1884, p. 229 S 
1886, p. 188. 

1886, p. 184 ; 
1886, p. 196 ; 

1886, pflB. 



1887, p. 809; 
1891, App. 14. 

UOl, App. 6. 
1884, p. 180. 



102 



Eecords of the Geological Survey of New South Wales, 



[vol. IV. 



Name. 


Locality. 


Parish. 


County. 


Geological Formation 


Depth in 
- Feet, ftc 


Purpose Refereoce. 


Broken Hill . . . . 


Broken HUl ..'.... 


Picton .. 


Tanco- 
winna. 


Gneiss and Granite . . 


2,128-9 


.... 


1887, pi IW; 
1888,1x21^; 
1880, p. 152; 
1890, p. 16L 


Buckanba 


Buckanba Holding.. 


Wygilla.... 


Rankin.... 


Recent and Post- 

Tertiaiy. 
Upper Coal Measures 


7260 


Water 


1891,App.2Q. 


Bum 


Bulli 




Camden .. 


806-3 
865*4 


Coal . 


1891, Diag. IS. 

1892, p. 79. 


„ (2) 




;; W 


ti 


.... 


" " 


" 




ff • • 


1892, p. 81. 


Bundanoon .... 


Bundanoon 




Camden .'.' 


CoalMeasures ....'.'. 


720 -S" 


Coal .. 


1888, p. 185. 


„ » , (2) .. 
Burwood 


Concord Tannery 
Burwood. 


Concord .. 


Cumber- 
land. 


Hawkesbuiy— Wiana- 
matta Series. 


880*1 
218-0 


Wate^" 


1887. p. 18& 
1884, p. 237. 


Buttai 


Buttai 


Stockring- 
ton. 


Northum- 
berland. 


Tomago, or Middle 
Cool Measures. 


1,8000 


Coal . 


1889, pi 145. 








Oatherine HUl 




WaUarah.. 




Newcastle, or Uppei 


262-8 


•f •• 


1876, p. las. 


Bay. 








CoalMeasures. 








Ceesnook 


Cessnock 


Cessnock . . 




Greta, or Lower Coal 


1,220-0 


f f • • 


( 1800, p. 165. 
\ 1891, Diap. 7. 










Measures. 






City Railway Ex- 


Sydney 


Sydney 


Cumber- 


Hawkesbury Sand- 


ll-0to64-0 


.... 


1884, pp. 193- 


tension. 






land. 


stone. 






212. 


Clarence Siding.. 


Clarence Siding.... 


.... 


Cook 


Hawkesbury Sand- 
stone, Chocolate 
Shales; Upper Coal 
Measures. 


1,040-6 


Coal .. 


) 1885, p. 156. 
VI886, p. 183. 
j 1887, p. 187. 


Coaldlff 




Southend.. 
Awaba.... 


Cumber- 
land. 
Northum- ' 


Newcastle, or Upper 


2,850-0 
902X) 


ff .. 


1879, p. 206. 


Coal Point .... 


Coal Point, Lake 


1884, p. 181. 




Maoquarie. 
Cockle Craek, Lake 




berland. 


CoalMeasures. 








Cockle Creek .. 


Tendba .. 


ff 




803-2 


»f •• 


1884, p. 183. 


Cobar Copper 
Mlne(i.viiiX 


Maoquarie. 
Cobar Copper Mine 


.... 


Robinson.. 


Silurian, JEc 


24-a-«26-0 


Copper 


1884, pp. 186-187 


Colo Vale (1).... 


Colo Vale 


Mittagong. 


Camden .. 


Hawkesbury Sand- 
stone ; Upper Coal 
Measures. 


845-0 


Coal .. 


1884, p. 171; 


;; \l::: 


f 1 


i> 


,, 




880-7 


1* 


1884. p. 172. 






ff 


ff ff 


947-8 


f f • • 


1884. p. 177. 


« (4).... 


If 


If 


ff 


ff If 


1,181-0 


ff •• 


f 1884, p. 17a 
( 1885, pi la 


Cremome (1). . 


Cremome 


Willoughby 


Cumber- 
land. 


Hawkesbury Series, 
Narrabeen Shales, 


8,096*0 


f. .. 


1890, p. ISO. 
>-1891,Diag8.1C, 










Chocolate Shales ; 




















1 "• 










Coal Measures. 






J 


2.. 


»» 


„ 


„ 


»f ff 


2,920-0 


tf 


( 1892, p. 77. 
(1893, p. 77. 


Dempsey Island 


Dempeey Island .. 


Newcastle . 


Northum- 
berland. 


Newoastie, or Upper 
Coal Measurea 


938-0 


,f .. 


1884, pTm 


-» »» 


it f 1 


^^ 






2,001-7 


f f 


1885, p. lee. 


Dora Creek .... 


Maoquarie. 
Doughboy Hollow.. 


Cooran- 
bong. 


,! 


f! !! 


47510 


ff 


18SS, p. 186. 


DunlopCl) 


Buokland .. 


CoalMeasures 


288-5 


ff •. 


1892, p. 75. 


Dunlop Holding .. 




Barrona .. 


Post-Tertiary and 


620-0 


Water. 


1891, App. 24. 






ba. 




Cretaceous. 








M (2) 


Dunlop Holding, 12 
nules 8, of No. 1 
Bore. 


Goolgum- 


Lands- 


ff ff 


940-0 


If 


1891,App.2&. 




bla. 


borough 










,. (8) 


Dunlop Holding, 8 
miles S.E. oiNo. 
2 Bore. 


Coonong or 
Coree. 


»• 


f fi 


8600 


fi 


1891, App. 26, 


" <4) 


Dunlop Holding .. 


Coonong . . 
Tmdeanbah 


ff 


ff ff 


7500 


ff 


1891, App. ». 


.. (5) 


i» ij 






1,200-0 




1891, App. 3& 


IKinnmbral 


Dunumbral Holding 




Finch' .... 


■ 


2,070-0 


II 


1881, App. 2S. 


Fusiefem 


Fassiefem 


Awaba.... 


Northum- 


Newcastle, or Upper 


1 153-9 


Coal .. 


(1888, p. 216. 
1 1889, p. 161. 








berland. 




■b »4 




tt 


^j 








628-9 


If 


1889, p. 147. 


Femdale£8t.(l) 


Femdale Estate" ;; 


NewcasiicL'. 


ff 


ff fi 


180-0 


tf •• 


I88O.P.2O81 


(2) 


FemdaleEstGiayel 
Quany. 


.. .. 


" 


ff f 


111-7 


ti •• 


188O,pi20flL 


Flagi Creek ^*! 




f> 


,j 


ff f» 


102H) 


f f • • 


1880, p. 201 


Flaggy Creek 


Kahlbah '.. 


ff 


ff ff 


100-0 
4881 


»f 


1880, p. 206. 
188O,pp.206.208 


(2) 


Flaggv Creek, near 
Red Head Lagoon. 


» T.. 


ff 


ff ff 


887-6 




1881, pp. 121-125 


(8) 


Bed Head Lagoon, 
i-mUe from. 


ff 


ff 


ff ff 


.... 


„ .. 


1881, p. 122. 


FoUy Coal-flelds 


Waratah 


Newcastle.. 


ff 


fi ff 


883-10 


»i 


1886, p. 101. 









PUT 2.] 



Dun : Bores and Water-augers, 



103 



Nftilii«. 



tocailitj^ 



Forbes a) 
.. (2) 



It \V 

»» V( 

» (8 
M (9 

!I (12; 

» (14 
FortBourke.... 

FoIIerton Cove.. 

Girilambone (A) 
(B 



Gladesvillel. 



Forbes. 



2... 
3... 



Glen Oak 

Goodoogal 

., 2 ... 
Gorion StetioD, 1 



Giafton, 1 . 
„ 2. 
» 8. 
M 4. 



^,» [5] .--- 
Galgong 1-8 



4-8... 



Gunnedab 1 
2 
8 
4 
5 
6 
7. 
8 
9 
10. 

Hamilton 1 

„ 2 
» 8 

Hay 1 

„ 2 
Heathoote . . 



Hexham laUmd.. 

Holt-Sather- 
land. Botany. 



Fort Bourke Hold 

ing'. 
FoIIerton Cove . . . . 

Qlrilambone 



Oladesville Asylum 



CkMdooga 



Gorion Station, Nar- 
rabri. 



Grafton 



Galgong . 



Gunnedab 



Hamilton. 



Gun%arRo»d 



Heatbcote 



Hexham Island . . , 

Holt-Sutherland 
Estate, Botany. 



Paruh, 



County. 



Qcologi^I Formntlon, 



L>et}tbiii 
F«ct, Jul 



Pur ose 



Newcastle. 



Ryde 



Seaham 



Newcastle.. 



Heatbcote 

Hexham 
Sutherland 



Ashbum- 
ham. 



Gunder- 
booka. 

Northum- 
berland. 

Cambelago 



(Mmberland 

If 
I>urham 
Culgoa.. 

Nandewar. 



Clarence 



Phillip. 



Pottinger 



Northum- 
berland. 



Waradgery 
Chimiierland 



Northum- 
berland. 
Cumberland 



Post-TerUaty 169-0 



104-0 



Post-Tertiary and 
Silurian.? 



Post-^rtiary and Cre- 
taceous. 

Newcastle, or Upper, 
Goal Ifeasures. 

Post-Tertiary 



,, and Silurian? 

Post-Tertiary 

Hawkesbury Sand- 



Coal-Measures and 
tuffs. 

Post-Tertiary and Cre- 
taceous (?) 



Post-Tertiary . 



„ and Clar- 
ence Series. 

Tertiary 



Poet-Tertiary . 



Newcastle, or Upper, 
Coal Measures. 



Post-ltertiary '* and 

Cretaceous ? 

»» . . • . • " 
Hawkesbury Sand 

stone; Upper Coal 

Measures. 
Newcastle, or Upper 

Coal Measures. 

Hawkesburv Sand- 

8tone,Cbocorate Shales. 

Hawkesbury Series; 
Upper Coal Measures 



74-6 
67-6 
1050 
80*6 
151-6 
144-0 
146-0 
128-0 
164-0 
127-0 
184-6 
193-6 
1,284-0 

954-6 

155-6 
120-0 
100-8 
112-6 
442-1 

19710 

865-3 

601-0 

104-0 

132-0 
218-7 

271-6 
150-6 
194-0 
151-0 
178-6 
43-6 
460 
21-0 
184-0 

184-0 

163,206, 

168 

120-154 



630 
26 
23-0 
40-11 
69-9 
40-6 
30-0 
48-0 
33-6 
132-3 
132-3 
823-0 

200-6 
200-8 
21110 
400-0 

385-1 
1,086-7 



702-4 

2,200-0 

1,003-6 
2,807-8 



Water. 



CkMd . 
Water. 



Coal .. 
Water 



Water 
and Coal 

Dtift* 

and 
Basalt. 
Basalt 

and 
Drift 
Water.. 



Ck>al 



Water. 
Coal '.'. 



Reierence. 



1886, p. 201. 
1886, p. 202. 

1886, p. 208. 

1886, p. 204. 
18S6, p. 206. 
1837, p. 199. 

1887, p. 20O. 
1887, p. 201. 
1887, p. 202. 
1887, p. 208. 
1887, p. 204. 
1887, p. 205. 
1887. p. 206. 

1887, p. 207. 
1891, App. 56. 

1888, p. 196. 

1883, p. 206. 

1888, p. 209. 
1883, p. 210. 
1883, p. 211. 
1883, p. 189. 

1883, p. 190. 

1883, p. 101. 

1889, p. 158. 

1886, p. 191. 

1886, p. 102. 

1884, p. 242. 

1884, p. 248. 

1885, p. 196. 

1886, p. 197. 

1885, p. 198. 

1886, p. 190. 
1883, p. 212 
1883, p. 213. 
1883, p. 218 

1883, p. 214. 

1884, p. 286. 

1890, pp. 148-147 



1891, Diags. 1-6. 

1888, p. 204. 
1883, p. 204. 
1883, p. 204. 
1883, p. 204. 
1883, p. 206. 
1883, p. 206. 
1883, p. 206. 
1883, p. 206. 
1883, p. 206. 

1883, p. 207. 

1884, p. 238. 
1884, p. 188. 

1884, p. 189. 
1884, p. 190. 

1884, p. 191. 

1885, p. 204 
1886, p. 206. 

1887, p. 208 

1886, p. 176. 

1888, p. 219. 

1879, p. 206. 

1883, p. 197 
1886, p. 189. 



104 



Records ofihe Qeologieal Survey of New South Wales, 



[vol. it. 



Name. 


LooaUty. 


Tarish. 


County. Geological Formation. 


^^^r^ 


Reference. 


Joadja 1 


Joad fa 




Camden 




8651 


Coal .. 


1888, p. 208. 








8820 




1888. p. aoa 


;; 8 


" 






II II 


256-7 




1889, p. 142. 


;; 4 






" 




490-11 




1889, p. 14S. 


„ 5 


" 


.... 




•1 If 


857-2 


It 


( 1880. p. 150. 
\ 1890, p. 153. 






KaUaral 


Eallara Holdiug, 
MuUyeeWell. 


Mulyee.... 


Killara.... 


Post-Tertiaiy 


46-0 


Water. 


1891. App. 42. 


„ 2 


Kallara Holding, 
WeeWatha. 


Undelcawa 


II 


II 


1400 


11 .- 


1891, App. 43. 


» 8 


fi II 


Binbooker. 


II 


„ and Cre- 
taceous? 


600-0 


II •• 


1801, App. 44. 


., 4 


Kallara Homing." 
Moonooloo, 6th Well 


Parkin .... 


Fitzgerald. 




820-e 


ti •• 


1891, Appw 4& 


" 6 


Moonooloo. 


KiUara.... 


J, 


900-0 


II 


1891, Al^. 46. 
















., 6 


KaUara Holding, 
Box Bore, 6th Well. 


.... 






1,411-0 


II 


1891, App. 47. 
















„ 7 


Kallara Holding, 
Neefeenyah Bore, 
eth Well. 


Tutty .... 


II 


II II 


540-0 


II •• 


1891, App. 48. 


» 8 


Kallara Holding, 
Paradise Bore, 8th 
Well. 


Calpacaira. 


II 


and 
Silurian ? 


9310 


II • • 


1801, App. 49. 


„ 9 


Gum Lake. 9th Well 


Paroo .... 


II 


Post-Tertiaiy and Cre- 


6760 


II •• 


1891, App. 60. 








taceous. 








» 10 


Kallaia Holding, 
Tonsra Bore, 10th 
WeU. 


Mulawoolka 


i» 


II It 


780^ 


II •• 


1891, Appc 51. 


» 11 


Kallara Holding, 
Mungundi Lake 
Bore. 11th Well. 




•• 


II 11 


760-0 


II •• 


1801, Appt 52. 


Kerribreel .... 


Kerribree Holding. 


.... 


Barrona .. 




1,078-0 


II •• 


1801, App. 88. 


„ 2 .... 


>• II ■ • 








1,340-0 


— »». -• 


1891, App. 38. 




Leoonfleld Estate.. 


Branxton.. 


Northum- 
berland. 


Coal Measures 


459-8 


Coal .. 


1884, pp. 150, 
178. 


2 .. 










96-7 




1884, pu 174. 


8 .. 






II 




701 




1S84, PL 176. 


.. * .. 


I* II •• 


•1 


II 


II 


616-0 


II 


( 18d4. p. 176. 
\ 1886, p. 156. 


lidadale 1 


Lidsdale, near Wal- 
lerawang. 


.... 


Cook 


Upper Coal Measures. 


4371 


II 


1884, p. 1S4. 


.. 2 .. 


M It 




II 


II II 


8551 


II 


1884. p. 185. 

1888, pp. as- 


Lochend 


Lochend 




Northum- 


Newcastle, or Upper 
Coal Measures. 


1,800-0 




213. 








berland. 


" 


1880. p. 144. 


Long Swamp .. 
Loath 


Long Swamp, Maru- 

lan. 
Louth-Wanaaring 

Road,26-mllepoBt. 


Marulan .. 


Argyle .... 
T/ftnds- 




702-11 




1^)3, p. 192. 




Post-Tertiary and Cre- 
taceous. 


576-0 


Water.. 


1891, App. & 






borough. 








L.T.On»k .... 


L. T. Creek, near 
Lake Macquarie. 


Awaba — 


Northum- 
berland. 


Newcastle, or Upper 
Goal Measures. 


624-9 


Coal . 


1883, p. 1S4. 


Lucknow 1 


Lucknow, Orange.. 




Bathurst .. 


Basalt and Alluvium 


140-0 


Goki .. 


1885, p. 174. 


» 2 .. 


II II •• 




•1 


SUurian, Serpentine, 

and Drift. 
Tomago, or Middle 


231-9 


II - 


1885, p. 175. 


Maitland Gaol . . 


East liaiUand Gaol. 


East Mait- 


Northum- 


745-9 


Coal .. 


1884, p. 17a 






Und. 


berland. 


Coal Measures. 








Harral 


MarxaHoIdlng .... 


Balara .... 


Killara.... 


Post-Tertiary, Creta- 
ceous and Silurian ? 


1,482-0 


Water. 


1831, App. 21. 


» 2 


II II •••• 


.... 


11 •• • • 


Post-Tertiary and Cre- 
taceous. 


8060 


•1 


1891, App. £2. 


Hilparinka 1 . . 


Milparinka 




Evelyn.... 


II 11 


100-0 


II 


1891, App, l^ 

/18si,p.2iS. 
1889, p. 161. 


2 .. 


106-mile post. Mil 
parinkatoWanaa- 
ring Road. 




Ularaxa .. 


II II 


1,296-0 


II •• 


{ 1890. p. ITS. 
] 1691, p. 183. 
US91.App.4. 
/1888,p.2». 
\ 1889, p. 1«L 


„ a .. 


121 Mile-post, Mil 
parinka to W^a 




II 


II 11 


1,808-0 


II .. 


{ 1890, p. 177. 
) 1891. p. 186u 
yigl.ApjLS. 
f 1888. Bl 2». 
tl»l,Xpp.l«. 




naaring Road. 












» i . 


91 Mile-post, Mil 


• . .. 




II II 




»i •• 




parinka to Wa 




























.. u . 


Milparinka 


...» 


Evelyn . . . 


n II 


2183 


II •• 


(1888, p. 233. 
\ 1889. p. IM. 


Mittagong 


Mittogong 

Momba Holding. . 




Camden . 


Upper Coal Measures 


657-6 


Coal .. 


1887, p. 190, 


Momba 1 


Charlton . 


Fitzgerald 


Post-Tertiary and 

Cretaceous? 
Post-Tertiaiy ; Creta 

ceous ; ana Silurian 


1,606-0 


Water. 


1891, App. 60. 


:., 2 


" 


Pachungi. 


Yungnulgr 


- 1,261-0 


II 


1891, Apfk. 61. 



FABT 2.] 



DvK : Borei and Water-augers. 



105 



Nune. 


Locality. 


Parish. 


County. 


Geological FonnAUon. 


Depth in 
Feet, Ac. 


Purpose 


Reference. 


KoDk-Weu> 


Monk-Weaimoath, 


Hexham .. 


Northum- 


CoalMcasures 


706-4 


Coal-.. 


1886, p. 167. 


moathl 


MinmL 




berland. 










M 2 .... 











491-4 


»» • • 


1885, p. 168. 


., 8 .... 
Hoongullft 


MoontnillA 


.'.'.. 


Fin(£ .... 


Post-Tertiaxy and 


6B7-« 
1,777-0 


Water*. 


1886, p. 169. 
1891, App. 6. 


IfoonnraDa 
Kcsen-el 
Moore Bank.... 


Liverpool 


Holsworthy 


f f • • • • 

Cumber- 


Cretaceous T 
It 11 

Hawkesbury Scries— 


826-0 
2,(»l-0 


i» •• 
Goal .. 


ri886,p. 187. 
U886p. 196. 
i 1889, ,p. 14& 
1 1890, p. 149. 








land. 


Narrabeen Shales. 






M cnchito Itland. 


Moechitoldand.... 


Newoastie.. 


Northum- 
berland. 


Newoastie, or Upper 
Coal Measures. 


617-1 


•1 •• 


1888, p. 106. 


NaUveDog .... 


LeQa Springs 


LeQa 


Gunder- 
hooka. 


Poet-Tertiarj- and 
Cretaceous? 


476-0 


Water. 


1891, App. 10. 




Adamttown 


NewcasUe.. 


Northum- 
berland- 


Newcastle, or Upper 
Coal Measures. 


2431 


Coal .. 


1886, p. 190. 


New Lambton 
Colliery Ca 
Kicolechel.... 


New Lambton 


Stowell.... 


Gloucester. 


11 i> 


272-0 


»» •• 


1882, p. 124. 


Niooleche Holding.. 




Barrona .. 


Cretaceous? 


916-0 


Water. 


1891. App. ». 


„ 2.... 




.... 


Ularaxa .. 


Cretaceous and 
Granite. 


1,600-0 


II 


1891, App. 80. 


8,... 

Nobby'8 


Newcastle 


Newoastie.. 


Barrona .. 
Northum- 
berland. 


Newcastle, or Upper 
Coal Measures. 


1,227-0 
824-8 


ci^i:: 


1891, App. 81. 
1891. DU^. 8. 


North Shore.... 


North Shore 


Willoughby 


CumI)orland 


Hawkesbury Series . . 


401-6 


.... 


1886, p. 162. 


Nowra 




Nyngan .. 


St. Vincent 
Oxley .... 


Upper Coal-Measures. 
Poet-Tertiary, Cre- 


1.423-4 
620-6 


Coal .. 

Water. 


1890, p. 161. 


Nyngan 


Portion 71, Nyngan 


1891, App. 7. 










taceous. 








Outer NetftlUe.. 


Outer Netallie,WU- 
cannia to Silver- 
ton-road. 






»i ti 


83-0 


•1 


1884. p. 240. 

(1884, p. 241. 
\ 1886, p. 194. 
1886, p. 177. 


•» A 


M 


.... 


.... 


»» If 


81010 


II •• 


Pelican Flat 1.. 


PeKcan Flat, Lake 


.... 


Northum- 


Newcastle, or Upper 


1,0001 


Coal .. 


2.. 


M«Kqimrif». 




berland. 


Coal Measures. 


246-5 


II • • 


1886, p. 178. 


Penrith 


Penrith 


.... 


Cumberiand 
Irrara 


Hawkesbuij' Sandstone 
Post-Tertiary and Cre- 


434-8 
6130 


yfii^: 


1886. p. 166. 


Pirillie 1 


Pirillie Holding.... 


1891, App. 4L 










taceous. 








2 










803-0 


II • • 


1891, App. 69. 


PortWaratoh 1 


PortWaiatah..!!!'. 


Newiiastle.. 


Northum- 
beriand. 


Newcastle, or {jpper 
Coal Measures. 


3080 


Coal .. 


1886. p. 167. 


2 




^^ 






141-0 


II •• 


1886, p. 158. 


» 8 


'.".".' 


I* •• 


•» • • 




273-2 


II 


1885, p. 169. 


Ravensworthl.. 


Ravcnsworth 




" '.' 


GretaV or Lower Coal 
Measures. 


990-9 


II 


j 1889, p. 154. 
1 1880. p. 166. 


2.. 










1,001-2 


II •• 


1800. p. 167. 


Redheadl 


Charlestown !'.!!!! 


Kahibah .. 


»f 


Newcastle, or Upper 
Coal Measures. 


797-10 


II •• 


j 1886, p. 17a 
t 1886. p. 180. 


2 










9367 


• • 


1886, p. 187. 


i» * 

,. 8 


»» • 

1, ...... 


•> 
11 


»i 


II II 
•• II 


867-0 


»i 


(1887, p. 186. 
i 18y,p.211. 
1886, p. 164. 


Rocky Mouth .. 


Rocky Mouth, 





Clarence .. 


Oarenoe Coal 


403-4 


Coal.. 




Clarence River. 






Measures. 








Salisbury 1 


Salisbury I>owns 




Tantara .. 


Post-Tertiary and Cre- 


1,866-0 


Water.. 


1891, App. 86. 


Duwnd. 


Holding. 






taceous. 








2 

South Uedhfiod.. 


South Redhead . . .'. 


Kahibah .. 


Northum- 
berland. 


Newcastle, or Upper 
Coal-measures. 


1,6680 
886-0 


ooa.. 


1891, App. 87. 
1888, p. 149. 


Snake's Creek . . 


Snake's Creek, 
Charlestown. 


Newcastle.. 




II If 


997-6 


II •• 


1883, p. 210. 


StanwellPark 1 


StanwellPark .... 


Southend.. 


Cumberiand 


Hawkesbury Series ; 


438-1 


»■ •• 


1888. p. 18L 
















i> 2 










248-10 


•1 •• 


1888, p. 182. 


;; 8 


„ .... 


'* 


" 




270-1 


II •• 


18^ p. 188. 


Stockton Coal 


Stockton 


StowSl .. 


Glouoater. 


Newcastle, or Upper 
Coal-measures. 

Post-Tertiary : Creta- 
ceous,?and Silurian.? 


841-7 
248-2 


II •• 

Water 


( 1876, p. 140. 
1 1882. p. 121-121 
1890, p. 179. 


Company. 
Strinffor'B Hill . . 


Stringer's Bill .... 


Sunny OoriMr L. 


Sunny Comer .... 


.... 


Mitchell .. 


Silurian Sandstones 
and Slates. 


401-0 


Silver.. 


( 1886, p. 192. 
\ 1887, p. 192. 


2.. 
Teralba 


Teraltul, Lake Mac- 
quarie. 


Awaba .... 


Northum- 
berland. 


Sihirian and Poiphyr>' 
Newcastle, or Upper 
Coal-measures. 


657-0 
5680 


r^i :: 


18S7, p. 193. 
1883, p. 186. 


Tibbooburra L. 


Tibbooburra 


.. •• 


Tongowaka 


Post-Tertiary; Creta- 
ceous; Silurian.? 


2880 


Water 


( 1888, p. 231. 
\ 1891, App. 17. 
/1888, p. 232 
J 1889, p. 163. 


2.. 


II •••. 


.... 


i> 


II 11 


417-6 


II 


\ 1890. p. 181. 
(1891, App. 18. 



106 



Becords oft%e Geological Survey of New South Wales. 



[tol. it. 



' Name. 


Locality. 


Parish. 


County. 


Geological Formation. 


Depth in 
Feet, Aa 


Purpose 


Reference. 


TulAombah .... 


Tulcumbah, near 
Carrol. 


.... 


.... 


Poet-Tertiary.. 


264-0 


Water.. 


1884. p. 239. 


Wallarah 


Wallarah 


Wallarah.. 


.Noptntinn* 


Hawkesbury Series; 
Newcastle, or Upper 


288*10 


Coal .. 


1882, pp. 127- 








Av *^a vaam»a* 

berland. 














Coal Measures. 








Wangamana .... 


Wangamana Holding 


.... 


Barrona .. 


Poet-Tertiary and Cre- 
taceous. 

Newcastle, or Upper 
Coal Measures. 


1,600-0 


Water 


1801, App. 4a 


Waratah 


Waratah 


Newcastle 


Northum- 


1.127-6 


Coal .. 


1891, Diag. & 








berland. 




Waratah 1 


Waratah Estate.... 


,, 


It 


i> fi 


21010 


ti • • 


1S78, Sec 10. 


CkwlCo. 
















2 


John*8Farm 








16S-8 


^, 


1878, Sec 11. 


8 


Waratah Estate.... 








148-7 


If 


1878, Sec 12. 


4 


Waratah, near Loco. 

tank. 
Weilmoningle Hold- 


If 


It 


If ft 


868*10 


11 


1878, Sec 14. 


WeilmODingle 1.. 


.... 


Culgoa 


Poet-Tertiary and Cre- 


2,006*0 


Water.. 


1881, App. 56. 




ing. 






taceous. 








__."^ 2.. 


Weriis Creek" 


.... 




ff II 


1.500*0 


f 1 • • 


1801. App. 57. 


Werrifl Creek 1.. 


.... 


Buckland .. 




672-0 




1885, p. 179. 


2. 


II 




jj 




29511 


II 


1885, p. ISO. 


Wert Wallsend 


Wallsend 


Teiaiba.... 


Northum- 


Newcastle or Upper 
Coal Measures. 


718*6 


Coal .. 


1883, pp. 137,138 


Co. 






berland. 






WUoannia B.... 


CR. 604, Wiloannia 
to SUverton road 






Poet-Tertiary and Cre- 
taceous. Y 


146-6 


Water.. 


1885. p. 18& 


» c... 


C.IL 605, Wilcannia 
toSilvertonroad 






fi i» 


75-8 


II 


18S5, p. 183. 


„ D.... 


O.B. 606, WUcannia 
to Silverton road 


.... 




11 11 




II •- 


1885, p. 195. 


„ E.... 


C.B. 607, WUoannia 
to Silverton road 




.... 


„ 


.... 


11 


1885, p. 190. 


« J.... 


64M1.W.R. Wiloan- 
nia to Silverton 
. road. 






II If 


210*9 


If 


1885. p. 202. 


.. K.... 


W.B.6i5, Wilcannia 
toSilvertonroad 


.... 


.... 


11 II 


66*0 


If 


1885. p. S)l. 


L.... 


CR. 612. Wilcannia 
to Silverton road 


.... 




Post-Tertiary, Slate 
and Granite. 


88-9 


„ .. 


(1884, PL 244. 
1 1885, p. 200. 


„ H.... 


Yancowinna Pis., 
WUcannU to Sil- 
verton road. 






Post-Tertiary and Cre- 
taceous? 


260*3 


If 


1885, p. 20S. 


M EE.... 


Qlenlyon Station . . 


.... 


.... 




229*2 


_ 


1886, p. 197. 


WoaJfordl .*!'.! 


Calker'sWeU 

Woodford 


.... 


Cook!'..... 


Hawkesbury '^ries; 
Upper Coal Mea- 
sures. 


• 260*6 
1,668*6 


ofia." 


1888, p. 198. 
1888,PlS14. 
















., 2 .... 


» 




fi 


If II 


1,894*8 


• 1 •■ 


(1888, p. 21.5. 
1 1889, p. 14«. 


Wyee 


Wyee 


Wallarah.. 


Northnm* 




946*8 




] 1800, p. ICO. 
(1891, Wag. 12. 








A. V A U AA U &AA* 

berland. 


If fi 




»f •• 


WyoDgl 


Wyong 


Mnnmorah 




Hawkesbury Series; 
Upper Coal Measures. 


901*0 




(1882, p. 129. 
\ 1883, p. 187. 






4I& miMii\/a vutA 


*' 




If 


„ 2 










897*0 




1882, pp. 129- 

190. 
1892, p. 83 : 


Yacaaba 


It .......... 

Yacaaba 




»i 
Gloucester 


II fi 
Coal Measures 


676*0 


fi 
















1893. IMa«. 3. 


Yancannia 1 . . . . 


Yancannia Holding 


Cockulby .. 


Yantara .. 


Post-Tertiary and Cre- 
taceous. 


268*0 


Water.. 


1891, App. 53. 


YaIldJ;l...^•::: 


Yanda Homing.... 


.. .. 


Covper .. 


Post-¥ertiary ;" Creta- 
ceous ; Silurian ? 


803*0i 
750-0 


II 

II 


1891. App. 54. 
1801. Ai^ 34. 


» 2 


s.8r 

E., 10 mis. from 
Paroo River. 




II 


II 


1,008*0 


II 


1891, App. 35. 


Yantabulla .... 


W.R. 162, Bourke to 


Mucruss .. 


Irrara 


., 


210*0 


f 1 


1891, App- 11. 


Youngarina .... 


W.R. 169 


Youngarina 




Poet-Tertiaiy ; Creta- 
ceous? 


165*0 




1891, App 9. 






If •• •• 




If 


Young Wallsend 


Young Wallsend 
Mine. 


.... 


Northum- 
berland. 


Newcastle, or Upper 


470*6 


Coal .. 


1886, p. 184. 



PART 2.] PiTTMAW : Wyalong QoU-Jield, 107 

XVIII. — On the Geological Structure of the Wyalong Gold-field : 
By E. F. PiTTMAN, A.R.S.M., Government Geologist, 



Situation, — ^The Wyalong gold-field is situated on the WoUongough Eoad, 
about forty miles in a north-westerly direction from the terminus of the railway 
at Temora. 

Topographical and Geological features, — The country where the gold has been 
discovered consists of level plains covered with dense mallee scrub, and occasional 
belts of ironbark and box, while at long intervals are seen low ridges covered with 
cypress pine. 

The surface of the plains consists, to a depth of two or throe feet, of red and 
black clayey soils of Pleistocene age, with ironstone pebbles and occasional sub- 
angular fragments of quartz. 

The pine ridges in the vicinity of the Government township of Wyalong are 
formed of hard rocks, consisting of homblendic granite, diorite, and felsite, with 
slates, sandstones, and quartzites — the three latter probably of Upper Silurian age. 
The homblendic granite, the diorite and the felsite appear in the form of in- 
trusive dykes, which have burst through, tilted and transmuted the slates and 
sandstones, while the diorites and felsites have also intruded the granites. Some 
of the sedimentary rocks in the surveyed township are gametiferous, and generally 
speaking, it may bo said that the rocks over this area show great evidence of meta- 
roorphism. About two miles west of the main camp there is a low ridge upon which 
there is an outcrop of solid micaceous granite. A large lode of quartz with much 
tourmaline occurs here, and contiguous to it is a narrow belt of pure mica schist. 
There is another outcrop of solid micaceous granite about three and a half miles 
north of the main camp near the north-west comer of C.P. Portion 4 — Gagie's 
Selection. In the granitic rocks hard white irregular shaped nodules of magnesite 
(carbonate of magnesia) are occasionally found. 

Immediately underneath the two or three feet of Pleistocene clay which forms 
the surface of the plains decomposed granitic rocks occur ; and herein is one of the 
most interesting features of the gold-field, for whereas the rocks forming the pine 
ridges are all of a very hard nature, the decomposed granitic rocks underlying the 
plains are so soft that no explosives are necessary for mining operations, and all 
the work of excavation has hitherto been easily done with the pick and shovel. 
These decomposed rocks are of various shades of grey, yellow, brown and red, and 
while some of them have evidently been micaceous granites, others are probably 
decomposed felsites and homblendic granites, the brown or red colour being 



110 Becords of the Qeological Burvey of New South Wales, [vol. iv. 

This belt of slate, or a parallel one, extends througli the surveyed townsHp of 
Wyalong, and is surrounded by intrusive rocks, which have separated it from the 
main body of sedimentary rocks, the western boundary of which may be seen four or 
five miles to the eastwards. 

Outh/ing Discoveries. — During my visit a rush occurred at a place called the Nine- 
mile, in the parish of Hiawatha, County of Gipps, about nine miles in a north-eastern 
direction from the main camp at Wyalong. Several reefs were discovered here, but 
very little work had been done upon them. One of these reefs (Gagie*s Claim) 
showed good gold, but was cut off by a '* fault," and they are now driving with the 
object of recovering the lost or " heaved" portion of the reef. This reef was also 
characterised by the occurrence of the nodules of limonite containing kernels of 
mispickel, which have already been described. The reefs at the Nine-mile Bush occur 
close to the junction of the main body of sedimentary rocks (just referred to), with 
decomposed granitic rocks similar to those at Wyalong. Gagie's Beef, and several 
others, are in the latter formation, but other reefs have also been found in the 
slate. A small patch of Tertiary drift (probably Pliocene), consisting of well- 
rounded pebbles of metamorphosed rocks, occurs on the side of a small ridge, at 
the Nine-mile Bush. 

On Lange's Selection — Portion 11, Parish of Wyalong — about four miles north- 
west of the main camp, a vertical reef, having a width of four feet, has also been 
discovered in similar decomposed granitic rocks. I was informed by the owners. 
West and Party, that specimens showing gold had been taken down to Sydney 
from this reef, but on the occasion of my visit I could not see any. Comparatively 
little work has been done on this reef pending the granting of a permit to mine. 

About two miles north-east of the surveyed township of Wyalong, a reef (the 
Little Darling) has been discovered by Barker and Party. This reef was six inches 
wide just beneath the surface, and showed good prospects. Here again, and for 
a further distance of at least two miles eastwards, the country consists of the same 
decomposed granitic rocks covered by Pleistocene clays. 

About two miles to the south of Wyalong on George Bolte's Conditional Lease, 
Portion 21, Parish of Wyalong, is another reef showing good gold. This reef, 
which is being worked in the prospecting claim, by Bolte and Party, bears east 20^ 
north, and dips north 2(f west at an angle of about 44°. It is nearly three feet wide 
in places, and prospects well. The formation in which it occurs is again the same 
decomposed granitic rock. 

Extent of Auriferous Area already projected, — ^It will thus be seen that the 
area in which auriferous reefs have already been proved to exist in the same soft 
rock, extends for at least seven miles in a north and south direction, by a similar 
distance east and west. Only the central portion of this area — or about one square 



PABT 2.] PiTTMAiT: Wyolong Oold-field. Ill 

mile — ^has been anything like systematicallj prospected ; while the outlying dis- 
coTeries, such 2^ the Little Darling Beef on the extreme east, the Nine-mile Eush 
to the north-east, West and Party's reef on Lange*B Selection to the north-west, 
and Bolte*s Beef on Portion 21 to the south, appear to point to the probability of 
many other auriferous reefs existing within the area bounded by them. 

Difficulties in the way of proepeeting, — The outlying reefs just described must 
not be regarded as the ascertained boundaries of the gold-bearing area, but merely 
as the extreme limits to which prospecting had been carried at the time of my 
visit. The extremely level nature of the country, and the occurrence of continuous 
surface covering of Pleistocene clays, renders it a very difficult matter to define 
the limits of the auriferous area. In fact, it is only by digging costeaning 
trenches, or sinking shafts that the presence of reefs can be discovered ; and 
hence it is that prospecting on this field becomes purely a matter of patient 
and careful work — ^there being little or no surface evidence to guide the miner. 

Credit is undoubtedly due to the Neild family for the manner in which they 
have developed the field. They came there without any experience in mining 
and their success must be entirely attributed to their industry and determination. 
The method followed by them was to break and examine any fragment of quartz 
which they saw on the surface, and whenever they saw colours of gold in the 
stone, they sank through the two or three feet of clay or soil. In most instances 
they succeeded in finding the reef immediately below, and in this manner they 
have become the owners of some o£ the most promising reefs at Wyalong. Their 
example might be most advantageously followed by many men whom I saw on 
the field. 

Conditions of Mining. — It has already been stated that with one exception (viz. 
where an auriferous reef occurs in slate country) the Wyalong reefs are found 
in decomposed granitic rocks, and these are so soft that no explosives are required 
for mining purposes. In addition to being very easily excavated, this decomposed 
rock appears to "hold" fairly well, or in other Words, does not require a very great 
amount of support in the shape of timbering. It is evident, therefore, that at 
present the reefs are being worked under the most favourable conditions for 
economical mining. 

The question as to the limit in depth to which these decomposed rocks may be 
expected to extend is one of considerable interest, as it will influence, in no small 
degree, the future of the field. In Taylor's Shaft, which at the time of my visit, 
had reached the depth of one hundred and seven feet, no perceptible difference 
could be observed in the character of the country rock, nor had the reef shown 
any alterations worthy of note, beyond the variations in width, which have 
already been alluded to as characteristics of all the reefs on the field. Moreover 
I was informed that in a shaft which had been sunk on a selection, four or five 



112 Eecordsofthe Geological Survey of New Bouth Walet, [vol. it. 

miles distant from "Wyalong, a depth of one hundred and ninety- two feet had been 
attained without striking Vater, and without getting below the limits of the 
decomposed granitic rocks. It may fairly be assumed, therefore, that the same 
favourable conditions as those under which the reefs are at present worked, will 
obtain to a depth of about two hundred feet. But on the other hand, there 
can be little doubt that the decomposed rock will eventually give place to hard 
granite, and when this is reached the cost of excavation will be a very much more 
expensive matter. In addition to this, when the hard rock is reached, it is pro- 
bable that water will bo met with to some extent, and the gold will be found 
(partly at any rate) in a more or less complex ore. Much of the gold showing at 
present has the appearance of having been set free by the decomposition of 
pyrites, and therefore it is fair to assume that below the water level, roasting and 
chlorination, or some analogous process will be required for its extraction from 
the sulphurous ores. 

Possibility of Alluvial Deposits heing found. — Mention has already been 
made of the level nature of the country at Wyalong and the covering 
up of its geological features by a uniform deposit of Pleistocene clays. 
Owing to these conditions, the discovery of old river valleys or alluvial 
deposits, is rendered even more difficult than the discovery of new reefs. Judging 
by the shafts already sunk, the bed-rock appears to come within a nearly uniform 
distance of the surface around the main camp, and there does not seem to be a 
very good prospect of alluvial drifts being discovered in the immediate vicinity. 
The field is, however, about eight hundred feet above sea level, and there is every 
reason, therefore, to expect that in Tertiary times the drainage from this area found 
its way into deep valleys, and deposited therein the gold which was derived from the 
denudation of the reefs. The search for these old valleys will probably require 
time and patience, but in the meanwhile it appears to me that one of the most 
likely looking outlets, viz., between the 16-Mile Tank and Doyle's Claim (south of 
the surveyed township), has been scarcely prospected. 

Source of the Gold. — There is, I think, little doubt that the homblendic rocks 
may be regarded as the immediate source of the gold at Wyalong. The hom- 
blendic granites as well as the diorites, are probably of later age than the micaceous 
granites and sedimentary rocks which they have burst through in the form of 
dykes. These eruptiye rocks when in a molten condition, probably carried a small 
proportion of gold from great depths, and it was subsequently leached from them 
and deposited in the reefs by the gradual percolation of thermal waters. The 
occurrence of such homblendic rocks in proximity to gold-bearing reefs is charac- 
teristic of New South Wales gold-fields. 

Tip to the present date four hundred and eighty-eight tons of stone from Wyalong 
have been crashed for a total yield of eight hundred and sixty-nine ounces of 
smelted gold. 



PABT 2.] PiTTMAK: Wyolong Oold-Jield, 113 

Summary, — ^In conclusion I may state that while the Wjalong reefs may all be 
expected to vary considerably in width, I can see no reason why they should not 
be persistent in depfch. On the other hand at a depth of two hundred feet or there- 
abouts, the decomposed rocks in which the reefs arenowbeingworkedmaybo expected 
to give place to solid granite, and it is obvious that the cost of mining will then 
be materially increased, while the gold will probably be more difficult to extract. 

In the meanwhile a considerable number of reefs have been proved to contain 
gold which should certainly be payable while the present conditions of mining 
obtain, and there seems to be every reason to suppose that the auriferous area will 
be considerably extended. 

Preparations were being made for the erection of three batteries at AVyalong, 
when I left the field. 

10th May, 1894. 



.^'^ 



PLATE VIII. 



Oleandridium lentriculiforme, Eth. fiL 



Fig. 1. An entire leaf, from Gosford. 

Fig. 2. An incomplete leaf, from Freehwater. 

Fig. 3. Portion of the neuration, magnified twice. 

Drawn from nature by Mr. P. T. Hammond. 



y/y-*-"/ 



Hecokds—Geol. Survey, MS- Wales. Vol. IV. 



Plate VIII. 






P. T. Hammond, del. 



Hellotype. 



PLATE IX. 

Tig. 1. Iguana, 3 feet 7 inches long. 

Eig. 2. Imperfect outline, perhaps intended for a human figure, with bird-like 
head, <&c. 

Fig. 3. Possibly intended for a " Plying-fox" {Pieropwi), or an Eagle-hawk, 3 
feet 6 inches. 

Eig. 4. Human leg, possibly the left, 2 feet. 

Fig. 5. Female figure with upraised arms, but minus the feet ; aboye the head 
is a heart-shaped body, 3 feet 5 inches. 

Fig. 6. Emu, somewhat bent forward, 6 feet. 

Fig. 7. Small bird possibly, of irregular proportions. 

Fig. 8. Emu, smaller than Fig. 6, and in a more upright position, 3 feet 10 inches. 

Fig. 9. Flying-squirrel {Petaurus), 2 feet 4 inches. 

Fig. 10. Opossum probably, 4 feet 6 inches. 

Fig. 11. Dilly-basket, 3 feet 9 inches. 

Fig. 12. Echidna, 1 foot 6 inches. 

Fig. 13a and h. Foot-prints — ^Two of three impressions, 1 foot. 

Fig. 14. Female figure, close to that of the male Fig. 15, 3 feet 6 inches. 

Fig. 15. Male figure in the attitude of one of the magic dances, with head-dress, 
6 feet 2 inches. 

Drawn to scale, from nature, by Mr. G. H. Barrow. 



CATALOGUE OF MINING MAPS 



PUBLISHED BY TUB 



:PARTMENT of mines and agriculture, SYDNEY, NEW SOUTH WALES, 

J^T'T^XTj, 1894. 



To be obtained at the Department of Mines and Agricultnre, Sydney, and at the Warden's Office in the Mining District 
in which the land represented on the map or plan is situated. 

l8. per sheet is the imiform price. 



MINING DISTRICTS. 



i:;?h. or part of. 



Uining District. 



Gold-field. 



Parish, or part of. 



Mining District. 



Ck>ia-fleld. 



''•^rnbie(partof) 

♦ ■-' iinri of) . 

• do ... 



(town of) . 



• 'yjLTi of) 

' ')1V 

:(<artuf) 



rn.rirn 



(l»artof). 



(part of). 



V l>owns.. . 
rt'v;,^ee(|»rtof) 
(pa.rt of)..: 



'- ' ■ (r>art of) 
•■ ccath ...... 



....ira(part of). 
vfjiartoO •••. 



cL-ih 



Tumut and Adelong 

do do 

Peel and UraUa 

Madgee 

Albert | 

do 

Tumut and Adelong . . 
Albert 

do ' 

Peel and Uralla | 

New England 

Bathurat i 

New England ' 

Bathurst 

New England 

Peel and Uralla { 

Hunter and Maoleay . . i 

Albert I 

Clarence and Richmoud 

Peel and UraUa 

Tumut and Adelong , . 

New England | 

Clarence and Richmond 

Tambaroora, and Turon, 

and Mudgee. 
Peel and Uralla ' 

do do I 

Bathurst I 

New England ' 

Albert | 

New England ' 

Bathurst 

Southern 

do 

do 

Hunter and Macleay . . 
Peel and Uralla 

do do 

New England 

Bathurst 

New England 

Albert 

Peel and Uralla 

Tambarooia and Turon. 



Umaralla. 

Adelong Creek. 

Swamp Oak and Niangala. 

Albert. 

do 
Black Range (iMirtly). 
Albert. 

do 
Tingha. 
Emuiaville (partly). 

Boorook and Lunatic. 
Caloola Creek (partly). 
Emmaville (partly). 
Tingha. 

Albert. 
Orara. 



do 
Albert ... 
Bathurst . 
Albert . . . 



do 



Bookookara (pt. of) 
Do do .. 

Booloombayt 

Boona 

Do East 

Do West 

, Boonoo Boonoo (pt. 
■ of). 

, Boorook 

I Horanel 

Bowman 

Boyd 

Brangalgan 



Molonglo (partly). 

TA^*eed and Richmond Rivers 

(partly). 
Turon Kiver (partly). 1 

Bingara (partly). 

do do 

Oberon. ' 

Boorook and Lunatic. 
.Vlbert. 

Emmaville. I 

Bcneree (i^artly). 
Dromedary. ' 



Barrinjfton and Gloucester. 
Bincara. 

do 
Emmaville. i 

Emmaville. 1 1 

Albert. ji 

Macquarie River, Stony Creek, ' 
and Ironbarka j, 

Wellington. 

Albert. I 

Mulgunnia and Abercrombie. | 
Albert. 



Branxton 

Bray 

Brinijellet (part of) . 

Broatlmeadows 

Broulee (fit Tomago) 

Brundah 

Buangla (part of) . . 
Bullongong do ... 

Bumbaldry 

Bundar , 

Bundawarrah 

Do (part of) 

Burke 

Burnt 

Burrandong . . . 



Do (part of) 



Burrill 

Byjerkemo 

Byiig 

Byngrano 

Cadger 

(>alafat 

Callanj-n (part of) 

Caloola (part of) 

Canowindra 

Carroll (part of) . . 

Cargo 

Do (part of) .. 

Castleton 

Cataract (part of) 

Cathcart 

Cavendish 



Cessnock 



New England Boorook and Lunatic. 

do do do do 

Hunter and Maclcay . . Gloucester. 

Cobar j Began. 

do I do 

do I do 

New England ' Boorook and Lunatic. 



do do 

Hunter and Macleay 

New England 

Peel and Uralla 

Tumut and Adelong 

Hunter and Macleay . . ' 

Albert \ 

Bathurst j 

Clarence and Richmond' 

Southern , 

Lachlan 

Southern I 

Tumut and Adelong . . ! 

Lachlan 

New England I 

Lachlan I 

do 

Southern 

Cobar 1 

Tttuibaroora and Tur6n. 



do 



do 



Lachlan 

Albert 

Bathurst 

Albert 

Southern 

Tumut and Adelong . . 

New England 

Albert 

Bathurst 

Tumbaroora and Turon. 

Lachlan 

do 

Bathurst 

New England 

Albert 

New England 



Hunter and Maclcay . . 



do do 

Gloucester. 
i Emmaville. 

; Bourke, Cooper, Dowling, and 
Gipps. 

' Albert 
Caloola Creek. 
Boyd or Little River. 
Mogo (partly). 
Tvagong Creek. 
Yalwal. 

Molonglo (partly). 
Tyagong Creek. 
Emmaville (partly). 
Temora (partly), 
do do 

Bogan. 

Macquarie River, Stony Creek, 
I Ironbarks, and Wellington. 
Mac(juarie River, Stony Creek, 

and Ironbarks. 
Boifan. 

Albert, ^^ 

Bvng (partly). 
Albert. 

Gulph (partly). 
Adelong Creek. 
Boorook and Lunatia 
Albert. 

Canowindra (partly). 
Wellington. 
Cargo and Canowindra. 
Cargo. 

Turon River and Kirkconnell. 
Boorook and Lunatic (partly). 
Albert 

Timbarra and Boorook and 
Lunatic. 



MiNlNU IttwrnCTi^-^ ti^Mi 



PirtihvMri«<t«it 



•ImiMrtiiftlritt. 



Golil^ficW. 



i**rt*K, or fiArt : 



iM» |j««mt. 



In..,,....,, . !. 



If it mtf». ^Umif} 
I ImuliArkA. 






*ip 



^Vofiy irv»4, 









do 



f^inr^tti 



Itettinrat 
























-ir> 




<1 



'!>'). 









M;:.ai;.l pil.i 



MINING BlSTmCTS— continued. 



lOah, or partoC 



:ii> A 

r.i.iiurcy . 



. .nt Allen 

-it, Gippa ... 

:r I IIo^k; 

1- kervk-a (part of).. 



..incoble 

■ .'T 

iiicunnia .. 

idi Mujidi 
: '.raliariua 



do 



:..Kr;k ... 

r.v'iiii 

rr.inirarril. 



n iunindahCparkof) 

■>" rTuunng'a 

v- .<, Kr.!<rland Mining 

^ • "v rv 

1 'O 

^' -p onia , 

\h> (part of) 

^ ^ftmnJiulla do .. 

' i-'Aina 

\ -.: lie (part of) 

'- :Irain 

•alien (part of) . 



"..jr..n 

>!. . ahtlc (part of) .. 



>a.lale 

iura, .. 



• /r i|»art of), MouDt 

Brown. 
''^ni^'.ira 



t .rv list North ... 
I'.-rkvS 

f:.ton 

' r .-|.ero(part of) .. 
: ;.t.,imoota 

1" ;rvls (part of) 

f; ;.i do ... 



I: •■ k c;ien 

t;-:' kvale 

i;. !).;!c> (]«art of) . 
1 ^-o Vallej" do 



• rv (part oO 
1 >' > do 
ir-Scld 



■— .tt 

Lustopol. 



i»o 

" . U> (partof), .. 

x-Mtint'l 

'' ■• .,-rij (part of) . 
• .Tit Grove (pt. of). 

"■\,le 

—.ilia 

"" liicrs (part of). . . 

' uier^et 



■utiiend 

■nth Gundagai . . . 



Uming District. 



Goldfield. 



Southern 

Hudgee 

Bathurst 

Cobar 

Albert 

Ck>bar 

Tambaroora and Taron 



do 

Lachlan 

New England. 
Bathurst 



do 



Albert 

Turout and Adelong 

Cobar 

Peel and Uralla 

Albert 

do 

Southern 

Bathurst 

Southern 

do 



Peel and.Uralla 

Hunter and Macleay 

Southern 

do 

Albert 

Clarence and Richmond 

Peel and Uralla 

Clarence and Richmond 
Southern 



Bathurst 

Peel and Uralla 

Hunter and Macleay 
Peel and Uralla ....*., 

Albert . 

Southern 

Albert 



do 

do 

New England 

Lachlan 

Albert 

Peel and Uralla 

Albert 

New England 

do do 

Albert 

New England 

do do 

do do 

Tnmut and Adelong 

New England 

Peel and Uralla 

do dn 

do do 

Cobar 

Peel and Uralla and New^ 

England. 

Peel and Uralla 

Tumut and Adelong . 



Albert 

Peel and Uralla 

Albert 

Peel and Uralla 

New England 

Peel and Uralla 

Tambaroora and Turon, 
Bathurst 



Cobar 

Albert 

Southern 

Tumut and Adelong 



Moruya (portlyX 

Bogan. 
Albert. 
Bogan. 
Macquarie River, Stony Creek 

Ironbarks, and Muckerwa. 

do do 

Billabong. 
Emmaville. 
Mulgunnia and Abercrombie 

(partlyX 
Albert 

Black Range (partly). . 
Bogan. 
Bingara. 
Albert. 

do 
Argyle, Camden, and King. 

Gulph (partly). 
Nerrimungah Creek. 



Ironbark and Tea-tree (partly). 

Orara, 

Droinedarj-. 

do 
Albert. 

Boyd or Little River (partly). 
Peel River (partly). 
T\\ eeil and Richuiond Rivers. 
Shoalhaven and Shoalhaven 

River. 
Oberon. 
Upper Hunten 

Upper Hunter. 

Albert. 

Arjryle, Camden, and King. 

Albert. 

do 

do 
EmniaviUe. 
Billabong. 
Albert. 

Upper Hunter 
Albert. 
Enuiiaville. 
Boorook and Lunatic 
Albert. 
Emmaville. 

do 

do 
Umaralla, 
Boorook and Lunatic (partly). 

Kookarabooka. 

do 
Bogan. 
Euimaville (partly). 



Sebastopol, Junee, and 

Urangilly (partly). 
Albert. 

Kookarabooka. 
Albert. 

Emmaville (partly). 

Tinglia do 

Turon River. 

Gully Swamp and Black Hills 

(partly). 
BoLran. 
Albert. 

Adelong Creek and Gundagai, 



Parish, or part of. 



Springbrook . 
Stanford . . . 

Stephen 

Stockington . 



Stockton 

Do (town of). 

Stouehenge 

Stowell 

Straehan 

Strathbogie 



Do North . 

Strathspey (part of). 

Sutton 

Swinton 

Talbragar 

Tallaganda (part of). 
Tambaroora do 

Tara , 

Teleraree 

Tenandra 

Tent Hill 

Teralba 

Thornshope 

Ticnga 

Timbarra 



Tomago 

Tomaree 

Toogong 

Topi Topi 

Torrorwangee . . . 

Torrens (part of) 

Tout 

Trianbil (part of) 

Tritralong 

Tuena . 

Tug!?arah 

Tumbarumba . . . 



UndercliflE (part of). . 
Undoo do 

Umberuraberka .... 
Ulmarrah (part of). . 
Urobodalla do 

Wakha 

Wallah Wallah 

Wallundrv 

Walters (JKirt of) 

Waiigat 

Wurragan\ba 

Wari-atni (ijart of) . . 
Warrc \\'arral 



Waukaroo 

Wellington North . . 

Wellington Vale 

Wells : 

Wcrtiigo 

West Fairfield 

Willie Ploma 

Willyama, (village of) 
Windcyer (part of) . . 

WonoTia 

Won;ra Willi 

Wo«*d'9 Reef 

W'oraro 

Worcester 

Worra 

Wyaldra 

W\:inbeue 

Wylie 

Yalwal (part of) 

Yancowinua 

Do North . . 

Yarralaw 

Young (part of) .... 
Yowaka 

Do (part of) 



Alining District. 



Clarence and Richmond 
Hunter and Macleay 

Albert 

Hunter and Macleay 

Extended. 
Hunter and Macleay 

do do 

Peel and Uralla 

Hunter and Macleay 
Now England 

do do and Peel 

and Uralla. 
New England 

do do 

Hunter and Macleay . . 

Peel and Uralla 

Mudgee 

Southern 

Tambaroora and Turon. 

Albert 

Hunter and Macleay . . 

Mudgee 

New England 

Hunter and Macleay . , 

Bathurst 

Peel and Uralla 

New EIngland , 



Southern 

Hunter and Macleay 

La<'hlan , . 

Hunter and Macleay 

Albert 

Bathurst 

Cobar 

Tambaroora and Turon. 

Lachlan 

Bathurst 

Hunter and Macleay 
Tunmt and Adelong 



New England 

Tumut and Adelong . . 

Albert I 

Tambaroora and l^iron. , 

Southern | 

Peel and Uralla ' 

Lfiohlan I 

do 

Tambaroora and Turon. 
Himter and Macloay . . ' 

Bathurst ' 

Mudgee 

Timuit and Adelong 



Gold-field. 



Albert 

New England 

do do 

Tambaroora and Turon. 

Albert 

New England 

Tumut and Adelong . . 

Albert 

Mudgee 

Southern 

do 

Peel and Uralla 

Albert 

Bathurst 

I'eel and Uralla 

Mudgee 

Southern 

New England 

Southern 

Albert 

do 

Southern 

Lachlan 

Southern 

do 



Boyd or Little River. 
Albert. 



Emmaville (partly). 
do do 

do do 

Boorook and Lunatic. 

Tingha. 
Gulgong. 

Wellington. 
Albert. 

Gloucester (partly). 
Mitchell's Creek. 
Emmaville (partly). 

Mount Lambie. 

Boorook and Lunatic, and 

Timbarra. 
Mogo (partly). 

Cargo and Canowindra (partly . 

Gloucester. 

Albert. 

King's Plains. 

Bogan. 

Wellington. 

Temora. 

Abercrombie, 

Tumbarumba, Ouranee, and 

Burra Creek (partly). 
Boorook and Lunatic. 

Albert. 
Wellington. 

Swamp Oak and Niangala. 

Lachlan. 

Oundabindjal. 

W\-llington. 

Gloucester. 

Wellington. 

Sebastopol, Junee, and 

I'rangilly. 
Albert. 
Emmaville (partly). 

do do 

Albert. 
Timbarra. 
Adelong Creek. 
Albert. 
Wellington, 



Ironbark and Tea -tree. 

Albert. 
Ophir. 

Kookarabooka. 
Gulgong. 

Boorook and Lunatic (partly), 

Yalwal. 

Albert. 

do 
ArgA le, Camden, and King, 
Burra ngong. 
Panibula. 

do 



HIUXNQ BlffTBIClS-^rf 



f*^.' 



I'fcrKti, nf fmri ftf« 



Mlnluir Dteititrt 



«l<^Ti|lt«kl, 



'tmUrr^]Mrt1>). 



tnraitit 0r ittii 6t. 



oniiiMiidj 



Ulrilr.ji iMtir; 



1 '-r^i' i t ta 



141 id It^mb^tk*. 



■ vnr. 



i: ^M.r* 1- 



iTffjkn 






Ilxj . ^ 

XHy ... ., 

ll-u,ni»K: 









J'eTk 



-uj Klfliit)titi44l 

.(lit 






K^ 

K ^.1" 

1. 

}. 

i . ;.,... 

I 

] • 

h > r-r, . 

WttJTitnliTiriipnn ofV I tlw 

yi .,...... + , . .,L ^ 



vtT fpiLrtljj 






itij Aikiiufiy, 



(Hi (|ittrt af) 



do 





















MDnnQ DiBTT' 



Miniog! nUu 



Ihir/fth, iw fowi of 



i}aM41«lil 



Tirja (|^ttrt{y> 



r* bikl Til 



ti«tnd 



I tfe*. 



i-wjk Ami l/ainMliir 






^ t ::fttio^*iitrMiPMi^ 



V HI *Ui4 4iiu*^M. 



i^iLmtlrij, *nil HU\g 






iiid LiiJi«*tit 



iifiAtii ip*nt>l. 



ili»tf«rtiy>. 



TUtSWU-, Mil! 






.and BlA^Jt: tlllb 



C'lVitiL At^li UUtldAKUt. 












U.l.r -I 



WiflU 



All>yrt 



, blC- 






ra a«fd Turort,! 



i; w ..V. 

IK. 

TuviilIiiji .♦ 



ilmiJ,To»i 






tiEOliOGlCAL MAPS AFD ! 



l\ BY tHR l>EPAET5CE!rT tSf Si 



A ^ D A U iUt : U i.T U HL, SYD NETT , 

<l » MAI*i§. 

Mil, *hove!nff Mmeml AtBts of New South W^itm, SrnT?, f ^ rntTi^r to t ia:h. 

t/:h Mftti 1 1 Xiiw South I lift lut- Hi»v. W, li 

i;. >i. \^ iikiliftOti, |*S*> KO«H,t (*i)vrrriinMit 1 . - ;i-\v,v<ir-in-rhrtrgtJ» ^- 

tln do 4ia 

' *- '' !ii III. J...... uuiiwr the directum i' 

h. 






I'^.triiMinr i.f f'l iii-JU 






outot t'onJ**^ 



ti-^ -'I T.ii>- t r<-f,:i4:i M nr!4uij; r iinii:^: jiMi in lUh i^tuhiv t.r i.j**. 



Skut^jb Map itioffing Uiuolojjical t^nturci btftwiajii Poik Kill by Wiilijuii Aoitep^ 

{2.) PUlSLlCATlU.\.-i. 
Tito Mining Aui ttt IB^I. with Ki^^iibtiijuN, 

Ann ' y - ' ^ '- ^'-""' ' '^''*i liidu'iivii* 

Mjr [Out. of jiritit.) 



:i 1' 



Agv., M.A, F I 



MrN*K' 



i^tnlfiiitir *— I Orft f*f frfnt. | 



nvt \i'* ikiin tn*L;ii»-:i(i >iu]rtuj ,11141*. ^ (M .>i:¥V' .^vnj,(,[| »fc,in. ., iiv POEin vr^t<:4\»U8/.J' J 



■ji^'i II H nr TiiK Cfju)io«iicii. SmtvRT ov New SotTTtt WAUta. 

K K ' rill Mi»iiT>. ^^vT \\ . ^1 r 

r». <: uudBurJi Nlioerul Field, 



P*i/>f':.-:if'r'o*fU* 






sH to tb<* Tcrtiiirj' Ftiira of A^ 



Dr. Ocautiiiitu], tUron vna httingthifiit 



■I. '1 ' 



7. 'I- 



I tiury liiMM:t9 r4 Kftw Soutli WnK**, C^ K, KtMi 



) : 1V\ Pti, I luid 2. (Sydney, 1804 J 



OP wrNKs xnn aortcfctitre^ si 



RRCOHB8 



AL 811IJVEV OF NEW SOUTH WALES, 

1895. 



C0NTE»^T8. 



n,. .. T^...K.»,. I 



L >r mitl 



flip.. 



iLi 



118 



i:;i> 



Ltor Autl 



?v>nnr W. Cakt^, A.R-S-^f-. 



r 1MJ 






r 



h i -A-' ■ ^ y , 



i *>- 



'JUMl.-. Kv^.S 



DEPARTMENT OF MINES AND AGRICULTURE, SYDNEY, 



RECORDS 



GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 



Vol. IV.] 1898. [Part III. 



XIX. — On a Trachytic Rock from the Coonabarabran District : 
by George W. Card, A.R.S.M., F.G.S., Curator and 
Mineralogist. 

[Plate X.] 



Eablt in the latter half of 1893 a collection of specimens from the neighbourhood 
of the "Warrumbungle Mountains was submitted for examination by Mr. W. L. 
R. Gipps, of Bearbong, Gilgandra. The collection included various forms of 
hemi-crystalL'ne silica, trlpolite, a number of very perfect fresh crystals of felspar, 
and some pieces of a very compact cream-coloured rock that superficially bore 
some resemblance to quartzite, but were found on closer inspection to exhibit a vast 
number of rectangular crystal-faces, to contain small porphyritic crystals of 
sanidine, and to be readily scratched with a knife. A thin section was prepared, 
when it was at once evident that, so far as regards its constitution, the rock was 
typically trachyte. Various inquiries have been made with a view to obtaining 
information as to the mode of occurrence of the rock, and further investigation 
was delayed in the hope of an opportunity occurring of personally examining it in 
the field. It does not, however, seem advisable, considering the interest attaching 
to all occurrences of trachyte — one of the less common eruptive rocks — and to 
thia in particular as being apparently the first recorded occurrence of true 
trachyte in New South "Wales, to any longer postpone the preliminary description 
of the rock. 

Stratigraphieal Relations, — ^The whole of the specimens referred to are given 
by Mr. Gipps as coming from the cuttings of the Wantialable Creek, Parish of 
TJrombong, County of Qowen. In the recently published Geological Map of the 



116 Becords of the Geological Survey of New South Walet. [vol, iv. 

Colony* this area is coloured as being occupied bj the Tomago beds of the Perino- 
Carboniferous Pormation, with a patch of Hawkesburj beds at CoonabarabraD, 
and sereral areas of basic igneous rocks in the neighbourhood. 

From a sketch, kindlj supplied by Mr. Gipps, it would seem that the tri- 
polite — a yarietj containing sponge spicules ^occurs at the base of the cutting. 
This is overlaid bj a fragmental rock which is succeeded bj a bed of soft yellowish 
material in which the numerous felspar crystals referred to abore occur ; the rock 
now under consideration forming the surface. A few of these felspar crystals 
hare been examined by Czabo*s method by Mr. James Taylor, 6.8c., A.Gt.S.M., 
who kindly informs me that he regards them as containing a relatirely high pro- 
portion of soda, and that, from this reason, as well as their somewhat low fusibility, 
they might perhaps be regarded as soda-orthoclase. The crystals are beautifully 
clear, and frequently have their crystalline form yery well developed. Prom the 
information to hand it is not clear whether there is any connection between the 
deposit containing these crystals and the oyerlying trachytic rock. 

General Deeoription. — Whitish in colour with a tendency to grey or smoky. 
Fracture eyen to sub-conchoidal, breaking with sharp corners ; translucent at the 
edges. Here and there imperfect natural diyisional planes occur. With some 
difSculty it can be scratched with a knife, giving a white streak. Embedded in 
the matrix, which is compact and homogeneous, are very minute lath-shaped 
crystals, exhibiting glancing faces, with here and there a larger tabular crystal. 
In thin section, under the microscope, many of these are seen to be Sanidine, 
Quartz is very rare. 

The epecifie gravity^ as determined by various methods is well under 2'4, the 

results obtained differing somewhat. This is a low density even for a normal 

trachyte-glass. From the abundance of crystals contained in the glass a density 

somewhat above the averagef might have been expected. On the other hand, it 

will be seen from the analysis given below that there is a total absence of heavy 

bases, such as iron ; also, that a large amount of amorphous secondary silica is 

present. An analysis by the Assayer and Analyst, Mr. J. C. H. Mingaye, F.C.S., 

resulted as follows : — 

Moisture at 100" C 2-22 

Ckjtnbined water 2*17 

Silica (SiO,) 74-12 

Alumina (Al.Os) 1239 

Ferrous oxide (FeO) ^21 

Ferric oxide (Fe.O.) 'SI 

Manganous oxide (MnO) r.. trace. 

Lime(CaO) -30 

Magnesia (MgO) -42 

Potash (K,0) 6-07 

Soda(Na,0) 3*22 

Sulphuric anhydride (SO3) trace. 

Phosphoric anhydride (P,0,) trace. 

10033 

• 0€oL Surrey N. S. Wales, Department of Mines and Agriculture N. 8. Wales, 1893. 
t2-4. 



JAJrf 8.] Cabd : Trachytie Bock. 117 

This analysis approximates yerj closely to that of an average granite or felsite. 
To a certain extent, at any rate, the high percentage of silica is due to its presence 
in secondary ainorphoos form, of which a considerable amount can be detected 
under the microscope. The percentage of soda and potash is quite normal, while 
the disproportion between the silica and the alumina may be partially explained 
by the presence of the secondary free silica. The practical absence of iron, lime, 
and magnesia, leaves the rock a very pure silicate of potash and soda with free 
amorphous silica. The chemical composition of the felspar has not been determined , 
but from the analysis, it would seem probable that soda-orthoclase or even oligoclase 
are preeent, as they generaUy are, in rocks of this class. 

Mieroseopie Gharaeten, — [Slide 444.] — Under the microscope in thin section 
the rock is seen to consist of a vast number of perfectly fresh and well-formed 
crystals of un twinned or simply twinned felspar embedded in a greyish matrix 
which is resolved by a high power into a granular colourless glass containing very 
many microlites of felspar. Two distinct sets of felspar crystals are present. The 
one consists of a multitude of lath-shaped individuals, sometimes seen in cross- 
section, averaging perhaps '15 mm. in length ; these are generally simply twinned, 
and are arranged in groups each having a general trend in an approximately fixed 
direetion. Occasionally a bent or broken individual is seen. Sometimes (jsee FL X) 
they flow round the porphyritic constituents, and were evidently in existence while 
the rock was still in a viscous condition. The other set includes porphyritic more 
or less tabular individuals and aggregates of very clear and frequently idiomorphic 
felspar. These are all untwinned, but the polarisation effects are very irregular, 
indicating conditions of molecular strain. They have been somewhat corroded by 
the magma, the corrosion sometimes (iee plate) acting most energetically along 
certain crystallographic planes, giving rise to a somewhat stepped structure. A 
good deal of glass is included in one of the aggregates. In many of the medium- 
sized individuals, more especially, the crystal-edges are completely obliterated by 
interaction between the felspar-substance and that of the matrix ; the zone of 
interaction sometimes exhibiting a reddish tinge. 

A considerable quantity of a clear, slightly polarising substance, with irregulat* 
outlines and a concentric arrangement, is present. There can be little doubt 
that this is silica, and the high percentage of that element given by analysis can 
be explained by its presence, as can also, perhaps, the compact texture and rather 
low specific gravity of the rock. 

The only other constituent is represented by a few specks of a green and 
brown pleochroic mineral. 



118 Eeeordt of the Qeological Survey of New South Wales, [vol, it, 

XX. — Notes on the Occurrence of Monotreme Remains in the 
Pliocene of New South Wales : by W. S. Dun, Assistant 
Palaeontologist and Librarian. 

[Plates XI and XII.] 



J. — Introduction, 
The living representatives of the Monotremata are, perhaps, the most interesting 
forms of the peculiarly characteristic elements of the Australian mammalian 
fauna, embodying as they do both reptilian and marsupial characters. On this 
account the occurrence of remains representing newspecies of a gigantic JE^^rAt Jna, and 
also of an OmWuyrhynchus in the Pliocene of the Canadian Lead, Gulgong, will form 
very welcome additions to our Tertiary Mammalian Fauna. The discovery of our 
specimens was announced by the late Mr. G. S. Wilkinson in 1886* as having 
been found by Mr. William Thew in the gold-bearing wash in a limestone cavern, 
at a depth of one hundred and thirty feet. He states that Dr. E. P. Eamsay 
identified, in the same collection, remains of Meyalania^ kangaroo, and birds. 
As far as pre?ious records of fossil Monotremes in Australia are concerned, the 
late Mr. Gerard Krefft, in a lettorf to the " Annals and Magazine of Natural 
History" in 1868, drew attention to remains of the articular head of a humerus of 
an extinct Echidna from the Pleistocene deposits of Queensland. To this form he 
gave the tentative name of Echidna Oweni. His letter was accompanied by 
drawings. In 1884f the late Sir Bichard Owen described^ the left humerus of an 
Echidna from the Wellington Caves Bone-deposits. This form Sir Eichard 
described as E. JRamsayi. Mr. B. Lydekker has pointed out in the 6.M. Catalogue of 
Fossil Mammal8§ that as the specimens seem to agree very closely, KrefTt's species, 
Echidna Oweni^ made in 1868, will have to be given priority, so that the form will 
be kno^n as E, Oweniy Krefft. Mr. Lydekker also includes, for PalaK)ntological 
purposes, the New Guinea genus Proechidna with Echidna. Whilst giving these 
few notes on the history of the fossils specimens of Echidna^ attention should be 
drawn to a remark made by the late Mr. Gerard Krefft in his "Eeport on the 
Exploration of the Wellington Caves " with the late Professor A. M. Thompson of 
the Sydney University. || This report was made to the Colonial Secretary- (the 
late Sir John Bobertson), in 1870, but was not published till 1882. He says : — 
"Order Monotremata. Of the two singular genera belonging to this strictly 
Australian order, very few remains have been discovered, and none as yet of the 
Orniihorhynchus. The Echidna or ant-eater has been observed before, and is 

• Ann. Kept. Dept. Mines N. S. Wales for 1886 [1887], p. 138. 
t Ann. ft Magr. Nat. Hist., 1868. I (4), pp. 113-114. 
: Phil. Tmni R. Soc., 1884. Pt I. pp. 273-275, pi. 14. 
9 Vol. V, pp. 205-296, 

H Exploration of the Caves and Rivers of New South Wales (Minutes, Reports, Correspondence, Aocoontsi 
N.S. WaU9 Pari Papers, 1882, 162-A, pp. 62,platcs, Ac. (Folio, Sydney. By Authority), p. 11. 



PABT 8.] DUK : Monofreme Bemains, 119 

represented by a fossil arm-bone from Queensland. [Evidently refering to the 
bone mentioned in the Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.] The caves of Wellington 
yielded a fractured femur of a species larger than our present Echidna hystrix'^ 

In 1885 Mr. C. W. de Vis, M.A., Curator of the Queensland Museum, announced 
the first discovery of remains of Ornithorhynchus in Australian Post-Tertiary 
deposits, and described* the right tibia and mandible of an Orniihorhynchus from 
Post-Tertiary deposits at King's Creek, near Pilton, Q. — this he named O. agilia. 
This species, as pointed out by Mr. de Vis, is very remarkable from its small size, 
and as a contrast to this, it is extremely interesting to find so large a species as 
0. maximum occurring in the Pliocene at the Canadian Load. In the same paper 
he mentions a claw-bone at present in the Brisbaiie Museum as probably referable 
to M Oweni\ Krefft. Prom these few remarks it will be seen that extinct 
Monotremo remaius are very scarce, those at present known to me as occurring in 
Australian collections being : — 

OrnithorhynchuB agilis, de Vis. 

1. Eight tibia and mandible. King's Creek, near Pilton, Q. ; Post-Tertiary. 

Type in the Queensland Museum, Brisbane. 

Ornithorhynchus maximus. Bun, 

2. Bight humerus. Canadian Lead, Gulgong ; Pliocene. Type in tho Miuing 

and Geological Museum, Sydney. 

Echidna (Proechidna) Oweni, Krefft, 

3. Clawbono. Queensland ; Post-Tertiary. In tho Queensland Museum, 

Brisbane. 

4. Articular head of humerus. Darling Downs, Q. ; Post-Tertiary. Type in 

the Australian Museum, Sydney. This is the specimen figured by Krefft 
in the "Annals and Magazine of Natural History." 

5. Left humerus. Wellington Caves ; Post-Tertiary. Type in the Australian 

Museum, Sydney. This is the specimen figured by the late Sir Eichard 
Owen in the Phil. Trans., 1884, as j&. Bamsayi. 

G. Scapula and portion of interclavicle or epistemum. Wellington Caves ; 
Post-Tertiary. Australian Museum, Sydney. 

7. Portion of a femur. Wellington Caves; Post-Tertiary. Australian 

Museum, Sydney. 

8. Clawbone. Wellington Caves; Post-Tertiary. Mining and Geological 

Museum, Sydney. 

Echidna (Proechidna) robusta, Dun, 

9. Portion of skull and atlas vertebra. Canadian Lead, Gulgong ; Pliocene. 

Type in the Mining and Geological Museum, Sydney. 

• ProcB. R. Soc. Queensland, 1885, II, pp. 85-88, pi. C. 



120 Beeords of the Qeqlogical Survey of New South Wales. [vol. ix. 

IL — Geology, 

The Geology of the G-ulgong District, and the relations of the Deep Leads, have 
been described by the late Mr. C. S. Wilkinson •. The town of Gulgong is 
situated on a range ''composed of granites and Upper Silurian conglomerates, schists 
and limestones, intruded by large masses and dykes of greenstone diorite." It 
is on the flanks, and at the bases of this range that the leads occur. These leads 
have yielded almost the whole of the gold obtained in the district. The chief leads 
here aro Adams* Lead, Black Lead, Moonlight Lead, and the Happy Yalley Lead. 
The Canadian Diggings are situated four and a half miles south-east of GTulgong, and 
here several leads are united to form the Canadian Lead, which runs to Home Rule. 
There is a considerable tract of basalt around Quigong, which in many places 
covered over the wash in the old drainage channels. In another report Mr. Wil- 
kinson gives a much more detailed account of the Canadian Lead, and I may, 
perhaps, be excused for quoting it in its entirety, as it is practically the only 
account we have. He says, " A very remarkable feature in connection with the 
deep lead is the deposit of ivariferouB wash in limestone caverns at the Canadian. 
Here some massive beds of marble limestone occur, and in the tertiary pliocene 
period contained caves into which the ancient river drained, just as the streams do 
at the present day at the Jenolan Caves and elsewhere. At length these old caves 
became filled up with the gold-bearing gravel and silt, and the valley also, 1o a level 
of about eighty feet above that of the caves. At the White Horse claim, whirh 
is under the able management of Mr. Thompson, a shaft has been sunk below the 
level of the old river-bed or lead, and into the cave deposit, to a depth of two hi^adred 
feet and thirty six from the surface, without reaching the bottom of the care. In 
one part the cave is oblong, measuring one hundred and ten feet by forty-three feet, 
and funnel-shaped, diminishing in size downwards, with uneven walls, and smaller 
caves leading into it. It is filled with a stiff ferruginous clay, called by the miners 
' pug/ and occasional floors or layers of wash, with limestone boulders, and a little 
quartz. • • • A pimilar cavern deposit has been worked in the Canadian 
prospecting claim, which is situated about half a mile S.S.E. from the White Horse 
claim.'* In another place, npeaking about the flow of the baBalt in the old drainage 
channel, Mr. Wilkinson says, f ** I say some of them ; for whereas a large stream 
descended from the mountains on the east, flowing in the Cooyal Creek Valley, near 
G-ulgong, thence into the Cudgegong Valley, covering up the river channels of the 
pliocene period, the upper part of the Cooyal Valley, where the Home Eule and 
Canadian leads occur, escaped this flood of molten lava." Professor David likewise 
considers that these lavas are of Pliocene age, and that they are probably homotaxial 
with the Pliocene lavas of Victoria. % 

• Ann. Rept Dept. Mines N. S. Wales for 1876 [1877], pp. lW-174 ; Ibid, for 1886 [1887], pp. 184-1S9. 
t Ibid, p. 180. 

J Proc. Austr. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 1894, V., p. 402. See alro Clarke, Fed. Fonn. N. S. Wales, 4th Ed., 1878, pp. 89. 
f)8, 106; for remarks on the Geology of this District. 



Fi^T 3.] Pun • Monofreme Bemaint. 121 

Bemaini of a fairly abundant flora haye already been collected from these Oul- 
gong Deep Leads, and hare been described by Baron E. y. Mueller.* They 
compriae the following genera and species : — 

Phymatocaryon biyalye, 7. r. M. 

„ McEayi, F. v. JT 

„ „ var quinqueyalyis, J^. «. IT. 

„ angulare, F, •• M. 

„ „ var, elongata, F. p, Jf. 

Wilkinsonia bilaminata, F, v. Jf. 
lUicites astrocarpa, F, p. M. 
Pentacoila gulgongenais, JF*. p. Jf. 
Pleiacron elachocarpum, F, v, Jf. 
Ochthodocaryon Wilkinsonii, F. v, Jf. 
Plesiocapparis leptocelyphua, F, v. Jf. 
Acrocoila anodonta, F v, Jf. 
Spondyloatrobua Smythii, yar. cryptaxia, F, v. Jf. 
Eiaothecaryon semiaeptatum, F. v. Jf. 

Mr. B. Etheridge, Junr.^haa recorded the occurrence of a Unio, U. aueklandieusj 
rar. Wilkinsoni, Eth. fil., in the lead at Home Bule.f Among the Vertebrates 
remains of Meiolania plafjfceps, Owen, and a turtle allied to Chelodina iuleijhra^ 
Gray, have been recorded by the same Author.J Prom the Magpie Lead, Mr. 
Wilkinson§ reported finding remains of Diprotodon, Ralmaturtu and Macropm^ 
while he records as before mentioned from the Canadian Lead remains of 
Meiolania [Megalania\^ Macropus^ Echidna, and birds. To this fauna of the leads 
may now be added Fekidna (Froeehidna) rohmta, Dun, and OmitKorhynehu9 
maximum, Dun. 

III. — Deteription. 

Echidna (Proechidna) robusta, «p. nov. 

Skull. — ^The portion of the skull that is preserved consists of the upper part of 
the cranium, the remains of the occipitals and about half of the rostrum, of which 
unfortunately not enough remains to show the premaxillaries. In common 
with recent adult Monotreme skulls this specimen shows very little, and in most 
instances, no traces of sutural connection between the bones of the skull. Taking 
into consideration, first, the general contour of the skull, it will be seen, apart 
from the great difference in size, that the frontal curve more nearly approaches 
that of Froeehidna than Fohidna. In Echidna hyttrix, var. aculeata the angle is 
fairly steep, curving off gradually into the prolongation of the rostrum; which in 

• Ann. Rept. Dept lIlnM N. 8. WaIm for 1876, (1877], p]i. 178-180 ; IMd for 1878 [1879], pp. 160-172, pit. 8 Mid 4. 

♦ Jhid for 1878 [1879], pp. 164-169, pi. 8, lig. 6. 



♦ Ilfid for 1878 [1879], pp. 164-169, pi. S, flg. 6. 

t Records Geol. Survey N. 8. Walw, 1889, 1, Pt. 8, pp. 149-152, pit. 25, 26. 

f Ann. Kept Dept Mines N. S. Wales for 1876 [ISH], p. 172. 



122 Becords of the Geological Survey of New South Walei, [vol. iv. 

its entirety is curred slightly upwards ; in Proechidna the angle is not only less 
steep, but the cur re is less marked, and in some cases almost absent, while tho 
rostrum is curved downwards to a very well marked and constant degree. In 
JE, rohusta the frontal angle is about the same as in Proechidna, curving very 
gently to the rostrum, which, if perfect, would probably show a slight down- 
ward curve. The breadth of the palate at the foot of the zygomatic arches 
is twenty-two mm. as compared with a similar measurement of sixteen mm. given 
by a skull of Proechidna Bruijnii. The palate is much more concave than 
in Proechidna^ and the thickness of the rostrum at the same place is in the 
ratio of sixteen mm. ; thirteen mm. From a comparison of these measurements 
with those of a cast of a skull of Proechidna in the Departmental Collection, an 
approximate basal length, that is, a length from the foramen magnum to the 
gnathion or anterior point of the premaxilla, of two hundred and sixty-five mm. is 
obtained for our specimen. Such a measurement is decidedly only approximate, 
and no doubt would bo much more valuable were there more skulls of Proechidna 
available for comparison ; but it may be of some use as giving a rough idea of the 
length of skull of this ancient Echidna. Mr. Oldfield Thomas in his Catalogue of 
Marsupials and Monotremes* gives the basal length of the skull of an adult male 
Proechidna Bruijnii as one hundred and fifty-six mm., whereas the measure- 
ments of an adult female specimen are given by him as one hundred and eighty- 
two mm. According to this, if any value at all can be placed on the comparison, 
the skull of Echidna rohusta may be assumed to be half as long again as that of 
Proechidna Bruijnii, As in Proechidna the lateral borders of the palate are 
much elevated giving a great concavity to the rostrum. From what remains of 
the inner part of the cranium it may be seen that the surface of the brain is more 
convoluted than is the casein Echidna^ agreeing in this respect with Proechidna va 
pointed out by Gervais in his " Osteographie des Monotremes," in which ho remarks 
^' La boite cerebrale est en memo temps plus ample [than in Echidna"] et le moulo 
do sa cavite interieure montre qu'il existe une plus grande complication descircon- 
volutions proprcs aux hemispheres cerebraux."t The broken portion of the 
rostrum shows the nasal passages with a thick nasal septum. 

PI. XII, Figs. 3 and 5 show what remains of the occipital region of P. rohusta. 
They show portion of the basi-occipital and the occipitals, with their well-marked 
condyles for articulation with the atlas vertebra. In PI. XII, Fig. 4 is seen the 
upper triangular portion of the very large foramen magnum bordered by the ex- 
occipital s. The right-hand portion of the supra- occipital is present in part, but 
in common with the other bones of the cranium owing to the indistinctness of 
sutural junctions nothing can be made out of its outlines. Portion of the 
parietal, and the frontal and nasals in part, are preserved. Part of the right 
alisphenoid and of the orbito-sphenoid are also to be seen. The anterior portion of 

* Brit. MiM. Cat Marsupials and Monotremes, 1888, p. S84. 
t Ost^offraphlc des Monotremes vivants et fossiles, p. 40. 



PABT 8.] DiTir: Monotreme Bemaim, 123 

tho stjliform zygomatic arch is preservod, with the malar articulating with the 
maxillary. On the inner aide of this arch is a yerj well marked foramen running 
forwards ; and in front of it is a well marked groove running forwards and up- 
wards. All these portions, as far as can be made out from the little that remains, 
are very similar to similar regions in Froechidna, 

The atlas vertebra (PI. XI, Figs. 4 and 6) is almost perfectly preserved, the portions ' 
wanting being the neural spine and the transverse processes. On the anterior 
aspect will be seen the well marked anterior zygapophyses for articulation with 
the occipital condyles. These are large, well hollowed, ear-shaped, and more 
nearly approaching in general form the corresponding parts of Froechidna 
Bruijnii than its much smaller dX\j Echidna aculeata. The posterior zygapophyses 
are narrower, less hollowed than the anterior, the curve of the inner margin is more 
regular, there being no lower lobe — as is the case in the anterior zygapophysis — 
the articular surface merging gradually into the inferior arch. The transverse 
processes have been broken off near their bases, but allowing for the difEerence in 
size, the basal portions do not show any difference, beyond perhaps a slightly 
more marked hollowing at tho upper border, from those of E. aculeata. The neural 
arch is much thicker and more developed than in either Echidna or Proechidna ; 
it is divided into two well-marked surfaces, that directed forwards and bearing the 
neural spine or tubercle, and that sloping posteriorly. This neural spine sems to 
be very differently constituted than is the case in Proechidna Bruijnii or Echidna ^ 
aeuJeata. Unfortunately I have not been able to obtain specimens of this bone of 
Froechidna for examination, but judging by the figure given by Ger?ais* there 
would seem to be only a small tubercle developed, less marked than is the case in 
Echidna aeuleata. This anterior slope has a width of 10*5 mm., and the neural 
tubercle, of which unfortunately only the base remains, has its origin along the 
entire width of the slope and a thickness at the base of five mm. In Echidna 
aeuleata^ var. hyitrix^ the corresponding tubercle seems to be developed in a some- 
what different manner, and instead of being laterally flattened its width is much 
greater than its thickness and is practically in the same plane as the posterior 
slope of the neural arch. 

These vertebral and cranial remains seem to show a greater resemblance to 
Froechidna than Echidna^ though it must not be overlooked, as has already been 
pointed out by Mr. O. Thomasf that it is by no means certain that these two are 
generically separate. On account of its size it is proposed to record it as Echidna 
(^Froechidna) robusta. 

IV, — Omithorhynchus maximus, «/?. nov. 
The right humerus (PI. XI, Figs. 1-4) that is taken to represent this species, 
is undoubtedly referable to a gigantic species of OrniihorhynchuSy which it is 
proposed to name O. maximus, on account oi its great size. The most striking 

* 08t4$ognphie des Monotremcs viA'ants ct fossilcs. Atlas, Pi. 8, flgi. 1. and la. 
t Loc. eit, p. 883. 



124 Beeords qfihe Oeologieal Survrnf of New South Wales. [yol. rv. 

point in ifc is its great size, there being but few differences apart from that between 
it and the corresponding bone in the recent 0. aftatinus. The length from the 
uppermost surface of the ectotuberositj (great) to the process is eightj-four 
miih'metres ; the breadth across the head, between the ento-(lesser) and the ecto- 
(greater) tuberosities is forty-four millimetres ; the width of the shaft just above 
. where the distal expansion begins is twentj-five millimetres, and the width between 
the entepicondyle (internal) and the ectepicondyle (external) is seventy-two 
millimetres. The humerus may be considered lo be made up of three well- 
marked surfaces ; (1) of the antero-intemal, which at the proximal end bears the 
articular head, and the bicipital groove, is bordered laterally by the internal and 
anterior borders, and distally is continued to the internal condyle ; (2) the antero- 
extemal, which on the front view consists of the slope that is continued into the 
external condyle and is laterally continued up to the deltoid ridge ; and (3) the 
posterior surface. Taking first into consideration the articular head, this seems 
to be more sharply marked off from the body than in the recent species, and as 
will be seen in PL XI, Fig. 8, the general outline of the surface is very similar 
The bicipital groove is very well-marked, but the border of the great tuberosity 
does not overhang it to the same extent as in O. anafinus. Going further 
down the shaft the surface is seen to be practically smooth, showing below 
the distal border of the bicipital groove a well-marked scar of attachment 
for the coraco-brachialis brevis muscle, but no sharply-marked hollow as in 
the recent form ; moreover the surface is fairly in one plane, and not curved 
strongly forward as in O. anatintts. The distal border of the internal condyle 
is bordered by well-marked ridges running from the process for the attachment 
of the pronator teres muscle. The supracondylar foramen is large and well- 
marked, situated relatively closer to the distal extremity than in the recent 
species. In Echidna hygtrix this foramen is relatively much smaller than in 
Omithorhj/nehu9\ and it may be mentioned incidentally that the form of this 
bone varies very much in these two genera. Speaking generally, the surfaces 
of the humerus are much smoother in Echidna than in OrnithorhynehiUy and the 
surface is not so ridged, the supracondylar foramen is much smaller, the external 
condyle is not bo prolonged, there is no well-marked sesamoid bone at the back of 
the deltoid ridge, while the supinator ridge, that in Echidna hysfrix runs upwan^s 
from the external condyle an4 separates the posterior and aotero-extemal faces, 
runs out at about the distal two-thirds, is in OrnifhorhynehtM continued almost up 
to the head. 

Betuming now to the fossil form it will be seen that the general form of 
the trochlea (PI. XI, Fig. 4) agrees well with that of the recent species. The 
external condyle is unfortunately slightly damaged so that that is impossible 
to say with certainty that there was a beak extending out from it to the same 
marked extent as in O. anafinus. The antero-extemal face is not so deeply 



FAUT 3.] Duir : Manotrmne Bcmaint. 125 

grooved behind the deltoid ridge, which bears a well marked Besamoid, a« in the 
recent species, and the ridge running in the recent species diagonally across the 
upper portion of this surface, starting from a point just below this sesamoid^ and 
forming one of the boundaries of this groore is not to be clearly seen in O. 
maximus. The area covered in the recent species by the attachment of one of the 
internal humeral heads of the triceps muscle is represented in our specimen by a 
fairly well marked attachment scar covering the greater part of this surface. 
Coming now to the posterior surface we notice first the very well marked supinator 
ridge running up from the external condyle towards the proximal extremity, this 
is continued almost to the proximal end in marked contrast to the condition that, 
as already pointed out, prevails in Echidna. This surface is generally flatter than 
in the recent species. The attachments of the humeral portions of the gr^At 
triceps muscle are well seen. At the junction of the proximal one-third with the 
distal two-thirds is a well* marked tuberosity, whose face is convex and smooth, and 
resembles in position and general character the similar tuberosity in O. anatinus 
which has a well-marked sesamoid bone attached, and which gives attachment tQ 
the subscapularis muscle. The structure of this portion is very different from that 
of JSehidna, 

F. — Conclusion. 

The affinities of the Monotreme humerus with that of Flatypodosaurus and 
other Anomodont Septiles from the Trias has already been pointed out by the late 
Sir Bichard Owen in several papers.* He lays especial stress on the great develop- 
ment of the tricipital process in Flafypodotaurus and remarks on the presence of a 
similar process in Echidna, OrnithorhynchuSy and in some Marsupials to a less degree. 
On reference to PI. XI, Eig. 1, it will be seen that we have a very well marked process 
before us, though of course not so marked as in the Triassic Reptile figured by 
Owen. The resemblances between the humeri of Monotremes, Birds and Beptiles, 
has also been dealt with, among many others, by Dr. Ch. Martins, who in a paperf 
published in 1874, gives a discussion of the views on this relationship put forward 
by Home, de Blainville, Meckel, Saint- Hilaire, Cuvier, and Owen, and deals to 
some length with the degree of twisting of this bone which he considers in 
Monotremes to amount to 00^ 

The discovery of these remains may be summed up as giving the following 
information: — 

1. That they most probably represent the oldest recorded Australian Mono- 

tremeli, and come from a deposit that is generally admitted to be of 
Pliocene age. 

2. Echidna robusta appears to be more nearly related to Proechidna than 

to Echidna, 

• Quart Joum.. Geol. 8oc., 1880, XXXVl, pp. 418-420 ; Phil. Trana.. 18S4, p. 275. Seo alao Lvdekker in 
Nicholson and Ljdekker's Manual of PalsBontology, 1889, Vol. II, pp. 1064-10.55 ; Gop«, PrOcs. Am. Assoc. Adv. 
Sci., 1884 [1885], XXXIII. pp. 471-482. 

t Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool., A Pal. 1874, XXIX (5X pp. 1-9. 



126 Beeoria of the Qeologieal Survey of New South Walee. [vol. rv. 

8. That it was much larger and more robust than the living forms and also 
than U. Oweni. 

4i, Apart from its sizo and power, it does not appear to be much differen- 
tiated from the living forms. 

5. In Omithorhynchua maximua wo have a gigantic ancestor for our 
living Platypus, which in the structure of its humeruiSi seems to differ but 
little except in the point of size. 

In conclusion, I have to acknowlege my indebtedness to Dr. W. J. Stewart 
McKay, M.B., Ch.M., B.Sc, for the great assistance he has rendered me in advice 
and in putting at my disposal the results of his recent work on Echidna and 
Omithorhynohue, • 



XXI. — ^Notes on the Geology of the Auriferous Gravels occurring 
in the upper portion of the Shoalhaven Valley, N. S. Wales: 
By J. B. Jaquet, A.R.S.M., F.G.S., Geological Surveyor. 

[Plate XIII.] 



The Shoalhaven Eiver has its source in Jindcn Mountains 5fty miles south of 
Braidwood, and flows into the Pacific Ocean at Nowra, distant eighty miles in a 
■Dutherly direction from Sydney. 

Throughout the valley, at various altitudes above the presant river bed, which 
B9ldoro, if ever, exceed one hundred and fifty feet, deposits of gravel and other 
drift material occur ; deposits which are composed of the detritus carried down 
by the stream in past ages when it flowed through channels other than the one it 
pursues to-day. 

All these sediments, which in the aggregate cover many square miles of country 
and frequently possess a thickness exceeding one hundred feet, contain more or less 
gold. In a few places the precious metal occurs in sufficient quantity to enable 
the miner to make a profit by winning the wash-dirt by a system of drifting ; in 
other places mining can only be profitably undertaken when, a convenient supply 
of water being available, the grbund can be sluiced; in yet other places the 
gravels yield but a trace of gold, and from a miner*s point of view are utterly 
useless. So much of the ground, more particularly where it attains a great depth, 
is unprospected that one would not, I think, be justified in speaking definitely as 
to what fraction of the whole drifts each class enumerated above respectively 
occupies. It is certain, however, that very little gold could be profitably won 

• Procf. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1894, IX (2), Pi 2 pp. 263-800, pU. 20-23. 



PABT 3.] Jaqvet : Anri/erou9 OraveU. 127 

except bj a system of sluicing, and having regard to the results hitherto obtained, 
one would expect to find the gravel more often not rich enough for sluicing than 
contrariwise. On the other hand, there is but little doubt that had not 
obtaining the requisite water been a difEcult and costly operation, placer mining 
on a very large scale would long ago have been in operation in many places along 
the valley. 

In the past sluicing has been carried on in a more or less desultory manner, and 
with partial success. Sometimes a few sluice-heads of water have been rendered 
available by cutting a race and diverting the waters of an affluent stream, or more 
rarely those of the river itself ; again, elsewhere, water at apressure has been obtained 
by means of pumps. At " Croaker's Mint," near Oallen, considerable success has 
attended the introduction of this latter method ; for a run of thirty days ninety-one 
ounces of gold were recently obtained, this result yielding a handsome profit to the 
shareholders. 

I have only had an opportunity of making a detailed examination of the river 
and its associated formations, in the vicinity of Braidwood — between Jembaicum- 
bene Creek, in the Parish of Boyle, and Eeedy Creek, in the Parish of Larbert, 
and the remarks which follow have more particularly reference to this area ; I have, 
however, made a cursory examination of the geological features both above and 
below these points, and may in places refer incidentally to them. 

The formations represented are as follows ; — 

/^ Silurian — slates and limestones. 
Sedimentary } Devonian (Upper) — sandstones, conglomerates, and shales. 

C Pleistocene and Eecent — auriferous gravels, sands, and clays. 

/ C Hornblende-granite. 

Intrarivo Acid ^ ^^^^^^^^^^ 

andVolcanic^B^j^B^l^ 

The Silurian rocks are much contorted, and for the most part possess a meridional 
strike, and dip at a high angle. 

The Devonian rocks are either horizontally bedded or but slightly tilted. They 
occur as outliers, resting unconformably upon the Silurian slates ; also are they 
found in places both upon the quartz-f elsite and granite. These beds have yielded, 
in the neighbourhood of Major's Creek township, specimens of Lepidodendron 
austraUy M*Coy, and marine fossils.* 

Tho granite is composed of quartz, triclinic-felspar, dark mica, and hornblende; 
it is often much impregnated with pyrites. When examined in thin sections under 
the microscope, the felspar grains are frequently seen to exhibit zonal structure ; 
in one grain examined by the Writer, no less than four periods of growth can be 

* Records QeoL Survey N. S. Wales, 1893, III, Pt. 4, p. IW. 



128 Becords of the Geological Survey of New South Wales. [vol. nr. 

distinguished. Mj late colleague, Mr. W. Anderson, who spent some time 
examining these rocks, was of opinion that the granite had a later origin than thei 
quartz-felsite.* 

The quartz-felsite is composed of much corroded quartz idiomorphs, imbedded 
in a quartzo-f elsitic base, and has either a dark-grej or flesh-pink colour. In places 
it passes bj insensible gradations into a fine-grained felsite. It intrudes the 
Silurian rocks. I have previously stated that outliers of the Devonian sandstones 
and conglomerates rest unconformably upon the Silurian slates ; and Mr. Anderson 
has pointed out f that, since in places the basal beds of the Devonian series are in 
part composed of quartz-felsite pebbles, the sedimentary rocks had a later origin 
than the intrusive ; hence we may be warranted in assuming that the intrusion of 
the quartz-felsite occurred between the Silurian and Upper-Devonian Epochs. 

Dykes of basalt occur at Bell's Creek and elsewhere, while in the Jerrabat Gullj, 
about twelve miles north of Major's Creek township, the older rocks are covered 
over a small area by a sheet of this rock. 

The drifts consist of alternating beds of gravel, sand, and clay. The component 
pebbles of the gravel, and the grains forming the sand, are for the most part 
loosely cemented together, though sometimes the latter is of a " running" character. 
The clay for the most part consists of kaolin, produced probably on the decompo- 
sition of the felspars in the granite, it often has a number of angular or 
subangular quartz grains associated with it. Thin beds of a stiff dark-blue claj 
occur in those places where the sediments attain a great thickness. 

The only organic remains which have hitherto been discovered consist of 
fragments of silicified wood. 

The pebbles which go to form the gravels are for the most part composed of a 
sandstone which, being lithologically identical with the Devonian sandstone found 
in situ, has evidently been derived therefrom. The fact that boulders of quartz- 
felsite and granite are, relatively speaking, scarce is probably due to the fact that 
during the Pleistocene Period, when the greater portion of the drifts were formed, 
the Devonian outliers covered a much larger area of country ; and also to the fact 
that these rocks more readily underwent disintegration than the sandstone. 

The gold occurs as extremely small flaky particles, which ate for the most part 
congregated near the bottom of the beds, though in nearly all cases a little of the 
metal will be found throughout the gravel. Occasionally it happens that a bed 
will have gold uniformly distributed through it, and instances are to be found 
where the upper or central portions of a bed are the richest. Generally speaking, 
a much larger quantity of gold is contained in the bed of gravel resting imme- 
diately on the bedrock than in any other one occurring higher up in the series ; jet 
in a number of instances, a good yield is obtained on a " false-bottom,*' and 

• Ann. Kept. Dept. Minee and Agrio. N. a Wales for 1892 [1893], p^ 121. 



pjLHT 3.] Jaquet : Auriferous QraveU. 129 

sometimos an OYen better one than from the true bottom below. For further 
information concerning the amount of gold contained in the drifts and the 
distribution of the same, I may refer the reader to my Beports in connection with 
the proposed Government Bace.* 

Accompanying this paper will be found a plan of the drifts (PI. XIII) occurring 
upon the Shoalharen Sirer in the Parishes of Warri and Jinglemoney, together 
with a section across the same, as proved by shafts put down under the supervision 
of the Writer. 

In the absence of fossils other than silicified wood we are unable to assign any 
exact age to the sediments ; howeyer, they have probably all been formed during 
Post-Tertiary times, and they are still accumulating at the present day. That 
a long period of time has elapsed since the oldest drifts were laid down, is 
evidenced by the height at which they occur above the present river and by their 
great thickness. 

No sharp line of demarcation can in most instances be found between the older 
and younger deposits ; the one more often passes by insensible gradations into 
the other. Yet, on the other hand^ can a variance be observed between drifts of 
widely different age : caterig parihui^ the younger the sediment the richer it is. in 
gold, and the larger the boulders which it includes. The more recent deposits 
hare without doubt been in part formed from the material set free on the 
disintegration of the older ones ; the former in fact bear the same relation to 
the latter as the concentrates in the sluice-box do to the ground in the face of a 
claim, and in this manner the larger quantity of precious metal which they 
contain may be accounted for. 

The question will be asked : Where has all this alluvial gold come from ? My 
investigations do not enable me to give any satisfactory answer. It is true that 
auriferous reefs occur in the granite near Major's Creek and in the quartz-felsite 
at Jerrabat G-uUy ; but the occurreiice of the precious metal in situ at these two 
places would not seem to justify the conclusion that the whole of the gold found in 
the upper portions of the rirer had been derived from reefs situated in the intrusives. 

Mr. W. Anderson suggested when discussing the probable origin of the gold 
occurring in the drifts which accompany the Jembaicumbene Creek, a tributary of 
the Shoalhaven, and other auriferous deposits in the vicinity, that the precious metal 
had been derived from the denuded portions of the Pakeozoic rocks. In connection 
with this theory, I would point out that in none of the outliers which have escaped 
denudation have any gold reefs hitherto been found. Beefs in many places occur, 
and are being worked, in the Silurian slates, but not in the Devonian sandstones 
and shales of which the outliers are composed. 

It is a noticeable fact that coarse gold is only found in the river drifts below the 
point where Silurian slates become the dominant country rock. 

• Vide Aon. Rept DepL Mines and Agric N.& Wales for 1894 (in lUL) 



180 BeeordB of the Oeohgieal Survey of New South Wales. [vol. it, 

XXII. — Mineralogical Notes, No. 3 : by George W. Card, 
A.R.S.M., F.G.S., Curator and Mineralogist. 



J. — Contents. 

1. AndaluBite from Tumbarumba. 

2. Platinum from Fifield. 

3. Q^old in Bornite from Woodstock. 

4. Gold in Gypsum from West Australia. 
G. Iodide of Silver from Broken Hill. 

7. [Lavendulan] (?) from Carcoar. 

8. Gems from the Oboron District. 

9. Pickeriugite from Mount Victoria. 

10. Magnesia-Zinc- Alum from New England. 

11. Oolitic iron ore from Pooncarie. 

11. — Mineralogical Notes. 

1. Andalusite from Tumharumha. — ^Boiled pieces from Burra Creok. Specimens 
have been received from Mr. S. P. Bamsaj, of Tumbarumba, and from Mr. J. E. 
Came, Geological Surveyor. Masses up to a pound in weight occurred among 
these The mineral varies from colourless to brown-red and even blue, the 
different tints sometimes occurring in one and the same specimen. No definite 
crystalline form is noticeable, the masses having a coarsely radial structure. 

A partial analysis, made under the direction of the Assayer and Analyst, Mr. J. 
C. H. Mingayo, P.C.S., gave the following results* — 

Silica (Si O2) about 35 per cent. 

Alumina ( AI2 Os) about 60 per cent, with some ferric oxide. 

Magnesia (MgO) about 3 per cent. 

A very little water and sulphuric anhydride were also present. 

The percentage of magnesia present would thus appear to be exceptionally high, 
andalusite and the allied silicates of alumina not generally containing even one 
per cent. 

Andalusite is said to occur near Bungonia.f Pseudomorphs of a mineral 
resembling hydro-mica, apparently after andalusite have been found near, Cobargo. 

3. JPlatinum from FIfield. — Small quantities of platinum have long been kno\rn 
to occur in the auriferous wash of Fifield (Burra Burra, Forbes District). It is 
now being found in coarse grains, the standard of purity being fairly high. 

• 94/539. 

t A. Llvcnldge, Minerato of New South Wales (8to. London, 1888> 



PAST 8.] Cabb : Mineralo^ieal Notes, 131 

An analysis* by ilie Analyst and Assayer giving the following results :— 

Platinum 75*90 

Iridinm 1*30 

Rhodium 130 

Palladinm traces. 

Osmiridinm 9-30 

Iron 1015 

Copper '41 

ilold niL 

Lead traces. 

Insoluble 112 

99-48 
Three specimens of the drift have been received in which both gold and 
platinum in a rolled condition are embedded. It is, of course, only by a very loose 
mode of expression that the metals can be described as ^' occurring in the matrix/' 
their mode of occurrence being truly alluvial. It is reported that nuggets weighing 
several grains have been found. Two, very well rounded, are now in the Mining 
and Geological Museum, weighing 287425 grs. and 30*772 grs. respectively. 

3. Oold on OypBumfrom West Australia, — From Lake Austin, Murchison Gold- 
field. Coarse gold in a small piece of feruginous non-crystalline gypsum. It is 
said to be associated with pure fibrous gypsum. 

4. Qi>ld on Bomite from Woodstock, — Free gold on the copper ore of the Burley 
Jackey Mine. The gold is very pale in colour. 

5. Iodide of Silver from Broken Hill. — Several fineTpecimens on kaolin, in the 
form of plates about one-sixteenth of an inch in thickness. Another specimen 
shows the iodide in large but indeterminate crystals, on ferruginous oxide of 
manganese. One or two small crystals of embolite are seated on the iodargyrite. 
Believed to have come from the Proprietary Mine. 

6. Marshite\ from Broken Hill, — Three very good specimens of this mineral 
bare been recently received. In one of these, sent by Mr. TJhren, of the Proprie- 
tary Mine, the marshite occurs iu the cavities of a small piece of sooty-black 
c^russite. One of the edges has a length of three millimetres. Triangular forms — 
nearly, if not quite equilateral — are very evident. The other two specimens are 
believed to have come from the same mine. In these cuprite and cerussite, coated 
with malachite, constitute the main mass, the marshite crystals occupying the 
cavities. Triangular faces are again very prominent. Many of the faces have a 
highly-vitreous lustre ; others are deeply striated, giving rise occasionally to step- 
like triangular elevations or depressions. 

* 94^506. 

t Manhite in an Iodide of copper. Its general dioracten have been described by its discoverer, Mr. ^J. W. Marsh, 
in a paper communicated to the Royal Society of New South Wales, by Prof. Livenidge, H.A., F.R.8. (Jotirn. 
n. Soe. N ST. RTotef, 189SX Xhe reactions for copper and iodine can bo readily obtained from the smallest fragment. 
It seems liicely that the niineral is not of uncommon occurrence. 

B 



192 Beeordi of the Geologieal Survey of New South Wales. [yol. iy.- 

In all these speoimens the colour of the manhite is a rather light shade of 
hrown, with a more or less pronounced tinge of red. 

Some at least of the crystals should lend themselyes well to accurate goniometric 
measurement in sitUj and it is to be hoped that a detailed crystallographic descrip- 
tion of this newlj-discoTered mineral may soon be forthcoming. 

7. Supposed Lavendulanfrom Oarcoar. — Some specimens of erjthrine from the 
cobalt mines, brought hj Mr. T. W. Atherton in 1898, show a thin encrustation 
of a lavender-blue substance in part intimately associated with the erythrine. 
The encrustation is too thin to admit of much being done in the way of testing, 
but reactions for arsenic and cobalt can be obtained. 

8. Gem-sand from the Oheron District, — On several occasions recently samples 
of gem-sand purporting to come from remote gullies to the "west of Mount 
Victoria" have been submitted for report. 

In the first instance, a small diamond — a crystal having the form of the 
hexakis-tetrahedron — was brought in. This specimen is now, I believe, in the 
possession of a resident of Mount Victoria, who is quite satisfied of its having 
been found where stated. At subsequent dates four other samples have been 
received, an examination of which has afforded the following results .- — 

1. A quantity of blue and green corundum {sapphire)^ and of brown and 

colourless rolled zircon, 

2. A sample consisting of quart»y a very little topaaf^ and red-brown and 

colourless zircon. The coloured zircons occur in beautiful little crystals 
up to two mm. in length, and of a simple crystallographic form — ^a prism 
terminated by a pyramid. 

3. Similar to the last, only the zircons were all coloured, and the crystals very 

perfect. 

4. Quartz and red-brown 2f»V(j^» ; the latter in moderately perfect crystals, 

one with little or no prism. With these stones was submitted a number 
of pieces of dark-coloured *' cement," in one of which could be seen a 
cavity from which a zircon with pyramidal terminations had been taken* 
A quantity of the loose stuff was treated with hydrochloric acid, and 
then washed. It was found to be very ferruginoua, and yielded sub- 
angular qtMrtz and some zircons^ the latter resembling in eveiy respect 
the stones brought from the district. The " cement" was said to crop 
out a few feet above the bed of the creek. 
Inquiries have shown that the locality where this gem*bearing material occurs 
is the Duckmaloi Creek, sixteen miles from Hampton, and six fiom 01)eron- 
It is also stated that a diamond was found there many years ago. Mie appear- 
ance of the zircon cystals is so very characteristic that they can be readily 
recognised by it as coming from this locality. Their unrolled conditien indicates 
the near proximity of the source from which they have been derived ; and there 



^JlVS 8. J CiLBD : Minerahgieal Nutea. 138 

are, indeed, in the neighbourhood mattes of sjenittc and other rocks which fnay 
well hare been their original home. Of course, it by no means follows that the 
diamonds hare been deriyed from the same source as the zircons. 

The lircons are of no ralue economically, and diamonds hare been found at 
different times in various parts of the Oberon District. 

9. FiekeringiU from Mount Victoria. — Collected by Mr. H. G. Bienits, from 
crevices in a conglomerate underlying the Coal-measures near the extreme 
point of the mount A specimen in the Mining and Geological Museum shows 
the mineral occupying a crevice about two and a half centimetres wide, which it 
nearly fills with silky acicular crystals growing transversely in the usual way. k 
portion of this specimen analysed by the Assayer and Analyst had the following 
composition : — • 

The soluble portion 
calculated to one hundred. 

Water 37-23 45*08 

Aluminft (Al.O.) 10-65 12-90 

Ferric oxide (Fe.O,) 1-27 I'SS 

Ferrous oxide trace 

Lime (Cao) nil 

Magnesia (MgO) 8'38 2*88 

Potash (K,0) -74 -80 

Soda(Na,0) trace 

Salphnric anhydride (SO.) 30*28 36*06 

Insoluble (sand) 17-89 

100-44 99^ 

Neglecting the insoluble material and calculating to one hundred, the percentages 

in the right-hand column are obtained, and represent the composition of the 

mineral more exactly. It differs from typical picheringite in the somewhat lower 

percentage of magnesia — generally given as four — and the higher percentage of 

ferric oxide — average below one. 

10. Magnetia-Zine- Alum from New England, — Said to occur in a vein twenty feet 
thick. No specimen is available for description. 

An analysis in the DepartmoDital Laboratory afforded the following results — * 

Moisture (by difference) , 43*51 

Alumina (Al, 0,) 936 

Ferrous oxide (Fe O) trace. 

Zinc oxide (Zn 0) 3-34 

Caprous oxide (Cu O) trace. 

Magnena (Mg O) 5 78 

Soda (Na.O) 'GO 

Potash (K,0) trace. 

Sulphuric anhydride (SO,) 84-62 

Phosphoric anhydride (P.O.) '28 

Insoluble 2-61 

10000 
• 94-2108. 



184 Beeords of the Oeological Survey of New South Wales. [yol. it. 

11. Oolitio Iron ore from Pooncarie, — ^Pooncarie is situated on the Darling 
Siyer, between sixty and seventy miles north of Wentworth. The ore is a yery dark- 
coloured hydrated oxide of iron weathering red. The oolitic grains have an average 
diameter of about half a millimetre. They can be well seen in any part of the ore, 
but are especially conspicuous on the weathered surfaces. It yielded on assay 
forty-six per cent, of iron and traces of gold and silver. 



XXIII. — On the Occurrence of a Stromatoporoid allied to Labechia 
and Rosenellay in the Siluro-Devonian rocks of N.S. Wales: by 
R. Etheridge, Junr., Curator, Australian Museum. 
[Plates XIV— XVI.] 



Z — Introduction. 
The yery interesting fossil now described as Labechia (?) (jOystistroma\) Donnellii^ 
was presented to the Departmental Collection by Mr. D. G. J. Donnelly, M.L.A. 
for Cowra, who obtained the specimens at the Belubula Biver, near Cowra, 
Parish of Malongulli, County Bathurst. Additional examples were subseqaently 
collected by the Government Geologist (Mr. E. F. Pittman) at the same place. 

The essential characters of the fossil seem to agree in the main with those of 
Labechia^ £dw. and H., at the same time possessing one of the typical features of 
Bosenella, Nicholson. 

The anatomical structure of both these genera has recently been worked out in 
detail, with great success, by Prof. II. A. Nicholson, M.D.j: and it is owing to hia 
researches that I have been able to arrive at the following conclusions : — 

IL — Form of the Cosnosteum. 

The form of this organism is that of oval or subreniform expansions of from 
two to three inches in thickness, arising from a more or less contracted base, that 
may perhaps represent a point of attachment. The largest specimen is eleven and 
a half inches across the under surface, by six inches. The second in size is eight 
inches by six inches. 

The largest example (PI. XIV, Fig. I) although presenting as a whole an 
oval outline, still possesses a more or less flabelliform appearance, and is sub- 
lobate. The latter feature will possibly account for the two weathered promiaoncea 
one on each side of the second specimen (PI. XV). 

• 04/30. 

t Gen. nov. {h arisKu, a bladder, and rh trrpiifiay auy thing spread out. 

: AMoDOgiHph of the British Ijtromatoporoids.^Part 1,— Qenenl Introduction (Pal Soe,^ 1896> 



PABT 8.] Ethbbibgb : On a Stromataporoid. 135 

The appearance of the original of PI. XIV, Pig. 1, with its nearly central snb- 
peduneular prominence, would lead to the belief, if this be a point of attachment, 
that the coenosteum had existed as a tabular or horizontal expansion, for it will 
be observed that the dark lines, representing the radial pillars, radiate in eyerj 
direction from this centre. 

There is perhaps a tendency to a concave base, as in some of the more massive 
Stromatoporoids ; but there is no evidence to show that the organism grew round 
or overflowed others, as it were, of any material size ; nor is there the slightest 
trace of any tendency towards a dendroid form of growth. 

IIL — Slate of Preservation, 
The specimens in their present condition are calcareous, and are preserved in a 
grey-black, impure, fossiliferous limestone. The skeleton represented by the light- 
coloured portions on PL XVI consists of crystalline calcite, whilst the darker 
portions represent the dense in-filling of the chambers of the coenost^um, consist- 
ing of an impalpable dark mud. The organisms are so very firmly embedded in 
the hard tough matrix that it has been found impossible to sufficiently relieve 
them from the latter to permit a proper macroscopic examination to be made, and 
all that has been gleaned of their outer characters is from weathered surfaces. 

The presence of crystalline calcite would seem to point to a replacement of the 

original tissues. The preservation of our specimens is analagous to that of 

Ldbechia ohioenns, described by Nicholson*, viz. : '* all the interspaces of the 

fossil have been filled in with a fine-grained greenish calcareous mud, the skeleton 

having been subsequently dissolved out and then replaced, more or less completely, 

with transparent calcite." In the present instance not only are the skeletal 

tissues replaced, but cavities in the infilling matrix are likewise so occupied. There 

is, however, as in many other Stromatoporoids, no thin margin of crystals lining 

these vacuities. 

IV, — Uxternal appearance. 

The general appearance of our largest specimen (PI. XIV, Fig. 1) is that of an 

organism composed of successive superimposed concentric layers, or floors, better 

seen perhaps in the weathered-out portions of the example represented in PI. XV, 

rather than on the worn down surface of the subject of PI. XIV, Fig. 1. These 

layers, however, are by no means found to be regularly continuous when minutely 

examined, but thicken and thin out at intervals, and it is only by regarding the 

entire specimen that the apparently concentric structure becomes apparent. In 

PI. XIV, Fig. 1, it is the darker portions that represent the skeleton, and the 

lighter parts the infilling matrix — just the converse of that seen in PI. XVI. It 

is, however, only macroscopically that this appearance exists, for when microscopic 

sections are examined, precisely the same results were obtained as in PL XVI. 

By following the successive lines of dark floors, a festoon-like appearance is 

• Loe. eit.t p. SO. 



no Becords of the Geslogieal Survey qf New South Wales. [vol. iv. 

observable that at fifst sight is rerj puzzling. The result of microscopic examina- 
tion has been to convince me that this concentric structure is more apparent than 
real, and even in the more pronounced specimen (PI. XY, Fig I) it is, I believe, 
simplj the result of the exposure of the floors by weathering, and partial excava- 
tions of the vesicular tissue. In other words the organinm does not split up, or 
peel ofE in concentric layers, when broken, like so manj other Stromatoporoids. 
There is also visible a regular series of broken lines radiating outwards from the 
excentric point of attachment (F), which is itself coucavelj depressed. 

In PI. XV, the only structure yisible is that shown on the two weathered l&teral 
patches, wbich may have bean pointd of attachment and centres of outgrowth. 
These are, however, interesting, one in particular, for it exemplifies the stratified 
appearance in natural section, with the radiating lines of pillars passing from one 
layer to the other, but, at the same time, without any tendency of the latter to 
peel off. It in by no moans a far-fetched resemblance to compare this with the 
general structure of one of the cylinders of Lahechia afylophora, figured by 
Nicholson* 

The upper surface of the cosnosteum has not been observed, and ao firmly 
enveloped are the fossiU in the matrix, that it has not been found possible to 
expose it by mechauical means. 

Whether or no a*a epithea existed is uncertain, but there is uo trace of such a 
covering now. ltd absence would not be peculiar among the Stromatoporoidea. 
Tliat L, r {Oyuiistroma) Donnellii is not an encrusting organism is I think tolerably 
certain, but it possibly grew after the manner of Actinoatroma as describedf by 
Nicholson — *'in a succession of superimposed strata, applied first to some foreign 
body and then to one another." 

V, — Internal structure. 
The internal structure of L. ? (Cystistroma) Donnellii is illustrated in Pis. XIV 
and XVI. In PL XVI, Fig. 1 represents a slice taken at right angles to the plane 
of growth ; Fig. 2 another transverse to the same, or " horizontal*' ; and Fig. B 
parallel to the plane of growth, or " vertical." In PI. XIV, Fig. 2 is also given 
a second and better figure of a transverse or horizontal section. The skeleton of 
this organism consists of a series of radial pillars (0) continuous throughout 
appreciable distances, and running more or less parallel with one another. These 
radial pillars are united by transverse, straight, curved, or rolling plates, either as 
fine delicate lines (b), or thickened floors (c), irregular in their distance apart, 
some, convex upwards, others concave, and where the pillars are wide apart 
rendering the interspaces highly vesicular (e). The vesicles are lenticular, and 
in places are filled with clear calcite, at others w^ith the fine mud compoaing the 
general infilling medium. 

• fjoe. ctt., 1891, Part 8, t. 20, f. 8, 
t Loc, cit., 1888, Part 1, p. &9, 



PABT 8.] Ethxridoe : On a Btrommioporoid. 187 

The radial pillars. ^The size of these supports is Terj irregular, both as com- 
pared with one another in the same specimen, and those of one individual with 
those of another. No definite evidence has occurred to show that each radial 
pillar contained an axial tube, nor am I in a position to state what their condition 
may have been at the full period of growth. In one pillar, however, there is the 
semblance of two inner walls (PI. XIY, Fig. 3), as if a tube had originally existed. 
The absence of this appearance in the other pillars may be only the result of the 
high degree of alteration the skeletal tissues appear to have undergone. From 
the same cause it is impossible to say whether or no dark central spots existed in 
the centre of the pillars marking the position of canals, with a surrounding con- 
centric laminated ring. Neither am I absolutely certain that the pillars are con- 
tinuous throughout the coenosteum ; but possibly the variability in the length of 
the radial pillars arises from '^ the fact that a section never passes along the plane 
of any one rod for more than a very limited distance."* 

The pillars thicken and thin out irrespective of position in the organism. They 
certainly lack the regularity seen in some species of Laheehia, for instance, those 
of L. seroiina, Nich.f; but, on the other hand, the interrupted condition is 
observable in the figures of L, ohioensia, Nich.]:, and even to some extent in 
L. conferia^ Ed. and H.§, itself. In Laheehia generally, the radial pillars reach 
their maximum of development amongst the Sfcromatoporoidea, being exceedingly 
stout and generally continuous from the epithecate base to the upper surface. || 
I have observed no trace of either cribriform or porous (vacuolated) structure of 
the skeletal tissues, nor are tabulsB present in any form. 

In a transverse section the appearance of the pillars is very peculiar and quite 
different to anything seen in Laheehia, Instead of round, concentrically formed, 
and tubular pillars, we observe (PI. XIV, Fig. 2 ; PL XVI, Fig. 3) a series of either 
irregularly placed, or roughly parallel rods, with one diameter generally very much 
greater than the other. These pillars are asymmetrically stellate, the outline 
being broken up into a Tariable number of radiating denticles or spinelets. The 
longer ones are usually more or less parallel to one another. Here and there 
are indistinctly seen the cut edges of the resicular plates connecting the pillars 
wiih one another, or the thickened masses of the flooring already alluded to. 
These points are even better seen iu a second tranverse section (PL XIV, Fig. 2). 
Here the almost lenticular form of the radial pillars is very marked, with their 
strongly-dentate edges, and general parallel direction. Large and irregular masses 
of calcareous matter, forming the thickened connecting-plates, are also visible. 
At one point the section has horizontally cut across immediately above one of the 
floors, possibly armed with the immature pillars, the latter represented by a series 
of round dots (PL XIV, Fig. 6). 

• Nicholson, lot, cit., 1886, Part 1, p. 41. 
t Nicholson, loc, cU., 1886, Part 1, p. 46, f. 4b. 
I Nicholson, lot, ett., 1886, Part 1, t. 2, M. 
f Nicholson, Uk. eit, 1891, Part 8, t. 20, f.l. 
I Nicholson, loe. cit., 1886, Part 1, p. 44. . 



188 Becords of the Geological Survey of New South Wales. [tol. iv. 

Oonneeting Flafes. — The connocting-plates present three different appearances- 
fine hair-like lines (b) visible amongst the dark infilling mediom ; slightlj-thickened 
lines (c) where the original plate has undergone a secondary thickening ; and again 
hair-like lines {d) in considerable spaces of the vesicular structure of the organism 
not mud-filled, but simply impregnated with calcite. The interesting point about 
all these plates, however, is, that whether in the one or the other condition, there 
is always visible a series of very minute prickles or denticles rising from the 
upper side of the plates. These arc also traceable in places on the sides of the 
radial pillars, and in their presence we probably have an explanation of the radi- 
ating denticles seen on the pillars in cross section. 

It might be advanced that these spinelets, as seen in Plate XIY, Fig. 4, were 
the starting points of 'new connecting-plates ; but their interrupted and radiating 
nature (PI. XIV, Fig. 2 ; PL XVI, Fig. 3), together with the fact that they occur 
in this condition at the same level, seems to dispel such an idea. 

Vesicles. — The vesicular structure is very irregular (PI. XVI, Fig. 1 & 2), 
arising from the unstable form of the connecting-plates. In some cases the latter 
extend completely across the inter-columuar spaces, or are " complete," forming a 
long narrow vesicle ; at other times the plates extend only partially across, when 
they may be termed '' incomplete,*' thus forming an irregular vesicle ; or, again, a 
subsidiary plate may exist, unconnected with the pillar on either side of it, when 
the so formed vesicle is more or less central. In some instances the vesicles are 
filled entirely with fine mud, in others with clear calcite, or small vacuities may 
occur in the impalpable matrix, themselves filled with calcite, and very much simu- 
lating the appearance of the connecting pores of some of the higher groups. The 
true nature of these spaces is, howerer, proved by the presence of the much more 
irregular and larger spaces between some of the floors. It is owing, as in Labechia^ 
that *' to the entirely irregular development of these vesicles, the coBnosteum shows 
no tendency to split concentrically, as is observed in the normal Stromatoporoids"* 

VI. — Belations to Lab ecu r a. 

Like that of Lahechia, the skeleton of the present fossil consists of pillars, 
irregularly placed ; but unlike those of the former, there is, in the present state 
of preservation, no definite evidence that the pillars contained axial canals, or 
were cribriform, or possessed a concentric structure. Again, as in Labeehia, the 
pillars were connected by a series of transverse plates, which are either curved or 
straight, and give rise to the formation of a series of large or small vesicles, but as 
compared with those of Labechia, more irregular in outline. This irregularity of 
development, however, as in the genus named, prevents the tendency to split or 
peel off concentrically. 

• Nicholson, loc, eit., 1886, Part I, p. 81. 



FABT 8.] Ethbbidos : On a Siromaioporoid. 180 

As examples displaying the surface hare not been observed, the qaestion of 
terminal tubercles to the pillars may be left out of the question ; nor am I in a 
position to speak as to the presence of an epitheea, but I suspect that one was 
present. 

To sum up, thereloTe^ CtfsHstroma agrees with LaheehiayUBing onlj those charac- 
ters definitely ascertained, as follows : — 

1. In the presence of radial pillars, and their large size. 

2. In the presence of connecting-plates. 
8. In the presence of interstitial vesicles. 

4s. In the absence of any tendency to peel off concentrically. 

5. Absence of astrorhiza?. 

6. „ tabul». 

7. „ definite zooidal tubes. 

On the other hand, CifsHitrotna differs from Ldbeekia thus : — 

1. Form and more irregular distribution of the radial pillars. 

2. Very irregular development of the interstitial vesicles. 

8. Presence of short rudimentary growths on the vesicular floors. 

4. Presence of similar bodies on the sides of the pillars giving them a more 
or less dentate appearance in cross-section. 

VIL — Belations to Bosenella, 

In this genus Prof. Nicholson describes* the co^nosteum as massive or laminar, 
and the skeleton as consisting entirely of " slightly curved or undulated calcareous 
plates, which are so combined as to give rise to a series of comparatively large, 
elongated, lenticular vesicles, upon the convex upper surfaces of which are carried 
numerous short and rudimentary radial pillars. The radial pillars mostly fall 
short of the under surface of the lamina next above that from which they spring, 
and, therefore, appear merely as conical tubercles on the upper surfaces of the 
vesicular plates." 

The passage quoted will at once demonstrate how widely both Lahechia and 
Cf/8tUtroma differ from Bosenella^ but the remarkable fact still remains that in 
CyttUtroma rudimentary projections spring from the vesicular flooring as they do 
from the lamince in Fosenella. Unlike the rudimentary pillars of the latter, 
however, they may arise either from a convex or concave vesicle face. 

In Cjfstisiroma we see well-marked radial pillars that do not occur in Bosenella, 
accompanied by a well-developed vesicular system, apparently more so than in 
Zfabechia, but less so tban in Botenella, In fact, Oystistroma appears to be a 
Zfabechia assuming certain BosenettaAike features. 

• Loc. ctf., 188S, Part. 1, p. 84. 



148 Becords of the Oeolo^ieal Survey of New South Wale*. [tol. it, 

VIIL— Eolations to BealrieU. 

To this aberrant member of tbo Labeohtidfl», the resemblance of our foseil is 
comparatirelj iligbt, simply in tbe presence of radial pillars and resicular tissue. 
In Beatrieia the former are much modified and slight. In OyBtUtroma there is not 
that preponderating influence of the tissue, nor is there any trace of the large nxial 
tube of Billing's genus. 

To sum up^Like Aeiinoittoma, Ac.» and eontrarj to Btrowutiopora proper, 
Oystisiroma belongs to the " Hydractinioid " section of the Stromatoporoidea, in 
which the " radial pillars and concentric lamin» are present as distinct, though 
closely connected, structttres."* 



XXIV. — On Blue Dolomite in Lode-quartz : by George W. Card, 
A.R.S.M., F.G.S., Curator and Mineralogist. 



A BJCT-blue transparent mineral has been several times remarked in the quarts from 
the Mitcheirs Creek G-old-mine, and has been locally regarded as a copper ore. 
Experiments made upon a fine block of ore presented by the manager, Mr. P. 
Davies, prove the mineral to be dolomite. This specimen is characteristic of the 
Mitcheirs Creek ore, consisting of white vitreous quartz with patches of iron- 
and copper-pyrites, the latter sometimes exhibiting the " peacock'* tarnish. The 
quartz is streaked in places by a light-greeA earthy substance which may perhaps 
be regarded as ohloritic. 

The dolomite occupies nests which a very cursory examination shows to be 
bounded by rhombic outlinesi round which the quartz would appear to have 
moulded itself. 

A very small quantity of the mineral was picked out from one of the neets, tbe 
comparative lack of hardness and the rhombohedral cleavage being then very 
apparent. One of the fragments was found to be of a hardness between 3 ani 
4 of Moh*s scale. The small pieces were transparent, and colourless except for 
a sky-blue (sometimes greenish-blue) band traversing them parallel to one of the 
cleavage faces at a little distance from the surface. It is this colouration-band 
which gives the prevailing blue tint to the mineral as seen in mass. 

On beating gently the blue colouration disappears and the mineral becomes 
more or lens opaque, assuming a brownish tint. The decrepitation consequent on 
heating gives rise to very perfect cleavage-rhombohedra. It has been suggested 

• Nicholson, loe. eU, 1886, Part I, p. 41. 



FART 3] Card : On Blue DolomiU. 141 

that the blue and greenish tints may ba due to vivianiie, and it may be that the 
change of colour and loas of transparency on heating are due to per-oxidatiou of 
iron. The presence of lime is readily detected by flame tests. 

Unattacked by cold dilate hydrochloric acid the mineral is completely soluble 
with effervescence on warming. By an examination of a very small quantity of 
the powder, Mr. F. B. Outhrie, F.G.S., has chemically established beyond all doubt 
the presence of a considerable quantity of magnesia. 

It is evident from the abore reactions that the mineral is a carbonate of lime 
and magnesia possessing all the physical properties of dolomite. 

In the 1892 edition of Dana's ' Mineralogy' mention is made of a green variety, 
but there seems to be no record of a blue one. 

Mr. F. D. Power, A.B.S.M., F.O.S., informs me that a similar variety occurs at 
Maldon, County Talbot, Victoria, but that the sfipply must be nearly exhausted. 

In the Mining and Geological Museum there is a small specimen of white 
Yitreous quarts, oontaining blue dolomite described as eoming from Woodfcwd;. 
Victoria, which only differs from the Mitchell's Creek stone in not being 
mineralised. 



,5 



A^' 



\ 



PLATE X. 



A portion of Slide No. 4Ai ia tbe Collection of the Geological Sarrey of N. S. 
Wales— X 62. A comer of one of the porphjritic idiomorphic crystals 
of felspar is shown. The margin is corroded, and there is a band of 
inclusions. This crystal is untwinned and quite unaltered, but the 
polarization effects are irregular. 

A number of lath-shaped felspars are embedded in the glass, a few of them 
exhibiting square sections. The tendency to flow round the porphyiitic 
individual will be noted, as well as the bending and breaking of some of 
them. 

Drawn from nature by Mr. P. T. Hammond. 



Records -Geol. Survey. HI. S.Wales. Vol. IV. 



Plate X 




P. T. Hammond, del. 



Heliotype. 



PLATE XI. 



Omithorhjnchus mazimuB, Dun. 

Fig. 1. Sight humerus, posterior yiew. 

Fig. 2. Do do anterior view. 

Fig. 8. Do do articular head. 

Fig. 4. Do do articular tuberosity for the head of the radius. 

Echidna (Proechidna) robusta, Dun, 

Fig. 5. Atlas vertebra, posterior aspect. 
Fig. 6. Do do anterior aspect. 

Eeference Letters. 

Humerui : — -gj., greater tuberosity ; Lt.y lesser tuberosity ; 5.^., bicipital groove ; 
h,, head ; «««., sesamoid ; ani. int, Mur,, antero-intemal surface ; int, bard., 
internal border; ext, hard., external border; pron. t.y attachment surface 
of pronator teres muscle ; «/!, supracondylar foramen ; e.e., external 
condyle (ectepicondyle) ; «.c., internal condyle (entepicondyle) ; ant ext, 
sur,j antero-extemal surface ; ant. hard., anterior border ; J., deltoid ridge ; 
«., supinator ridge ; /., trochlea ; m.«., musculo-spiral groove. 

Vertebra : — «.a., inferior arch ; n.a,^ neural arch ; a.z.^ anterior zygapophysis ; p,z.t 
posterior zygapophysis ; n «., neural spine ; tr. p., transverse process. 

Drawn from nature by Mr. P. T. Hammond. 



Recohds-Geol. Survey. HI. S.Wales. Vol IV. 



PlatsuXL^^ 



t0st^ sur. 



int. *artf 



g^t^^^ 




I.e. 's 



%. 




a tit. bord 
ext. hard" " * 



fit rxr. sut^"^^'' ri^ %' 



/-*S£i 



, post. stir. 




I i • 



i-; 






prort, t. 



M.f. 



^ 





.'ir,s. 




r^r p. 



i.a. 



p. T. Hammond, deL 



UeBot^. 



PLATE XII. 

Echidna (Froecbidna) robusta, Dun, 

Pig. 1, Portion of cranium and rofitrum, upper view. 

Pig. 2, Do do lower view. 

Pig. 3. View of occipital region of skull, viewed from within. 

Pig. 4 and 5. Do do viewed posteriorly; 

Drawn from nature by Mr. P. T. Hammond. 



Records— GcoL Survey. H.S. Wales. Vol. IV. 



Plate XI L 




P. T. H&nimoml, del. 



Hellotype 



PLATE XIII. 

Map of a portion of the Shoalhayen Biyer, PariBhes Warri and Jinglemoney, 
County Murray, showing auriferous grayels, sands, and clays. The bed 
rock is shown by star-hatching. 

Horizontal section on line z y, showing the position of the auriferous grayelsy &c^ 

Pour vertical sections, positions shown on the Map by the letters C, D, E, and E. 

The scales are shown on the face of the Plate. 



Records-Geol Survey, N.S.Wales. Vol IV. 



Shtft D 



MAP 
Auriferous dr 

PARISHES OF 

CO UN' 




; ih^fi f 







^ 



9tf/*» «««-»v 



PLATE XIV. 



LabecHia ? (Cystistroma) Donnellii, Eth. fil. 

Fig. 1. The largest specimen known, shomng weathered surface, with radial 
pillars, connecting plates, and vesicular structure — \ nat. 

Fig. 2. Section at right angles to plane of growth, or " horizontal," showing 
radial pillars of an elongated form with marginal serrations — ^nat. 

Fig. 3. A radial pillar, seen in vertical section, shomng what appears to be an 
axial tube — uat. This figure is somewhat exaggerated for purposes of 
delineation. 

Fig. 4. A radial pillar, in vertical section, shomng marginal denticles — ^nat. 

Fig. 5. Two connecting plates, in vertical section, showing denticles, possibly 
immature radial pillars — nat. 

Fig. 6. Portion of a thickened connecting plate in horizontal section, showing 
the bases of denticles, possibly immature radial pillars — x 4. 

Drawn from nature by Mr. P. T. Hammond. 



r::^ 
^ 






II 





PLATE XV. 

Labechia ? (Cystistroma) Donnellii, Eth, JIL 

Fig. 1 . The second largest specimen, with two weathered prominences, perhaps 
representing points of attachment — \ nat. 

Fig. 2. The upper portion of Fig. 1, approximately enlarged three-quarters. 
Drawn from nature by Mr. P. T. Hammond. 



Records-Qeol. Survey. N.S.Wales. Vol. IV. 



Plate XV. 




P. T. Hammond, del. 



Heliotype. 



PLATE XVI. 

Labechia? (Cystistroma) Donnellii, Eth,fil, 

Fig. 1. Section at right angles to plane of growth — z 2. 

Fig. 2. Section parallel to the plane of growth, or " vertical" — x 2. 

Fig. 3. Section transverse to plane of growth, or " horizontal'* — x 2. 

a. Eadial pillars. 

h. Connecting plates as delicate lines* 

c. Do do as thickened floors. 

d. Do do as hair-like lines forming vesicular tissue in portions 

of the organism filled with clear calcite. 

e. Highly vesicular structure. 

Drawn from nature ,by Mr. P. T. Hammond. 



RecoRos-JQeoL SuKvn. N.S.Wtus. Vol. IV. 



Pl4T£ XVI. 




P. T. HMnmood, del. 



HeUoijrpe 



MrKiHa mafmcvB^^4^ntimm^.i 



'i»«*i 



I tit 



Hijtifiir I(i4tfi^ 



a*mniAit 



rArtih|Orfttriat 



llli«lnf inmx 



l\'l*ft llvnin^r ftmrtlvl ! I31W ni*xt (n*! 






If 
1 1' 



ail. 



jkA M} 






r am . 



If JjCxmjr . 



Do l|i»rt of) 

thhvnwtitlii do 

ri**«f *.^ 

IM> ,..,, 

I«jk,d*ra tpArfe Of) 

0%Ib«Mll| 



P*«l 4a4 Utfcll 






Old Adalonif , . 






Nrff t>n:b*»Hl 

AUiirt . 
flftthiimt 

New Eiaj|l%Q(l ..... 

do . . , , 

Tumiit ouil A44totitr . 

MUn , 

D*tht»t«l 



ipi-rtlyt 



<*r ir.xic*rifi9n 



nnirU>)w 



AtJ<*^oo5;* f'rtfh (itfirtly). 

K , -.mi 



!i.iv<»r(|»ftrtly>. 



1 Utrhl*fi, W-^l 
1 <iua.ri« lUvirr. 



Albert. 

Ni-wrhrJdgw and Caiooln Crwk 

^4 wbfitinfe (p4utly)i 



J- 
h ■ 

k. 

L.. 
L 

I . 

Mahiinfttift,, . ] A!!*trl! 

U(l,ll'lli]r'JU|.' 

MfiiMni . .. 

^) 

M 
M 

Mrirllii 

KwiLbn . . 

y, 



MicktuiUl . 

]flilf«m do 

MiU?hall . 

Do Ct^rtoO. : rlL» 



.** *4 ,4. i»t*T»l'"T^ 



s.rmh. «r VM% uf . Kimup Ihatrki 



Itaniy* Ifwtlyl. 



Tin 



tttd ilhrfrrrrfil'i 



la 



Ar^)», 0«iiulfln,> «*rul Kli^if. 



'«rtt MkflTni^tn** (ptrtly i 









Liiil ^JjyiiiLtitvi- ' 




,nHtm Bind 1^ 


»«f. 




1 !.. Ift , . 




rN.1..n, lit! iTKvrl ,>() 








Liu'liLui 


f<l 


\rtol> / 





1 tiinfttlr 






, . Alltort 
Nf.fih 1 N* v^ l'jrta:l»T*i.l 

- ■■ ' ' ■ do ; 



.►ftUii'JtmlimjT 






,Ul,*-rt- 



i dvi!k(f«ni>) 



SvlMuiti.tiiil .lllTlfi^. 4fMl 



irk Hfltt Tlai-lrtt* . 



I 

J t) 4ti*l liiovk If It! 



j|<lolointf Ci«tk itnd nnnda^iLl. 



TtoO 






.1, 



Ms 



\N1' 



AM) 



as R<*rrTi 



I'l'rtlur^ t !!»*•« 't^j nt 



"tHHEl* II 



Tttv n 



Hllf04» Vti: 






^^KbPARtS^F MINES AND AORICULltllE, SYPKEY. 


^H 


^H EEC0Ri>6 


^^1 




^^1 


■ GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OP NEW SOUTH WALES, ^ 


■ VOL. 1V% PART IV. 


^1 


H 1893. 


H 


H UO l^. 


1 


H 


^H 


^1 u ilie XoTlh-Westcrji Portion of 


^^^H 


^1 PiiTitAX. AJ{.S M , GovL^rDinettt 


^^^H 


^H 


^^1 


^H XXVL-»Ui irrciHre of a Pbut 'm the NewcjLi^tle or Vpiicr CoaK 


^^^H 


■ - -'.■■7^. 


^^^H 


■ 


^^^H 


^H XiA . Ljr K. £iUKuii>uji;, Juur., cumUr 4il ih^ AmUAladi 


^^^H 


^H Mk-fUtn 


^^M 


■ XXVU,— Oi ni 


^^^M 


H Tj ■ .■'■-,' -^ liur 


^^^H 


H^ ttf 


^H 


^H rtl. — 1*1 : ! iixit Autlt-nlu** n-fMKnjf«i? With AoriAroiift 


^^^H 


■ XX; hy L M. 


^^^1 


^H 


^H 


^1 A XIX. — Aji ton LimtrNtorip, with 


^^^H 


^M •' , Lij ii. bxiiA^uiuLij^ Jttnr*t i'Ufiitar<if 


^^^H 


^H ,, 


^^1 


■ AAA,— 1'- '' ^ . 


^^^H 


H 


^^^H 


^H X 


^^^^1 


^H X XXI*— Oi ^firijjirifv! Rf»rk-f*flrrH»^w on the FreochV Funs^t 


^^^^^^1 


■ H XXIU iwid XXIV^ by 


^^^^^H 


^M 


^^M 


m 


^^^M 


^1 


^^^H 


^H Ml uvM Ati-^inilian Siriiiteiiiiii nui W. £:^, i>rfi, AettiBUot 


^^^H 


^H P:ilin.riionHM t 


^^M 


H VD.NKY ; CHARLK8 ?<yiT«H, (;OViav*\ilt:>T TKlMliK, 


^M 


^K 1I« UHI— ^l- l«9$. 


^^H 


■ [U 6./.] 


■ 




_j 



DEC . ' 1895 



DKPARTMKNT OF MINES AND AGRICULTURE, SYDNEY, 



RECORDS 



GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 



CORRIGENDA. 

Vol. IV. 

Page 34, line 29. For *' duocesimcostaia" rtad " duodecimcostata" 

Page 105, line 27. Fw " Cretaceous" rtad " Lower Mesozoic" 

Page 121, line 36. For "hystrix, var. aculeata" rtad "aculeata, var. typica" 

Page 123, line 28. Far " hystrix*' rtad " typica" 

Page 124, lines 27 and 33. Fw " hystrix" rtad ** aculeate" 

Page 134, footnote. For " fm^Kv'* rtad " kucttu" 



BCToral areas of Palseozoic rocks (intruded by dykeR of granite, diorite, &c.), 
which contain deposits of such metals as gold, silver, copper, and tin, and which 
are flanked or surrounded by Cretaceous or water-bearing sediments, covered 
in places by drifts and sands of Pleistocene and recent ongin. 

The examination of this district recently made by me convinces me that the 
Palaeozoic areas shown on our geological map must be considerably reduced, and, 
ii-.i. — 4.1.^ /xfkxki. Kami thft fLTpA nr.p.uDied bv the Cretaceous or water-bearing 



OORRIQENDA. 

Page 126, line 21. For has re^ havt 

Page 126, line 28. For has veiiA havt. 

Page 134, aecond foot-note. For crr„«. read .^crr«. 

Page 134, hne 20. For ana^ou. read ana/o^at« 



DEC ^ ^' 1895 



DEPARTMKNT OF MINES AND AGRICULTURE, SYDNEY, 



RECORDS 



GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 



Vol. IV.] 1898. [Part 4. 



XXV. — On the Cretaceous Formation in the North-western 
portion of New South Wales: by E. F. Pittman, A.R.S.M., 
Government Geologist. 



Prkyious examinatioDB of portions of this country have been made by Mr. 
Geological-Surveyor Brown* (now Government Geologist of South Australia) in 
1881 ; by Mr. C. S. Wilkinson,! late Government Geologist of New South Wales, 
in 1884 and 1887 ; by Mr. Geological-Surveyor Win. Ander8on,J now of the 
Geological Survey of India, in 1891 ; and by Mr. Geological-Surveyor J. B. 
Jaquet,§ in 1892. 

Briefly summarised their reports are to the effect that this territory consists of 
several areas of Palseozoic rocks (intruded by dykes of granito, diorite, &c.), 
which contain deposits of such metals as gold, silver, copper, and tiu, and which 
are flanked or surrounded by Cretaceous or water-bearing sediments, covered 
in places by drifts and sands of Pleistocene and recent origin. 

The examination of this district recently made by me convinces me that the 
Palaeozoic areas shown on our geological map must be considerably reduced, and, 
that on the other hand the area occupied by the Cretaceous or water-bearing 
rocks is much larger than was previously supposed. 

* Report upon thu Albert Gold-flelds, Ac , especially with reference to the existence of Artesian Water, &c. 
Leg, Assembly Paper. (Fscap. Sydney, 1881, by Authority.) 

t Ann. Rept Dept. Mines N.a Wales for 1884 [1885], pp. 146, 147 ; ibid for 1887. pp. 1S7-9 ; Report on Silver- 
bearinir Lodes of Barrier Range*. Leg. Assembly Paper, (nicap. Sydney, 1884, by Authority.) 

t Ann. Rept Dept Mines. N.S. Wales for 1801 ri8f>2], p. 264. 



I Ann. Rept. Dept. Mines. N.S. Wales for ISO'i [1898], pp. 137-145. 



144 Records of the Geological Survey of New South Wales. [vol. it. 

Perhaps the moat important conclusion at which I have arrived is that the 
artesian basin has probably a much further extension southwards than had been 
previously assigned to it. It has hitherto been considered that the southern 
boundary of the Cretaceous basin was formed by a bar, or buried range of Palaeo- 
zoic rocks stretching westward from Cobar through Wilcannia to Scrope's Bange. 
At "Wilcannia the rocks forming this supposed bar were regarded as Devonian^ 
and this opinion appears to have been formed on lithological evidence only, as 
there is no record of any Devonian fossils having been found in situ, nor of any 
geological section in which the relation of these Wilcannia sandstones is described 
with regard to older sediments. But in my opinion the lithological character of 
these sandstones points to their being of Mesozoic rather than of Pala&ozoic age, 
and the small amount of geological evidence that can be obtained from a surface 
examination seems to strengthen that view. Deposits of hard sediments which I 
observed at certain localities such as at the west of the Koko Bange, at Kooning- 
berry, at the western end of Mount Murchison, at the western side of Woychugga 
Lake, at the Springs, and at the northern end of Scope's Bange, may be and 
probably are of Devonian age. They consist of hard, dense, thick-bedded 
quartzites, similar in character to those of Mount Lambie, near Bathurst, showing 
slickensided joints, and as a rule, lying at a high angle with the horizon. But 
the rocks at Wilcannia are of a different character. They consist of soft, 
yellowish, greyish, and whitish grits and sandstones, frequently containing bands 
and pockets of kaolin, and lying, as a rule, at a very low angle of inclination. 
In fact while one set of rocks shows abundant evidence of both metamorphiszn 
and disturbance, the other is remarkably free from signs of either. 

My conclusion in regard to these rocks is, that they are probably of Upper 
Cretaceous age, and if this be correct it means that, instead of the Cretaceous 
basin being cut off on the south by an east and west boundary through Wilcaunia, 
there may be a deep channel somewhere between Woychugga Lake and Mount 
Manara by which the artesian basin may have extended far to the soutwards, 
possibly even under the Eocene beds of the lower Darling of the north-western 
portion of Victoria, and part of South Australia to the neighbourhood of Mount 
Gambier, where fresh water has long been known to escape as springs on the sea- 
coast, as was first pointed out by the Bev. Tenison Woods.* It is quit« possible, 
however, that this water may be derived from the Eocene beds themselves, and 
not from underlying Cretaceous beds. 

In any case the probabilities of the artesian water-bearing beds, extending 
southwards from Wilcannia, appear to be strengthened by the occurrence of 
Upper Cretaceous rocks (Desert Sandstone) at Bidura, near Balranald, as reporte<l 
by me in Juno last, and also by the fact that a deep channel has been proved to 
extend from Urisino (where two fine supplies of water have already been obtained) 

^ Geological ObsonT,tions in South AuatraHa. 8vo. London, 1862. 



PIOT 4.] PiTTMiK : Oretaeeous Formation. 145 

southwards along the west of the Paroo, in the direction of Wilnannia, for I 
uoderstaDd that several deep private bores were put down on Momba Station. 
The deepest of these was 2,000 feet, bat I believe that boring operations were 
discontinued before bedrock was reached. 

I propose, during the coming year, to make a geological inspection of the country 
along the southern course of the Darling, with the object of supplementing the 
information already obtained; but the only satisfactory way of settling this 
question is by boring, and I am of opinion that there is sufficient geological 
evidence to warrant the expense of a series of bores to the south of Wilcannia. 

In my journey northwards from Broken Hill, the Upper Cretaceous rocks were 
first met with at Fowler's Oap, to the north-east of Corona Station. A good 
section of these beds is seen four miles west of Sandy Creek bore, and also twelve 
to fifteen miles west of Bancanya bore, where they form the eastern escarpment 
of the Koko Ranges. They consist of soft, yellowish-grey, sandstone and grits, 
often showing false bedding, and often stained by peroxide of iron. They arjB in 
fact in no respect distinguishable (lithologicallj) from the sandstones subsequently 
examined at Wilcannia. On the western flanks of the Koko Bange these sand- 
stone beds are seen to lie unconformably on the upturned edges of slate rocks of 
probably Upper Silurian age. The sandstones here dip to the east at a low angle 
(about ten degrees), but as they are followed eastwards the dip is seen to increase, 
until at the eastern side of the range it attains an angle of forty-five degrees. 
It is unusual to find the Upper Cretaceous rocks as highly inclined as this, but 
at least one instance of as high a dip as the above has been observed in Queens- 
land, for Mr. W. H. Bands (Assistant Geologist) has measured a dip of forty-five 
degrees in Desert Sandstone rocks on the Isis Biver.* 

In many other localities as at Milparinka, Mount Poole, Mount Stuart, and in 
the Grey Banges, similar soft sandstones— but dipping as a rule at a very slight 
angle — are met with, and these frequently alternate with, or are sometimes over- 
laid (conformably) by hard rocks, which, though somewhat of the nature of 
quartzitesy are perfectly distinct from the Devonian rocks previously alluded to. 
The latter are highly metamorphosed homogeneous quartzites, while the Upper 
Cretaceous rocks appear to be grits which have been altered by thermal springs — 
they have in fact become opalised or porcelainised by having all the interstices 
between the sand-grains or pebbles completely filled by silica deposited from 
solution. One of the characteristics of this porcelainised rock is the manner in 
which it breaks up on the hill-tops. It is extremely hard but also extremely 
brittle. It " rings" like porcelain when struck, and breaks with a conchoidal 
fracture. The prolonged heat of the sun followed by rapid cooling of the surface, 
oxving to thunderstorms and the frosts of winter, causes the larger pieces of stone 

* Jack and Etheridg«. Geology and PalaoDtoIogy of Queensland and New Guinea, (Svo. Brisbane, 1892, by 
Authority.) P. 64a 



146 Beeords of the Qeologieal Survey of New South Wales. [vol. it. 

to exfoliate and break up rapidly, and consequentlj it is rare to see an outcrop of 
solid beds— the hill-tops being corered with a more or less rounded shingle like 
that so characteriatic of Sturt*s Stony Desert. 

Evidences of the agency of thermal springs are frequent in the Upper Cretaceous 
rocks. At the Peak (Mount Stuart Bange) ancient thermal springs have left 
mounds of curiously-banded limonite, showing that many of them contained ferru- 
ginous as well as silicious solutions, indeed the Upper Cretaceous rocks are 
characterised by the occurrence of considerable quantities of iron oxide. . 

Near the top of the Upper Cretaceous rocks, in the elevated lands, there is a 
bed of conglomerate a few inches thick, consisting of pebbles of an infinite variety 
of colour, and owing to the breaking up of this conglomerate by weathering the 
lower ground is in many places strewn with highly-polished pebbles of banded 
agates, chalcedony, jasper, camelian, pink and white quartz, &c. The extremely 
high polish which these stones exhibit is probably due to the action of the wind 
and sand. 

The whole of the country between the "Waratta Eanges and the Queensland 
Border is more or less overlaid by these Upper Cretaceous rocks, and they appear 
to extend for a good many miles to the east and west. In none of the country 
traversed by me were the Lower Cretaceous rocks (Rolling Downs Formation of 
Queensland) to be seen outcropping at the surface, there being always a capping 
of either Desert Sandstone or of Pleistocene sands to hide them from view. But 
in the spoil-heaps of many of the wells which have been put down by the pastoral 
lessees are to be seen the characteristic blue clays and sandy shales of the Lower 
Cretaceous Pormation containing Belemnites^ MaecoyeJla reflecta^ Maccoyella 
corliaish, Ac. I also obtained a specimen (presented by Mr. A. Lang) df a very 
large bivalve, which Mr. Etheridge believes to be new, and Mr. Warden Maitland 
presented me with a specimen (from the Upper Cretaceous rocks of Mount Stuart) 
of a fossil tree-fern which is also new to Australia. 

Very large tracts of this North-Western District are covered by recent deposits 
in the shape of " sandhills*' and *' claypans," and, as these form quite a notable 
feature in the character of the country, they are worthy of a brief description. 
They are very extensively developed along the Wanaaring to Milparinka Bead, 
particularly between the Clifton Bore and Milparinka ; but patches of them are 
met with in various parts of the North-Western District. The sandhills, which 
vary from small mounds to hills of fifty feet in height, are formed of blown sand. 
In many cases their surfaces are being continually modified by the action of the 
wind, and as can be easily imagined they make the roads exceedingly heavy for 
travellers. The sand of which these hills are formed evidently owes its origin to 
the disintegration of the Upper Cretaceous sandstones. The claypans are flat- 
bottomed shallow depressions which occur in the neighbourhood of the sandhills. 



PABT 4.] PiTTMAW : Oretaceous Formation. 147 

They vary in depth from a few inchea to about three feet, and the floor conaists 
of ^ne clay upon which the water lies for a considerable time after rain. They 
are often quite circular in form, while at other times they are seen to form long 
channels of regular width. It seems probable that they may have been formed 
by the whirlwinds (the " Burramugga*' of the blackfellows) which are of very 
common occurrence in this country. Some of these whirlwinds remain stationary 
for a considerable time— which suggests the formation of the circular depressions — 
while a travelling whirlwind of unusual severity might be expected to sweep up 
the sand in such a way as to form the long narrow channels. The depressions 
having been thus formed subsequent rains have carried into them in suspension 
fine clay washed out of the surrounding sandy soil. When the water has after- 
wards evaporated by the heat of the sun, or sunk into the floor of the depression, 
a coating of clay has been left, and frequent repetitions of this process have left a 
thick floor of clay forming a hard and impervious bed for the water. 

One of the most interesting geological features of this district is the occurrence 
at Mount Browne and Tibooburra of auriferous drifts of Cretaceous age. This was, I 
believe, first noticed by the late Mr. C. S. Wilkinson, Government Gteologist.* 

At the Western end of Mount Browne a rounded quartz pebble drift, which 
has proved to be highly auriferous, and has been extensively worked on a small 
rise known as Billygoat Hill, dips suddenly beneath the level of the Upper 
Cretaceous sandstones which surround the Mount Browne Kange. This quartz 
pebble drift takes its rise in the Mount Browne Bange (which is composed of 
Upper Silurian slates with numerous quartz reefs) somewhere near the Four-mile 
diggings, and it trends, with a gradual fall, in a more or less South-westerly 
direction for about four miles to Billygoat Hill — on the top of which the drift is seen 
to be about three to four feet in thickness, lying on rather decomposed slate rocks. 
From here it is evident that the old Cretaceous creek or river fell over a slate 
cliff, for in a distance of little more than one hundred yards west the drift has 
been followed to a depth of two hundred and forty feet in the Mount Browne 
Gold-mining Company's shaft — operations in which were discontinued owing 
chiefly to the strong body of water met with. 

The gold from the higher portions of this old drift has been re-distributed during 
later times, and has been worked in shallow deposits in numbers of the small 
gullies heading from the Mount Browne Eange. 

At Tibooburra the auriferous Cretaceous drifts dip off an area of granite rocks. 

Another instance of gold being found in Cretaceous rocks was observed at a 
place called the Peak, between Kayunnera and Tarella, on the Milparinka- 
Wilcannia road. The Peak itself is an isolated conical hill of Upper Silurian slates, 

* Ann. Kept. Dept. Mines N. S. Wales for 1884 11885], p. 137 ; Records Qsol. Survey N. S. Wales, 1888, 1, pt, 1, 
pp. 1-9. 



148 Eecords ofihB Qeologieal 8urv&y o/Neio South Waleh. [vol. ir. 

capped (unconformablj) bj Upper Cretaceous quartz aud ironstone conglomerate. 
In the adjoining bills to the north of the Peak, the conglomerate dips to the norths 
east under a considerable thickness of Upper Cretaceous sandstone. The tenant 
of the Peak Government Tank (Peter Rilej) has obtained a fair amount of alluvial 
gold bj following the ironstone conglomerate to the dip, and also by working the 
recent gullies which intersect it, and in which the gold has been reconcentrated. 

Opal-mining in Upper Cretaceouq rocks at the White ClifEs is still being carried 
on by about one hundred miners, and there is every reason to suppose that the 
industry will be a permanent one. The opal is being found in small horizontal 
and vertical pipes in a soft white rock, which is locally termed kaolin, but which 
appears to consist mainly of fine silica. A considerable area of ground has been 
broken in prospecting for opal, but very large areas still remain untouched ; and 
I can see no reason why they should not yield good opal for many years to come. 
There is no surface indication of the occurrence of the gem, and consequently 
there is a great deal of the element of chance connected with prospecting opera- 
tions. Hitherto the bulk of the opal has been obtained at a depth of about twelve 
feet from the surface, and the workings have mostly been confined to this level, 
apparently under the impression that it would be useless to look deeper for the 
stone. I am of opinion, however, that this is a mistake, and that opal may be 
expected to occur at much greater depths than it has hitherto been found. 



XXVI. — On the Occurrence of a Plant in the Newcastle or Upper 
Coal-measures possessing characters both of the Genera 
Phyllotheca^ Brong., and Cingularia^ Weiss : by R. Etheridge, 
Junr., Curator of the Australian Museum. 

[Plates XVII— XIX.] 



L-^ Introduction, 
Mh. J. B. Hekson, C.E., Engineer to the Water and Sewerage Board, Newcastle, 
has lately been successful in obtaining a number of disjointed plant-remains from. 
the Newcastle or Upper Coal-measures, from the cliff face at Shepherd's Hill, 
Newcastle, displaying features on the one hand resembling those of Fhylloiheca 
Brong., and on the other to some extent those of the genus Cingularia^ Weiss. 
Tiie latter is a plant of doubtful systematic position found in the Saarbnick Coal- 
field, but belieyed to be allied to the Calamitid®. 



JiRT 4.] ErnjEniDOK: JPhyiloihcea (?) from NeweuBtU. 149 

In addition to Mr. Henaon's plantfl, a single peltato inf undibuliform leaf (?) was 
obtained in the Gremorne Bore No. 1, Bobertson's Point, Port Jackson, at a depth 
of 2,900 feet, also an horizon in the Upper Goal-measures. 

The specimens collected by Mr. Henson consist of compressed stems, branches, 
whorls of leaves, and verticillate bracts (P) in »ifu. These have been generously 
presented to the Departmental Collection by the discoverer. 

IL — Qeological Position, 
The plant-bed at Shepherd's Hill consists of a grey to cream-coloured shale 
immediately underlying the cap of the cliff, a thick conglomerate, and about two 
hmidred and forty feet above sea level. Between the latter and the shale in 
question are four coal seams (PL XIX). 

Sir F. McCoy speaks* of the *' whitish clay beds of Mulubimbah," as furnishing 
his specimens of Fkyllotheoa. Mulubimbah is the native name for the Newcastle 
District, and I am led to believe that his Fhyllotheem were derived either from the 
same bed as Mr. Henson's, or from an extension of it. 

Ill, — Deteription of the Flani-remain*, 
Sfems, — The longest stem preserved is six inches, and like all the other fragments 
is divided into nodes and internodes. The nodes are generally speaking from half 
to one inch apart, and but little enlarged above the diameter of the internodes. 
In their present compressed state the stems vary in width, but the broadest observed 
is three-quarters of an inch (PI. XYIII, Pig. 2). There are six internodes dis- 
tinctly visible within the measurement above given. The surface of the stems is 
longitudinally costate, the costs now being fiat, but in their perfect state were 
probably slightly convex. They are opposite to one another in contiguous inter^ 
nodes, each costa, therefore, being continuous throughout a stem. No absolute 
connection has been seen between the stems and branches, but they occur together 
to the exclusion of other plants. In two instances the peculiar tubercles or discs 
seen on Equisetum stems occur, and which Schimper speaksf of as liberated 
diaphragms consequent on maceration. They have also frequently been figured on 
the stems of FhylJothecay although these discs were not preserved on the original 
specimens of this genus so ably described J by Sir^F. McCoy, who also noticed the 
continuity of the costs in Fhyllofheca. No better illustration of these in 
Fhyllotlieea can be given, than certain figures of Heer's P. sibirica.^ 

Leaves, — The leaves are chiefly scattered over the surface of the shale hand- 
specimens, but in a few instances arc attached to the leaf sheaths (PI. XVII 1, Figs. 
4 and 5). The latter are short, and in a few instances are attached to the stems, 

* Ann. Ma?. Nat Hist., 1847, XX, p. 153. 

t Zittel'a Paldontologie. Pt. II Pal^ph^-toloirie (French Edit.), p. 153. 

♦ Ann. Majf. Nat. Hist., 1&47, XX, p. 15C. 

I Flora F0S8. Arctioa, IV, Pt. 2, t. 4, f. 1—5. 



150 Beeoris of the Geological Survey of New South Wales. [roi.. it. 

which thej completely encircle in a subinfundibnliforin manner. They are long- 
linear, completely separated to the sheath edges, uniner?ate, curve obliqnelj 
outwards, and are sharp pointed distally. There are at least twenty in ererj 
verticil, and possibly more. Each verticil appears to reach from node to node, and 
even beyond, so that the stems are wholly clothed, or enveloped in leaves. 

So far, this is precisely the structure seen in Phylhtheca, A reference to 
McCoy and Dana's figures, by far the best yet published of the Australian 
JPhyllotheca, will demonstrate this. McCoy says * — " the joints surrounded by 
sheaths, and the free edge of each sheath terminating in a whorl of long, linear 
leaves.'* By Brongniart, the stems of aged individuals of the generic type, /*. 
ausfralis, — were describedf as smooth between the sheaths, but McCoy has 
shown X that one of his species (P. ramosa) resembles this type, the other having 
coarsely sulcated, and longitudinally ridged stems (P. Hookeri). He further 
describes the leaves as long and narrow, with a more or less distinct mid-rib. The 
naked stems amongst our specimens, I cannot do better than compare with the 
similar examples figured § by Dana, as Fhyllotheca, sp., and those fragments 
with leaves attached, referred by him to P. australia, Brong., both of which 
it seems to me are referable to P. Hookeri, McCoy. Dana's measurements also 
agree excellently with those of our examples, one of his being six and a half inches 
long, and half an inch broad ||. 

Peltate Lsaves (or " Bracts " ?) — ^The largest proportion of the Newcastle 
specimens consist of peltate infundibuliform leaves (?) lying about^ on the 
shale surfaces in all conditions and positions (PI. XVII, Figs. 1-5, 7-9; PL 
XVIII, Fig. 3), many of them very perfect, and attached to branches having the 
same general characters as the stems. These leaves, if that be their nature, spring 
from a sheath enclosing the branch, like the linear leaves. This encircling sheath, 
before the expansion of the peltate leaf commences, is about two-eighths of an 
inch long. The organs themselves form an inverted umbrella-like expansion, 
circular at the periphery, and there extended into a series of tooth-like projections 
or spikes, the re-entering spaces between being concave. It is difficult to give 
the exact number of these projecting points in each leaf, but probably more 
than thirty exist in fully-matured examples, as twenty-three have certainly been 
counted. The surface is slightly, but very regularly crumpled transversely, after 
the manner of a fan. Many specimens spread open during fossilisation enable 
the size of these interesting organs to be determined, the largest measured having 
a diameter of one and a quarter incliesi. In some few instances the encircling 



* Ann. Mag Nat. Hist., 1847, XX, p. 168. 

t Prodrome Hirt. \6g. Fore., 1828, p. 152. 

: Ann. Mag:. Nat His., 1847, XX, p. 157. 

i Wilkes U.S. Expl. ExpecLiVol. X, Geology, 1849, Atlas, t. 14, f. 2. 

II Wilkei U.S. Expl. Exped. Vol. X, Geology, 1849, p. 719. 



PARP 4.] ETHBBTDOg: Phyllotheca (f) from Newcaiite. 151 

deprossion of attachment U shown (PI. XVIII, Elg. 3). Each expansion is 
traversed by radiating cost» (or nerres ?), one to each denticle, whilst each inter- 
costal space bears a faint groove or depression, corresponding to each re-entering 
angle between the cost®. The intercostal, spaces are also crossed by the finest 
possible transvere strife, arranged in a festoon-like manner. 

For a pom5J0 elucidation of these peltate organs we may profitably study the 
structure of the genus OinguJaria^ Weiss. In Cingularla the stem is jointed or 
articulated like those of Galamiies or Equisetum, divided into nodes and inter- 
nodes, and longitudinally sulcate. The branches are opposite, or arranged in a 
verticil around the nodes, longitudinally striate like the stems, and bear the leaves 
and spike-like fructification. The foliage is also arranged in a verticillate manner 
the leaves being free to their bases. Each leaf is long, linear-subulate, and is 
traversed by a median nerve. The fructification of this plant is very remarkable. 
It is pediculate and spike-like, terminating the lateral branches above the foliage* 
bearing portion, but its component parts have been differently interpreted by 
writers. 

According to Schimper*, the fructification is verticillate, consisting of from 
fourteen to twenty horizontal, longitudinally striate, unilamellar, linear, cuneate 
bracts, each segment in the young state ending in a point, and then at maturity 
becoming truncate and inbent. There is also a transverse sulcus toward the distal 
end, before and behind which is a scar representing the attachment of a sporangio- 
phore. 

On the other hand, Weiss,t who appears to have studied Cingularia more than 
any other writer, believes that the verticillate bracts, instead of forming a single 
lamina, present a double one. The upper lamina of the verticil is formed of 
united bracts, deeply incised at the margin, which thus becomes serrate, the serra- 
tions agreeing in number with the bracts. This lamina then assumes an inverted 
umbrella-like appearance and naturally corresponds to the young state of Schimper's 
single verticillate lamina. The wedge-shaped and sporangiophore-bearing bracts, 
Schimper*s mature state, according to Weiss, form second laminsD helow the above. 
He describes the cicatrices on these bracts as four in number — two before and two 
behind the transverse furrow— and corresponding to the points of insertion of four 
discoidal sporangiphores. In other words, the upper or inverted umbrella-like 
verticil is sterile; the lower or horizontal, fertile. 

These peltate organs in our specimens do not appear to have any connection 
with the peculiar bodies figured by Mr. Seward J as possibly connected with Fhyl- 
lotheca, 

• TraiW Pal. V<S«'., 1874, III, p. 460. 

t Abhandl. Geol. Specialkarte Preuse , 1870, II, Heft 1, p. 8S. 

: Cat Mesosoic Plants Brit. Mas., 1894, 1 1, f. 7. 



152 £ecar(ls of tie Geological Survey ofNtv> South Wales. [yol. it. 

IV.^ Belatiofii with Fhyllotheea and Cingularia. 
Oar plant remains, omitting the peltate verticillate organs, are to all intents and 
purposes Fht/Uotheoa^ agreeing with the latter in all other particulars, and approxi- 
mating closely to P. Hookeri^ McCoy. So far as I am aware, no such organs have 
over been figured in connection with Phyllotheea^ and there is in consequence only 
one of two logical conclusions we can come to — either that these peltate verticil- 
late organs are an advance on the structure of the genus in question, or we are 
dealing with a plant new to Australian Paleobotany, but possessing many of the 
features of Fhyllotheca, 

The resemblance between the organs in question and the sterile bracts of Oingu^ 
laria, following Weiss, is very marked. Here, however, the resemblance ceasea, 
for, supposing our plant to be allied to the latter, it is very strange that amongst 
the large number of examples collected by Mr. Henson, not a vestige of a fertile 
bract, assuming tliem to be oE this nature for the sake of argument, has come under 
notice, either underneath the sterile bracts or casually on the surface of any of tlie 
shale hand-specimens. At the same time, this is simply on a par with some of 
Weiss's figures, in which he illustrates spikes made up of the fertile bracts, and 
none of the sterile. Yet, again, in most of his illustrations fragments of one or 
the other are found Ijing in contiguity to the parent specimen. Such is not the 
case, however, in our specimens, and under the circumstances it appears idle and 
out of place to refer our remains to Cingularia pure and simple. 

This opens up the question, — Under what name are these organs to be 
described? — leaves, or a structure accessory to fructification. In the light of 
Cingularia^ one would be inclined to accept the latter solution. On the other 
hand, from what is known of the fruiting of Phyllotheca in other parts of the 
world — ^bearing in mind no Australian form has been satisfaeforily described in 
this condition— due weight must be given to the former supposition. 

McCoy was, I believe, the first to draw attention* to a possible inflorescence in 
Phyllotheca, and this is the only Australian instance known. He describes a 
portion of a branch, having the sheaths " fringed on their upper margin with a 
dense little whorl of (I think two-celled) anthers." Schimper,t strange to say, 
ascribes to McCoy quite an erroneous statement, to the effect that the "fructifi- 
cations (d*aprea McCoy) semblable a celles des Squisetum.** As a matter of fact, 
McCoy's reference was to the male flowers of Casuarina, In McCoy's illustra- 
tion there is certainly a general resemblance to the fructification of Annularia 
given by Benault^, in which the sporangiophores are represented midway between 
the nodes. Bunbury also considered§ that the " catkin" figured by McCoy was 
allied to that of AslerophylUtes and Annularia, 

* Ann. HafiT. Nat. Hist., 1847, XX, p. 166. 

t Zlttd'B Paldontoloffio. Pt. 11, PaWophytologie (French Edit.), p. 157. 

J Coure do Bot. Fobs., 1882, II. t. 21, f. 1. 

f Quart. Joum. Gcol. Soc., XVI I, p. 338. 



PJLBT 4.] ExasRiBoi : Fhyllotheea (?) from Neweaiile. 158 

Zigno saya* that the inflorescence of Phyllotheca is rerticillatc at the extremities 
of the branches, and believes that McCoy*s figure recalls much more the amentum 
of an Equisetum than the flowers of a Casuarina. 

Schmalhausen again diflcrs from McCoy in the interpretation of the Australian 
fossil. At the same time Schmalhausen flguresf three entirely different kinds of 
fructification ascribed to Fhyllotheca deliqueseen*, Goeppcrt. One^ is spikelike. 
A third § representation is also giren by Schmalhausen of a totally different 
character. Count Solms-Laubachjj in criticising these figures, remarks of the 
second^ that it represents organs on the internodes situated between the sheaths 
like the sporangiforous peltate discs of Equisefum, lie appears to consider the 
third in much too bad a state of preservation to permit an opinion to be passed upon 
it. The Count adds : — " Since the specimens have both of them the characteristic 
foliar sheaths of Phyllotheca, it seems unreasonable to doubt whether they belong 
to that genus, which would thus differ from true Equisetaceo in having its fertile 
spikes repeatedly interrupted by ordinary vegetative leaf -whorls." 

The late Prof. Heer figured** the inflorescence of his Fhyllotheea iihirica in the 
form of spikes, in the first instance apparently with justification. Count Solms-' 
Laubach says that two others,tt from their association with the remains of Oinko, 
Heer thought were like those of that genus, but the former writer|:{ believes that 
Heer is not justified in that view, from mere association. 

Lastly, 8peaking§§ of Fhyllotheea^ Benault says that the spike is verticillate, 
and the sporangia arranged under peltate bracts ; but I do not know his authority 
for this statement. 

The foregoing quotations will at once indicate on what an unsatisfactory basis 
the evidence of fructification in Fhyllotheea rests, and that with the exception of 
McCoy's figure nothing whatever is at present known of that of the Australian 
forms. His illustration certainly differs widely from either Schmalhausen or 
Heer's conception of this portion of the plant. That the former has figured more 
than one kind of fructification under this name is, I think, unquestionable, a 
fact that also appears to have struck Prof. Heer.|||| 

After all, to us in Australia, Fhyllotheea is at present little more than a generic 
name applied to jointed, and more or less costate, stems and branches, the latter 
springing from above the stem-joints, and bearing linear, verticillate leaves, with a 
central vein, free distally, but joined into a sheath proximally, and either erect or 

• Floim Fow. Form. Oolithicn, I, pp. 54, 60. 

f Jura Ftor» Rowlands, 1879, Pt. I, t 1, f. 3 and 17 ; Pi. 3, t. 0, f. 10, 10a. 

♦ Loe. eit,^ t. 1, f. 3. 
f Loe. tit., t. 9, f. 17. 

g FoflBil BoUny, 1891. English Ed. by Oamsey and Balfour, p. 181. 
% Schmalhausen, loe. eit., l, 9, f. 10, 10<7. 
•• BeltrKge Fobs. Flora Slbiriens, &c., 1878, Pt. I, t. 1, (. 15. 
tf- Flora FOM. Arettca, VI. 1. 1, f. 5. 
:: Fonil Botany, loe. eit., p. 181. 
«f Gouri Boi. Foas., II, p. 146. 
■ i3 Flora Foes. Aretica, \I, p. 0. 



154 Secords of the Geological Survey of New South Wales. [vol. it. 

reflexed. As the name Phyllotheea was originallj described from Australian 
material, it follows that the genus must derive its distinctive characters from 
such, and whatever the fructification eventually proves to be, so will Foreign 
species fall within it, or be relegated to other genera. Following Weiss's con- 
ception of Glngularia, it may perhaps be deduced that the peltate organs from our 
Upper Coal- Measures are but the sterile bracts of Phyllotheea, At the same time 
the imperfect evidence at command does not warrant a decided opinion. All that 
we can say with certainty is, that these bodies are in this instance associated with 
other remains that we have been accustomed to regard as those of Phyllotheea, 
to the exclusion of any other plant-remains, except leaves of Oloisopteris. The 
general appearance of Mr. Henson^s specimens would lead one to relegate them 
to P. ITooken, McCoy. 

With the exception of Weiss's figures of Ginyulnria, the only other figure known 
to me at all like the peltate organs from our Upper Coal-Measures is one given by 
Fontaine in his " Potomac or Younger Mcsozoic Flora,"* although much smaller 
in size, that he considers may possibly be a sheath of an Equisetum compressed 
vertically. It possesses most of the characters exhibited by our specimens. 

To sum up, the following points are worthy of being noted : — 

1. In world-wide Phyllotheea there have been at least three forms of fructi- 

fication described. 

2. With the exception of McCoy's figure, the fructification of Australian 

species is unkown. 
B. In our Upper Coal-Measures occurs a plant, to all intents and purposes a 

Phyllotheea^ possessing peltate organs identical in structure with the 

sterile bracts of Clngularia, 
4. This plant seems to be closely allied, if not identical, with Phyllothecn 

Hookeriy McCoy. 



XXVII.— On some Rock-Specimens from the Auriferous Granite 
at Timbarra : by George W. Card, A.R.S.M., F.G.S., 
Curator and Mineralogist. 



Owing to the exceptional interest pertaining to the occurrence of gold in granite, 
the results obtained by the Author in examining a small collection of rocks from 
the Timbarra Gold-fields may not be unworthy of record. 

This collection comprises a series of granites and eurites collected by Mr. Thomas 
Horton, and submitted for examination to the Geological Survey Branch. 

♦ Mon. U.S. (PoweU'g) Cteol. Survey, 1889, XV, Atlas, 1. 178, f. 11, lln. 



BABT 4.] Ca.ed : Auriferous Oranite. 155 

The Tiinbarra Gold-fields are situated on a granite table-land four hundred and 
ninety miles north of Sydney and twenty miles south of Tabulam. A general 
geographical description of the district will be found in the first volume of these 
fiecords, pp. 43, et seq. Where the granite has become soft by atmospheric 
weathering it is excavated for sluicing. Auy undecomposed portions are left 
standing in large masses. The free gold is very fine, but as much as five penny- 
weights of gold to the ton is said to ha^e been saved by sluicing decomposed portions 
of the granite when containing pyrites. Assijs of similar stone yield gold at tho 
rate of nine pennyweights. The granite is traversed by a few small veins of 
auriferous quartz.* 

The series comprised fifteen 8i)ecimens of granite and eurito, the former coming 
from Surface Hill, Timbarra, and the latter principally from a dyke five miles 
further west. 

The numbers attached to the descriptions are those under which they are 
registered in the Departmental Collections. The numbers in square brackets refer 
to the micro-slides. 

Although not all gold-bearing themselves, Nos. A 244 to A 25 L are described n» 
coming from auriferous areas. 

A 244 [574]. Country Rock, at Surface Hill. A pink granite of medium grain, 
unaltered and quite normal in character. The minerals present are quartz, felspar, 
and mica ; the latter not very abundant. Quartz is abundant, and is traversed by 
the usual lines oE enclosures. The felspar is clouded. liVith the exception of a 
few crystals, it is all simply twinned. 

A 246 [677]. From Surface Hill. An unaltered flesh-coloured granite. The 
weathered side of the specimen is constituted by a vein of quartz, in the 
cavities of which are imbedded little nests of molybdenite. The minerals present' 
are quartz ; felspar, much clouded, a good deal of it repeatedly twinned ; and 
certain alteration products which may represent mica. The glass inclusions in the 
quartz contain fixed bubbles of large size. On assay it yielded— Gold 18 dwt. 8 gr. 
per ton ; silver, 3 dwt. 6 gr. per ton. 

A 246 [678]. From Surface Hill. A much decomposed but coherent granite. 
The specimen is about one and a half inches thick, and is bounded by parallel 
sides. It is traversed obliquely by a vein of translucent quartz. This vein is very 
irregular and contains mica ; the average width is three-quarters of an inch. The 
constituents are quartz, and orthoclase and plagioclase felspar. The felspar is 
much clouded, and has partially recrystallized. On assay it yielded neither gold 
nor silver. 



• Further detoils ¥^{11 b€ found in the Ann. Report Dept Mines N. S. Wales for 1889 [1800], pp. 201, 202. 



156 Records oftM Oeoloffiaal Survey oflfew South JFales. [vol. it* 

A 247. From Sur&ce Hill, from a depth of twentj feefc. A yery crumbly 
granite* It coatains quartz, pale flesh-coloured felspar, still retaining a slightly 
vitreous lustre, and a few crystals of dark-green mica. Much pale-green soft 
material occurs with the products of decomposition of the felspar. On assay it 
yielded neither gold nor silver. 

A 248. From Surface Hill, from a depth of one hundred feet. A crumbling, 
somewhat fissile granite, the divisional planes being coated with white decom- 
position products. It consists of quartz ; felspar, kaolinised, but with the lustre 
not altogether lost ; dark-green mica ; and greenish material, as in A 247. On 
assay it yielded neither gold nor silver. 

A 249. From Surface Hill, from a depth of twenty feet. A pink-coloured 
rotten granite, consisting of quartz, decomposed felspar, and greenish mica. On 
assay it yielded — gold, 4 dwt. 8 gr. per ton ; silver, 2 dwt, 4 gr. per ton. 

A 250. From Surface Hill, from a depth of one hundred feet. A pink somewhat 
crumbly granite. It consists of quartz, and felspar simply twinned, considerably 
decomposed, but with its lustre not much impaired. On assay it yielded neither 
gold nor silver. 

A 251 [567]. From Surface Hill. A dull-pink unaltered granite. It consiBts 
of quartz; orthoclase, and plagioclase in smaller crystals, both considerably 
altered ; and patches of a pleochroic green substance that may perhaps represent 
mica. Ou assay it yielded neither gold nor silver. 

A 252. From Surface Hill. A very crumbly, white, fine-^graiued granite or 
eurite. The felspar is much decomposed, and but little or no mica is present. 
This rock is described by the sender as a dyke cutting across the belts of aurif- 
erous granite without fault. The granite is said to be auriferous only to the north 
of it, although its character is the same on each side. On assay it yielded — 
gold, 7 dwt. 14 gr. per ton ; silver, 3 dwt. 6 gr. per ton. 

A 253 [575]. From Surface Hill. Country rock similar to A 250. Much 
plagioclase is present, both it and the orthoclase being much altered. A little 
greenish mica occurs, together with greenish earthy decomposition products. On 
assay it yielded neither gold nor silver. 

A 254 [57G]. From Surface Hill. Similar to A 253, but somewhat more coarsely 
crystallized. On assay it yielded neither gold nor silver. 

A 255. Pegmatite from a dyke five miles west of Timbarra, consisting of quartz 
and pink orthoclase associated pegmatitically. On assay it yielded neither gold 
nor silver. 



FAST 4.] Gau): Auriferaui Oranite. 157 

A 256 [595]. Adjoining A 255, from the same dyke. A pale cream-coloured 
eurite containing nests of a sulphur-coloured micaceous mineral and of arsenical 
and iron pyrites. The felspar is so far decomposed as to give rise to a white 
powder where the rock is bruised, and is much iron-stained. The quartz and 
felspar are graphically associated. On assay it yielded neither gold nor silrer. 

A 257. Adjoining A 256, from the same dyke. A cream-coloured eurite with 
Dosts of a greenish-yellow mica. Two assays* were made which yielded respec- 
tively : — 

I (Gold 2 oz. 12 dwt 6 gr. per ton. 

*• (Silver 15 „ 2„ „ 

Q 5 Gold 5 „ 10 „ 

-" (Silver 2 „ 4.. „ 

No gold was Tisible in this or any of the specimens. 

A 258. Adjoining A 257. A eurite in which blebs of quartz are embedded in a 
matrix earthy-white where bruised, otherwise greenish yellow. Nests of white 
mica and of a greenish -yellow micaceous substance and of arsenical pyrites occur. 
With the microscope a tendency to micropegmatitic structure is noticeable ; the 
mica is seen to occur in wisps, and the felspar is to a large extent replaced by a 
somewhat fibrous doubly-refracting substance. On assay it yielded neither gold 
nor silver. 

Only four of these specimens were auriferous in themselves, although others 
were described as coming from auriferous areas. To summarize the results : — 

A 245. Unaltered granite ; Surface Hill. (A vein of quartz carrying molybdenite present) :*- 

Gold 18 dwt 8gr. per ton. 

Silver 3 „ 6 „ ,, 

A. 249. Rotten pink granite ; Surface Hill. Depth, 20 feet :— 

Gold 4 dwt. 8 gr. per ton. 

Bilver 2 „ 4 „ „ 

A 252. Very crumbly eurite. Dyke cutting the auriferous gntnite without fault : — 

Gold 7 dwt. 14 gr. per ton. 

Silver 3 „ 6 „ „ 

A. 257. Cream-coloured eurite, from a dyke five miles west of Timbarra :— 

, J Gold 2 oz. 12 dwt. 6 gr. per ton. 

^' I Silver 15 „ 2 „ 

Q JGold 5 „ 10 „ „ 

^- {Silver 2 „ 4 „ 

The rocks represented by these specimens are thus seen to consist of a normal 
granite, generally pink or flesh-coloured, traversed by a eurite dyke at Surface 
Hill and a eurite dyke passing into pegmatite five miles to the west. Of the four 
specimens that were auriferous two were eurites, a third rotten granite, and the 
fourth an unaltered granite. These assays would not therefore appear to afford 
any clue as to what description of stone is most likely to carry gold. 

• In every case the a^say samples were taken by chipping comers off the specimens. In this case the second 
assay was made on a freshly- chipped sample. 



168 Becorisofthe Oeological Surrey of New South Wales. [vol. iv. 

It will be seen from the descriptions that the granite consists essentially of 
quartz and flesh-coloured felspar ; mica and accessory minerals being rare. Triclinic 
felspar is common \_See Nos. A 244, 245, 246, 251, 253]. It would thus come under 
the old term " binary granite,*' and approximate to the "aplites " and "granitites'* 
of some authors. There does not, however, appear to be any need for a distinctive 
name. The dyke rocks, consisting of very fine-grained granites, can be classed as 
eurites. 

Questions have been raised locally as to whether the granite may not bo of 
metamor]_)hic origin. There do not appear to be any indications in favour of such 
a theory. The assays were made in the Departmental Laboratory under the super- 
vision of Mr. J. C. H. Mingaye, F.C.S. 



XXVIII. — Petrological Notes on two Andesites associated with 
Auriferous Deposits in N. S. Wales : by J. B. Jaquet. 
A.R.S.M., F.G.S., Geological Surveyor. 

[Plate XX.] 



The specimens of one of the andesites I obtained from the walls of the Bushmau^:) 
Hill Mine, which is situated about a mile from Parkes, in a northerly direction. 
The igneous rock -occurs here as a large dyke intruding indurated slates of 
Silurian age. 

The reef exploited by this mine has recently been yielding some very rich ore. 
During the past three years, while worked on tribute by a party of miners, 2,899 
tons of ore containing 8,380 oz. of gold have been raised from it. The vein varies 
in width from ten inches to two feet. It is composed essentially of quartz with 
some iron pyrites. The gold which it yields is coarse, and the greater portion of it 
readily amalgamates in the mortar and on the battery plates. 

The walls are smooth and slickensided, and the fissure which preceded the reef 
has without doubt been formed along a line of faulting ; hence we may expect the 
reef to be permanent and not pinch out when followed downward. When 
hitherto exposed, the walls are chiefly composed of andesite, but also in places 
of slate. 

The mean of several determinations for the specific gravity of the andesite gave it 
as 2'82. It breaks with a subconchoidal fracture, and possesses a greyish green 
colour. The numerous hornblende idiomorphs can be seen with the naked eye, 
and are easily distinguished by the aid of a hand-glass. 



piRT 4. Jaquet : Notes on Andesites. 150 

When examiued iu thin sections under the microscope, the rock is seen to 
consist of crystals of triclinic felspar and hornblende with grains of magnetite 
imbedded in a crjptocrjstalline ground mass. Minute veins of calcite occur in 
places. The felspars are much kaolinised, and in many instances have been entirely 
replaced by a mosaic of quartz granules with some calcite. One of these altered 
crystals is figured upon the plate accompanying this paper (PI. XX, Fig. 3.) 

The specimens of the other ifndesite were collected near the Old Copper Mine, 
about a mile and a half west of Blayney. 

The rock occurs as a large boss intruding Silurian slates. A considerable 
amount of copper has been won from a lode running through it ; and iu 1892 a 
rich patch of alluvial gold which, without doubt had been derived from a reef 
close at hand, was discovered in clay resulting from its decomposition. 

Particulars concerning this gold deposit will be found in my report written at 
the time of the discovery.* 

The rock has a specific gravity of 2*88, and possesses a greenish colour. When 
examined by the n^ked eye dark augite idiomorphs are seen standing out promi- 
nently from a lighter base. 

Under the microscope it is found to consist of crystals of triclinic felspar and 
augite with magnetite grains imbedded in a cryptocrystalline base. The felspar 
crystals are lath-shaped and much kaolinised. The augite crystals are frequently 
twinned, and a number of them are more or less altered into chlorite. In other 
places this mineral has passed into uralite ; good examples of this paramorph are 
to be seen, one of which is figured upon the plate accompanying this paper (PI. XX, 

Pig. 1.) 

Uralite has been previously noted as being present iii some of the andesites 
found in the southern portion of the Colony by my late Colleague, Mr. W. 
Anderson.t 

The Bev. J. Milne Curran, has described an "augite porphyrite," which 
he obtained in a cutting near the Eoman Catholic Church at Blayney ; but the 
particulars which he gives shows it not to be identical with rock occurring near the 
Old Copper Mine, and described above.J 

Andesitic rocks would seem not infrequently to accompany the auriferous 
deposits in New South Wales. I found in looking through the collection of rock- 
Mectious belonging to the Geological Survey, a hornblende- andesitc from Sofala, an 
augite-andesite from the Wentworth Proprietary mine at Lucknow, and a 
pjroxene-amlcalte from Mitcheirs Creek, near Wellington. 

* Ann. Rei^t. Dept. Mines and Agric. N. 8. Wales for 1803 11894], p. 120. 
t Records Geol. Sun ey N. S. Wales, 1894, II, Pt. 4, p. 141, 
: Journ. R. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1891, XXV, p. 221. 

B 



160 Beeords of the Geological Survey of New South Wales, [tol. it. 



XXIX. — An undescribed Coral from tlie Wellington Limestone, 
N. S. Wales : by R. Etheridge, Junr., Curator of the 
Australian Museum. 

[Plates XXI— XXIIJ 



A TEBT characteristic coral occurs in the Cave Limestone at Wellington, that 
appears worthy of description. Its appearance alone is exceedingly noteworthy, 
as the form presents some very instructive examples of calicinal gemmation in 
single buds. It is very closely allied to Tryplasma cdquaUlis^ Lonsdale,* and for 
it I propose the name of T. loelUngionensis, 

The corallum in the earlier stages is short turbinate-corneal, with a few 
anchoring rootlets at the extreme base, that did not extend upwards as the coral 
grew ; nor are there any connecting processes with other individuals. — the 
corallum is, therefore, simple, and neither aggregate, nor composite. The imme- 
diate base is sometimes slightly expanded as if forming a base of attachment. As 
the corallum grew it became more cylindrical and less turbinate, often twisted, 
and, in a few instances, bent upon itself (PI. XXI, Fig. 2). 

Budding took place from the inner rim or margin of the calice, the new corailite 
either continuing its upward growth from the attenuated base, or, at once rapidly 
expanding, soon filled the parent calice. In one specimen (PL XXI, Fig. 1) the 
latter continued its growth under the former condition, and ultimately united with 
the outer surface of its ofEspring. 

The wall is moderately thick, and was probably surrounded by an epitheca. I 
say probably, because the outer surface of the whole of the specimens has become 
so entirely converted into beekite, that it is difficult to state with cei'tainty what 
its precise condition was. The calice seems to have been deep, and fairly straight- 
walled. 

The septa are marginal and lamellar in the first instance, very short, of two 
orders, alternately large and small, and all terminating on their inner edges in 
free denticles that project into the visceral cavity, or intertabular spaces, as the 
case may be (PI. XXII, Figs. 1 and 4). The greatest number of septa counted in 
any portion of one calice is thirty, but this number only represents a portion, 
and there are, in all probability, quite fifty. No opportunity having arisen of 
examining an absolutely unoccupied, or on the other hand, perfect calice, this 

• Murchlson's Geology of Russia, 1845, 1, t. A, f. 7. 



PABT 4.] Ethi:bidoe: TryplaitM from Wellington. 161 

number eren is open to emendation. No trace of a fossula has been observed, 
nor any superiority in size or length, beyond the division into two orders of one 
septum over another. 

The tabulo are very numerous, thin and delicate, close together, or widely 
separated, complete or incomplete, horizontal or oblique, either extending wholly 
across the corallum, or coalescing with one another, aud in the latter case 
enclosiug irregular, or subvesicular, intertabular spaces (PI. XXII, Fig. 1). The 
tabul» do not merely reach from septum to septum on the same level, as described 
by Dybowskt in his genus Aeanthodes, but unite with the walls on opposite sides, 
and assist in supporting the general structure (PI. XXI, Fig. 5 ; PI. XXII, Fig. 1). 
They have a rolling surface, and naturally from the form of the septa there is 
no extension of these structures on them, nor is there the slightest appearance of 
a columella. 

There arc no accretion rings in the strict sense of the word, but the apparent 
presence of these is caused by the edges of old calices, where a younger eorallite 
has grown rapidly within and then completely infilled it (PI. XXI, Fig. 1). At 
times a small space is left between the two, in which the tooth-like septa are just 
visible (PI. XXI, Fig. 4). In all cases where the calico has not been filled by a 
younger eorallite it will be found in mature examples, to be deep, straight- 
walled, and the bottom formed by the youngest tabuluro, and usually uneven 
from the rolling nature of the latter. 

In a young shallow example that has just expanded, and attained no height 
(PI. XXI, Fig. 8), the septa cover nearly the whole surface, some lamellar, the 
others consisting only of a series of points. 

In PI. XXI, Fig. 6 a very interesting specimen is depicted. The wall has been 
removed by natural disintegration together with the septa. The latter are now 
represented by a series of pits in vertical rows, and the interseptal loculi by the 
intervening ridges. Lonsdale figured an example of his Tryplasma (equabilis* in 
a similar condition. As I have previously pointed out,t it was probably this 
condition that induced Lonsdale to believe that the septa were pierced " from the 
inner surface of the wall^ through the whole breadth, by well defined relatively 
large foramina". J Indeed his figure of T. cBquahilU is perfectly in accord with 
our specimen (PI. XXI, Fig. 6), exhibiting the decorticated or weathered longitu- 
dinal section. Furthermore, in Lonsdale's figure, the tabulsB are continued from 
wall to wall. The structure of this specimen entirely bears out the explanation 
I have previously suggested of this phenomenon. 

• Miirchison'8 Geoloflrj of Rtusia, 1845, 1, p. 61.% t A, f. 7. 
t Records GeoL Survey N.S. Wales, 1890, II, Pt. 1, p. 17. 
X Loiudale, loc. dt., p. 613. 



162 Beeorda of the Geological Survey of New South Wales. [vol. it. 

I Lave not seen the slightest trace of anj epithecal scales, rhombic or othenvise. 
On account of the Biliciiication of these corals, and the conyersion of the entire 
outer surface into beekite, it is even difficult to distinguish the presence of costio. 
I have, however, seen a trace of them in one specimen. The surface of the 
Wellington corals is covered by prickles, but these are the central points of the 
beekite rosettes, and not in the slightest degree epithecal structures. I have 
already figured* similar rosettes, with an elevated central point, in other corals 
from Wellington, and the prickle-like elevations partake of the same nature. 

In a coral with such remarkably short and distally free septa dissepiments 
would not be expected, but at times a single dark plate is developed. In the 
horizontal section (PI. XXII, Fig. 5) of a portion of the wall, prepared for the 
microscope, this ring is displayed. It is, in all probability, not formed by a 
series of dissepiments in a single line, but is the primitive theca in the substance 
of the outer investment, and septa traversing this zone have an intra- and extra- 
thecal portion. In a rather more complete section (PI. XXII, Fig. 2) an inner 
ring is visible which might be taken for a further series of dissepiments, — it is 
however, a second corallite springing from within the older one. This is at once 
apparent from the fact that the septa of the older and outer calice are seen to pass 
over this wall and be above those of the inner and lower calice. 

The septa are thorn-like thickened bodies, quite homogenous (PL XXII, Fig. 4), 
and without any trace of primordial septa. In the vertical section (PI. XXII, Fig. 
1) the septa appear to be composed of concentric layers of stereoplasma. On the 
upper left-hand portion of this section are several septa, transversely cut, projecting 
inwards from another portion of the wall. On the lower left-hand side are the 
free ends of septa extending from the wall into the intertabular spaces (PI. XXII, 
Fig. 4). 

The vertical section also shows that the tabulae unite with the wall, and are 
thickened. Their irregularity and frequent incompleteness is also shown, often 
coalescing with one another and enclosing spaces that almost give rise to a vesicular 
appearance. 

The specimens were collected at Wellington by Mr. W. Anderson, late of the 
Geological Survey of New South Wales, Mr. P. T. Hammond, Field- Assistant, and 
Mr. J. Sibbald, Keeper of the Wellington Caves. The specimen from the Jenolan 
Caves was obtained by Mr. J. C. Wiburd, Guide. 

* Roc. Austr. Mus., 1803, II, No. 5, p. 70, 1. 10, f. 4. 



PABT 4.] 



Hammond: Carhonaie of Lead, 



163 



XXX. — On a Supposed Sulpho- carbonate of Lead, from the 
Australian Broken Hill Consols Mine, Broken Hill : by 
P. T. Hammond, Field Assistant. 



The specimen which forms the subject of this paper was presented to the Govern- 
ment Geologist by Mr. G. Smith, the General Manager of the Consols Mine. 

It is of irregular outline, measures eleven and a half inches by eight inches 
across, and consists of a mass of crystals ranging from about an eighth of an inch ' 
or less to half an inch in length, seated on cerussite, which is for the most part in 
fine acicular crystals, though in parts massive. The specimen has also a few arrow- 
head-shaped twins of the same mineral on its surface, and is more or less intimately 
mixed with it throughout the whole mass, rendering it an exceedingly difficult 
matter to obtain a pure sample for assay, the two minerals being similar in colour 
and nearly alike also in lustre. A few specks of galena also occur throughout the 
mass, and the side which has be^n attached in the lode is partly coated with the 
same mineral. 

CryHallographie System. — Bhombie, some crystals having the appearance of 
being monodinic, owing probably to twinning or to the unequal development of 
opposite pairs of faces. The crystals examined exhibited faces of the right rhombic 
prism 00 P, variously modified by faces of the right rhombic pyramid m P, the 
macropinakoid oo P oo, the brachypinakoid ooT* x, macrodome m P oo, and brachy- 
dome m Poo. 

Faces of a second rhombic prism of different angle are also observable in some 
crystals. 



Ar~^ 




^ 





(The above figures aro sketched, m^asiirementfl of the angles not having been obtained.) 



164 Becords of He Beqlogieal Survey of New South Wales, [vol. it. 

JPhyiical Oharacterhtics, — Cleavages imperfect. Colour from white to colourleas, 
transparent to translucent. Lustre vitreous on the faces of the crystals, adamantine 
to resinous on fractured surfaces. Striations on faces very exceptional. Brittle 
and with an irregular fracture. Hardness = 3. Streak, white. Specific gravity= 
6-22— 6-33. 

Composition, — Two analyses were made (the first in duplicate) by Mr. J. C. H. 
Mingaye, F.C.S., of samples picked with great care, with the following results : — 

Analysis No, 1. 

1 2 

HaO ... nil. nil. 

PbO 7411 7409 

SO, 22-27 22-23 

COj t«« .•• «.« ••• ••• ••• 3*32 3*36 

9970 9968 

The second sample was picked for analysis with a view of determining whether 
the percentage of COa remained sufficiently constant to warrant either the forma- 
tion of a new species, or the classification of the mineral as a variety of a pre- 
viously established sulpho-carbonate, as an examination with the blowpipe and 
commoner reagents had already indicated the presence of SO3 and COj. 

Analysis No, 2. 
PbO 7411 

0U3 ••• (.t tt« ••• •*• ••• ••• ••• «o*uu 

V^t/j ••• ta* ••• ••# ••• •*• ••• '.*• X 04l 



100-46 



It will be seen from an examination of these analyses that there is not only 
considerable variation in the percentage of CO2 in the mineral, but also that the 
percentage is not high in either of them. 

Reaction hefore the Blowpipe^ S[c, — Fuses easily in a candle flame with a little 
decrepitation to a clear globule which becomes opaque on cooling, or in part 
turns, at first yellow, then orange red or brownish yellow, becoming again yellow^ 
on cooling. If the heat be increased it fuses to a metallic bead of lead. On 
charcoal yields a metallic bead with a yellow incrustation, which turns white on 
cooling. Fused with carbonate of soda on charcoal, and placed with water on a 
silver coin, blackens the silver. Effervesces in warm hydrochloric acid. 

Difference from hitherto described Sulpho-carhonates, — Dana classifies all the 
known sulpho-carbonates of lead under one species, Leadhillite, which is 
described as monoclinic in his " System of Mineralogy," 1892, although described 
as " orthorbombic/' though '' monoclinic in aspect'' in the earlier editions of the 



FiBi 4.] Hammond : Carbonate of Lead. 165 

same work, which he attributes to hemihedrism in Bome of its planes. It is also 
described as having one perfect cleavage, and the laminsD are said to be flexible. 
The mineral under examination is, I think, undoubtedly rhombic as shown in the 
figures, although a number of the crystals have undergone very unequal develop- 
ment, thus causing them to assume occasionally a monoclinic aspect. It docs not 
show any perfect cleavages, and, far from being flexible, is extremely brittle. It 
differs also from leadhillite in the very low percentage of carbon dioxide, containing 
only 3'36 per cent, as against 7*98 to 1212, which is the range of the various 
analyses given by Dana, and in the second analysis made it is even lower, being 
only 1-3*. 

It differs also in its superior hardness, leadhillite being 2*5, whereas the Broken 
Hill mineral is 3 ; another difference, as pointed out by the Government Geologist, 
is the anhydrous condition of the latter, as leadhillite contains from 15 to 270 
of water. 

Of Lanarkite, which was formerly described as a sulpho-carbonate by Brooke,* 
Bauerman says : — ^t " This was formerly regarded as containing equal molecules of 
sulphate and carbonate of lead ; but late researches by Flight and Fisani have 
explained away the carbonate, and make it consist of Pb. SO4 Pb. O, or Pb. SO4, 67*0, 
Pb. O, 42*4," and Dana^ gives five analyses by Flight, Pisani, and Collie, none of 
which show the presence of CO3 ; nevertheless, as our mineral contains so low a 
percentage of CO2, as barely, if at all, to remove it from the sulphates, a com- 
parison with this species may not perhaps be considered superfluous. Lanarkite 
differs from it in being monoclinic in form, in having one perfect cleavage, in being 
flexible in thin laminse, and in its inferior hardness,=2 to 2 '5, which is about equal 
to that of leadhillite. 

Susannite is classed by Dana as a variety of leadhillite, and does not differ 
materially from that species in its physical or chemical properties. 

Caledonite, a cupreous sulpho-carbonate of lead, needs only passing mention 
here, as the Broken Hill mineral has not been found to contain copper. 

Affinities, — Both in its crystallographic form, and in its physical properties, and 
behaviour before the blow-pipe, the mineral under examination agrees closely with 
anglesite (sulphate of lead), and appears to differ from that mineral only in the 
presence of, at most 3*3 per cent, of carbon dioxide. 

The crystalline form of some of the crystals agrees very closely with a figure 
given by Bauerman§ for anglesite, where he also remarks, " The crystalline forms 
of anglesite are of especial interest as showing the amount of variation of 

• Brooke, Edin. Phil. Journ., 1820, III, p. 117 (fdf Dana.) 

t Descriptive Uineralof^y, 1834, p. 303. 

1 Dan&, System of Uineralogy, 1892, p. 92.?. 

ft Descriptive MinenUog}*, 18M, pp. 289, 291. 



16G SeeorJs of the Oeologkal Si^rvey of New South Wales, [vol. iv. 

charactor possible in substanoes of rhombic symmetry," and, further, that it has 
been observed in " thirty-one forms and one hundred and seventy-eight combina- 
tions/' so that it is not surprising if the crystals examined do not exactly conform 
to previously figured ones. 

Anglesite has been recorded for New South "Wales by Prof. A. Liversidgc, 
M.A., r.R.S.,* as occurring at the Abercrombie Eiver, at Silverton, at South 
Wiseman's Creek, and at Severn Eiver, and by Mr. J. B. Jaquet, A.B.S.M, iicc.,t in 
small quantities on the upper portion of the Thackaringa Lode. 

Conclusions. — As the percentage of CO3 is so low in this mineral, and taking into 
consideration the close resemblance in crystallographic form and physical pro- 
perties to anglesite, I would suggest either that it is a variety of that mineral, or 
as seems to me the more probable solution, that the COs is to be accounted for by 
the penetration of small crystals of cerussite into the crystals of anglesite, as, 
owing to the similarity of the one to the other; and their intimate admixture, they 
would be very easily overlooked, though the sample might be chosen with the 
greatest care. Another possible solution is that the mineral may be in the tran- 
sition stage from anglesite to cerussite, for, as Butley says,:^ cerussite ''may 
result directly from the decomposition of anglesite by water charged with 
bicarbonates." 

I would, therefore, submit that that the mineral is not a new species, but that 
it is a specimen of anglesite intimately associated with cerussite, this intimate 
association would suflBciently account for its somewhat anomalous behaviour 
before the blowpipe. 

Another specimen from Block 10 Mine, Broken Hill, measures five inches each 
way, and consists of a mass of small crystals of anglesite, (none of which exceed, 
aud few attain to a quarter of an inch in length) grouped in branching forms on 
cerussite, which is in part massive, and in part consists of fine acicular crystals. 
This, in turn, rests on a spongy semi-crystalline mass of galena, which exhibits 
plain evidences of decomposition, and subsequent removal of much of its sub- 
stance ; this, as in the former case, is the side of attachment. 

The crystals are of a greyish tinge, are very irregularly developed, and for the 
most part conform to the description given for the specimen from the Consols 
Mine ; but although no striations are visible on the crystals, the faces in P ao have 
in all cases a frosted or roughened appearance, which is not seen in the previously 
described specimen. 

In physical properties and reactions with the blowpipe, &c., the two specimens 
arc identical. 

• Minerals of N. S. Wales, 1888, p. 04. 

f Geology of the Broken Hill Ixxle (4to. Sydney, 1804, by Authority X P- 113. 

I Rutlev, Elements of Mineralogy, 1887, p. 104. 



PART -I'.] Dcx: Bantrif "Bay Boch-carvings. 167 

XXXI. — On additional Aboriginal Rock-carvings on the French's 
Forest Road, near Bantry Bay : by W. S. Dun, Assistant 
Palaeontologist. 

[Plates XXIII and XXIV.] 



Jy 1890, Mr. B. Etheridge, Junr., described* a set of Aboriginal Carvings 
occurring on a surface o£ the Hawkesbury Sandstone at the side of the French's 
Forest Eoad, Parish of Manly Cove, County of Cumberland. This locality is on 
Reserve 41, about three and a half miles from the Spit. The exact position of th6 
carvings is shown on Plate XXIII. It is not my intention to discuss the relations 
and affinities of the designs, as these have already been so successfully performed 
by the above-mentioned Writer, but merely to record the uncovenng of some 
additional delineations and figure them for future reference and comparison. 

Towards the end of last year the scrub and a thin coating of soil were cleared 
off portions of this table of rock, under the supervision of Mr. W. S. Leigh, 
Superintendent of Caves, and by these means the additional outlines were brought 
to light. As was the case in the formerly described ones, these are very faintly 
marked and difficult to trace. 

IL — Description of Figures. 
Three figures in their relative positions are shown on PI. XXIV, Figs. 1, 4?, and 5. 
To the best of my knowledge, no outlines similar to these have been recorded from 
New South Wales. Fig. 4 appears to show a slight constriction at the upper end, 
which gives a roughly head-like form to this portion. These two figures may bear 
some relation to two outlines occurring at Flat Kock, near Manly, and figured, with- 
out any remarks by Mr. Etheridge as being within the outline of a large fish.f In 
juxtaposition to what may be termed the right limb of Fig. 4 is an outline with 
a rounded head, which becomes constricted, and then continued in a short, wide 
prolongation. If the proportional length of this portion were only exaggerated, 
this might be taken to represent some form of club. 

Three unmistakable delineations of tomahawks are shown by Figs. 3, 10, and 
12. Fig. 3 represents a form in which the head is slightly curved upwards, and 
the handle is attached to the middle of the head. In Fig. 4 is represented 
a common form of Aboriginal tomahawk, oblong-ovate in shape and more sharply 
curved at the cutting edge ; in this case the handle is attached to the end. In 
Fig. 10 is shown an elongate oval and slighted pointed w^eapon with the handle 
attached to the middle of the blade. 



• Records Oeol. Surrey N. S. Wales, 1820, U, Pt. 1, pp. 20^36, t. 2. 
t Records Oool. Survey N. S. Wales, 1892, II., Pt. 4, t. IC. f. 1. 



168 Beeords of He Qeological Survey of New South Wales, [vol. it. 

In Eig. 2 we have the representation of a fish showing the caudal fins only ; 
this is a little over a foot in length. The caudal fins are much more perfectly 
represented than in the drawing figured in Mr. Etheridge's paper. 

An outline of what I think must he taken to represent a foot is shown in 
Fig. 6. This is one foot eight inches in length and eight inches across at its 
broadest part ; five toes are depicted. 

In Fig. 7 we have a long narrow object, three feet eight inches in length and 
seven inches wide, of doubtful affinity ; and in Fig, 8 is a circular outline. 

The subject of Fig. 11 is somewhat similar to Fig. 7 ; it is six feet there 
inches in length, eleven inches wide, and there is a slight constriction at one end.* 
This may represent an elongated fish, possibly an eel. 

By far the best outline of this new set of carvings is shown in Fig. 9. This is 
the undoubted representation of a kangaroo, three feet ten inches from the nose to 
the tip of the tail and one foot six inches high at the shoulder. The ear and 
a fore and hind limb are shown. The tail has the characteristic thickening at the 
base very strongly developed. No eyes are shown as in the other drawings 
of kangaroos at this locality. 

A plan is appended to this note, showing the relative position of the site 
of these interesting carvings to Manly and North Sydney. 



XXXII. — ^The Australian Geological Record for the Year 1894, 
with Addenda for 1891 to 1893; by R. Etheridge, Junr., 
iCurator of the Australian Museum, and W. S. Dun, Assistant 
Palaeontologist. 

L—Becordfor 1894. 
A.(S.):- 

Ueber die Bildung des Moosgoldes und der grossen Goldunggets. Zelischrift 

fur PraJct. Oeologie, 1891, Heft 10, pp. 401-402. 
Willyamit, eins neue Erz von Broken Hill, Australien. Zeitschrifl fur 
Prali. Geologie, 1894, Heft 10, p. 402. 

ARcni3ALn (J.) — Notes on the Antiquity of the Australian Aboriginal Bace, 
founded upon the Collection in the Warrnambool Public Museum. Trans, 
B. Geogr. Soc. Austr, (Vict Branch), 1894, XI, pp. 22-25, 3 pis. 

• Loe. cir., t 2, f. 6, 14. 



pjLBT 4.] Etheridoe — DuK : OeoJo^ical Beeord, ISM. 100 

AusTBAXii.— Tbab Book— The Tear Book of Australia for 1894, Edited by E. 
Grerille. [Mineral BetieWy pp. 163-172.] 

Balfoub (L.) — Vide Officeb (G.) 

Bahker (W. H.)— The Gold Fields of Western Australia. With large Geological 
Map of Western Australia, and Plans of the yarious Gold-fields. 8vo. 
London, 1894i. 

BifiSETT-StfiTH (P. W.) — The Aborigines of North-west Australia. Joum, 
Anthrop. Inst. Qt Brit, and Ireland, 1894, XXIII, pp. 324-^31, pis. 18 
and 19. 

[Geology of Port Darwin, Boebuck Bay.] 

Beardslkx (G. II.) — ^The West Coast (Tasmanian) Nickel Mine. Amir. 
Mining Standard, 1894, X, No. 277, p. 133. 

BEynioo — The Great Mines of Bendigo. Auttr. Mining Standard, 1894, X, 
No. 304, pp. 526, 627 ; Ibid, No. 305, p. 541. 

BsaTHAKD (C. E.) and Renault (B.) — Sur le Bheinschia amfralis, algue pcrmo- 
carbonif ere qui a forme le Kerosene shale d'Anstralie. Compies rendm Assoc. 
Frangaise Av. Sci.for 1893 [1894], Pt. 2, p. 490. 

Bingera, N.S.W. — Bingera Diamond Fields (N.S.W.). Ansfr. Mining Standard, 
1894, X, No. 301, p. 490. 

Brittlebakk (C. C.) — Vide Sweet (G.) 

Bboken Hill, New Miwebal-^A New Mineral discovered in B. H. South Mine. 
Austr, Mining Standard, 189 i, X, No. 172, p. 38. 

Bhowk (H. T. L.) :— 

Beport of Govemment Geologist for Tear ended June 30th, 1894. Ann. 
Bept Oo9t. Geologist S. AusiraUafor 1894, pp. 1, 2. 

Report on the Wheal Turner Mine. Ann, Bept, Oovt. Geologists, Australia 
for 1894, pp. 3, 4, map. 

Keport on the Angepena Gold-field. Ann, Bept, Govt, Geologists. Australia 
for 1894, p. 5, map. 

Heport on the Discovery of Fossil Bones near Callabonna Station. Ann. 
Bept. Govt. Geologist S, Australia for 1894, pp. 7, 8, plates. 

Report on the Route between Port Augusta and Franklin Harbour, with 
special reference to the Occurrence of Water. Ann, Bept. Govt. 
Geologist S. Australia for 1894, p. 9. 

Report on the Geology of the Country along the route from Strangways 
Springs to Wilgena, and on the Gold Discovery near Wilgena. Ann 
B^pt. Govt. Geologist, S. Australia for 1894, pp. 10-12, map. 



170 Seeords of the Geological Sttney of New SonfJt Wales. [tol. it. 

Brown (H. T. L.) — continifeiL 

Iteport on the Feake and Dennison Banges and adjoining countiy, with 
special reference to the Occurrence of Gold. Ann, Sept, Govt, Geologist 
S, Australia for 1894, pp, 13-15, maps and section. 

Beport on Country to the North-eastward of OodnadattaasfarasMoorilyanna 
and Indulkana. Ann. Sept. Govt. Geologist S. Australia for lf^94', 
pp. 17-lS. 

Buown's Cbeek, N.S.W. — The Brown's Creek Mine, near Blayney (N.S.W.)- 
Austr. Mining Standard, 1894, X, No. 302, pp. 499-500. 

CiLTERT (A. F.) :— 

The G-old-fields of Western Australia. Engineering and Mining Journal^ 
1894, LVII, No. 19, p. 438 ; Ibid., No. 20, pp. 461-402. 

Tlie Coolgardie Gold-field, Western Australia, pp. 114, map. (8?o. London, 
1894.) 

Western Australia and its Goldfields. Trans, Edin. Geol. Soc, 181>4, 
VIL, p. 1. 

Campbell (J. G.)— Gold ; and How to get it. Pp. 81, plates. (870. Sydney, 1894.) 

Cape River (Q.)— -Cape River (Q). Discovery of the Deep Lead. Austr. 
Mining Standard, 1894, X, No. 277, p. 131. 

Card (G. W.) :— 

Miueralogical and Petrological Notes, No. 2. Beeords Geol, Survey 
JSr,S. Wales, 1894, IV, Pt. 1, pp. 19-21. 

On Fuller's Earth from Wingen. Beeords Geol. Survey N.S, Wales, 1894, 
IV, Pt. 1, pp. 30-32. 

Progress Report of the Curator. Ann, Brpt. Dept, Mines and Agric. N, S. 
Wales for 1894, pp. 146-148. 

Cahd (G. W,)—Vide Cabne (J. E.) 

Cahtte (J. E.) :— 

On Certain Coal and Shale Lands in the Capertee Valley District, embraced 
within the Parishes of Ben Bullen, Coco, Airley, Morundurey, XJmbiella, 
Goongal, and ClanduUa, in the County of Roxburgh, and Marangaroo, 
in the County of Cook, N. S. Wales. Beeords Geol, Survey N, S. Wales, 
189i, IV, Pt. 2, pp. 89-48. 

Progress Report by Mr. J. E. Carne. A7in, Bepf. Dept, Mines and Agrie, 
N, 8, Wales for 1894, pp. 113-118. 

Report on Water Reserve 2894a, County Phillip. Ann, Bepf, Dept, Mines 
and Agric. N, S, Wales for 1894, pp. 118-119. 



PiBT 4.] Etusbidoe — Dun : Oeological Record^ 180A. 171 

Cajisi (J. E.) — continued, 

Beport on the Tumbarumba District. Ann, liept, BejpL Mines and Agric. 
' N. S. Wales for 1894, pp. 120-124, with map. 

Report on a Discovery of Gold at Now Station, near Wjndhani. Ann. 
Bepi, Dept. Mines and Agric. JV. S, Wales for 1894, pp. 124-125. 

Report on the Prospect of Obtaining Water at the Wagga Wagga Experi- 
mental Farm. Ann, Bept, Bept, Mines and Agric, N, 8, Wales for 1894, 
pp. 125-126. 

Report on a Mngnesite Deposit at Eurongilly. Ann, Bept, Dept, Mines and 
Agric, N, S. Wales for 1894, pp. 126-127. 

Cabne (J. E.) and Card (G. W.) — Beport on Gold- saving Machine. Ann, 
Bept. Dept. Mines and Agric, N, S, Wales for 189 J-, pp. 119-120. 

CuAPMAX (R. W.) and I>'glis (— )— The Tides of Port Adelaide. Proc, Austr. 
Assoe, Adv. 8ci,for 1893 [1894], V, pp. 277-279. 

CuABTERS TowEES — Charters Towers Gold-field. Ausfr, Mining Standard^ 
1894, X, No. 269, p. 9. 

CflEWINQS (C.) :— 

Notes on the Sedimentary Bocks in the Macdonnell and James Ranges. 
Trans, B, Sx, S, Austr, for 1893-94 [I89i], XVIII, pp. 197-199. 

[Bock Specimens from Toy's "Reef, Mount Pleasant.] Trans, B, Soc, S, 
Austr, for 1893-94 [1894], XVIII, p. 243. 

Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Geologic Siid-und Central- Australiens nebst einer 
Ubersicht des Lake Eyre Beckens und seiner Randgebirge. Inaugural- 
Dissertation zur Erlangung der Doktorwurde einer hohen uaturwissen- 
schaftlich-mathematischen Eakultat der Ruprechts-Karls-Universitilt zu 
Heidelberg. Pp. 41. (8vo. Heidelberg, 1894.) 

Clark (D.) — Remarks on the Fineness and Distribution of Gold in North 
Gippsland. Proc, Ausir, Assoc, Ado, Sci.for 1893 [1894], V, pp. 332-337. 

Coal— Australian Coal. Colliery Guardian, 1894, LXVIII, No. 1770, p. 988. 
Cole (G. A. 3,)--nde HAonox (A. C). 

CowLiKO (T.) — ^Warren and May's *' Piston Jig.** Ann. Beport S. Austr, School 
Mines, ^e.,for 1893 [1894], p. 176. 

Cresswell (A. W.) — Additional Notes on the Lilydale Limestone. Proc. B. 
Soc. Vict., 1894, YI («.«.), pp. 156-159. 

Crick (G. C.) — On a Collection of Jurassic Cephalopoda from Western Australia, 
&c., with Descriptions of the Species. Geol, Mag., 1894, 1 (4), i)p. 385-393, 
pi. 12 ; pp. 433-441, pi. 13. 



172 Becoris of the Geological Survey of New South Wales. [vol. it. 

CuBBAN (J. M.) — [FoBsil Buprestid Beetle in an Earthy-limoiiite at Inrerell.] 
Proc, Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, 1894, VIII (2), Pt. 2, p. 181. 

David (T. W. E.) .— 

Contribution to the Study of Volcanic Action in Eastern Australia. Proc. 
Austr. Assoc. Adv. Sci.for 1893 [1894], V, pp. 397-404, pi. 15. 

President's Address — A Sketch of our present Knowledge of the Geological 
History of Australia, Tasmania, and New Zealand, from Archaean Time 
down to the commencement of the Permo- Carboniferous Period. Proc. 
Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1894, VIII (2), Pt. 4, p. 640, pis. 27 and 28. 

Note on the Occurrence of a Calcareous Sandstone allied to Fontainbleau 
Sandstone at Eock Lily, near Narrabeen. Journ. B, Soc. N. 8. Wales, 
1894, XXVII, p. 406. 

Note on the Occurrence of Barytes at Five Dock, and also at the Pennant 
Hills Quarry, near Parramatta, with a Suggestion as to the possible 
Origin of Barytes in the Hawkesbury Sandstone. Journ. i?. Soc, N. 8. 
Wales, 1894, XXVII, p. 407. 

Notes on Artesian Water in New South Wales and Queensland. (Part II.) 
Journ. B. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1891., XXVII, pp. 408-431. 

Note on the Stratlgraphidal Distribution of Glossopteris in Australia. Proc. 
Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, 1894, IX (2), Pt, 2, pp. 249-257. 

David (T. W. E.^ and Pittman (E. F.) :— 

Notes on the Cremorne Bore. Journ. B. Soc. N. 8. Wales, 1894, XXVII, pp. 
443-465. 

On the Discovery of Coal under Cremorne, Sydney Harbour. Becords Qeoh 
Survey N. 8. Wales, 1894, IV, Pt. 1, pp. 1-7, pis. 1 and 2. 

David (T. W. E.), Smeeth (W. F.), and Watt (J. A.)— Preliminary Note on 
the Occurrence of a Chromite-bearing Rock in the Basalt at the Pennant Hill 
Quarry, near Parramatta. Journ. B. Soc. N. 8. Wales, 1894, XXVII, pp. 
401-406. 

DeNNANT (J.) : — 

The Eocene Deposits at Shelf ord. Vict. Nat., 1894, IV, No. 2, pp. 10-17. 

Notes on the Igneous Rocks of South- Western Victoria. Proc. Austr. Asioc. 
Adv. Sci. for 1893 [1894], V, pp. 389-397, pi. 14. 

Dixon (S.)— [Minerals illustrative of the Gold-bearing Rocks of the Murchison 
Gold-field, W. A.] Trans. B. Soc. S. Austr. for 1893-94 [1894], p. 241. 

Dixon (W. A.)— On Artesian Water in connection with Irrigation. Journ. B. 
Soe. N. 8. Wales, 1894, XXVII, pp. 466-168. 



PAKT 4.] Ethebidok — DxTX : Qeologieal Record^ 1894. 173 

Duj)LET (U.) : — The Silver Lead Ore Zones of the Umberumberka Lode. Trans, 
Austr. Inst Mining Engineers, 1894, 1, pp. 135-139. 

DUK (W. S.) :— 

On a Vertebra from the Wellington Caves. Records QeoL Survey N, 8, 

Wales, 189i, IV, Pt. 1, pp. 22-25, pi. 5. 
A Tabular List of the Bores and Water Augers put down by the Department 

of Mines and Agriculture, N. S. Wales, and mentioned in the Beports of 

the Department. Records Qeol Survey N, S. Wales, 1894, IV, Pt. 2, 

pp. 100-106. 
Bibliography of the Geology, Ac, of the Barrier Eanges District. Oeol, 

Survey JV. S. Wales, Geol Mem, No. 6, 189*, App. II, pp. 142-149. 

DuKN (E. J.)-— Qlaciation of the Western Highlands, Tasmania. Proc. B, Soc, 
Vict, 1894, VI (n.s.), pp. 133-138, pi. 8. 

Dc5 (W. S.)— n</c Etkehidgr (B. Junr.). 

DuNSTAiT (B.) — On the Occurrence of Triassic Plant Beraains in a Shale-bed near 
Manly. Joum, B, Soc. N.S. Wales, 1894, XXVII, pp. 378-380, pi. 22. 

East (J. J.) — On Stibio-Tantalite, a new mineral from the Stanniferous Gravel 
at Greenbushes, Bundbury, West Australia. Trans. Austr. Inst, Mining 
Engineers, 1894, 1, pp. 139-142. 

Erret (W.^ — Volcanic District of South- Western Victoria. Oeclong Nat,, 1894, 
IV, No. 10 [sic'], pp. 5-7 ; No. 2, pp. 22-24. 

ExnEETDOE (Q.)— The Etheridge Gold-field (Q.) Ausir, Mining Standard, 1894, 
X, No. 283, p. S21 5 No. II, 285, p. 251 j No. Ill, No. 288, p. 299. 

Ethebidge (B., Junr.) : — 

An Operculum from the Lilydale Limestone. Froc, B, Soc. Vict.y 1804, VI 

(«.«.), pp. 150-155, pi. 9. 
The largest Australian Trilobite hitherto discovered. Froc. B. Soc. Viet., 

1894, VI {n.s), pp. 189-194, pi. 11. 
On the Mode of Attachment of the Leaves or Fronds to the Caudex in 

Glossopteris ; with Eemarks on the Belation of the Genus to its Allies. 

Broc, Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 18y4, IX (2), Pt. 2, pp. 228-249, pis. 18 

and 19. 
Official Contributions to the Palaeontology of South Australia. No. 6. — 

Vertebrate Eemains from the Warburton or Diamentina Eiver. Ann. 

Sept. Govt, Geologist S, Australia for 1894, pp. 19-22, pis. 1-2. 

Official Contributions to the PalsBontology of South Australia. No. 7. — 
Parther Additions to the Lower Silurian Fauna of Central Australia. 
Ann. Bept. Govt. Geologist S. Australia for 1894, pp. 23-26, pi. 3. 



174 Becords of the Qeological Survey of New South Wales, [tol. i\\ 

Ethebidge (R., Junr.) — continued. 

Description of a proposed New' Genus of Sugose Coral {Mueophyllum), 
Becords Geol Survey N.S. Wales, 1894, IV, Pt. 1, pp. lL-18, pis. 3 and 4. 

On the Occurrence of a Pteronites (P. Piffmani, sp. nov.) in the Spirifcr 
Sandstone of Wnrrawaug, or Mount Lambie, near Rydal. Beccrds 
Oeol Sircey N,S. Wales, 189 J., IV, Pt. 1, pp. 28-29, pi. 6. 

Palieontologia Novas Cambri© Meridionalis— Occasional Descriptions of N.S. 

Wales Fossils, No. 1. Becords Oeol Survey N.S, Wales, 1894, IV, Pt. 

1, pp. 32-37, pi. 7. 
On the Occurrence of an Oleandridium in the Hawiesburj Sandstone Series. 

Becards Geol. Survey N.S, Wales, 1894, IV, Pt. 2, pp. 49-51, pi. 8. 

Annual Eeport of the Palajontologist for the Year 1894. Ann. Bepi. Dept. 
Mines and Agric. NS. Wales for 1891, pp. 148-151. 

Ethehidge (R., Junr.) and Dun (W. S.) — The Australian Geological Record 
for the Year 1893, with Addenda for 1891 and 1892. Becords Geol. Survey 
N.S. Wales, 1894, IV, Pt. 2, pp. 68-99. 

ETHEHrDOE (R., Junr.) and Mitchkll (J.) — The Silurian Trilobitesof New South 
Wales, witli References to those of other parts of Australia. Part II. — The 
Genera Proeius and Gyphaspis, PrjJ. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1894, VIII 
(2), Pt. 2, pp. 1G9-178, pis. 6 and 7. 

Ferguson (W. H.) :— 

Evidence of the Antiquity of Man in Victoria. Vict. Nat., 1894, XI, No. G, 
pp. 87-90. 

Notes on certain Geolof^ical Features of the Parishes of Gembrook North and 
Nangana, Geoh Survey Victoria, Progress Bept., 1894, VIII, j). 58. 

Geological Notes on the County of Dundas. Geol. Survey Victm'ia, Progress 
Bept., 1894, VIII, pp. 58-59. 

Notes on the Rocks at Dookie. Geol. Survey Victoria, Progress Bept., 1804, 
VIII, pp. 59-60. 

Notes on the Occurrence of Limestone at Merrium. Geol. Survey Vitiona. 
Progress Bept., 1894, VIII, pp. (59-70, sections, pis. l-J-. 

FouLLON (H. B. Vo>'). — Reiseskizzen aus Australien. Vcrhand. K. K. GtoJ. 
Beich'anstalt, 1894, p. 162. 

GfJKIK (J.) : — 

The Great Ice Age and its Relation to the Anticpity of Man. 3rd Edilioii. 
(8vo. London, 1894.) 

[Glacial Phenomena of Australia, pp. 712-717 j Glacial Epochs in Australia, 
pp. 818-825.] 



PABT 4.] Ethbbidos— DvN : Oeological Fecof^d, 1894^ 175 

GEidiNTiPT (Vic.) — ^The Gelantipy (Vic.) Silver Lodes. Austr. Mining Standard, 
1894, X, No. 279, p. 161 ; No. 287, pp. 280-281. 

Gkological Suryets — PuoTOGRAPHic T7oHK — ProgresB Eeport on the Syste- 
matic Conduct of the Photographic Work of Geological Surveys. Proc. 
AuBtr. Assoc. Adv. Sci, for 1893 [1894], V, pp. 226-228. 

Gibson (W. E.) — First Impressions of the Murchison. Amtr. Mining Standard, 
1894, X, No. 293, p. 867. 

GiPPSLAND — Gippsland as a Field for Prospectors. Austr. Mining Standard, 
1894, X, No. 304, p. 527. 

Glacial Action (Australasia) — Eeport of the Research Committee appointed 
to collect Evidence as to Glacial Action in Australasia in Tertiary or Post- 
Tertiary Time. Froe. Austr. Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1893 [1894], V, pp. 229- 
240, pi. 1, containing : — 

1. David, T. W. E.— Australia and Tasmania, p. 229. 

2. Hutton, F. W.— New Zealand, p. 232. 

Goczkl (S.) : — 

Eeport on the Mines, Coolgardie District. Ann. Sept. Dept. Mines W, 

Australia for 1894, A pp. IV, pp. 18-23, plans ; Austr. Mining Standard, 

1894, X, No. 803, p. 547 ; Ibid., No. 306, p. 662. 
Eeport on the Central Goldfields bf Western Australia. Ann. Sept. Dept. 

Mines W. Australia for 1894, App. V, pp. 24-33. 
Geological Notes and Sketches. Ann. Sept. Dept. Mines W. Australia for 

1894, App. VI, pp. 34-39, maps, plates, &c, 

GoYDER (G. a.) .— 

Memorandum of the Eesults of some Trials made to test the Extraction of 

Gold hy dilute Cyanide of Potassium ^ith different samples of S. A. 

Gold Ores. Ann. Sept. S. Austr. School Mines, Sfc, for 1893 [1894], 

pp. 151-161, plate, tables. 
Analyses of South Australian Minerals [Ooquimbite, Asbestos, Orthoclase, and 

Calcite.'] Ann. Sept. S. Austr. School Mines, Sfc, for 1893 [1894], 

p. 162. 
Stibiotantalite^SL New Mineral. Ann. Sept. 8. Austr. School Mines, S^c, 

for 1893 [1894], pp. 163-166. 
On the Production and Measurement of Gold and other Metallic Spheres to 

determine their Weight (with tables). Ann. Sept. S. Austr. School 

Mines, Sfc, for 1893 [1894], pp. 166-171. 
The Action of Cyanide of Potassium on Gold and some other Metals and 

Minerals. Trans. Austr. Inst, Mining Engineers, 1894, I, pp. 84-98 ; 

Chemical News, 1894, LXIX, No. 1801, pp. 262-263 ; Ibid., No. 1602, 

pp. 268-270; Ibid., No. 1803, pp. 280-281. 
o 



176 Seeords of ike Geological Survey of New South Wales. [yol. it. 

Haddok (A. C), SoLLi.9 (W. J.), CoLi: (G. A. J.)-— On the Geology of 
Torres Straits. Trang. B. Irish Acad., 1894, XXX, Pt. II, pp. 419-478, pis. 
22-25. 

Hall (T. S.) :— 

Note on the Distribution of the Graptolitidae in the Socks of Castlemtune. 
Froc. Austr, Assoc. Adv. Bci. for 1893 [1894], V, pp. 374-376. 

Barwon Heads [Geological Notes]. Ocelong Nat,^ 1894, III, No. 4, p. 3. 

Excursion to Werribee Creek, with a Note on its Geological Literature. 
Vict. Nat,, 1894, XT, No. 9, pp. 126-127. 

Hall (T. 8.) and PEiTcnABD (G. B.) :— 

On the Age of certain Plant-bearing Beds in Victoria. Proc. Austr. Assoc. 
Adv. Sci.for 1893 [1894], V, pp. 338-343. 

Notes on the Eocene Strata of the Bellarlne Peninsula, with brief References 
to other Deposits. Froc. S. Sac. Vict., 189*, VI (n.*.), PP- 1-23, pi. 1. 

Hamlet Mine Jiggee — Specification for the Hamley Mine Jigger. Ann. Bepori 
S. Austr. School Mines^ Sfc.for 1893 [1894], pp. 176-178, plate. 

Hancock (H. R.) — Hancock's " Percussion- Vanner Jig.'* Ann. BeportS. Austr. 
School Mines, S[c.,for 1803 [1894], pp. m-llb, plate. 

Haet (T. S.)— The Volcanic Rocks of the Melbourne District. Vict. Nat., 1894, 
Xr, No. 5, pp. 74-78. 

Heblet (C.) :— 

The Faunal Regions of Australia. Proc. Austr. Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1893 
[1894], V, pp. 444-446; Ann. Mag. Nat. Mist., 1894, XIV (6), 
pp. 390-302. 

Helms (R.) — On the recently observed Evidences of an extensive Glacier Action, 
at Mount Kosciusko Plateau. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, 1894, VIII (2), 
Pt. 3, pp. 349-364, pi. 18. 

Hbndbrson (J. B.) — Water Supply, Queensland, 1894 (Report of the Hydraulic 
Engineer on.) Queensland Pari. Papers, 1894, C. A. 104, pp. 25, plans, &.c. 
(Folio, Brisbane, 1894. By Authority.) 

HoGBEN (G.) — ^Earthquake Intensity in Australia: with a few Remarks on the 
Tasmanian Earthquakes, suggested by the Diagram of Intensity. Proc, 
Austr. Assoc. Adv. Sci.for 1893 [1894], V, pp. 271-277, pi. 7. 

HosKOLD (H. D.) — Informe general sobre las CoUecciones de Minerale«, Pro- 
ductos Metalurgicos y Maquinaria Minora expuestos por las diversas Naciones 
en la Exposicidn Intemacional Columbiana de Chicago de 189d« (8vo. Buenos 
Aires, 1894.) 
[New South Wales, pp. 168-172.] 



.P1.BT 4.] BrftKRlDaB— Drirr GtfofoyicfllJB^corJ, 189*. 177 

HoTKLii and Hume's Explorations — Journal of Discovery to Port. Phillip, New 
South Wales, in 1824 and 1825. By W. H. Hoybll and H. Hume, Esqs. 
Trans, B, Qeogr. Soc, Austr, (Vict. Branch), 1894, XI, pp. 65-119, ph. 
[Scattered notes.] 

Howell (J.) and Ashcroft (B. A.) — ^The Utilization of Waste Heat contained 
in Slags from Smelting Purposes. Engineering and Mining Journal^ 1894, 
LVIII, No. 3, p. 66. 

HOWCHIK (W.) : — 

A Census of the Fossil Foramioifera of Australia. Broe, Austr, Assoc. Adv. 
Sci.for 1893 [1894), V, pp. 348-373. 

On the Occurrence of Foraminifera in the Permo- Carboniferous Bocks of 
Tasmania. Broc. Austr. Assoc. Adv. 8ci. for 1893 [1894], V, pp. 
344-348, pi. 10 and 11. 

Inolis {—)--Vide Chapman (K. W.) 

Irox— Australian Iron. Collierg Guardian, 1894, LXVIII, No. 1756, p. 356. 

Jack (S. L.) — ^Beport on Geological Specimens. Ann. Bept. Brit. N. Guinea 
for 1893-94 [1894], App. BB, pp. 92-95. 

Jaquet (J. B.) : — 

Geology of the Broken Hill Lode and Barrier Banges Mineral Field, New 
South Wales, with maps, plate, and sections, pp. iz, 149. Qeoh Survey 
N. a. Wales, Qeoh Mem. No, 5. (4to. Sydney, 1894. By Authority.) 

Progress Beport by Mr. J. B. Jaquet, Geological Surveyor. Ann. Bept. 
Dept. Mines and Agrie. N. 8. Wales for 1894, pp. 137, 138. 

The Geological Surrey of the Shoalhaven Biver. Ann. Bept. Dept. Mines 
and Agric. K. S. Wales for 1894, pp^ 138-141, map and sections. 

Second Beport on the Auriferous Drifts on the Shoalhayen Biver. Ann 
Bept. Bept. Mines and Agric. N. S. Wales for 1894, p. 141. 

Beport on Auriferous Beefs, Parish Three Brothers, County Bathurst. Ann, 
Bept. Dept. Mines and Agrie. i^. S. Wales for 1894, p. 142. 

Beport on a newly discovered Gold-field near Cobborah. Ann, Bept. Bept. 
Mines and Agric. N. S. Wales for 1894, p. 143. 

Beport upon Auriferous Drifts on the Macquarie Biver. Ann, Bept. Dept. 
Mines and Agric. I^. 8. Wales for 1894, pp. 143-145, map. 

Beport on the Mount Drysdale Gold-field. Ann. Bept. Dept, Mine^ and 
Agrie. N, S. Wales for 1894, pp. 145, 146, plan. 

Jaqubv (J. B.) and Cabb (G. W.)— Columnai^ Structure in Quartz-Felspar 
Porphyry at Mount Hope, Co. Blaxland, New South Wales. Becords Geol, 
Survey J!f. 8. Wales, 1894, IV, Pt. 1, pp. 8-11. 



178 Eecords of the Geological Survey of New South Wales. [jOL. ir. 

Johnson (F. D.) : — 

A Talk about Indicators. Austr. Mining Standard, 1894, X, No. 290, 

p. 827. 
A Study oi some Ore Deposits. Trans, Austr. Inst, Mining Engineers^ 1894, 

I, pp. 28-34, 

Johnson (J. C. F.) — The Deposition of Gold. Trans, Ausfr. Inst, Mining 
Engineers, 1894, 1, pp. 142-144. 

Johnston (E, M.) : — 

The Glacial Epoch in Australia, Ac, &c. Proc, B. Soc, Tas,for 1893 [1894], 

pp. 73-134, pi. 
Notes on the Geology of Lake St. Glair and its immediate Neighbourhood, 

together with Observations regarding the probable Origin of our numerous 

Tasmanian Lakes and Tarns. l*roc, B, Soe, Tas, for 1898 [1894], pp. 

135-14G. 
Further Contributions to the Fossil Flora of Tasmania. Part I. Proc. B. 

Soc. Tas. for 1893 [1894], pp. 170-178, pi. 

Kelly (J. E.) — Are Volcanic Products not Auriferous? Austr. Mining Stan- 
dard, 1894, X, No. 310, p. 620. 

Lakes (A.) — Geological Origin of Gold Deposits. Austr. Mining Standard, 1894, 
X, No. 307, p. 571. [From Mining Industry and Tradesman."] 

Lapaoe (K. H.)— Gold and other mineral resources of Western Australia. Trans. 
Fed. Inst. Mining Engineers, 1894, VII, p. 497. 

Laubiston, Viot. — A Glimpse at the Lauriston Mines (Vic.) Austr. Mining 
Standard, 1894, X, No. 301, p. 491 ; No. 303, pp. 521-522. 

Leigh (W. S.) :— 

On the Artificial Method of Lighting the Jenolan Caves. Becords OeoL 

Survey N. S. Wales, 1894, IV, Pt. 2, pp. 66-67. 
Progress Report by Mr. "W. S. Leigh, Superintendent of Caves, for the year 

1894. Ann. Bept. Dept. Mines and Agrie, N. S. Wales for 1894, pp. 

155-156. 
[Report on new Discoveries at the Jenolan and Abercrombie Caves.] Ann. 

Bept. Bept. Mines and Agric. N. S. Wales for 1894, pp. 156-157. 
Rosebrook Limestone and Caves. Ann. Bept. Dept. Mines and Agrie. jV. iSi, 

Wales for 1894, pp. 157-158. 
New Discoveries at the Wombeyan Caves. Ann. Bept. Dept. Mines and 

Agric. N. S. Wales for 1894, p. 158. 

Levebbikb (U.) — Revue de P^trographie. Annuaire Geologique TTniverselle^ Sfc, 
1892 [1894], IX, Fasc. 3, pp. 613-668. 
[Australian petrography, pp. 667-668.] 



PABT 4.] Ethkbidoe— DcN ; Oeologicol Becord, 1891i. 179 

LlDOET (B) : — 

Beport on the Malmsburj and Laoriston Gold-field. GeoL Survey Victoria^ 
Progre99 BepL, 1894, VIII, pp. 20-27. 

Notes on Quarter-aheet No. 80, N.W. — ^Parishes of Dargile, Heathcote, 
Costerfield, and Enowslej. Oeoh Surcey Victoria, Progress Sept., 1891?, 
VIII, pp. 44-46, sections. 

Beport on the Tawonga Gold-field. Oeo7. Survey Victoria^ Progress Bepf,^ 
1894, VIII, pp. 62-63. 

LiTSRSIBOB (A.) : — 

The Occurrence of Gold in the Hawkesbury Socks about Sydney. Austr. 
Mining Standard, 1894, X, No. 300, p. 599. 

On the Origin of Moss Gold. Journ. B. Soc, J^.S. Wales, 1894, XXVII, pp. 
287-298, pis. 16 and 17 ; Chemical News, 1894, LXIX, No. 1,792, pp. 
162-165. 

On the Condition of Gold in Quartz and Calcite Veins. Journ. B. Soc, If,S* 
Wales, 1894, XXVII, pp. 299-803 ; Ohemical News, 1894, LXIX, No. 
1798, pp. 162-163 ; Austr, Mining Standard, 1894, X, No. 287, p. 284. 

On the Origin of Gold Nuggets. Journ. B. Soc. N S, Wales, 1894, XXVII, 
pp. 303-343 ; Chemical News, 1894, LXIX, No. 1801, pp. 260-262 ; Ibid., 
No. 1802, pp. 267-268 ; Ibid., No. 1803, pp. 281-283 ; Ibid., No. 1804, 
pp. 296-298; Ibid., No. 1805, pp. 303-304; Ibid., Vol. LXX, No. 1806, 
pp. e-S ; Ibid., No. 1807, pp. 21-22. 

On the Crystallization of Gold in Hexagonal Porm. Journ. B. Soc. N. S. 
Wales, 1894, XXVII, pp. 343-346; Chemical News, 1894, LXIX, No. 
1794, pp. 172-173. 

Gold Moir^-m^tallique. Journ. B. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1894, XXVII, p. 346 ; 
Chemical News, 1894, LXIX, No. 1797, p. 210. 

The Specific Gravities of some Gem Stones. Proc. Austr. Assoc. Adv. Set. 
for 1898 [1894], V, pp. 404-409. 

Nantokite from New South Wales. Min. Mag., 1894, X, No. 48, pp. 826- 
327. 

LiBSA (A. de) — Companies* Work and Mining Law in New South Wales and 
Victoria. (8vo. London, 1894.) 

Lqblbt (J. L.) — ^The Origin of the Gold of Quartz Veins. Austr. Mining 
Standard, 1894, X, No. 309, pp. 597-598. 



180' Eecor39 of the Geologieal Survey of New South Wales. [tol. IT. 

Louis (H.) — On the Origin of the Gold in Quartz Veins. Au$1r. Mining 
Standard, 1894, X, Ko. 811, pp. 025--G26. [From iCnowledje.] 

Ma-Cgrkoob (W.), Kt.: — 

Despatch reporting Inspection of the North-east Coast of the Possession. 
Ann, Btft BHt. N. Guinea for 1898-94 [1894], App. D, pp. 1-8. [Con- 
tains Geological Notes.] 

Despi^tch reporting Visit to the D'Entrecasteaux and Neighbouring Islands. 
Ann, Bept Brit, N. Guinea for 1893-94 [1894], App. A, pp. 16-21. 
[Contains Geological Notes.] 

Pcspatch reporting Visit of Inspection to the Purari District. Ann, Bept, 
Brit. y. Guinea for 1893-94 [1894], App. B, pp. 22-29. [Contains 
Geological Notes.] 

Despatch reporting Visit of Inspection to the North-east Coast. Ann, Bepi. 
Brit, N, Guinea for 1893>94 [1894], App. P, pp. 30-87. [Contains 
Geological Notes.] 

Despatch reporting Visit to Eastern End of the Possession. Ann* Bept. 
Brit. N. Guinea for 1898-94 [1894], App. G, pp. 88-40. [Contains 
Geobgical Notes.] 

MiHOirr (J. J.) — ^The Central Australian Mineral Fields. Auitr. Mining Sfandardj 
1894, X, No. 282, pp. 207-208. 

Maitliwd (A. G.)— TJlam Gold-field (Report on, by the Assistant GoTcmment 
Geologist), pp. 13, map and plate. Queensland Pari, Papers, 1894, C.A. 43. 
(Folio. Brisbane, 1894.) 

MAtLACooTJL (Vict.)— Mallacoota : a New Victorian Goldrfiold. Austr. Mining 
Standard, 1894, X, No. 292, p. 354. 

Maush (C. W.) — Probable Belation between the Zinciferous Sulphide Ores and 
the Oxidised Ores of the Broken Hill Lode. Trans. Austr. Inst, Mining 
Bng,y 1894, 1, pp. 66-65, plan. 

Mabsx^d (L. W.)-TGold Mining under Freehold Land on the Charters Towers 
Gold-field and the Claims of Freeholders to Boyal Mines, a Memorandum ; 
pp. 20. (870. Charters Towers, 1894.) 

Matthews (G. F.) .— 

Illustrations of the Fauna of the St. John Group, No. VIII. Trans. B. 
Soe, Canada /(?rl893 [1894], XI, Sec. 4, pp. 105-129, Pts. 16-17. 

[Olenellus (-0 Forresti, p. 102.] 

"McKay (J. E.) — A rare Mineral. [Chloride of Copper from Broken Hill.] 
Ann. Beport S. Austr. School Mines, ^e.^for 1893 [1894], p. 172. 



9ABT 4.] ErnxRiDai— DuH : GeoIoyieaJ Beoord, lS94i. 181 

McKiirinsT (H. O.) — ^UtiiiBation of the Bhoalhaven Biver for Sluicing FurpoBOB. 
Ann. Sept Dept. Workt N. S, Wale$,for 1892 [1898], pp. 114-116, map. 

Mkbcee (T.) — Diamond Mining at Bingara (N.S.W.) Austr, Mining Standard^ 
1894, X, No. 275, p. 102. 

Mines Dkpabtmknt, Melbouhke — Geological Survey of Victoria. Progress 
Eeport (No. VJII). Issued by A. W. Howitt, Secretary for Mines, under 
the authority of the Ilouorable II. Foster, M.P., Minister for Mines. 1894- 
8261, pp. 72, maps, plates, Ac. (Folio, Melbourne, 1891!. By Authority), 
Containing : — 

MxTBBAT, E. A. F. Eeport on Welcome Gully (near Daylesford) and 

Eokewood .Junction, together with Bemarks as to " Indicators," 

pp. 5-0. 
Tatlob, N. Eeport on the Geological Survey of Daylesford Goldfield, 

pp. 0-20. 
LiDOEY, £. Eeport on the Malmsbury and Lauriston Goldfield, pp. 

20-27. 
MuBBAT, E. A. F. Eeports on the Quartz Beefs at Bedcastle, pp. 27-28. 
Weight, J. H. Eeports on tho Geological Features of an Area in 

South Gippsland, pp. 28-31. 
Ta-Tlob, N. Geological Eeport on the North Eastern District, pp. 35-42. 
MuBEAY, E. A. F. Eeport on the Beefs at Twist's Creek, near Tacka- 

dandah, pp. 43-44. 
Ltdget,E. Notes on Quarter Sheet No. 80, N.W.— Parishes of Dargile, 

Heathcote, Costerfield, and Knowsley, pp. 44-46, sections. 
"MuBBAT, E. A. F, Eeport on the Corryong Goldfield, p. 47. 
Stibliito, J. Notes on a Bccent Classification of the Older Marine 

Tertiary Beds of Victoria, pp. 47-57. 
Feboxtsoit, W. F. Notes on certain Geological Features of the Parishes 

of Gembrook North and Nangana, p. 58. 
Febgitsof, W. H. Geological Notes on the County of Dundas, pp. 58-59. 
Febgusok, W. H. Notes on the Bocks at Dookie, pp. 59-GO. 
Stibling, J. Notes on the Site of Alleged Gold Discoveries at Gem- 
brook, p. GO, section. 
Stiblixg, J. Petrographic Notes on Sample of Igneous Bock obtained 

at Site of alleged Gold Discoveries, Gembrook, pp. 00-61. 
MuBBAT, E. A. F. Eeport on the alleged Gold Discovery at Gembrook, 

p. 62. 
LiDGBT, E. Eeport on the Tawonga Goldfield, pp. 62-63, 



.182 BecarJi of the Oeologieal Survey of New South Waleg. [tol. it. 

Mines Department, Melboubke — continued. 

Stielino, J. Notes on Auriferous Quartz Veins-^Bokeby District, pp. 
. 63-6*, plan and section. 

MuHBAT, R. A. F. Beport on tbe Dart Eiver and Zulu Creek Gold- 
field, pp. 64t-65, map and sections. 

MuRBAT, E. A. F. Eeport on the Auriferous Country in the Neigh- 
bourhood of Queenstown, pp. 67-68. 

SriRLiNa, J. Notes on the Silver Deposits and Limestone Beds of 
Waratah Bay, pp. 68-69, plans and sections. 

Febguson, W. H, Notes on the Occurrence of Limestone at Merriniu, 
pp. 69-70. Plates and plans, Ac. 

Stibliko, J. Eeport on Agnes Eiver Tin-mining District, pp. 70-72. 

Mines Dbpabtment, Melboxtrne — Q-eological Survey of Victoria. Quarter- 
sheet 81, S."W. (Eutherglen, Liliput, and Chiltem West.) Surveyed by 
Norman Taylor, under the supervision of E. A. F, Murray. Scale : 2 inches 
to 1 mile, (Melbourne, 1894.) 

Mines Depabtment, Melbourne — Eeports on Eapid Surveys of the Goldfields, 
Avoca District — Parish of Glenmona (with Map). Progress Eeport, by 
James Stirling, pp. 2. Scale : 2 inches to 1 mile. (Folio, Melbourne, 1894i. 
By Authority.) 

Mines Depabtment, Melboubne — Miners' Handbook, issued by A. W. Howitt, 
Secretary for Mines, under the Authority of the Hon. T. H. M*Coll, M.P., 
Minister of Mines, pp. Till, 152, map and plates. (8vo. Melbourne. 1894. 
By Authority.) Containing : — 

1. MuBBAT, E. A. F. Suggestions to Prospectors, pp. 1-14. 

2. Newbbbt, J. C. Notes on the Determination of Minerals, pp. 15-23. 

3. Stibling, J. Notes on Metallic Minerals, pp. 24-34. 

4. EosALES, H. Instructions for Collecting Samples for Testing, pp. 

35-37. • 

Miscellaneous, Eegulations, <&c., pp. 38-152. 

Mines Depabtment, Pebth — Ad interim Eeport of the Department of Mines 
for Half-year ending 30th June, 1894. W, Australian Pari. Papers, 1894, 
No. 8, pp. 39, maps and sections. (Folio, Perth, 1894. By Authority.) 
Containing: — 

I. Pbinsep, H. C. Ad interim Eeport on the Department of Mines for 
Half-year ending 30th June, 1894, pp. 3-8, with Appendices i-vi. 

I. WoonwABD, H. P. Eeport on the Collie Coalfield, pp. 9-11, 

map. 

II. WooDWABn, H. P. Beport on the Greenbushes Tinfield, pp. 

11-13, map. 



TABT 4.] Etbsbiboe— Dux : Oeo%irn/ JS<?cor<^, 189^. 188 

Mines Depabtmknt, Pebth — continued. 

III. W00DWA.BD, H. P. A Heport on the Country between 
Broomehill and the Dundas and the Mines in that Neighbor* 
hood, pp. 13-18. 

lY. OoczEL, S. Heport on the Mines, Coolgardie District, pp. 
18-23, sections. 

V. GoczEL, S. Keport on the Central Gold fields of Western 

A^ustralia, pp. 24--33. 

VI. GoczEL, 3. Geological Notes and Sketches, pp. 34-39, maps, 
sections, Ac. 

Mines and Agbicultube Depabtment, SYDNEr — Annual Eeport of the Depart- 
ment of Mines and Agriculture, New South Wales, for the Year 1894. N.S. 
Wales Pari. Papers, 1895, p. 158, maps, plans, &c. (Folio, Sydney, 1895. 
By Authority). Containiug, inter alia : — 

I. Wood H., Under Secretary for Mines and Agriculture. Annual 

Beport, pp. 1-71. 

II. Slee, W. H. J., Chief Inspector of Mines. Annual Beport for the 

Year 1891», pp. 72-73. 

1. Slee, W. H. J. Eeport on the Wyalong Gold-field, pp. 73-74. 

2. Slee, W. H. J. Eeport on the Tumut District, pp. 74-75. 

3. Slee, W. H. J. Eeport on the Adelong Gold-field, p. 75. 

4. Slee, W. H. J. Eeport on the Wee Jasper, Macpherson, 

Corandigbee, Gordon, and Adjingbilly Creeks Gold-fields, 
pp. 75-76. 

5. Slee, W. H. J. Eeport on the Mining Industry in the 

Gundagai District, p. 76. 

6. Slee, W. H. J. Eeport on the Temora, Eeefton, and Bar- 

medman Districts, pp. 76-77. 

7. Slee, W. H. J. Eeport on the recent Gold Discoveries on the 

Wagga Wagga Common, p. 77. 

8. Slee W. H. J. Eeport on the recent Gold Discoyeries at 

Hargraves, pp. 77-78 
0. Slee, W. H. J. Eeport on the recent Gold Discoveries at 
Grong Grong, p. 78. 

10. MiLi9^e, D., Inspector of Mines. Annual Eeport, pp. 78-79. 

11. Hebbabd, J., Inspector o£ Mines. Annual Eeport, p. 79. 

12. GoDPBET, J. B., Inspector of Mines. A nnual Eeport, pp. 79-80. 

III. Slee, W. H. J., Superintendent of Drills. Annual Eeport on the 
Working of the Diamond Drills for the Year 1894, pp. 80-81, section. 



184 Becorjh iff tie QeohgMl Survey qf New South Walei. [Vol. it. 

Mines and Aobicttltube Depabthbnt, StDret — eonfinued, 

lY. MicKBVzis, J., Examiner of CoaMelds. Beport of the Examiner 
of Coalfields for the Colony of New South Wales for the Tear 1894, 
pp. 82-92. 

V. Dixon, J., Bates, T. L., Humble, "W. The Half-yearly Eeport on 

the Collieries in the Northern District of New South Wales, and 
Accidents investigated by the Inspector of Collieries during the six 
months ending 30th June, 1894, pp. 92-96. 

VI. Dixon, J., Bates, T. L., Humble, W. The Half-yearly Eeport on 
the Collieries in the Northern District of New South Wales, and 
Accidents investigated by the Inspector of Collieries during the six 
months ending 31st December, 1894, pp. 95-98. 

Til. EowAN, J. The Half-yearly Eeport of the Inspector of Collieries 
on the state of the various Collieries in the Southern and Western 
Districts of the Colony of New South Wales, and Accidents therein 
for the half-year ending 30th June, 1894> pp. 98-100. 

Till. EowAN, J. The Half-yearly Eeport of the Inspector of Collieries 
on the state of the various Collieries in the Southern and Western 
Districts of the Colony of New South Wales, and Accidents therein 
for the half-year ending 31st December, 1894, pp. 100-102. 

IX. PiTTMAN, E. P. Geological Survey of New South Wales. Progress 
Eeport of the Government Geologist for 1894, pp. 103-10-1', with 
the following Appendices : — 

A. PiTTMAN, E. P. Comparative Talues of Hawkesbury Sandstone 

and Bowral " Trachyte " for building purposes, p. 104. 

B. PiTTMAN, E. P. [Eeport on Silver-bearing Lode, Ph. Colong, 

Co. Westmoreland], pp. 104-105. 

C. PiTTMAy, E. P. [Beport on Coal-measures, Ph. Joadja, Co. 

Camden], p. 105. 

, . D. PiTTMAir,E.P. [Beport on Wyalong Gold-field], pp. 105-108. 

E. PiTTMAN, E. P. Eeport on an Application for Aid to provide 
a Water Supply by sinking a Shaft at Wyalong, p. 108. 

P. PiTTMAN, E. P. [Eeport on supposed Opal-field, Ph. Bidura, 
Co. Caira], p. 108. 

G. PiTTMAN, E. p. [Eeport on Auriferous Reefs near Grong 
Grong], p. 109. 

H. PiTTMAN, E. P. [Report on Alluvial Rush at Garangula], 
pp. 109-110. 



FUT 4.] liTHERiDaB— Dim : Oeologteal Beeord, 1894. l8& 

MiiTEs AWD AaBicuLTUBB Dbpabtmekt, StDVEY^eonttnued. 

I. FiTTM iir, E. P. [Report on Gold Workings in the "Waratta 
SangOB], p. 110. 

K. PITTMA.K, E. P. [Eeport on a Geological Examination of the 
North-west portion of New South Wales], pp. 110-112. 

Cabkb, J. E. Progress Eeport by Mr. J. E. Came, Geological 
Surreyor, pp. 118-118. 

L. Cabxe, J. E. Eeport on Water Beserve 2894a, Co. Phillip, 
pp. 118-119. 

M. Cabne, J. E. and Cabd, G. W. Eeport on Gold-saving 
Machine, pp. 119-120. 

N. Cabkb, J. E. Eeport on the Tumbarumba District, pp. 120- 
124, map. 

0. Cabkb, J. E. Report on a Discovery of Gold at New Station, 
near Wyndham, pp. 124-125. 

P, Cabkb, J. B. Report on the prospect of obtaining Water at 
the Wagga Wagga Experimental Parm, pp. 125-126. 

Q. Cabkb, J. E. Report on a Magnesite Deposit at Eurongilly, 
pp. 126-127. 

Stovibb, G. a. Progress Report by Mr. G. A. Stonier, Geo- 
logogical Surveyor, pp. 127-129. 

R. Stonier, G. A. Report on Alluvial Gold Deposits near the 
Evans River, Lismore District, pp. 129-131, section. 

S. Stohieb, G. a. Report on Bingara Diamond Fields, pp. 131- 
136, maps and sections. . 

T. Stokieb, G. a. Report on Wellingrove District, pp. 136-137, 
map. 

Jaqubt, J. B. Progress Report by Mr. J. B. Jaquet, Geo- 
logical Surveyor, pp. 137-138. 

U. Jaquet, J. B. The Geological Survey of the Shoalhaven River, 
pp. 188-141. 

V. Jaquet, J. B. Second Report on the Auriferous Drifts of the 
Shoalhaven River, p. 141, map and sections. 

W. Jaquet, J. B. Report on Auriferous Reefs, Parish Three 
Brothers, County Bathurst, p. 142. 

X. Jaquet, J. B. Report on a newly-discovered Gold-field near 
Cobborah, p. 143. 



186 Secords of the Geological Survey of New South Wales. [vol. it. 

Mines and Aobicultube Depabtmbnt, Stdnkt — continued. 

T. Jaqttet, J. B. Beport on Auriferous Drifts on the Macquario 
Eiver, pp. 143-145, map. 

Z. Jaquet, J. B. Beport on the Mount Drysdale G^old-field, pp. 
145-146| plan and sections. 
Cabd, G. W. Progress Eeport of the Curator, pp. 146-148. 
Ethebidqe, B., Junb. Annual Beport of the Paljeontologist 

for the year 1894, pp. 148-151. 
Ethebidge, B. Jukb., Annual Beport of the Librarian for the 

Tear 1894, p. 152. 
MiNQATE, J; C, H. Progress Beport by Mf. J. C. H. Mingaye, 
Analyst and Assayer, pp. 152-153. 
A2. MiNOATE, J. C. H. [Beport on Experiments made with Coal 
from the Metropolitan Coal Co.'s Mine], pp. 153-155. 
Leiou, "W. S. Progress Beport by Mr. W. S. Leigh, Super- 
intendent of Caves, for the Year 1894, pp. 155-156. 
B2. Leiou, W. S. [Beport on New DiscoTeries at the Jenolan 

and Abererombie Caves], pp. 156-157. 
C2. Leioh, W. S. Bosebrook Limestone, and Caves, pp. 157- 

168. 
D2. Leigh, W. S. New Discoveries at the Wombeyan Caves, p. 
158. 

Mingaye (J. C. H.) :— 

Notes and Analysis of a Metallic Meteorite from Moonbi, near Tamworth, 
N.S. Wales. Journ. B. Soc. JV. S. Wales, 1894, XXVIf, pp. 82, 83. 

Progress Beport by Mr. J. C. H. Mingaye, Analyst and Assay er. Ann. 
Be^t. Dept Mines and Agric. N. S. Wales for 1894, pp. 152, 153. 

[Beport on Experiments made with Coal from the Metropolitan Coal Co.'s 
Mine.] Ann. Bept. Dept, Mines and Agric. N. S, Wales for 1894, pp. 
153-155. 

Mitchell (J.) .— 

Note on the Discovery of the Genus Estheria in the Upper Coal Measures of 
N. S. Wales. Proe. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1894, VIII (2), Pt 3, p. 239. 

Note on the Occurrence of certain Fossils from unrecorded Localities. Proe. 
Linn. Soc. N 8. Wales, 1894, VIII (2), Pt. 3, p. 437. 

Note on an Aboriginal Kitchen-Midden at Bellambi, Illawarra. Proe. Linn* 
Soc. N. 8. Wales, 1S94, VIII (2), Pt. 4, pp. 536-539. 

MnoiiELL ',J.) — Vide Ethebidge (B., Junr.) 



PIBT 4.] Ethsbidqi—Ditn : Oeoloffical Secord, ISO^. 187 

MOKTOOKSBY (A.): — 

The Mineral Besourceci of Tasmania. Autir, Mining Standard^ 1894, X, 
No. 816, p. 693 ; No. 817, p. 707; No. 318, p. 721 ; No.819, pp. 736, 737 ; 
No. 320, p. 749. 

Glacial Action in Tasmania. Proc, B. Soe, Tas,/or 1893 [189i], pp. 159-169. 

The Mineral Industry of Tasmania. Engineering and Mining Journal, 1804, 
LVII, No. 16, p. 364 ; No. 17, p. 389. 

Moore (T, B.) — ^Discovery of Glaciation in the vicinity of Mount Tyndall, in 
Tasmania. Proc. E, Soc. Tas.for 1893 [1891], pp. 147-149. 

MUBBAT (B. A. F.) :— 

Suggestions to Prospectors. Dept, Mines Vict., Minfrs* Handbook, lS9li, 
pp. 1-14. 

Beport on Welcome Gully (near Daylesford) and Bokewood Junction, 
together with Bemarks as to " Indicators." Geol, Survey Victoria, 
Progress Rept,, 189*, VIII, pp. 5, 6. 

Beport on the Quartz Beefs at Bedcastle. GeoL Survey Victoria, Progress 
Bept,, 1894, VIII, pp. 27, 28. 

Beport on the Beefs at Twist's Creek, near Tackadandah. OeoL Survey 
Victoria, Progress Sept., 1894, VIII, pp. 43, 44. 

Beport on the Corryong Gold-field. Geol, Survey Victoria, Progrets Rept,, 
3891, VIII, p. 47. 

Beport on the alleged Gold Discovery at Gembrook. Geol, Survey Victoria, 
Progress Rept,, 1894, VIII, p. 62. 

Beport on the Dart Biver and Zulu Creek Gold-field. Geol. Survey Victoria,^ 
Progress Rept., 1894, VIII, pp. 64, 65. 

Beport on the Auriferous Country in the Neighbourhood of Queenstown, 
Geol. Survey Victoria, Progress Rept,, 189i, VIII, pp. 67, 08. 

Nbwbebt (J. C.) : — 

Notes on the Determination of Minerals. Dept. Mines Vict. Miners^ 
Handbook, 1891, pp. 15-23. 

Nkwbebt (J. C.) — Vide Victoria Public Library, &c. 

New Soutu Wales Coal — New South Wales Coal. Colliery Guardian, 1891', 
LXVII, No. 1747, p. 1169. 

New South Wales Miniitg Industby— The Mining Industry of New South 
Wales. Austr, Mining Standard, 1894, X, No. 276, p. 115. 

Nicholas (W.) — Form of Bendigo Quartz Beefs at Great Depths.. Austr, 
Mining Standard, 1894, X, No. 298, pp. 439-440 ; No. 299, pp. 453-454. 



188 Becordt of the Oeologieal Survey of New South Wales. [rot. rr 

North Queekslakd Ooldfielbs — [No.] I. The Cloncurry Distriot; Austr. 
Mining Standard, 1894. X, No. 269, p. 10. [No.] II. No. 270, p. 23. 
[No.] III. No. 272, p. 60. [No.] V. Agate Downs, No. 275, p. 90. [No.] VI. 
The Gilbert, No. 278, p. 148. [No.] VII. The Percy Gold-field, No. 279, 
p. 163. [No.] VIII. The Woolgar Gold-field, No. 280, p. 174. 

Officer (G.) — The Geology of the Lake St. Clair District, Tasmania. Proe. B, 
Soe. Tag, for 1893 [1894], pp. 150-158, views, map. 

Officer (G.) and Bjii^four (L.) — Further Note on the Glacial DepositB of 
Bacchus Marsh. Proc, B. Soc. Vict, 1894, VI («.«.), pp. 139-143. 

OiiOHAH (K. W.)— A Comparison of the Permian Breccias of the Midlands with 
Carboniferous Glacial Deposits of India and Australia. Quart. Journ. GeoL 
Soc, 1894, L, pp. 463-471. 

Opf£KHEIM£R (A.) — [Notes on Wolfram and Nickel.] Proc. B. Soc. 7\is. for 
1893 [1894], p. xxi. ' 

Parku^son (J.) — Physical and Chemical Geology of the Interior of Australia: 
Eeceut Sub-serial Metamorphism of ^olian Hand at ordinary atmospheric 
temperature into Quartz, Quarteite, and other stones. Abstract and Dis- 
cussion. Quart. Journ. QeoL Soc. Lond.^ 1894, L, p. 7. 

Parsons (H. G.) — A Handbook to Western Australia and it Goldfields, pp. 134, 
map. (8?o. London, 1894.) 

Petkrs (E. D., Junr.) — Notes on the Mount Lyell Miue. Proc. B. Soe. 2\m. for 
1893 [1894], pp. 194-199. 

Pbttard (W. F.) — Catalogue of the Minerals known to occur in Tasmania^with 
Notes on their Distribution. Proe. B. Soe. Tas.for 1893 [1894], pp. 1-72. 

PiLSBRT (H. A.) —Guide to the Study of the Helices. Trjfon'e Man. Ooneiology, 
1894, IX (2). [Distribution of Thereitee and Ohloritie Groups in Papua and 

Australia, pp. 126-127.] 

PiTTMAN (E. P.) ;— 

"Willyamite — a New Mineral from Broken Hill. Beeords Oeol. Surrey 
N S. Wales, 1891, IV, Pt. 1, pp. 21-22. 

On the Geological Structure of the Wy along Gold-field. Beeorde Geol. Survey 
N S. Wales, 189 J., IV, Pt. 2, pp. 107-113. 

Eeport on the Broken Hill Lode. Oeol Survey N. S. Waies, Oeol. Mem.^ 
No. 5, 1894, App. I, pp. 138-141. 

Geological Surrey of New South Walea« Progress Beport for 1894. Ann. 
Bept. Dept. Mines and Jyric. N. S. Wales for 1894, pp. 108-104. 



PiST 4.] ETit£Bn>ox<^DuK : Geological Jteeord, 1694. 18P 

PiTTMiLK (E. ¥.)—eoniinued. 

ComparatiTe Values of Hawkesbury Sandstone and Bowral " Trachyte " for 

building purposes. Ann. Bept, Bept, Mines and Agrie. N, S. Wales for 

1894, p. 104. 
[Report on Silver-bearing Lode, Ph. Colong, Co. Westmoreland.] Ann. Bept. 

Bept, Mines and Agric. N, 8, Wales for 1894, pp. 104-105. 
[Report on Coal-measures, Ph. Joadja, Co. Camden.] Ann, Bept Bept, 

Mines and Agric, K S, Wales for 1894, p. 105. 
[Report on Wyalong Gold-field.] Ann, Bept, Bept, Mines and Agric, N. 8, 

Wales for 1891, pp. 105-108; Austr, Mining 8tandard, 1894, X, No. 

288, p. 298; Ibid, No. 289, pp. 310-311. 

Report on an Application for Aid to Provide a Water Supply by Sinking a 

Shaft at Wyalong.. Ann, Bept, Bept, Mines and Agrie. I^, 8, Wales for 

1894, p. 108. 
[Report on Supposed Opal-field, Ph. Bidura, Co. Caira.] Ann, Bept, Bept, 

Mines and Agric. N, S. Wales for 1894, p. 108 ; Ausir, Mining Standard^ 

1894, X, No. 293; p. 370. 

[Report on Auriferous Reefs near Grong Grong.] Ann, Bept, Bept, Mines 

and Agric, N, S, Wales for 1894, p. 109 ; Austr. Mining Standard, 

p. 381. 
[Report on Alluvial Rush at Garangula.] Ann, Bept, Bept. Mines and Agric, 

N. 8. Wales for 1894, pp. 109-110. 
[Report on New Gold Workings in the Waratta Ranges.] Ann, Bept, Bept, 

Mines and Agric, N, 8. Wales for 1894, p. 110. 
[Report on a Geological Examination of the North-west Portion of New 

South Wales.] Ann, Bept, Bept, Mines and Agric, J\r. 8, Wales for 

1894, pp. 110-112. • 
Note on the Occurrence of a New Mineral at Broken Hill. Joum, B, Soe, 

N, 8, Wales, 1894, XXVII, pp. 366-375. 

PiTTMAK (E. Y.)--Vide David (T. W. E.) 

PowifiB (P. D.) :— 

Commercial Mining. Austr, Mining Standard, 1894, X, No. 283, p. 223 

No. II, No. 285, p. 249 ; No. Ill, No. 286, p. 267. 
The Classification of Valuable Mineral Deposits. Trans. Ausir, Inst. Mining 
Engineers, 189i?, I, pp. 109-130. 

PniTCHABD (G. B.)— F»W<? Hall (T. S.) 

QusEKBLAKD MiHiNO Industbt — ^The Mining Industry. Queensland. Austr, 
Mining Standard, 1894, X, No. 273, p. 69. . 



190 Beeopds of the Qeologtcul Survty of New South Wales, [toIi. iv. 

Queensland Geological Surtet — Annual ProgrcBS Beporfc of the Geological 
Survey for the Tear 1893. Queensland Pari Papers, 1894, C.A. 44, p. 6 
(Folio, Brisbane, 1894. By Authority.) Containing: — 

I. Jack, B. L. Beport of tho Government Geologist [Mount Coo>tha 

Park Beserve ; Coal Discovery at Nambour], pp. 1-3. 

II. Bands, W. II. Beporfc of the Assistant Government Geologist 

[Seam of Coal near Endlo Bail way Station ; Fossils from the St. 
Lawrence District], pp. 4-5. 

III. Maitland, a. G. Beport of tho Assistant Geologist [Charters 
Towers Gold-field], p. 5. 

Bamond (G.) : — 

Geologic. Asie et Oc^anie. Annuaire QeoJogique Universelle, ffc, 1892 
[1894], IX, Fasc. 3, pp. 565-612. 

[Australian Geology, pp. 587-607.] 

Bands (W. H.) :— 

[Beport on] Specimens sent by Sir William Macgregor from British New 
Guinea. Ann, Repf. Brit. N. Guinea for 1893-94 [1894], App. BB, 
pp. 91-92. 

[Beport on specimens from Mt. Victory.] Ann, jRept, Brit, N. Ouifieafor 
1893-94 [1894], App. BB, p. 95. 

Towalla and Marceba Gold-fields. (Beport on, by the Assistant Govern- 
ment Geologist), pp. 8, plan. Queensland Pari. Papers, 1894, C.A. 37. 
(Folio, Brisbane, 1894.) 

Deep Lead, Pentland, Cape Biver Gold-field (Beport on, by the Assistant 
Government Geologist), pp. 4, plan. Queensland Pari, Papers, 1894^ 
C.A. 36. (Folio, Brisbane, 1894.) 

Bead ( — ) — The Great Cobar Copper Mine. Austr, Mining Standard, 1894, X, 
No. 273, p. 70. 

BiCKABD, T. A. :— 

Gold-mining in Australasia, Austr ,Mining Standard, 1894, X, No. 281, p. 192 . 

Gold-milling in Australia. Engineering and Mining Jou)*naI, 1894, LVII, 
No. 5, pp. 101-102 ; No. 6, p. 128. 

Variations in the Milling of Gold Ores, No. IX, Bendigo, Australia. Ungi- 
ncering and Mining Journal, 1894, LVII, No. 8, pp. 174-176 ; No. 9, 
pp. 198-200. 

Ballarat. Engineering and Mining Journal, 1894, LVIII, No. 16, p. 368. 

The Australian Mining Laws. Engineering and Mining Journal, 1894, 
LVnr,No. 10,p.4il. 



PABT 4.] Ethsbidox — DUK : Oeohgieal Secord, 1894. 191 

BoBEBTS (W. B.) — ^Electricity as a Factor in Ore DreBsiDg. Trans. Ausfr. Inst 
Mining Engineers, 1894, 1, pp. 181-134. 

Bock (J. W.)— The Origin of Kerosene Shale. Ausir, Mining Standard, ISdi 
XI, No. 313, p. 653. 

KocKS, ViCTOKiAN — Descriptive Catalogue of the Specimens of Eocks of Victoria 
in the Industrial and Technological Museum, Melbourne. Public Librarg, 
Mueeums, and Nat Gallery of Victoria, pp. 127 (Svo. Melbourne, 1894). 

BosALEB (H.) — ^Instructions for Collecting Samples for Testing. Dept, Mines 
Viet,, Miners' Handbook, 1894, pp. 35-37. 

Boss (W. J. C.)— The Geology of Bathurst (New South Wales). Quart Journ. 
Oeol Soe., 1891', L, pp. 103-119. 

BUSSJELL (H. C.) :— 

On Meteorite No. 2 from Gilgoin Station, Journ. JR. Soe. N. S. Wales, 
1894, XXVII, p. 361. 

On a Meteorite from Gilgoin Station. Nature, 1894, XLIX, No. 1260, 
p. 325. 

ScLAT£B (W. L.) — ^The - Geography of Mammals. Geographical Journal, 1894, 
III, No. 2, pp. 95-105; No. 2. The Australian Begion, Ibid, IV, No. 1, pp. 
35-52, map. 

Schmidt (A.) : — 

Die Sattelriffe von Bendigo (Victoria). Zeitschri/t fur Frakt Geologic, 
1894, Heft 3, pp. 95-90. 

Die Entstehung der Goldquarzriffe von Bendigo in Australieu. Zeitschrift 
fur PraJct. Geologic, 1894, Heft 5, pp. 202-203. 

S£iSM0L00T. — Beport of the Seismological Committee [of the Australasian 
Association for the Advancement of Science, Adelaide, 1893]. Proc. Austr. 
Assoc. Adv. Sci.for 1893 [1894], V, pp. 207-225. 

Sehon (B.) — Beisen in Nord-Australien and Neu Guinea. Vcrhand. Gesell. 
Erdkunde Bei^lin, 1894, XXI, pp. 272-289. 

Sleb (W. H. J.) :— 

Beport on the Wyalong Gold-field, Ann. Itejyt. Dejjt. Mines and Agric. 

N.S. Wales for 1894, pp. 73-74. 
Beport on the Tumut District. Ann. Eept. Dept. Mines and Agric. N.S. 

Wales for 1894, pp. 74-75. 

' Beport on the Adelong Gold-field. Ann. Bept. Dept Mines and Agric. 
N.S. Wales for 1894, p. 75. 



IM Iteeardt of fke QeologicaX Burviy of New Souih Walen. [yol. it. 

SiiEB (W H. 3,)^eontinued. 

£eport on the Wee Jasper, Macphenon, Gorandigbee, Gordon, and Adgin- 
billy Creeks Gold-fields. Ann. Bept Depi, Mines and Agrie, JVjS. 
Wales for 1894, pp. 75-76. 

Keport on the Mining Industry in the Gundagai District. Ann. Bept, Depi, 
Mines and Agric, NS. Wales for 1894, p. 76. 

Beport on the Temora, Seefton, and Barmedman Districts. Ann, Bepi, 
Dept. Mines and Agric, K8, Wales for 1894, pp. 76-77. 

Beport on the recent Gold Discoreries on the Wagga Wagga Common. 
Ann. Bept, Dept. Mines and Agrio. N.8. Wales for 1894, p. 77. 

Seport on Ihe recent Gold Discoreries at Hargrares. Ann. Bept. Depi. 
Mines and Agric. N.S. Wales for 1894, pp. 77-78. 

Eeport on the recent Gold Discoveries at Grong Grong. Ann. Bept. Dept, 
Mines and Agrie. N.S. Wales for 1894, p. 78. ' 

Smbeth (W. 'Eij—Vide Datid (T. W. E.) 

Smith (H. G.) — Occurrence of JSvansife in Tasmania. Journ. B. 8oe. N.8. Wales, 
1894, XXVII, p. 382. 

Smith (G.) — On the Occurrence of Dgscrasite in the A. B. H. Consols Mine' 
Barrier Eanges, N.8. W. Trans. Austr. Inst. Mining Engineers, 1894, 1, pp. 
103-109, plate. 

SoLLAS (W. Z.)^Vide Haddow (A. C.) 

SOLOHOK ( — ) — Guide to Western Australia and its Gold-fields. Pp. xx, 111, 
Maps. (8to. Adelaide, 1894.) 

Btiblino (E. C.) — ^The Eecent Discorery of Fossil Bemainfi at Lake Callalxmna, 
South AuBtndia. NatnrOy 1894, L, pp. 184-188, 206-211. 

Stirling (J.) : — 

Notes on a Becent Classification of the Older Tertiary Marine Beds of 
Victoria. Geol. Survey Victoria^ Progress Bept., 1894, VIII, pp. 47-57. 

Notes on the Site of Alleged Gold Discoveries at Gembrook. Geoh Survey 
Vicforiay Progress Sept., 1894, VIII, p. 60, plan and section. 

Fetrographic Notes on Sample of Igneous Bock obtained at Site of alleged 
Gold DiscoTeries, Gembrook. Oeol. Survey Victoria, Progrees Jtept,^ 
1894, VIII, pp. 60-01. 

Notes on the Foster Gold-field and District. Qeol. Surcey Vieforia, Progress 
Bept.y 1894, VIIT, p. 66, plans and sections. 



pi» 4.] BtittBilios— Dim: OeoUgital Seeari, 18M. 193 

SriBiinrci {J.)'-'eontinked, 

Notes on the Silrer Deposits and Lioaestone Beds of Waratah Baj. OeoL 
Survey Victoria, Progress Sept., 1804, Till, pp. 68-69, plan and sections. 

Notes on Aariferous Quartz Veins — ^Bokebj District. OeoL Survey Victoria, 
Progrens Bept, 1894, VIII, pp. 63-64, plan. 

Beport on Agnes Eiver Tin Mining District. Qeol. Survey Victoria, Frogreee 
Bepi., 1894, VIII, pp. 70-72. 

Notes on Victorian Brown Goal Beds. Tram. Awtr. Imt. Mining Engineers, 
1894, 1, pp. 85-56, sections. 

Notes on Metallic Minerals. Depi, Minee Viet., Mineri* Handbook, 1894, 
pp. 24-34. 

Notes on the Physiography of South Gippsland. Proc, Auetr, Aesoe. Adv. 
Sci.for 1893 [1894], V, pp. 452-467. 

The Mineral Wealth of Victoria. Ausir, Mining Standard, 1894, X, No. 281, 
pp. 191-192. 

Stibliho (J.) — Vide Mines Dept., Melbourne. Beports on Bapid Surveys of 
the Ooldfields. 

Btokss (H. G.) — An Aluminiam Phosphate Mineral. Engineering and Mining 
Journal, 1894, LVIII, No. 7, p. 147 ; Auitr. Mining Standard, 1894, XI, 
No. 810, p. 619. 

SXOKIEB (G. A.) ;— ^ 

Auriferous Beaches on the North Coast (N. S. Wales). Auetr. Mining 
Standard^ 1894, X, No. 275, pp. 99-100. 

On the Occurrence of an Auriferous Baised-beach at the Erans Biver, Co. 
Kchmond,.N. S. Wales. Secords Oeot. Survey Jf. S. Wales, 1894, IV, 
Pt. 1, pp. 25-27. 

Notes on the Occurrence of Diamonds at Bingera. Secords OeoL Survey 
N. 8. Wales, 1894, IV, Pt. 2, pp. 51-66. 

Progress Beport by Mr. G. A. Stonier, Geological Surveyor, Ann. Sept, Dept. 
Mines and Agrie. N. S. Wales for 1894, pp. 127-129. 

Beport on AUoTial Gold Deposits near the Evans Biver, Lismore District. 
Ann. Bept. Dept. Mines and Agric, J^. S, Wales for 1894, pp. 129-131, 
section. 

Bepott on Bingara Diamend-flelds. Ann. Bept. Depi. Mines and Agrie. 2f. S. 
Wales for 1894, pp. 181-186, maps and sections. 

Beport oh Wdlingrove District. Ann^ Bept. Dept. Mines and Agrie. N. S. 
Wales for 1894, pp. 186-187, map. 



IM Becoris of Ihe Oeologieal Surve^f of Nexo South Wales. [vol. iv. 

Stobeb (J.) — Some Improyements in treating Minerals for the Wet Extraction 
of Gold and Silver. Ausir. Mining Standard, 1894, X, No. 287, p. 283. 

South Aubtbalia— Annual Report of thiB Government Geologist [H. Y. L. 
Brown] for Tear ending June 80th, 1894, S. Australia Pari. Fajpers, 1894, 
No, 25, pp. 26, maps, plates, Ac. (Folio, Adelaide, 1894, Bj Authority.) 
containing : — 

1. Bbown, H. Y. L. Report of Government Geologist for Year ended 

June 30th, 1894, pp. 1-2. 

2. Bbown, H. Y. L. Report on the Wheal Turner Mine, pp. 3-4, map. 

3. Brown, H. Y. L. Report on the Angepena Gold-field, p. 5, map.' 

4. Brown, II. Y. L. Report on the Discovery of Fossil Bones near 

Callabonna Station, pp. 7-8, plates. 

5. Bbown, II. Y. L. Report on the Route between Port Augusta and 

Franklin Harbour, with special reference to the Occurrence of 
Water, p. 0. 
C. Brown, H. Y. L. Report on the Geology of the Country along the 
Route from Strangways Springs to Wilgana, and on the Gold Dis- 
covery near Wilgana, pp. 10-12, map, 

7. Brown, H. Y. L. Report on the Peake and Dennison Ranges and 

Adjoining Country, with Special Reference to the Occurrence of 
Gold, pp. 13-15, maps and sections. 

8. Brown, H. Y. L. Report on country to the ■ north-westward of 

Oodnadatta as far as Moorlyanna and Indulkana, pp. 17-18. 

9. Ethertdge, R. Junr. Official Contributions to the Palaoontologv 

of South Australia, No. 6. Vertebrate Remains from the War. 
burton or Diamentina River, pp. 19-22, pis. 1 and 2. 
10. ExHERinGE, R. Junr. Official Contributions to the Palseontology of 
South Australia, No. 7. Further Additions to the Lower Silurian 
Fauna of Central Australia, pp. 23-26, pi. 3. 

SuTTOR (W. H.)— Artesian Bores on Bunda Station in Queensland. Journ. R. 
. Soe. N. S. Wales, 1894, XXVII, p. 376. 

Sweet (Q-.) and Brittlebank (C. C.) — ^The Grlacial ^Deposits of the- Bacchus 
Marsh District. Proc. Austr. Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 18QS [1894], V, pp. 376- 
389, pi. 12 and 13. 

Tate (R.) :— 

Note on the Tertiary Fossils from Hall Sound, New Guinea. Proe. Linn, 
Soc. -y. S. Wales, 1894, IX (2), Pt. 2, p. 213. 

Notes on the Organic Remains of the Osseous Clajs at Lake Callabonna. 
Trans. P. Soc. 8. ^tf«/r. /or 1893-94 [1894-], XVIII,'p. 195. 



PXBT 4.] Ethkbidge — DuK : Qeological Becord^ 1894. 195 

Tate (R.)— continued. 

[Ochres interstratified between Archaean Quartzitee near the Gorge of Pedler's 
Creek, Noarlunga]. Trans, E, Soc, S. Amir, for 1893-91 [1894], 
XVIII, p. 241. 

Unrecorded Genera of the Older Tertiary Fauna of Australia, including 
diagnosis of some New Genera and Species. Jovrn, S. Soc. i\r. 8. Walei, 
1894, XXVII, pp. 167-197, pis. 10-13. 

Cenfuiy of Geological Progress. Inaugural Address [of the President of the 
Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science, Adelaide, 
1893]. Froc. Austr. Assoc. Adv. Sci.for 1893 [1894], V, pp. 1-69. 

The Geology of Australia. JS^'afure, 1894, XLIX, No. 1264, pp. 277-280. 

Tatlob (N.) :— 

Beport on the Geological Survey of Daylesford Gold-field. Oeol. Survey 
Victoria, Frogress Rept.y 1894, VI J I, pp. 6-20, 

Geological Beport on the North Eastern District. Qeol. Survey Victoria, 
Progress B^pt., 1894, VIII, pp. 35-42. 

Quarter-sheet 81, N.W. (Eutherglen, Lilliput, and ChUtem West.) Scale: 
2 inches to 1 mile. Dept. Mines Vict. Qeol. Survey, 1894. 

Victoria, Coal — Economic Value of Victorian Coal. Colliery Cfnardian, 1894, 
LXVII, No. 1727, p. 223. 

Victoria:^— 

The Mining Industry. Victoria. South Australia. Austr: Mining Standard, 
1894, X, No. 270, pp. 21-22. 

Public Library, Museums, and National Gallery of Victoria. Descriptive 
Catalogue of the Specimens of Bocks of Victoria in the Industrial and 
Technological Museum, Melbourne [by J. C. Newbery]. Pp. 127. (8vo. 
Melbourne, 1894.) 

Vis (C. W. de)— A Thylacine of the Earlier Nototherian Period in Queensland. 
Proc. Linn. 8oc. N. S. Wales, 1894, VIII (2), Pt. 4, pp. 443-447. 

Walmfsley (O.)— Guide to the Mining Laws of the World. (8vo. London, 
1894.) [Australasia, pp. 274-307.] 

Watt (J. ^.)—Vide Datid (T. W. E.) 

West Axtstbalia — Gold-mining in West Australia. Austr. Mining Standard^ 
1894, X, No. 269, pp. 3^ ; No. 270, pp. 17-18 ; No, 271, pp. 33-34 ; No. 
272, pp. 49; No. 273, p. 65. 



i9C Becordt ^tie Geohgicdt Burvcif qf New B(mth Wales. [vol. ir. 

WiOG (E. S.) and Sok— The Trayeller's Guide to Western Austialiiky acoom- 
panied by latest Maps and Plans, and a Directory of Mining Companies. (8to. 
Perth, 1801,.) 

"WiLSOir (A. P.)— Minerals and Mining in Tasmania, l^ans. Fed, Inst. Mining 
JSngineers, 1894-, VII, p. 276. 

WooDWABD (A. S.)— On some Fish Bemains of the G-enera Forfkeue and Olado- 
cyclus, from the Eolling Downs Formation (Lower Cretaceous) of Queens- 
land. Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist, 1894, XIV (6), pp. 444-447, pi. 10. 

WOODWAM (H. P.) :— 

Geological Sketch Map of Western Australia, 1894. Scale : 50 miles to 

1 inch. 
[Also in Barker's "Western Australian Gold-fields."] 
Notes on the Geology of Western Australia. Qeol. Mag.^ 1894, 1 [4], pp. 

415-451. 
Mining Handbook to the Colony of Western Australia, written especiaDy 

for Prospectors and Strangers to the Colony who are interested in 

Mining, pp. 126, maps and sections. (8vo. Perth, 1884. By Authority.) 
Beporton the Collie Coalfield (with plan). Ann. Sept. Dept. Mines W<. 

Australia fir 1894, App. I, pp. 9-11. 
Beport on the Greenbushes Tinfield. Ann. Sept. Dept. Mines W. Australia 

for 1894, App. II, pp. 11-13, map. 
A Beport on the Country between Broomehill and the Dundas Hills and the 

Mines in that neighbourhood. Ann, Sept. Dejpt, Mines W. Australia 
for 1894, App. III., pp. 13-18. 

Wbiout (E. S.) — Coal-mining in Queensland. Engineering and Mining Journal^ 
1894, LVII, No. 12, p. 270. 

Wbioht (J. H.)~Notes on the Geological Features of an Area in South Gipps- 
land. Qeol. Survey Victoria, Progress Sept, 1894, VIII, pp. 28-34. 

II.— Addenda for 1891-93. 
Balfoue (L.)— riVfo Offickb, O. 

Baowir (H. Y, L.) — Catalogue of South Australian Minerals, with the Minea 
and other Localities, where found; and brief remarks on the Mode of 
Occurrence of some of the principal Metals and Ores. Pp. 34. (8vo. 
Adelaide, 1893. By Authority.) 

BbUCK (L.) ;— 

The Mineral Springs of Australia. Pp. 40. (12mo. Sydney, 1891.) ; Austr. 
Medical Gazette, 1891. 



PABT 4.] ETUEBiDos—Dmr: Geolo^ieal Seeordy 1691-eS. 197 

C^SfiwsLL (A. W.):— 

Notes on the LilycUde Lim^tone. Proe. B. Soe. Viei^ 18M, V, (n.8.), pp. 

88-44, pis. 8-9fl; pp. 260-261. 
[Remarks on Glacial Action in Victoria.] Proc, B, Soo. Vict, 1893, V, (n.8.), 
pp. 263-266. 

DsNiTANT (J.)— [Eemarks on Glacial Action at Bacchus Marsh.] Proe. B. Soe. 
Viet., 1893, V, (n.s.), pp. 271-272. 

Draw (E. J.)— [Remarks on Glacial Action at Bacchus Marsh.] Proe. B, Soe. 
Viet, 1893, V, (n.B.), pp. 272. 

GoYDEB (G. A.)-— On a New Mineral (Stibiotantalite). Tram. M. Soe. S. Austr. 

for 1892-93 [1893], XVIF, pp. 127-128. 
Gbifpiths (G. S.) : — 

The Bluff at Barwon Heads. Proe. B. Soe. Vict, 1893, V, (n.8.), pp. 181-133, 

pi. 14. 
[Remarks on Glacial Action in Victoria.] Proe. B. Soe. Viet., 1898, V, (n.s.), 
pp. 266-271. 

Hall (T. S.) :— 

On Two New Tertiary Stylasterids. Proe. B. Soe. Vict, 1898, V, (n.s.), pp. 

117-122, pi. 13. 
[Remarks on Euomphalus from the Lilydale Limestone.] Proe. B. Soe. 
Viet, 1893, V, (n.s.), p. 260. 

Mnrss Dkpabtment, Mslboubnb: — 

Geological Survey of Victoria. Quarter-sheet 34-, S.W. (Woolamai.) Sur- 
veyed by James Stirling, under the supervision of B. A. F. Murray. 

Scale : 2 inches to 1 mile. (Melbourne, 1892.) 
Geological Survey of Victoria. Quarter-sheet 76, S.W. ( Jeetho, Jumbunna, 

Korumburra.) Surveyed by James Stirling, under the supervision of B. 

A. F. Murray. Scale : 2 inches to 1 mile. (Melbourne, 1892.) 
Geological Survey of Victoria, Quarter-sheet 34, N.W. (French Island, 

Corlnella.) Surveyed by James Stirling, under the supervision of R. A. 

F. Murray. Scale : 2 inches to 1 mile. (Melbourne, 1893.) 
Geological Survey of Victoria. Quarter-sheet 15, S.E. (Daylesford). With 

sheet of sections. Surveyed by Norman Taylor, under the supervision 

of R. A. F. Murray. Scale : 2 inches to 1 mile. (Melbourne, 1893.) 
Reports on Rapid Surveys of the Gold-fields. Greensborough, Co. Evelyn. 

Scale : 2 inches to 1 mile. (Melbourne, 1893.) 
Oppiceb (G.) and Balfoxtb (L.) — Preliminary Account of the Glacial Deposits 

of Bacchus Marsh. Proe. B. Soe. Vict, 1893, V, (n.s.), pp. 45-68, 262- 

263, 274-275, pis. 10-12. 



.f 



198 ^ Becordi of the Geological Survey of New South Wales. [tol. ir. 

PoHLiQ (H.) and Dames (W.) — Ueber Pabeozoicum ron Aostralien, Peraien, und 
Castilien. Zeitsohrift deutsche Qeologische Qeselhehaft^ 1892, XLIV, pp. 
151-152. 

PaiTCHAED (&. B.) :— 

[Remarks on Fossils from the Liljdale Limestone.] Proe. R. Soc, Vict,^ 

1893, V, (n.sO, p. 260. 
[Remarks on Bacchus Marsh Sandstone.] Pfoc. R. Soc. Vict,, 1893, V, (n.s.), 

p. 273. 
SowDKBT (C.) — ^To the Tasmanian Tin Mines. Journ, Nat, Hist. York, XVII, p. 
C. [Fide Ann. GSol. Unio., 1892 [1894], Pasc. 1, p. 72.] 

•Stelzneb (A. W.) — Supplementary Notes on the above-named Collection [of 
Rocks]. Collected by Mr. V. Sfcreich, Elder Expedition. Trans. R. Soc. S. 
Austr., 1893, XVI, Pt. 2, pp. 110-112. 

Stiblino (J.) : — 

Quarter-sheet, 34, S.W. (Woolamai.) Scale;. 2 inches to 1 mile. J)ept. 

Mines Viet, Qeol. Survey , 1892. 
Quarter-sheet, 76, S. W. ( Jeetho, Jumbunna, Korumburra.) Scale : 2 inches 

to 1 mile. Dept. Mines Vict., GeoL Survey, 1892. 
Quarter-sheet, 34, N.W. (French Island, Corinella.) Scale : 2 inches to 1 

mile. Depf. Mines Vict., Qeol. Survey, 1893. 

Tate (R.) — List of Rock Specimens, collected by Mr. "Wells on a Journey east 
from Murchison Gold-field. Trans. R. Soc. S. Austr., 1893, XVI, Pt. 2, pp. 
113-115. 

Tatlob (N.)— Quarter-sheet 15, S.E. (Daylesford.) With sheet of sections. 
Scale : 2 inches to 1 mile. Dept. Mines, Vict., Qeol. Survey, 1893. 

Vabigny (H. db.)— Le Grand recif-barrifere d'Australie. Revue Scientifique. 
1892, LII, pp. 715-722. 

Wilson (A. P.) — Minerals and Mining in Tasmania, l^rans. JV. of JBny. Inst, 
My. Engineers, 1893, XLIII, Pt. 5, pp. 884-393. 

WooDWABD (H..)—lOleneUus in Western Australia.] Quart. Joum. Geol. Soc, 
1892, XL VIII, pp. 241-242. 



PLATE XVII. 

Phyllotheca? sp. 

Fig. 1. Branch, with the remains of six peltate organs. 

Pig. 2. Another branch, with portions of four organs, and traces of transrerse 
striation. 

Fig. 3. Branch, with a small peltate organ, seen somewhat from below. 

Fig. 4. Another example, somewhat larger than Fig. 8, 

Fig. 5. Branch, with one organ at the base, and signs of attachment of three 

others above. 
Fig, 6. Denuded branch. 

Fig. 7. An organ of large size, compressed from aboye, showing the spike-like 
extensions at the periphery, the nerves (?) proceeding to them and the 
re-entering spaces. 

Fig. 8. A smaller organ, compressed from above. 

Fig. 9. An organ attached to the branch, the upper half almost in its normal 
condition, the lower half bent backwards and downwards* 

Drawn from nature by Mr. P. T. Hammond, 



RecoROt-QeoL Survey. N.S.Waus. Vol. IV. 



Platc XVII. 




P. T. Hammond, del. 



Hetfotype, 



PLATE XVIII. 

Phjllotheca, «p. ? 

Fig. 1. A stem, exhibiting seven nodes, and indistinct striation. 

Fig. 2. A broader stem, ^ith five nodes, and the costao more marked. The inter- 
nodes are relatively shorter and broader in this example. 

Fig. 3, A peltate organ, seen from above, showing the central invagination and 
spine or tooth-like terminations of the radiating ribs. 

Fig. 4. Foliage, around two nodes, the stem being faintly indicated between. 

Fig. 5. Foliage, around a node, seen from above. 

Drawn from nature by Mr. P. T. Hammond. 



Records-Geol. Survey. N.S.Wales. Vol. IV. 



Plate XVIII. 



3 









P. t. Hammond del. 



Heliotype. 



PLATE XIX. 



Plan and sketch section, showing the position of the shale bed at Newcastle, from 
which the Fhylhtheca f remains were collected by Mr. J. B. Henson, C.B. 

Scale--2 chains to 1 inch. 



Recoros-Qeol Survey. HI. 8. Wales. Vol IV. 



Plate XIX. 



PLAN AND SK£TCH SECTION 

of Cliff near Shepherds Hill , l\/eiyca.stle, 
shev¥ing position of grey shale bed (with 
plant remains), d)k%J. B. Hens on , C.£. 

SCAU Of PLAN u L_i L f CHAfNS 




>^'vn^'':^a)')Vv';' 



(h» IM€ -f5; 



PLATE XX. 

Fig. 1. Crystal of Uralite (augite passing into hornblende), occurring in augite 
andesitc, from Blayuey. 

Ordinary light ; magnified 85 diameters. 

Fig. 2. Horubleude-audesite, from Bushman's Hill Mine, near Parkes. 

Minerals represented are hornblende, triclinic felspar, and magnetite. 
Ordinary light ; magnified 40 diameters. 

Fig. 8. Portion of a Felspar crystal, replaced by a mosaic of quartz granules and 
calcite, from same slide as Fig. 2. 

Drawn from nature by Mr. P. T* Uammoud. 



Records-Gbol. Survey. N.S.Wales. Vol. IV. 



Plate XX. 




P. T. Hammond, del. 



Heliotype. 



PLATE XXI. 

Tryplasma wellingtonensiB, Eth.fil, 

Fig. 1. Parent corallum, with a matured bud, the interspace between parent and 
offspring having been subsequently fiUed-in by the former. Wellington. 

Pig. 2. A much curved corallite. "Wellington. 

Fig. d. A more or less straight corallite, showing costs. Wellington. 

Fig. 4. A parent corallite and two buds, the first of the latter almost entirely 
infilling the original calice. Wellington. 

Fig. 5. Natural section of a corallite, exhibiting moderately regular tabul», 
rather more distant from one another than is usually the case, and along 
the fractured edges the spine-like septa. Jenolan Caves. 

Fig. C. Natural section, highly weathered, with the wall and septa removed, 
showing the latter represented by small pits, and the inter-septal loculi 
as ridges. Wellington. 

Fig. 7. A somewhat similar specimen to Fig. 6, the lower portion showing like 
characters, and the upper crushed tabulce. Wellington. 

Fig. 8. Two shallow calices, one within the other, both exhibiting the spine-like 
septa. The older or outer corallite also displays anchoring rootlets pro- 
truding from near the base. Wellington. 

.Fig. 9. A polished section of a corallite, with irregular tabulte in the lower part 
and spine-like septa protruding into the calice in the upper. Wellington. 

Drawn from nature by Mr. P. T. Hammond. 



RecoRDs-GeoL. Survey, N.S.Wales. Vol. IV. 



Plate XXI. 




P. T. Hammond, del. 



Heliotjpe. 



PLATE XXII. 

Tpyplaama wellingtonensis, Eth.JlL 

Fig. 1. Longitudinal section, prepared for the microscope, displaying the irregular 
and incomplete tabulsB. At the right-hand upper, and left-hand lower 
comers are the septa protruding into the inter-tabular spaces ; and at the 
upper left-hand comer are the cut apices of septa projecting from the 
opposite wall. Wellington. X2. 

Fig. 2. Transverse section of another specimen, similarly prepared, displaying 
the septa of an older corallite projecting over the wall of a bud arising 
from below. Wellington. X 2. 

Fig. 3. The upper left-hand comer of Fig. 1. Xd. 

Fig. 4. The lower left-hand corner of Fig. 1. X 3. 

Fig. 5. A portion of the septal edge of Fig. 2. • Xd. 

Ur^iwn from nature by Mr. P. T. Hammond. 



Rccohos—Geol SuRVEt, M.S. Wales. Vol. IV. 



Plate XXII. 






5 



•Otill 





P. T. nammon<l, del. 



HeliotTpe. 



PLATE XXIII. 



Sketcb Plan, showing position of Aboriginal Bock Carvings, Parish of Mauly 
CoYe, County of Cumberland. 

Scale — Plan No. 1, 10 chains to 1 inch. 
Plan No. 2, 1 mile to 1 inch. 



REooRDS-QiOL. Survey. U.S. Wales. Vol. IV. 



Scale of Chains 



Plate XXIII. 




(n»IB9-95) 



PHOTO4JTH00RAPHeO AT THE GOVT. ntlNTINQ OFWCB. 
SYDNEY. NEW SOUTH WALES. 



PLATE XXIV. 



Aboriginal Eock Carvings at the head of Bantry Bay, Parish of Manly Cove, County 
of Cumberland. 

Drawn by Mr. O. Trickett, from sketches and measurements. 
Scale — 1 inch to 1 foot. 



Recouds-^eol Survey. N.S.Wales. Vol. IV. 



Plate XXIV. 




{amiss -95) 



^^^^^F CATALOGUE OF MINING MAPS 


^H 


^ 1^|r»t.1»fimD BT Tin! 


^^^B 


^ARTMENT OF MINES AND AGRICULTURE, SYDNEY, NEW 


SOUTH WALES.^H 


H Jl> %QB^. 


H 


^^L DC iMtiAiiit^ii tt i'j( iicparirii u i tnuoc 


t(i<* j^iitiin^ t^tiin^ ^^^^H 


^H 


^^^1 


^H Is. }f9t tthftAt is thil at^iforor frit^* 


1 


^m .MIX mil DLSTEUrm 


^Kat|iin.:i 


ni,M 1. 1... 


riulUDc*)*}. ^^^H 


^K~ 






^^^^^K' 




^^^K- ' avo f piff b ' Ki^d^ML 


'Uni anft ^^^^^1 


■ 


nir*iif) 

|rt].,tcU>i. 1 


1 




1 


^^^^^H 


^^k^^^^ f5yrntntt«»ii>; 


^1 




X' ^^^^1 




^^^H 


H 






^^^^^^^^^PX T^iLaiiXiTvDru 


■ r;r, ^tlJny 1 r . 


i^^^^^^l 


^^^^^H^. ' ilo 


1 


uti'l JJyi.Cu-j» mi— >^^^ 



^M 




^V inKiKa JMsraiPiB-^i^/^i 


■jH 


^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ 




^^B 


^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^H 


^ IHrtilit lit |aart iit, 


MjnfrrriniW-* 




.rijli, C9r|«rti4. 1 Mh' 


^ 


n 
n 


11 . 








1 l,in»ll! '. 

hlk 










''ivr.r.'KloliS (V.-*'l 






t'rirrru«ltt..i-if . 

l> 0.1 Tdi 'lion \ii' 
(isjLi>)t.rru ')■ 






htL: 




! 

in-. 

El.n„.| 

lit* 




^ . . ill. 




1 


Kti 
Eu^.- ... 
















i>(irt dil i 




i 










tin i^imrt (iti 

1, 


do 


^iewbnOgv i]Uiittyl 









^ MIKTSG D!8TniCT.S 4| 




■■ 


^^^^^B^ 


acUlllMM. j 


Mtltth. M |t4ft iiL 


Idriuif JiMtriiO. 


^^^^M 


^ ti-f**j> 


^^M 


^^^^^^^^^^Hi 


lid Aiwiftni 




^^^^^M 

^^^^^H 




.||IK«(|Mlt1f 








• u, ftli4 Kur 




^^^1 

^^^1 


^^^^R,< 


l«*-trM>(|ifci 






^^^^^^^^^^^k I > 


iJimtlMi, )tiitllCtif|^ 


1 : 
i ■■ 

i ; 




>mI ^^H 




.ft. 


i ! 

1 




' in. ^^^^^^1 


^^^^^^^^H|i 


.lii- 






>1, imtinr^ mid ^^^H 




' * iimtJi t]mrt!v> 


i:- 

1 ' 








iIb(|*iU». i 


;, '. 




^1 




-^'l*»»»^!»liA», Itttu^i'. sriil 






H 




do 




' "H.n, \furt.i|1^^^H 




...lui tUA-jk 




^H 




Vit**l{[in^ t:nM.k. aiiiS timitJapM 


Vowmka , - 






w i 






1*11 






i m^U 



I 

A 

I'- 



MlJi> 



r»> PI 






Umi,| ul Utte iStttiiilt Mukt^iu, aimI l(«^ii iM^Aa Ji 









^ irwjingy of tliif HnMcen Hill h^dt* ami littrncr E*og^ Minrmi Fi«kl« Ntiw 8*>uth \> :»['>e4 b^ J. ii. ',»iKi' 

I it^'t>mt.n I^AQOft ut Uh lUwkPwliur^j-WUuimiAlU ^•ri«r» ot New Houtb Whlu- 

t .u;i iHiUiln|;j*t U> tlie Utjolo^^al Survey iil' N^iw 8<*tith \ViiJ««t wi*l AuttimlilMi "^^ 

t 



4- Tl. 

a, A 

X Tl, 

V 

Vttlii, 1— IV {Sydxwy« i^il^t;^/ 



.uirl l'faTft,-1ii".'iHTit! ■ 



]<'-ui .►! Wuilvr,. T%|M,Trv, ..m\ Pikmni oit till/ Ant^rT^tK>lM,;y, ^:' 



MJ 



) 



Date Due 



"^ 



3 2044 102 944 451
Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Records of the Geological Survey of New South Wales"

See other formats
